initial commit of ebook 25337HEAD main

author: Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> 2025-10-15 02:16:31 -0700
committer: Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> 2025-10-15 02:16:31 -0700
commit: 09e1cf9f20fe3356a2c80039300c695542b3c674 (patch)
tree: f4106a21b8b7f12f15d0a28eaab47a748890a56b
284 files changed, 19357 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6833f05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.gitattributes
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+* text=auto
+*.txt text
+*.md text
diff --git a/25337-h.zip b/25337-h.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4cd2999
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-h.zip
diff --git a/25337-h/25337-h.htm b/25337-h/25337-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6126cf6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-h/25337-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,10939 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
+    "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+  <head>
+    <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=iso-8859-1" />
+    <title>
+      The Project Gutenberg eBook of Genuine Mediumship, by Swami Bhakta Vishita.
+    </title>
+    <style type="text/css">
+/*<![CDATA[  XML blockout */
+<!--
+
+    body  {margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%;}
+    .frontend { text-align: center; font-size: 80%}
+
+    p     {margin-top: .75em; text-align: justify;
+           margin-bottom: .75em;}
+
+    h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6 {text-align: center; clear: both;} /* all headings centered */
+
+    hr    {width: 33%; margin-top: 1.5em; margin-bottom: 1.5em;
+           margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; clear: both;}
+
+    table     { margin-left: 15%; margin-right: 15%;}
+    .toc      { text-align: justify;
+                vertical-align: bottom;}
+    .toc2     { text-align: right;
+                vertical-align: bottom;}
+    .errata   { text-align: left;
+                vertical-align: top;}
+    .errata2  { text-align: justify;
+                vertical-align: top;}
+
+    .pagenum  { position: absolute;
+                left: 92%;
+                font-size: 75%;
+                border: solid 1px;
+                padding: 0.1em;
+                background-color: white;
+                text-align: right;}
+
+    .center   {text-align: center;}
+    .right    {text-align: right;}
+
+    .transnote  {margin: 2em 5% 1em 5%; font-size: 90%; padding: 0.5em 1em 0.5em 1em;
+                 border: solid 1px silver; margin-left: 20%; margin-right: 20%;}
+
+    // -->
+    /* XML end  ]]>*/
+    </style>
+  </head>
+<body>
+
+
+<pre>
+
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of Genuine Mediumship or The Invisible Powers, by 
+Bhakta Vishita
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: Genuine Mediumship or The Invisible Powers
+
+Author: Bhakta Vishita
+
+Release Date: May 5, 2008 [EBook #25337]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK GENUINE MEDIUMSHIP ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Suzanne Lybarger, Brian Janes and the Online
+Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</pre>
+
+
+
+<div class="transnote">
+<h3>Transcriber's Note:</h3>
+
+<p>Obvious typographical errors have been corrected in
+this text. For a complete list, please see <a href="#transnote">the bottom of
+this document</a>.</p></div>
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+
+<h1>Genuine Mediumship</h1>
+
+<h3>OR</h3>
+
+<h2>The Invisible Powers</h2>
+
+<h3>By</h3>
+<h2>SWAMI BHAKTA VISHITA</h2>
+
+<p class='center'><b>(Hindoo Master)</b><br />
+<b>Author of Seership, the Science of Knowing the Future</b></p>
+
+<p class='center'>ADVANCED THOUGHT PUBLISHING CO.<br />
+812 W. Van Buren St., Chicago, Ill.</p>
+
+<p class='center'>English Representatives<br />
+L. N. FOWLER &amp; CO., 7 Imperial Arcade,<br />
+Ludgate Circus, London, England</p>
+
+
+<p class='frontend'>Copyright, 1919<br />
+By<br />
+ADVANCED THOUGHT PUBLISHING CO.<br />
+Chicago, Ill.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CONTENTS</h2>
+
+
+<div class='center'>
+<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary="toc">
+<tr><td colspan='2'><b>PART I.</b></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td colspan='2'>NATURE'S FINER FORCES</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class='toc'>Knowledge versus Faith. Supernormal, not Supernatural.
+Supernormal, not Abnormal. The Prevailing Ignorance.
+Prejudice Against the Unusual. Great Changes Impending.
+The Naturalness of Occult Powers. The
+World of Vibrations. Super-sensible Vibrations. Unseen
+Worlds. Interpenetrating Planes and Worlds. Manifold
+Planes of Existence. Planes and Vibrations. The
+Higher Senses of Man. The World of Sensation. A
+Senseless World. The Elemental Sense. The Raw Material
+of Thought. The Evolution of the Senses. Unfoldment
+of New Senses. Discovery of New Worlds.
+We Sense Only Vibratory Motion. The Higher Planes
+of Nature. An Appeal to Reason</td><td class='toc2'><a href="#Page_7">7</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td colspan='2'><b>PART II.</b></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td colspan='2'>MENTAL VIBRATIONS AND TRANSMISSION</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class='toc'>The Higher Forces. Chitta, or Mind Substance. What
+Modern Science Says. A Living Dynamic Focus. Dynamic
+Correlate of Thought. Answer to Skeptical
+Critics. The World of Vibrations. Unchartered Seas
+of Vibration. The Human Wireless Telegraph Instrument.
+A Great Scientist's Theory. Human-Electro-Magnetism.
+Human Etherical Force. The Brain-Battery.
+A Peculiar Organ. The Pineal Gland. Transmission
+of Thought. A General Principle. Transformation
+of Vibrations. Example of Electric Light. Example of
+Wireless Telegraphy. Example of Light Waves. Transformation
+of Mental Vibrations. Vibrational Attunement.
+In Tune with the Higher Planes. Two Key-Words</td><td class='toc2'><a href="#Page_31">31</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td colspan='2'><b>PART III.</b></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td colspan='2'>THOUGHT TRANSFERENCE</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class='toc'>Involuntary Transmission of Mental Vibrations. Thought
+Waves. Vibratory Thought Force. Mental Atmospheres.
+The Categories of Thought. Mental Whirlpools.
+Mental Tidal Waves. Immunity to Thought Influences.
+Mental Attunement. Voluntary Transmission of Mental
+Vibrations. Voluntary Mental Influence. White
+Magic. Black Magic. Base Use of Mind Power. The
+Secret of Witchcraft. Modern Black Magic. The Explanation
+of Sorcery. The Power of Fearthought. The
+Negative Pole. Voodooism Explained. Self-Protection.
+Repelling Adverse Influences. Telepathic Phenomena.
+Scientific Investigators. How Experiments are Conducted.
+Private Experiments. Development of Telepathic
+Power. "Mind Reading." Development Practices.
+The "Willing Game." Formal Tests. Automatic
+Writing. Psychic Sensitiveness</td><td class='toc2'><a href="#Page_53">53</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td colspan='2'><b>PART IV.</b></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td colspan='2'>CLAIRVOYANCE AND KINDRED PHENOMENA</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class='toc'>Clairvoyance Defined. The Phenomena of Clairvoyance.
+Classification of Clairvoyant Phenomena. Psychometry.
+The "Psychic Scent." Magnetic Affinity. Distant En Rapport.
+Psychic Underground Explorations. Psychic
+Detective Work. How to Psychometrize. Developing
+Psychometry. Varieties of Psychometry. Psychometric
+"Getting in Touch." Psychometric Readings. Crystal
+Gazing, etc. Crystals and Bright Objects. The Care
+of the Crystal. How To Use the Crystal. The "Milky
+Mist." Classes of Psychic Pictures. General Directions
+for Crystal Gazing. Selection of Place, etc. Adjusting
+the Crystal. Time of Sitting. Other Persons
+Present. Crystalline Vision. Physical Requirements.
+Determining Time of Fulfillment. Two Classes of
+Visions. Time and Space in Crystal Gazing. Direct
+Clairvoyance. Trance Conditions. Clairvoyant Reverie.
+The Dawn of Clairvoyance. Methods of Development</td><td class='toc2'><a href="#Page_79">79</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td colspan='2'><b>PART V.</b></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td colspan='2'>CLAIRVOYANCE: PAST, PRESENT AND FUTURE</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class='toc'>Present Clairvoyance. The Human Aura. The Prana
+Aura. The Auric Colors. Thought Forms. The X-Ray
+Sense. Microscopic Vision. Space Clairvoyance.
+The Psychic Telescope. Radio-Activity. Sensing the
+Higher Vibrations. Viewing Distant Scenes. Time
+Clairvoyance. Past Time Clairvoyance. The Mystery
+Seeing the Past. Analogies of the Physical Plane.
+Thousand Year Old Light. Reading the Light Waves.
+The Akashic Plane. The Akashic Records. Degrees
+of Clairvoyant Vision. "The Memory of Nature." Involuntary
+Clairvoyance. Future Time Clairvoyance.
+Seeing What Has Not Yet Happened. Simple Prevision.
+The Nature of Time. The Oriental Teaching.
+The Eternal Now. Absolute Time</td><td class='toc2'><a href="#Page_105">105</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td colspan='2'><b>PART VI.</b></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td colspan='2'>MEDIUMSHIP</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class='toc'>What is Mediumship? Ancient Mediumship. Mediumship
+and Religious Belief. The Ideals of Modern Spiritualism.
+Immortality Demonstrated Through Mediumship.
+The Truth of Personal Survival. The Gateway of Mediumship.
+The Mediumistic Character. Mediumistic
+Sensitivity. The Higher Vibratory Forces. Psychic
+Attunement. The Development of Mediumship. Unconscious
+Mediumship. Mediumship and Individuality.
+Co-operation of Medium and Spirits. Mediumship Not
+Dangerous. Rational Mediumship. The "Home Circle."
+The Cure For Fraudulent Mediumship. Warning
+to Young Mediums</td><td class='toc2'><a href="#Page_133">133</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td colspan='2'><b>PART VII.</b></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td colspan='2'>MEDIUMISTIC CONDITIONS</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class='toc'>Physical Phenomena. "Psychic Force." Human Magnetism.
+"Zoether." "Prana." Mental Phenomena. The
+Value of Phenomena. Trance Condition Not Essential.
+Scientific Reports on Phenomena. Phenomena
+Without Darkness. Test Conditions. Is Darkness
+Necessary? Developing Circles. Impersonating Mediumship.
+The Proper Mental Condition. Proof of
+Spirit Identity. The "Trance Condition." Spirit Impersonation.
+Spirit Suggestion. Psychic Attunement.
+Automatic Writing. Inspirational Speaking. Gradual
+Development of Powers. Spirit Guides. No Loss
+of Individuality. Mediumship Beneficial. Mediumship
+and the Bible</td><td class='toc2'><a href="#Page_153">153</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td colspan='2'><b>PART VIII.</b></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td colspan='2'>HOW TO DEVELOP MEDIUMSHIP</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class='toc'>Who are Mediumistic? The Mediumistic Temperament. Is
+Mediumship Desirable? Developing the Natural Power.
+Mediumship and Genius. Spontaneous Mediumship.
+Mediumistic Flashes. Systematic Development.
+The Development Circle. The Aspirational Attitude.
+Natural Unfoldment. Persistent Watchful Waiting.
+Building Lines of Communication. Developing Concentration.
+The Call for Illumination. The Jacob's Ladder
+of Communion. What a Development Circle Is.
+Forming the Development Circle. The Sitters in the
+Circle. The Spirit Communication Code. The Matter
+of Time Conditions. Opening the Seance. Developing
+a Medium. The Personnel of the Circle. Changing
+the Sitters. Adding a Medium. Reasons for Changes.
+Psychic Attunement. Pre-Test Manifestations. Premature
+Tests. Forcing Tests. Spirit Directions.
+Questioning the Spirits. Substance and Shadow</td><td class='toc2'><a href="#Page_173">173</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td colspan='2'><b>PART IX.</b></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td colspan='2'>MEDIUMISTIC PHENOMENA</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class='toc'>The Part Played by the Sitters. Result of Bad Sitters.
+Mental Atmosphere of the Medium. The Mediumistic
+Mind. Mediumistic "Stage Fright." The Psychic
+Telephone System. Interrupted Communications.
+Some Difficulties of the Spirits. Difficulties Overcome.
+The Psychic Triangle. Harmonious Relationship. The
+Discord Note. Antagonistic Elements. The Open
+Mind. Spirits and the Sense of Humor. Rhythmic
+Harmony. Retarding Factors. Reasonable Demands
+of Spirits. Harmonious Conditions. The Channel of
+Communication. The Role of the Spirits. Difficulties
+Among Spirits. Disturbing elements. Impersonation
+Mediumship. True Purpose of Mediumship.
+Gradual Development. Public Seances. Home Circle
+Development. Undue Prolongation of Seances. Good
+Advice to Young Mediums. Self-Protection for Mediums</td><td class='toc2'><a href="#Page_200">200</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td colspan='2'><b>PART X.</b></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td colspan='2'>EXPERIENCES IN THE CIRCLE</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class='toc'>Signs of Spirit Presence. Spirit Rappings. Table Tippings.
+The Spirit Signals. Flashes of Communication.
+Spirit Code-Signals. Ouija Boards. A Homemade
+Ouija Board. Trance or Inspirational Mediumship.
+Symptoms of Trance Conditions. The Entranced
+Stage. Trance Phenomena. Entering the
+Trance. Advice to Trance Mediums. Speaking Mediumship.
+Public-Speaking Under Control. Spirit Advice
+and Counsel. Impersonating Manifestations. Incidents
+of Impersonation. Incidents of Inspirational
+Mediumship. Value of Identification. Fraudulent
+Claims of Identity. Guarding Against Fraudulent
+Spirits. Spirit Jokers. A Typical Case of Identification.
+Recalling Past Incidents. Identifying Property.
+Identifying Historical Personages</td><td class='toc2'><a href="#Page_229">229</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td colspan='2'><b>PART XI.</b></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td colspan='2'>HIGHER SPIRIT MANIFESTATIONS</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class='toc'>Spirit Psychometry and Clairvoyance. Spirit Psychic
+Assistance. Writing Mediumship. Incidents of
+Writing Mediumship. Developing Writing Mediumship.
+Stead's Method and Results. Automatic Writing vs.
+Inspirational Writing. Use and Abuse of Automatic
+Writing. Advice to Writing Mediums. Drawing Mediumship.
+The Planchette. How to Use the Planchette.
+Healing Mediumship. How To Heal by Spirit
+Power. Materialization Mediumship. The Spirit Cabinet
+Is Necessary. How To Make the Spirit Cabinet.
+How To Use the Spirit Cabinet. Spirit Phosphorescence.
+Appearance of Materialized Substance. Materialized
+Spirit Forms. Scientific Proof of Materialization.
+How To Conduct a Materializing Seance.
+Trumpet Mediumship. Spirit Playing on Musical Instruments.
+Independent Slate Writing. The Slate
+Writing Circle. Spirit Paintings. Practical Advice
+to Developing Mediums</td><td class='toc2'><a href="#Page_251">251</a></td></tr>
+</table>
+</div>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_7" id="Page_7">7</a></span></p>
+<h2>PART I</h2>
+
+<h3>NATURE'S FINER FORCES</h3>
+
+
+<p>One of the most common mistaken conceptions
+of the average student of the occult
+sciences, and of so-called "psychic phenomena"
+in general, is that which may be expressed by
+the term "supernatural." This term, as you
+know, is used to express the idea of "that which
+is outside of the realm of Nature, and of Nature's
+laws."</p>
+
+
+<h4>Knowledge Versus Faith</h4>
+
+<p>As a matter of fact, as all the advanced students
+and teachers of the occult doctrine know
+full well, we have no direct knowledge whatsoever
+of anything that is "outside of the realm
+of nature, and of Nature's laws." It is true that
+we may, by an act of faith, profess to believe
+in powers and beings entirely apart from the
+great realm of Nature&mdash;in fact, most persons
+do believe in such powers and beings in connection
+with their formal religion&mdash;but their
+belief is entirely within the category of Faith,
+and is not even pretended to be based upon actual
+experience and phenomenal manifestation.</p>
+
+<p>The moment that there appears any manifestation
+which is possible of being known to, or
+experienced by, the human senses, ordinary or
+extraordinary, that moment the phenomena
+and the immediate cause thereof must be regarded
+as being properly classed in the category
+of "natural." This is true not only of such
+phenomena as are perceived by means of our
+ordinary five senses, but also of those which are
+perceptible only to the highest powers of perception,
+or higher senses, which are latent in all
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_8" id="Page_8">8</a></span>human beings but which are unfolded only in
+the case of a comparatively few individuals of
+the race.</p>
+
+<p>It should be clearly understood by all students
+of occultism or psychic phenomena that man's
+knowledge and experience, normal or supernormal,
+is confined to the realm of Nature. There
+is a "ring pass-not" around the boundaries of
+the Kingdom of Nature which mortals cannot
+pass, no matter how high may be their degree
+of development and advancement. Even those
+great mystics whose writings are filled with the
+startling revelations of "union with the Divine,"
+and of "At-one-ment with Deity," are under no
+illusion concerning this fact they know full well
+that only in so far as Deity involves itself in
+Nature&mdash;wraps itself up in the garments of Nature&mdash;can
+it be directly experienced by man,
+and thus actually known by him.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Supernormal, Not Supernatural</h4>
+
+<p>Perhaps a clearer understanding of this important
+subject will be had if we but substitute
+the term "supernormal" for that of "supernatural."
+The term "supernormal" is not commonly
+employed, and but few know that such a
+word is to be found in the dictionaries, much
+less know its meaning; but a study of its meaning,
+and its adoption in our thinking, will serve
+to give us a clearer conception of the true nature
+of many strange phases of experience of
+which we have become conscious, either by reasons
+of their manifestation by ourselves, or else
+by the manifestation on the part of others. It
+will accordingly be well for us to carefully examine
+this term and its meaning.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_9" id="Page_9">9</a></span></p><p>"Subnormal" means: "Beyond, above, or exceeding
+that which is <b>normal</b>; extraordinary,
+inexplicable perhaps, but <b>not</b> supernatural."
+Now, the term "normal" means: "Conforming
+to a certain standard, rule, or type"; hence,
+anything that is "supernormal" is something
+that is <b>above the usual pattern, rule, or type</b>.</p>
+
+<p>There is an important distinction to be noted
+here, to-wit: a thing may be <b>outside</b> of the usual
+pattern, rule, or type, in the sense of being <b>inferior
+to</b> or <b>under</b> the ordinary standard, and
+in this case is known as "<b>abnormal</b>," the latter
+term being employed as a term of depreciation.
+On the other hand, the "<b>outside</b> of the standard"
+quality may consist of a <b>superiority</b> to the
+prevailing standard, and accordingly is entitled
+to be classed in the category of the "<b>super</b>normal"&mdash;the
+prefix "<b>super</b>" meaning "<b>above</b>,
+<b>over</b>, <b>higher</b>, etc."</p>
+
+<p>It is important that the distinction be made
+clearly between the use and meaning of these
+two terms, "abnormal" and "supernormal," respectively.
+The first named denotes <b>inferiority</b>,
+and the latter denotes <b>superiority</b>. This distinction
+may be more clearly apprehended by means
+of a concrete example, as follows:</p>
+
+<p>On our own plane of existence the senses of
+sight and hearing, respectively, are included in
+the usual standard, pattern, and type of sense
+normality&mdash;every normal person possesses these
+senses in a certain general degree of power;
+hence, on this plane of existence, a person born
+blind, or deaf, is spoken of as "<b>abnormal</b>," that
+is to say, such a person is <b>deficient</b> in regard to
+the sense powers.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_10" id="Page_10">10</a></span></p><p>On the contrary, let us imagine a plane of
+existence, in which the great majority of individuals
+lack the power of sight and hearing,
+respectively. On such a plane of existence, the
+occasional individual who was born possessed
+of the powers of sight and hearing, respectively,
+would be properly regarded as "<b>supernormal</b>,"
+that is to say, such a person would be
+<b>superior</b> to the ordinary run of individuals&mdash;above
+them, in fact. The term "<b>abnormal</b>"
+means <b>minus</b> the ordinary standard quality;
+and the term "<b>supernormal</b>" means <b>plus</b> the ordinary
+standard quality. And yet both the
+"plus" and the "minus" would be "outside" the
+normal type, though there is a difference as
+wide as that between the two poles, in this
+"outsideness."</p>
+
+
+<h4>Supernormal, Not Abnormal</h4>
+
+<p>The above important statement concerning
+the distinction between the "abnormal" and
+"supernormal" is not made merely for the purpose
+of academic differentiation and classification.
+On the other hand, it is made because
+there is a most pernicious tendency on the part
+of the ignorant and unthinking portions of the
+public to regard and to classify certain high
+phases of occult and psychic manifestation of
+power as "abnormal," hence <b>below</b> the standard;
+whereas, properly speaking, such manifestations
+of power are far <b>above the standard</b>,
+and, hence, clearly entitled to the term "supernormal."</p>
+
+
+<h4>The Prevailing Ignorance</h4><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_11" id="Page_11">11</a></span></p>
+
+<p>The ignorant and unthinking attitude of certain
+portions of the general public toward this
+class of phenomena is akin to that of a community
+of blind and deaf persons, satisfied that
+their own "three sense" standard is the highest
+possible one attainable by living creatures and
+that all variation therefrom must be considered
+as "abnormal." In such a community there
+would occasionally be born certain individuals
+possessed of the senses of sight and hearing, in
+addition to the common three senses possessed
+by the entire community. Judging by what we
+know of the tendency of human nature in such
+cases, we are warranted in conjuring that the
+ordinary run of persons in such a community
+would revile the seeing and hearing individuals
+as "abnormal," and their possessors therefore
+to be pitied, and perhaps shunned. Only the intelligent
+and thoughtful members of such a
+community would be able to grasp the fact that
+these exceptional individuals were really not
+only not "abnormal," and inferior to type, but
+that they were really "supernormal," and superior
+to type.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Prejudice Against the Unusual.</h4>
+
+<p>Those to whom the above illustration may
+seem far-fetched, exaggerated, and unwarranted,
+are asked to carefully consider the ignorant
+and unthinking attitude which the great majority
+of the general public, at least at first, present
+toward that most wonderful display of
+supernormal powers, known as "occult" or
+"psychic," made by the few highly developed
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_12" id="Page_12">12</a></span>individuals of the race who are able to manifest
+them to some degree. These individuals are
+regarded as "queer," and "strange," "unnatural,"
+and "abnormal" by their ignorant and unthinking
+neighbors and associates, just as the
+seeing and hearing exceptional individuals were
+likewise so regarded by their blind and deaf
+neighbors in the above illustration. And, here
+as in the illustration it is only the few intelligent
+and thinking individuals of the community
+who recognize that the departure from the
+standard type is in the direction of advancement
+and gain, rather than of retrogression and
+loss&mdash;a plus attribute, rather than a minus one.
+The illustration is startlingly true and in accordance
+with the facts of the case, as many
+thoughtful persons know only to well, and admit
+sadly.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Great Changes Impending</h4>
+
+<p>But it would be unjust and unfair to the general
+public were we to fail to add to the above
+criticism the fact that there is underway a
+great change in the public opinion regarding
+this important matter. More and more persons
+are becoming interested in Nature's Finer
+Forces every day; more are becoming more
+familiar with the phenomena manifested by the
+gifted individuals possessing these wondrous
+powers; and more are coming to realize that
+these powers are really latent in all of the members
+of the human race, though lying dormant
+in the majority thereof, and may be unfolded
+and brought into active manifestation by scientific
+methods of training and development. But,
+even so, the student and teacher of this great
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_13" id="Page_13">13</a></span>subject should carefully bear in mind the important
+distinction above made between that
+which is "abnormal," and that which is "supernormal";
+and such should lose no opportunity
+in pointing out this important distinction whenever
+the subject arises in conversation or argument&mdash;for
+the propaganda of truth should be
+earnestly and vigorously pursued, in order that
+the world may be liberated from its chains of
+error.</p>
+
+
+<h4>The Naturalness of the Occult Powers</h4>
+
+<p>Returning to the subject considered in the
+opening paragraphs of this book, namely, the
+<b>naturalness</b> of the occult and psychic higher
+powers and the manifestation thereof, we
+strongly advise all students of these subjects to
+acquire a working knowledge of the place in
+Nature occupied by these powers and their
+manifestations. A little scientific information
+on this subject will render the student better
+able to intelligently teach others concerning
+these matters, and also to successfully defend
+himself when the ignorant and unthinking seek
+to attack the things which are so dear to his
+heart, and so real and evident to himself. Many,
+by reason of their lack of scientific knowledge
+on these points, not only fail to make converts
+to their cause of truth, but often really drive
+away persons who might otherwise be interested.
+Many persons are really interested in and
+attracted to the manifestations of the higher
+occult and psychic powers, but are fearful of
+anything "unnatural" or "supernatural," and
+are disposed to be frightened off by any suspicion
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_14" id="Page_14">14</a></span>of such qualities in things. These same persons,
+if shown that the phenomena have a perfectly
+valid scientific base in natural forces and
+laws, will throw aside their fears and will become
+earnest investigators and students of this
+great subject. Hence, as we have said, every
+teacher and student of this subject should know
+the true scientific natural basis thereof; and in
+the following few pages we shall endeavor to
+plainly, though briefly, present these to you.</p>
+
+
+<h4>The World of Vibrations</h4>
+
+<p>Modern science furnishes abundant testimony
+to support and substantiate the teachings of the
+ancient Hindu sages to the effect that everything
+in the Universe is in constant motion,
+which is manifested by varying rates, degrees,
+and modes of vibration. The modern scientists,
+alike with the ancient occultist, knows that the
+differences between the things of the Universe
+arise mainly from the different rates, modes,
+and degrees of the vibrations manifested in the
+things themselves. If we change the vibration
+of a thing, we practically change the manifested
+nature of that thing. The difference between
+solid ice, liquid water, semi-gaseous vapor, and
+gaseous steam is simply the difference caused
+by various rates of vibration caused by heat.
+The difference between red and blue, green and
+violet, is simply that caused by varying rates of
+vibration. Light and heat, as well as sound, depend
+for the differences upon rates of vibration.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Super-Sensible Vibrations.</h4>
+
+<p>Moreover, as every text book on science informs
+us, there are sounds too low as well as
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_15" id="Page_15">15</a></span>those too high for the human ear to register,
+but which are registered by delicate instruments.
+Again, there are colors beyond the place
+of red, at one end of the visible spectrum; and
+others beyond the place of violet at the other
+end of that spectrum, which the human eye is
+unable to register and detect, but which our apparatus
+in the laboratory plainly register. The
+ray of light which registers on the photographic
+plate, and which causes sunburn on our
+skin, is too high a rate of vibration for our eyes
+to perceive. Likewise the X-Rays, and many
+other of the finer rays of light known to science
+are imperceptible to the unaided human vision&mdash;they
+are actually "dark rays" so far as the
+human eye is concerned, though man has devised
+instruments by means of which they may
+be caught and registered.</p>
+
+
+<h4>The Higher Vibrations</h4>
+
+<p>The vibrations of magnetism and electricity
+are imperceptible to our sight, though they may
+be registered by the appropriate apparatus;
+and if we had the proper sense of apparatus
+to perceive them, these rays of vibratory force
+would open up a whole new world to us. Likewise,
+if we could increase our power of hearing-perception,
+we would seem to be living in
+a new world of sights and sounds now closed
+to us. Reasoning along the same lines of
+thought, many great thinkers have held that
+there is no reason for doubting the possible
+existence of other world-planes of being, just
+as real and as actual as the one upon which we
+live, and move, and have our being, but which
+is forever invisible to the ordinary human sight
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_16" id="Page_16">16</a></span>and senses; the apparent nothingness of such
+worlds arising solely from the great difference
+in the rates of vibrations between the two
+planes of being.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Unseen Worlds.</h4>
+
+<p>Listen to what careful thinkers have said concerning
+the possibility of entire worlds existing
+in the same space occupied by us, but of which
+we are unconscious by reason of our failure to
+sense their vibrations: One says, "All our sensations
+are due to the impact upon our sense-organs
+of vibrations in some form. Variations
+in the strength and rapidity of these vibrations
+constitute the difference in our perceptions. Our
+range of response is but a limited one. Some vibrations
+are too rapid and some too slow to
+affect our senses, and therefore we have called
+to our aid various mechanical contrivances
+which enable us to recognize existences which
+would otherwise remain unknown. But it is still
+conceivable that there may be, and doubtless
+are, conditions of vibratory energy that escape
+us, and which, if we could develop finer senses,
+would yield wonderful results and extensions of
+our power and knowledge. Today, indeed, we
+are coming into contact with forces, possibilities,
+and personalities which amount to a revelation
+of a new universe of things."</p>
+
+
+<h4>Interpenetrating Planes and Worlds.</h4>
+
+<p>Another says: "It is true that 'things are not
+what they seem'; but everything seems to be
+'thus and so' to us only because of its particular
+plane of being, and that plane of being is determined
+by its vibrations. On one plane there
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_17" id="Page_17">17</a></span>is a certain vibratory value or speed; on another
+plane, a different one; but a plane is not
+a place, but a state, and so it is possible that
+two utterly different planes of being might co-exist
+in the same place and be entirely unknown
+to one another. That may seem absurd, but
+it is a scientific truth, and many authorities
+have endorsed the same."</p>
+
+<p>Another says: "There may be, right here and
+now, passing through us and this world, some
+planet invisible to us, with mountains, oceans,
+lakes, rivers, cities, and inhabitants: and yet we
+know absolutely nothing of their existence."
+Another says: "Some students of the occult
+find it difficult to grasp the idea of a number of
+manifestations, each having its own rate of vibration,
+occupying the same point of space at
+the same time. A slight consideration of the
+phenomena of the physical world would perhaps
+aid such persons in assimilating the concept in
+question. For instance, as every student of
+physics knows, a single point of space may contain
+at the same time vibrations of heat, light
+of many shades, magnetism electricity, X-Rays,
+etc., each manifesting its own rate of vibration,
+land yet none interfering with the others."</p>
+
+<p>Another says: "Every beam of sunlight contains
+many different colors, each with its own
+degree of vibration, and yet none crowding out
+the others. By the use of the proper forms of
+laboratory apparatus each kind of light may be
+separated from the others, and the ray thus
+split up. The difference in colors arises simply
+from the different rates of etheric vibrations.
+Again, it is possible to send many telegrams
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_18" id="Page_18">18</a></span>along the same wire, at the same time, by using
+senders and receivers of different vibratory
+keynotes. The same thing has its corresponding
+analogy in the case of the wireless telegraphy.
+So you see, even on the physical planes
+we find many forms of vibratory energy manifesting
+on, in, and at the same point of space
+at the same time, without interfering one with
+the other."</p>
+
+
+<h4>Manifold Planes of Existence</h4>
+
+<p>The ancient occult teachings have ever insisted
+upon the presence of numerous planes of existence,
+of which our own particular plane is
+but one. And all of these numerous planes are
+equally within the realms of Nature; none of
+them being supernatural. And there is always
+found to exist a correspondence between these
+several planes of manifestation; and, under
+supernormal conditions, a certain degree of possible
+communication between them. Each of
+these planes has numerous subdivisions and
+subplanes, the divisions being according to the
+rule of "sevens," as follows: there are seven
+grand planes, and each of these are subdivided
+into seven secondary planes, and each of these
+into seven tertiary planes, and so on until the
+division has been made seven times.</p>
+
+<p>The student of occultism, particularly at the
+beginning of his studies, experiences difficulty
+in comprehending just what is meant by the
+term "plane" as employed in the occult teachings.
+His first impression, usually encouraged
+by the use of the dictionary, is that each "plane"
+is one of a series of strata or layers, above and
+below which are present other layers or strata.
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_19" id="Page_19">19</a></span>Even after the student progresses in his understanding
+of the subject, this original picture of
+material layers and strata tends to persist in
+his thought on the subject. The error, of course,
+arises from his original conception of the
+planes, layers, or strata as being composed of
+gross material matter, whereas, as a matter of
+fact, only one of the many planes is so composed.
+When one stops to think that even the
+grossest form of matter is itself composed of
+vibrations of energy (for science teaches that
+all matter is but energy at the last); and that
+all other forms of material substance is likewise
+so composed of vibrations of energy; then one
+is on the road to the discovery of the real state
+of affairs. Then he begins to realize that instead
+of the planes of being rising one above the
+other in the scale of their fineness, they are
+graded according to their degree of vibratory
+energy, and each may actually occupy the same
+space as all the others. In short, the "planes"
+are not strata or layers of "matter" at all, but
+are simply different states of vibration of energy;
+and that which we know as "matter" is
+simply one (and a very low one) of the many
+forms of such vibrations.</p>
+
+<p>From the above, it is seen that the various
+planes of being are not distinguished by spatial
+position; they do not lie one superimposed on
+the other, like layers or strata of matter. Instead,
+they interpenetrate each other in the
+same limits of space. A single point of space
+may accommodate the manifestations of each
+and all of the seven great planes of being, and
+all the subdivisions, and sub-divisions (sevenfold
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_20" id="Page_20">20</a></span>in division) at the same time. The old occultists
+impressed this and other facts upon the
+minds of their pupils by the oft-repeated aphorism:
+"<b>A plane of being is not a place of being,
+but a state of being.</b>" And the "state of being"
+is simply a certain manifestation of vibratory
+energy. With these ideas firmly fixed in the
+mind, the student is less apt to wander astray
+from the facts of the case.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Planes and Vibrations</h4>
+
+<p>To those who may be disposed to regard the
+above statements concerning the "planes of being"
+as somewhat visionary, theoretical, or imaginary,
+we would say: "Go to modern science,
+and verify this statement." The following quotation
+from a writer on the subject will serve
+to illustrate this fact, viz.: "We are apt to think
+that we are familiar with every kind of matter
+in existence, but such is not the case. We are
+familiar with only a few forms of matter. Spectrum
+analysis shows us that on certain fixed
+stars there are forms of matter far different
+from matter as we know it on this planet. On
+some stars this unknown matter appears to be
+of a much lower form of vibration than that
+manifested by terrestrial matter; while on
+others, there appears to be a much higher vibratory
+rate than even that manifested by the
+most subtle forms of ultra-gaseous matter
+known to us here. Even on our own globe we
+can distinguish between several great class of
+matter. In addition to the forms called 'solid,'
+'liquid,' and 'gaseous,' respectively, science
+now recognizes a fourth plane of matter known
+as 'ultra-gaseous' matter, and there are indications
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_21" id="Page_21">21</a></span>of several even finer states of matter,
+known under the general term of 'radiant matter.'
+In fact, modern science sees 'radiant matter'
+apparently fading away into 'radiant
+energy.'"</p>
+
+<p>In view of the facts of modern science concerning
+the different planes of substance, matter
+and energy, it is mere stupidity that ventures
+to question the possibility of the existence
+of great plane of being and life beyond the
+range of the ordinary senses of man&mdash;planes
+surrounding us on all sides, occupying the same
+space as we do, yet unseen by us, and we largely
+unseen by those dwelling upon such planes.</p>
+
+
+<h4>The Higher Senses of Men.</h4>
+
+<p>There are found persons who, while admitting
+the possibility of other and finer planes of
+being and life, yet question the possibility of
+communication between these planes of existence.
+They say, with apparently sound logic,
+"How is it possible for the human being, with
+his ordinary senses, to 'sense' things or being,
+dwelling on finer planes of being?" If this were
+all that there is to the question, we might well
+echo "How, indeed?" and agree with the critic.
+But, this is not all that there is to it&mdash;not even
+the beginning of the end of the tale. For not
+only may things on the finer planes become perceptible
+to human beings by means of the lowering
+of the vibrations of these finer vibratory
+objects in certain ways, but human beings may
+develop and cultivate an increased power in
+their senses of sight and hearing, and thus
+raise their vibrations so as to "sense" the things
+of the higher vibrations; and, still more, human
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_22" id="Page_22">22</a></span>beings may, and often do, develop and cultivate
+certain latent powers of "sensing" which are
+inherent in every one of us, and thus directly
+"sense" the sights and sounds of the higher
+planes of existence, almost if not quite as clearly
+as they can sense the objects and events of
+their own plane of existence. To understand
+how this can be, it is necessary to carefully consider
+the question of "sensing" in general, so
+as to understand just what enables us to "sense"
+anything at all. Once understanding this, it is
+but a step further to understand this <b>supernormal</b>
+sensing referred to. Let us then examine
+this matter of "sensing" in general.</p>
+
+
+<h4>The World of Sensation.</h4>
+
+<p>The reports of our sense organs are called
+"sensations." A sensation is defined as "an impression,
+or the consciousness of an impression,
+made upon the mind through the medium of a
+nerve or one of the organs of sense. The term
+'sense' is defined as 'a faculty possessed by animals
+of perceiving external objects by means of
+impressions made upon certain organs of the
+body, or of perceiving changes in the condition
+of the body.' Our senses have been well said
+to constitute 'the doors to the outside world.'
+Unless our attention is specially directed to the
+subject, few of us even begin to realize how
+completely we are dependent upon these 'doors'
+to the outside world" for our knowledge of that
+outside world. It is only when we stop to imagine
+how completely shut in, or shut out, we
+would be if all of our sense channels should be
+destroyed, that we can even begin to realize
+just how dependent we are upon our senses for
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_23" id="Page_23">23</a></span>our knowledge of the world in which we live,
+and move, and have our being.</p>
+
+
+<h4>A Senseless World.</h4>
+
+<p>A writer on the subject has said: "Psychologists
+have pointed out to us the fact that if a
+human being were born without sense organs,
+no matter how perfect a brain he might have,
+his life would be little more than that of a
+plant. Such a person would exist merely in a
+dreamlike state, with only the very faintest
+manifestations of consciousness. His consciousness
+would not be able to react in response to
+the impact of sensations from the outside
+world, for there would be no such impact. And
+as consciousness depends almost entirely upon
+the impact of, or resistance to, outside impressions,
+his consciousness would be almost entirely
+inactive. He would be conscious of his
+own existence, but would probably never realize
+the fact fully, for he would have nothing
+else with which to compare himself, and his
+self-consciousness would never be aroused by
+contact with things outside of himself. Such a
+person would not have even the memories of
+previous sensations or experiences to arouse
+or heighten his consciousness or thought, and
+consequently he would have no imagination to
+use. He would be, to all intents and purposes, a
+living corpse. Helen Keller has only two doors
+of sensation closed to her&mdash;the sense of sight
+and the sense of hearing. Touch, taste, and
+smell, however were left to her; and each was
+quickened and heightened in order to help so
+far as possible to perform the world of the defective
+senses. The reaching of the consciousness
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_24" id="Page_24">24</a></span>of this girl is considered by science to be
+akin to a miracle&mdash;yet only two senses were
+missing. To appreciate the full meaning of the
+importance of the senses, one has but to think
+of Helen Keller as having been also deprived of
+the sense of touch."</p>
+
+
+<h4>The Elemental Sense.</h4>
+
+<p>Science informs us that all of the five senses
+of man, viz., the respective senses of touch,
+sight, hearing, taste, and smell are but modifications
+of one elementary sense namely the
+sense of touch; and that the other senses have
+been gradually evolved from that one elementary
+sense. This is seen to be the case when it
+is realized that the only way that we "sense"
+the presence of an outside object&mdash;be that object
+either a material substance, a vibration of
+the air, or an etheric vibration of light&mdash;is by
+that outside object coming in contact, directly
+or indirectly, with one or more of our sensory
+nerves, the latter conveying the report of the
+contact to the brain, which translates the sensation
+into what is called a "perception." This
+is true of the sensations of touch, sight, hearing,
+taste, and smell, and of senses higher than
+these and which as yet are not recognized by
+science. Consequently, the consciousness of the
+presence of an outside thing arises from contact
+with that outside thing through the channel
+of the sense of touch, or of some of its more
+complex evolved phases.</p>
+
+
+<h4>The Raw Material of Thought.</h4>
+
+<p>From what has been said, it is seen that we
+can know only those things concerning the outside
+world which are capable of being reported
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_25" id="Page_25">25</a></span>to us by means of sense impressions, simple
+or complex&mdash;all of our thought regarding the
+world is made up from "the raw materials of
+thought" which psychologists have termed sensations.
+Consequently, if an individual is deprived
+of one or more of his ordinary senses,
+his knowledge of the outside world is decreased
+to just that extent. And, likewise, if the individual
+were to be given one or more additional
+senses, his knowledge of the world would be increased
+in the same ratio. The same result, at
+least in a certain degree, would be attained if
+the existing senses of the individual were to be
+increased in power so as to register higher
+rates of vibration than they now consciously
+register and record.</p>
+
+
+<h4>The Evolution of the Senses.</h4>
+
+<p>This subject of increased sense-powers has
+always been a fascinating one for the psychologists,
+and much speculation has been indulged
+in concerning the increased consciousness of
+mankind were additional senses opened to it.
+We ask you to carefully consider the following
+quotations from psychologists possessing the
+"scientific imagination."</p>
+
+<p>A psychologist says: "All the senses have
+been evolved from the elementary sense of
+Touch. All of our senses are but modified, specialized,
+and more complex forms of the sense of
+Touch. The elementary life-forms possessed
+merely the sense of Touch; and that but faintly
+developed&mdash;but a faint sensitiveness to outside
+impressions. Then developed the sense of Taste,
+from which later evolved the sense of Smell, the
+latter even now being closely associated with
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_26" id="Page_26">26</a></span>the former. Then evolved the sense of Hearing,
+or the consciousness of the contact of air vibrations
+called 'sound.' Then evolved the sense of
+sight, or the consciousness of contact with the
+light waves of the other. And it is not impossible,
+or even improbable, that the human race
+will eventually develop other and more complex
+senses&mdash;in fact, many even now claim that the
+development of extra senses is now under way
+in the race, and that the same are now manifesting
+the presence and their powers in exceptional
+cases."</p>
+
+
+<h4>Unfoldment of New Senses</h4>
+
+<p>The same writer continues as follows: "Even
+as it is man is able to perceive only a limited
+number of sound vibrations&mdash;there are many
+sound vibrations above and below his scale, and
+which he is unable to perceive, but which are
+registered by delicate instruments. Likewise,
+man is able to perceive only a limited range of
+light vibrations, there being enormous fields of
+such vibrations above and below his range.
+Again, man is unable to sense electrical waves,
+or magnetic waves&mdash;though, theoretically, he
+should be able to sense these as well as light
+waves, the difference between these respective
+fields of etheric vibrations being simply different
+rates of vibration. Imagine what a new
+world would be opened to man if he could sense
+the waves of electricity. In that case he could
+'see' things as far away from him as the waves
+of electricity could travel, and even though
+solid objects intervened, as in the case of the
+X-Rays. In such a case a man might actually
+'see' things at the other side of the world, by
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_27" id="Page_27">27</a></span>means of 'wireless electrical waves.' Theoretically
+these things are possible, providing that
+man's optical nerves are rendered more sensitive,
+or provided that he evolves a new set of
+sensory nerves and instruments of impression."</p>
+
+
+<h4>Discovery of New Worlds.</h4>
+
+<p>Another psychologist says: "If a new sense or
+two were added to the present normal number
+in man, that which is now the phenomenal
+world for all of us might, for all that we know,
+burst into something amazingly different and
+wider, in consequence of the additional revelations
+of these new senses." Another authority
+has said: "It does not seem at all improbable
+that there are properties of matter of which
+none of our senses can take immediate cognizance,
+and which other beings might be able to
+see in the same manner that we are sensible
+to light, sound, etc." Another writer has said:
+"We know that our sensory nerves are capable
+of transmitting to the brain only a part of the
+phenomena of the universe. Our senses give us
+only a section of the world's phenomena. Our
+senses usher only certain phenomena into the
+presence of our minds. If we had three or four
+new senses added, this might appear like a new
+world to us; we might become conscious of a
+vast number of phenomena which at present
+never have any effect upon our nervous system.
+It is not possible to imagine a race of beings
+whose senses do not resemble ours, inhabiting
+other worlds."</p>
+
+
+<h4>Transcendental Senses</h4>
+
+<p>Another writer has drawn an interesting picture,
+which is based upon a conjecture which is
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_28" id="Page_28">28</a></span>scientifically valid, as follows: "The late Professor
+James once suggested as a useful exercise
+for young students a consideration of the
+changes which would be worked in our ordinary
+world if the various branches of our receiving
+instruments happened to exchange duties;
+if, for instance, we heard all colors, and saw all
+sounds. All this is less mad than it seems. Music
+is but an interpretation of certain vibrations
+undertaken by the ear; and color is but
+an interpretation of other vibrations undertaken
+by the eye. Were such an alteration of
+our senses to take place, the world would still
+be sending us the same messages, but we should
+be interpreting them differently. Beauty
+would still be ours, though speaking in another
+tongue. The birds' song would then strike our
+retina as pageant of color; we should see all
+the magical tones of the wind, hear as a great
+fugue the repeated and harmonized greens
+of the forest, the cadences of stormy skies. Did
+we realize how slight an adjustment of our own
+organs is needed to initiate us into such a
+world, we should perhaps be less contemptuous
+of those mystics who tell us in moments of
+transcendental consciousness they 'heard flowers
+that sounded, and saw notes that shone';
+or that they have experienced rare moments
+of consciousness in which the senses were fused
+organs is needed to initiate us into such a
+world into a single and ineffable act of perception,
+in which color and sound were known as
+aspects of the same thing."</p>
+
+
+<h4>We Sense Only Vibratory Motion.</h4>
+
+<p>In assimilating the strange and wonderful
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_29" id="Page_29">29</a></span>conceptions of the psychologists above quoted,
+concerning the possibility of a new world of
+sensation arising from the possession of new
+channels of sense impression, we must never
+lose sight of the basic fact that all <b>sensations
+result from contact with vibratory motion</b>. An
+eminent scientific authority has said regarding
+this: "The only way the external world affects
+the nervous system is by means of vibratory
+motion. Light is vibratory motion; Sound is vibratory
+motion; Heat is vibratory motion;
+Touch is vibratory motion; Taste and Smell are
+vibratory motion. The world is known to us
+simply by virtue of, and in relation to, the vibratory
+motion of its particles. Those vibratory
+motions are appreciated and continued by the
+nervous system, and by it brought at length to
+the mind's perception."</p>
+
+
+<h4>The Higher Planes of Nature</h4>
+
+<p>In view of the facts and principles above set
+forth and considered, we may begin to see that
+there is nothing "unnatural" in the hypothesis
+that there may be reports conveyed to the consciousness
+of man by means of higher vibrations
+than those of ordinary sound, or ordinary
+sight, providing that man has either (1) highly
+developed his ordinary senses of sight, hearing,
+or touch to a degree sufficiently high to register
+these higher vibrations; or else has evolved and
+unfolded into consciousness certain latent faculties
+of sense-impression which are lying dormant
+in the great masses of mankind. In fact,
+the thoughtful person will be forced to admit
+that this new knowledge of the nature of sensations,
+and of its relation to vibratory motion,
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_30" id="Page_30">30</a></span>renders extremely probable the truth of the
+great body of reports of such so-called extra-conscious
+knowledge which the experience of
+the race has furnished from the beginning of
+human history down to the present time. Such
+a person will see that it is not a sign of "credulity"
+for a person to accept such reports, so
+universally set forth; but that, rather, it is a
+sign of "credulity" for a person to accept blindly
+the dogmatic assertions of the materialistic
+sceptics to the effect that "there is no such
+thing possible in the natural world, under
+natural world, under natural laws&mdash;the whole
+thing is delusion or else deliberate fraud." Such
+"know-it-all" persons are usually found to really
+"know much that is not true," and to lack
+knowledge of much that is true, regarding
+Nature, her realm and her laws.</p>
+
+
+<h4>An Appeal To Reason.</h4>
+
+<p>Concluding these statements, let us say that
+the student of this book will find nothing contained
+within this book which is contrary to
+Nature's laws and principles. He will nowhere
+in it be asked to suspend the exercise of his
+reason, and to accept as facts things which violate
+all of Nature's laws. Instead, he will find
+at each point full natural explanations of even
+the most wonderful phenomena; and the appeal
+to accept same will be made always to his reason,
+and not to his blind faith or unreasoning
+belief. The student is urged to build his knowledge
+of this important subject upon this solid
+rock of natural law and fact, and not upon the
+shifting and sinking sands of mere dogmatic
+assertion and appeal to assumed authority ancient
+or modern.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_31" id="Page_31">31</a></span></p>
+<h2>PART II</h2>
+
+<h3>Mental Vibrations and Transmissions</h3>
+
+
+<p>In the category of Nature's Finer Forces
+must be included that class of manifestations
+which are generally known as Telepathy,
+Thought Transference, Thought Force, etc., all
+of which are based upon the fact that there is
+present in all such mental states as Thought,
+Emotion, Desire, etc., a certain rate of vibratory
+motion, which motion is capable of being
+radiated from the mind of the person manifesting
+them in such power and force that they
+may be registered with more or less distinctness
+upon the minds of other persons are at a
+greater or less distance from the first person.
+In the more common forms of its manifestation,
+such mental force or power is known as
+Thought Force, Mental Influence, etc., and in
+its more pronounced and less common phases it
+is known as Telepathy, Thought Transference,
+etc., but the basic principle is precisely the same
+in all of such cases, simple or complex though
+their manifestations may be.</p>
+
+
+<h4>The Higher Forces.</h4>
+
+<p>We may say here, frankly and plainly, however,
+that the advanced occultists regard this
+class of phenomena as comparatively simple
+and elementary, and therefore not fully entitled
+to be included in the same category with the
+higher phases of Nature's Finer Forces, such
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_32" id="Page_32">32</a></span>as, for instance, Clairvoyance, Psychometry,
+Communication with the Higher Planes, etc.
+But notwithstanding this, we are of the opinion
+that any and every one of the finer forces of
+nature, i.e., any of the forces which are over
+and above the plane upon which the ordinary
+senses of man, normally developed, ordinarily
+function and operate, should be placed in one
+general category of the Higher Forces of Nature,
+particularly in a work of this kind designed
+for the instruction of the general public upon
+these important subjects. Accordingly, these
+lesser manifestations of the finer forces in the
+natural world shall be carefully considered in
+this part of this book, so that the student may
+become acquainted with the scientific principles
+upon which they are based, and may be enabled
+to develop the power of manifesting such powers
+if he choose to do so; and that he may understand
+the nature of such forces and powers
+when they are manifested by other persons.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Chitta, or Mind Substance.</h4>
+
+<p>The Hindu Teachings hold that that which
+we call "Mind" is not an intangible something
+different from anything else in Nature, but
+that, on the contrary, it forms a part of Nature's
+general manifestation, and is a substantial
+thing. The Hindus have given to this Mind
+Substance the name of Chitta. Without going
+into metaphysical discussion, or entering into
+technical details concerning this Mind Substance
+or Chitta, we may say that the Hindus
+believe it to be one phase of the great Manifestation
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_33" id="Page_33">33</a></span>which we call Nature&mdash;just as that
+which we call Matter is another phase of Manifestation&mdash;and,
+like Matter, having its own
+particular kind of force, or energy, its own
+rates of vibrations, and its own attribute of
+radiating its vibratory force or energy over
+space. Chitta manifests its activity in creating
+Thought, Emotions, etc., and also in receiving
+impressions from the outside world which it
+translates into perceptions and ideals. Chitta,
+or Mind Substance, is not regarded by the
+Hindus as being identical with the Soul, or the
+Ego; but, on the contrary, they regard it as
+being an instrument for the expression of the
+activity of the Ego, or Soul, just as the Body
+is another kind of instrument. Both Body and
+Mind are regarded as being intended for the
+use of the Ego or Soul, and not as identical
+with the latter. We shall not discuss these distinctions
+further in this book, this subject being
+apart from the general field and scope of
+the present work.</p>
+
+
+<h4>What Modern Science Says.</h4>
+
+<p>There are many to whom this conception of
+the vibration energy of Chitta or Mind Substance
+may seem strange. But such persons
+will be still more surprised, perhaps, when they
+are told that modern science has practically
+admitted the general truth contained in the
+Hindu teachings concerning the same, though
+modern science seems to cloak the facts of the
+case in technical terms so that the ordinary
+person is unable to comprehend the real facts
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_34" id="Page_34">34</a></span>dwelling beneath these terms. To this latter class
+we specially commend the following statement made
+by Professor Ochorowicz, the eminent European
+scientist, a few years ago. Professor Ochoriwicz
+says:</p>
+
+
+<h4>A Living Dynamic Focus.</h4>
+
+<p>"Every living being is a dynamic focus. A
+dynamic focus tends ever to propagate the motion
+that is proper to it. Propagated motion becomes
+transformed according to the medium it traverses.
+Motion always tends to propagate itself. Therefore,
+when we see work of any kind&mdash;mechanical, electrical,
+nervic, or psychic&mdash;disappear without visible effort,
+then of two things, one happens, namely, either
+a transmission or a transformation. Where does the
+first end, and where does the second begin? In an
+identical medium there is only <b>transmission</b>; in a
+different medium there is <b>transformation</b>.</p>
+
+<p>"You send an electric current through a thick
+wire. You have the current, but you do not perceive
+any other force. But cut that thick wire, and connect
+the ends by means of a fine wire, and this fine
+wire will grow hot&mdash;there will be a <b>transformation</b>
+of a part of the current into <b>heat</b>. Take a pretty
+strong current, and interpose a wire still more resistant,
+or a very thin carbon rod, and the carbon
+will emit <b>light</b>. A part of the current, then, is
+transformed into heat and light. The light acts in
+every direction around about, first visibly as light,
+then invisibly as heat and electric current. Hold a
+magnet near it. If the magnet is weak and movable,
+in the form of a magnetic needle, the beam of light
+will cause it to deviate; if it is strong and immovable,
+it will in turn cause the beam of light to deviate.
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_35" id="Page_35">35</a></span><b>And all this from a distance, without contact,
+without special conductors.</b></p>
+
+
+<h4>Dynamic Correlate of Thought.</h4>
+
+<p>"A process that is at once chemical, physical and
+psychical, goes on in the brain. A complex action
+of this kind is propagated through the gray brain
+matter, as waves are propagated in water. Regarded
+on its physiological side, an idea is only a
+vibration, a vibration that is propagated, yet which
+does not pass out of the medium in which it can
+exist as such. It is propagated only as far as other
+vibrations allow. It is propagated more widely if it
+assumes the character which subjectively we call
+emotive. But it cannot go beyond without being
+transformed. Nevertheless, like force in general, it
+cannot remain in isolation, and it escapes in disguise.</p>
+
+<p>"Thought stays at home, as the chemical action
+of a battery remains in the battery; it is represented
+by its dynamic correlate, called in the case of the
+battery a 'current,' and in the case of the brain, I
+know not what; but whatever its name may be, it is
+<b>the dynamic correlate of thought</b>. I have chosen the
+name 'dynamic correlate.' There is something more
+than that; the universe is neither dead nor void.</p>
+
+<p>"A force that is transmitted meets other forces,
+and if it is transformed only little by little it usually
+limits itself to modifying another force at its own
+cost, though without suffering materially thereby.
+This is the case particularly with forces that are
+persistent, concentrated, well seconded by their
+medium. It is the case with the physiological equilibrium,
+nervic force, psychic force, ideas, emotions,
+tendencies. These modify environing forces, without
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_36" id="Page_36">36</a></span>themselves disappearing. They are imperceptibly
+transformed, <b>and if the next man is of a nature
+exceptionally well adapted to them, they gain in
+inductive action</b>."</p>
+
+
+<h4>Answer to Skeptical Critics</h4>
+
+<p>The two most likely objections advanced against
+this conception by sceptical critics are as follows:
+"(1) The mental vibratory motion, or vibratory waves,
+are not known to science, nor recorded on scientific
+instruments such as the galvanometer. What is the
+rate of such vibrations, and what is their general
+character? (2) Granted the existence of such vibratory
+energy, or thought-waves, how and by means of
+what channel does the second person receive them
+from the first person? How are they registered or
+recorded?" These objections are capable of being
+met in a scientific manner, to the satisfaction of any
+fair-minded critic or investigator. We shall now give
+you, briefly, the gist of the answer of science to the
+aforesaid objections.</p>
+
+
+<h4>The World of Vibrations</h4>
+
+<p>It is true that the scientific instruments of the laboratory,
+such as the galvanometer, do not record
+thought vibrations. This, because such instruments
+are capable of registering and recording on certain
+rates and modes of vibratory energy. Thought vibrations
+are registered only by their appropriate instruments,
+namely, the Chitta of Mind substance of living
+persons. As to the "general character and rate of
+vibration" of these waves of mental force, we can
+only say that their general character is that of "mental
+force" as opposed to "physical force."</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_37" id="Page_37">37</a></span></p><p>As to their rate of vibration, we can only say that
+this is not precisely known, not having as yet been
+definitely ascertained; but it should be added that
+<b>there is plenty room for these vibrations</b> in the great
+field of vibratory energy. Read the following paragraphs,
+and decide this last matter for yourself.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Uncharted Seas of Vibration.</h4>
+
+<p>The following quotations from eminent scientists
+will serve to give the student a general idea of the
+views of science upon the question of the possibility
+of the existence and presence of vibratory energy of
+kinds and characters as yet unknown to science:</p>
+
+<p>The first scientist says: "There is much food for
+speculation in the thought that there exists sound
+waves that no human ear can hear, and color waves
+that no eye can see. The long, dark, soundless space
+between 40,000 and 400,000,000,000,000 vibrations
+per second, and the infinity of range beyond
+700,000,000,000,000 vibrations per second, where
+light ceases, in the universe of motion, makes it possible
+to indulge in speculation." The second scientist
+says: "There is no gradation between the most
+rapid undulations or tremblings that produce our sensation
+of sound, and the lowest of those which give
+rise to our sensations of gentlest warmth. There is a
+huge gap between them, wide enough to include another
+world of motion, all lying between our world of
+sound and our world of heat and light. And there
+is no good reason whatever for supposing that matter
+is incapable of such intermediate activity, or that
+such activity may not give rise to intermediate sensations,
+provided that there are organs for taking up
+and sensifying these movements."</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_38" id="Page_38">38</a></span></p><p>The third scientist says: "The knowledge we
+gain by experiment brings home to us what a miserably
+imperfect piece of mechanism our bodies are.
+The ear can detect the slow-footed sound vibrations
+that come to us at the rate of between 40 and 40,000
+a second. But the whole of space may be quivering
+and palpitating with waves at all sorts of varying
+speeds, and our senses will tell us nothing of them
+until we get them coming to us at the inconceivable
+speed of 400,000,000,000,000 a second, when again
+we respond to them and appreciate them in the
+form of light."</p>
+
+<p>The fourth scientist says: "The first indications
+of warmth come to us when the vibrations reach the
+rate of 35,000,000,000,000 per second. When the
+vibrations reach 450,000,000,000,000 the lowest visible
+light rays manifest. Then come the orange rays,
+the golden yellow, the pure yellow, the greenish
+yellow, the pure green, the greenish blue, the ocean
+blue, the cyanic blue, the indigo, and finally the
+violet, the highest degree of light which the human
+eye can register, and which occurs when the vibrations
+reach the rate of 750,000,000,000 per second.
+Then come the ultra-violet rays, invisible to
+human sight but registered by chemical media. In
+this ultra-violet region lie the X-Rays, and the other
+recently discovered high degree rays; also the actinic
+rays which, while invisible to the eye, register on
+the photographic plate, sunburn one's face, blister
+one's nose, and even cause violent explosions in
+chemical substances exposed to them, as well as act
+upon the green leaves of plants, causing the chemical
+transformation of carbonic acid and water into
+sugar and starches. These forms of 'dark light,'
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_39" id="Page_39">39</a></span>that is, light too high in degree to be perceived by
+the human eye, are but faint indications of the existence
+of still higher and still finer vibrations of substance
+and energy."</p>
+
+
+<h4>The Human Wireless Telegraph Instrument.</h4>
+
+<p>Having seen that the first question of the sceptical
+critics is capable of being answered in the scientific
+spirit, and by ideas based upon scientific investigation,
+we now turn to the second question of the
+same critics, viz.: "Granted the existence of such
+vibratory energy, or thought-waves, how and by
+means of what channel does the second person receive
+these from the first person? How are they
+registered or recorded?" This same question is
+also implied in the concluding sentence of one of the
+scientists above quoted, viz.: "There is no good reason
+whatever for supposing that matter is incapable
+of such intermediate activity, or that such activity
+may not give rise to intermediate sensations, provided
+that there are organs for taking up and sensifying
+these movements." Let us see what science
+has to tell us regarding the provision of Nature for
+the reception and "sensing" of this class of vibratory
+energy. And the easiest way to ascertain the
+report of science regarding this important matter
+is to consider carefully what representative leading
+scientists have said concerning the same in their
+writings or public addresses. We call your attention
+to the following quotations from such sources.</p>
+
+
+<h4>A Great Scientist's Theory.</h4>
+
+<p>Let us begin with that great master of modern
+science, Sir William Crookes, the inventor of the
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_40" id="Page_40">40</a></span>celebrated "Crookes' Tubes," without which the discovery
+of the X-Ray and Radio-Activity would have
+been impossible. Several years ago, this eminent
+scientist, addressing the Royal Society, at Bristol,
+England,&mdash;a gathering made up of distinguished
+scientists from all over the world, most of the members
+being extremely sceptical concerning occult phenomena&mdash;said
+to the brilliant gathering: "Were I
+now introducing for the first time these inquiries in
+the world of science, I should choose a starting point
+different from that of old (where we formerly began).
+It would be well to begin with Telepathy; with that
+fundamental law, as I believe it to be, that thoughts
+and images may be transferred from one mind to
+another without the agency of the recognized organs
+of sense&mdash;that knowledge may enter the human mind
+without being communicated in any hitherto known
+or recognized ways. * * * If Telepathy takes place we
+have two physical facts, viz., (a) the physical change
+in the brain of A, the transmitter, and the analogous
+physical change in the brain of B, the recipient of
+the transmitted impression. Between these two physical
+events there must exist a train of physical
+causes. * * * It is unscientific to call in the aid of
+mysterious agencies, when with every fresh advance
+in knowledge it is shown that ether vibrations have
+powers and attributes abundantly able to meet any
+demand&mdash;even the transmission of thought.</p>
+
+<p>"It is supposed by some physiologists that the essential
+cells of nerves do not actually touch, but are
+separated by a narrow gap which widens in sleep
+while it narrows almost to extinction during mental
+activity. <b>This condition is so singularly like a Branly
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_41" id="Page_41">41</a></span>or Lodge coherer</b> [a device which led to the discovery
+of wireless telegraphy] <b>as to suggest a further
+analogy.</b> The structure of brain and nerve being
+similar, it is conceivable that there may be present
+masses of such nerve coherers in the brain, whose
+special function it may be to receive impulses brought
+from without, through the connecting sequence of
+ether waves of appropriate order of magnitude. Roentgen
+has familiarized us with an order of vibrations
+of extreme minuteness as compared with the smallest
+waves with which we have hitherto been acquainted;
+and there is no reason to suppose that we have here
+reached the limit of frequency. It is known that the
+action of thought is accompanied by certain molecular
+movements in the brain, and here we have physical
+vibrations capable from their extreme minuteness
+of acting direct upon individual molecules, while their
+rapidity approaches that of internal and external
+movements of the atoms themselves. A formidable
+range of phenomena must be scientifically sifted before
+we effectually grasp a faculty so strange, so bewildering,
+and for ages so inscrutable, as the direct
+action of mind upon mind."</p>
+
+
+<h4>Human Electro-Magnetism</h4>
+
+<p>Professor Bain, another eminent authority, tells
+us: "The structure of the nervous substances, and
+the experiments made upon the nerves and nerve-centres,
+establish beyond a doubt certain peculiarities
+as belonging to the force that is exercised by the
+brain. This force is of a current nature; that is
+to say, a power generated at one part of the structure
+is conveyed along an intervening substance and
+discharged at some other part. The different forms
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_42" id="Page_42">42</a></span>of electricity and magnetism have made us familiar
+with this kind of action."</p>
+
+<p>Professor Draper, another eminent authority,
+says: "I find that the cerebrum is absolutely analogous
+to in construction to any other nervous arc.
+It is composed of centripetal and centrifugal fibres,
+having also registering ganglia. If in other nervous
+arcs the structure is merely automatic, and can
+display no phenomena of itself, but requires the influence
+of an external agent&mdash;the optical apparatus
+inert save under the influence of light, the auditory
+save under the impression of sound&mdash;the cerebrum,
+being precisely analogous in its elementary structure,
+presupposes the existence of some agent to
+act through it."</p>
+
+<p>Prof. M. P. Hatfield has said: "The arrangement
+of the nerve-envelopes is so like that of the best
+constructed electrical cables that we cannot help
+thinking that both were constructed to conduct
+something very much alike. I know that there are
+those who stoutly maintain that nerve force is not
+electricity, and it is not in the senses that an electrical
+battery is not the same thing as a live man; but,
+nevertheless, nerve-force is closely allied to that
+wonderful thing that for want of a better and clearer
+understanding we agree to call 'electricity.'"</p>
+
+
+<h4>Human Etheric Force.</h4>
+
+<p>Professor Haddock, a popular writer along the
+lines of scientific psychology and kindred subjects,
+in a part of his work in which he was considering
+the idea that thought may be communicated by
+means of ether-vibrations, forcibly says: "The
+ether is accepted by science as a reality, and as a
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_43" id="Page_43">43</a></span>medium for light, heat, electricity, magnetism, etc.
+The nervous system is certainly comparable to an
+electric battery with connecting wires. Communications
+of thought and feeling without the mediation
+of sense-perceptions as commonly understood, is
+now established. Inanimate objects exert, now and
+then, 'strange influences.' People certainly carry
+with them a personal atmosphere. The representation
+of the condition of these facts by a psychic
+field, compared to the magnetic or electric field, becomes,
+therefore, if not plausible, at least convenient.
+As such a 'field' exists surrounding the sun, so
+may a 'field' be assumed as surrounding each human
+individual. 'We have already strong grounds for
+believing that we live in a medium which conveys
+to-and-fro movements to us from the sun, and that
+these movements are electro-magnetic, and that all
+the transformation of light and heat, and indeed the
+phenomena of life, are due to the electrical energy
+which comes to us across the vacuum which exists
+between us and the sun&mdash;a vacuum which is pervaded
+by the ether, which is a fit medium for the
+transmission of electro-magnetic waves.' By means,
+then, of a similar theory applied to mind and brain
+and body, we may find reasonable explanations of
+many otherwise insoluble mysteries of life, and,
+which is of more importance, deduce certain suggestions
+for the practical regulation of life in the
+greatest individual interest."</p>
+
+
+<h4>The Brain-Battery.</h4>
+
+<p>The same writer says: "All states of body and
+mind involve constant molecular and chemical
+change. The suggestion arises that the brain, with
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_44" id="Page_44">44</a></span>its millions of cells and its inconceivable changes in
+substance, may be regarded as a transmitting and
+receiving battery. The brain being a kind of battery,
+and the nerves being conductors of released
+stored-up energy to different parts of the body, by
+a kind of action similar to the actions of electricity
+and magnetism, it is suggested that, either by means
+of the ether, or of some still finer form of matter,
+discharges of brain energy may be conducted beyond
+the limits of the body. If the nerve-track corresponds
+to wires, this refined medium may correspond to the
+ether-field supposed to be employed in wireless telegraphy.
+As electrical movements are conducted without
+wires, or other visible media, so may brain-discharges
+be conveyed beyond the mechanism of the
+battery, without the intervention of nerves&mdash;except
+as they may constitute a part of the battery. Generally
+speaking, such discharges would originate in
+two ways, viz., by direct mental action, or by mental
+or physical states&mdash;perhaps by a combination."</p>
+
+
+<h4>A Peculiar Organ</h4>
+
+<p>So much for the conceptions of modern western
+science, which agree in the main with those of the
+ancient oriental occultists, although of course different
+names and terms are employed. But, we think it
+worth while to call your attention to the fact that the
+western scientists have failed to note the significant
+presence of a peculiar organ in the human body,
+which is regarded as most important in its functions
+and offices by the oriental teachers, and which we
+believe has a very close connection to the subject
+just discussed by the western scientists. We refer
+to that strange organ or gland known to western
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_45" id="Page_45">45</a></span>science as the Pineal Gland. Let us see just what
+this is.</p>
+
+
+<h4>The Pineal Gland</h4>
+
+<p>The Pineal Gland is a mass of nervous substance
+which is found located in the human brain in a position
+near the middle of the skull, almost directly
+above the extreme top of the spinal column. It is
+shaped like a small cone, and is of a reddish-gray
+color. It lies in front of the cerebellum, and is attached
+to the third ventricle of the brain. It contains
+a small quantity of peculiar particles of a
+gritty, sand-like substance, which is commonly known
+as "brain sand." It derives its scientific name from
+its shape, which resembles a pine-cone. Western physiologists
+are at sea regarding the function and office
+of this interesting organ, or gland, and the text books
+generally content themselves with stating that "the
+functions of the Pineal Gland are not understood."
+The oriental occultists, on the other hand, claim that
+the Pineal Gland, with its peculiar arrangement of
+nerve-cell corpuscles, and its tiny grains of "brain-sand,"
+is intimately associated with certain forms of
+the transmission and reception of waves of mental
+vibrations. Western students of occultism have been
+struck with the remarkable resemblance between the
+Pineal Gland and a certain part of the receiving apparatus
+employed in wireless telegraphy, the latter
+also containing small particles which bear a close resemblance
+to the "brain-sand" of the Pineal Gland;
+and this fact is often urged by them to substantiate
+the theory of the oriental occultists concerning the
+function and office of this interesting organ of the
+human body which is located in the brain of man.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Transmission of Thought.</h4><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_46" id="Page_46">46</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Many other facts set forth by modern western
+science could be cited in our consideration of the
+question of the existence of any possible organ for
+the reception of thought vibrations, but it is thought
+that sufficient evidence of this kind has already been
+submitted to your attention&mdash;sufficient to remove
+any reasonable doubts, and to give the student at
+least a clear and open mind on the subject. Summing
+up such evidence, we may say that modern
+science is fast approaching the position which is so
+well expressed by Camille Flammarion, the eminent
+French scientist, as follows: "The action of one
+mind upon another at a distance&mdash;the transmission
+of thought, mental suggestion, communication at
+a distance&mdash;all these are not more extraordinary
+than the action of the magnet on iron, the influence
+of the moon on the sea, the transportation of the
+human voice by electricity, the revolution of the
+chemical constituents of a star by the analysis of
+its light, or, indeed, all the wonders of contemporary
+science. Only these psychic communications
+are of a more elevated kind, and may serve to put
+us on the track of a knowledge of human nature.
+What is certain is this: That Telepathy can and
+ought to be henceforth considered by Science as an
+incontestible reality; that minds are able to act
+upon each other without the intervention of the
+senses; that psychic force exists, though its nature
+is yet unknown."</p>
+
+
+<h4>A General Principle.</h4>
+
+<p>At this point we wish to impress upon the minds
+of the students of this book that what has been above
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_47" id="Page_47">47</a></span>said regarding that class of mental communications
+generally classed under the head of Telepathy also
+applies to many much higher phases of occult phenomena
+and psychic manifestations. In fact, this
+is one of the reasons why we have paid such close
+attention to the scientific evidence substantiating
+this class of phenomena. It is not too much to say
+that in what has been said in the foregoing pages
+there is to be found a scientific basis for the phenomenon
+of "spirit communication," at least in
+many of its phases. It is but a step in thought&mdash;and
+a natural and easy step at that&mdash;from the matter
+of the communication of thought from the mind
+of one person or the material plane of life to another
+person on the same plane, on to the matter of
+the communication of thought from the mind of an
+individual entity on a higher plane of life to a
+second person who is abiding on the lower material
+plane occupied by us at this stage of our
+existence. It is seen that the difference consists
+largely in the matter of the degree and rate of vibratory
+energy employed, and the preparation of
+a proper receiving instrument for the reception and
+translation of such messages. This phase of the
+subject will be considered in fuller detail in a subsequent
+portion of this book.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Transformation of Vibrations.</h4>
+
+<p>One of the things which seem to greatly puzzle
+the average student of the subject of mental vibrations,
+and thought-transference, is that which may
+be called "thought waves." The student is unable
+to conceive of a wave of "thought" being projected
+into the air, and then traveling along until it reaches
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_48" id="Page_48">48</a></span>the mind of other persons. The difficulty, upon analysis,
+is seen to consist of the inability to conceive
+of "thought" as being a material substance capable
+of traveling in "waves." It is no wonder that the
+student finds this conception difficult, for there is no
+such thing as "thought" traveling in this way. The
+phenomenon of thought transference is accounted for
+scientifically in quite another manner, as we shall see
+in a moment. The student is advised to carefully
+note this distinction, for upon its understanding depends
+greatly the intelligent comprehension of the entire
+subject of thought vibrations and thought-transference.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Example of Electric Light</h4>
+
+<p>Perhaps this matter may be best explained by
+means of illustrations of the operation of electricity
+and light&mdash;electric vibrations and light vibrations.
+In both cases the secret of the transmission
+of the vibrations or waves of vibratory energy may
+be summed up in the word "<b>transformation</b>." For
+instance: When we transmit electric vibrations over
+a fine wire or thread of carbon, the electric vibrations
+are transformed into light vibrations and manifest
+as "electric light." In another form of transmission
+the electric vibrations are transformed into
+"electric heat." But this is merely one phase of the
+transformation; consider carefully the more complex
+phases, as follows: We speak into the receiver
+of a telephone and the sound vibrations produced by
+our voice are transformed into electrical vibrations
+and in that form travel over the telephone wire;
+arriving at the other end of the wire, these electric
+vibrations enter into the receiver, and are there
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_49" id="Page_49">49</a></span>transformed into sound vibrations, and as such are
+heard by the person holding the receiver. Now note
+this: the sound vibrations do not travel at all;
+instead, they are transformed into electric waves,
+which in turn are transformed at the receiving end
+of the line into sound vibrations once more. And
+unless the receiving apparatus be present, and properly
+adjusted, there is no second transformation at
+all; and in such case the electric vibrations remain
+such.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Example of Wireless Telegraphy.</h4>
+
+<p>Likewise, in the case of the wireless telegraphy,
+the electric energy produced by the sending instrument
+is transformed into subtle and finer etheric
+waves, which travel to the receiving instrument,
+and are there transformed into electric waves, the
+latter producing physical changes in the receiving
+apparatus which enable them to be read by the observer.
+In the case of wireless telephony there is
+still more complex process of transformation, as
+follows: the speaker conveys sound vibrations into
+the instrument; these are transformed into electric
+vibrations; and the latter into the etheric vibrations
+which travel through space to the receiver. Reaching
+the receiver, the etheric vibrations are transformed
+into ordinary electric vibrations, and these
+in turn into sound waves capable of being sensed by
+the listener.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Example of Light Waves.</h4>
+
+<p>The same process is detected in the transmission
+of what we call light waves. The activities manifested
+by the substance of the sun set up certain
+vibrations which we call "light vibrations." These
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_50" id="Page_50">50</a></span>are communicated to the ether in the form of so-called
+"light waves" but which are merely etheric
+waves of a certain rate of vibration. These waves
+travel through space and are transformed into "light"
+only when they reach some material substance capable
+of receiving and reflecting their vibrations. Science
+tells us that empty space is perfectly <b>dark</b>, and
+that light manifests only when the etheric light vibrations
+come in contact with material substance and
+are there transformed into "light." Light, as "light"
+does not travel from the sun&mdash;what we know as
+"light" is simply the result of the transformation of
+certain etheric waves into "light" by reason of their
+contact with material substances.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Transformation of Mental Vibrations</h4>
+
+<p>Now for the analogy. Mental vibrations are so
+only when they remain in their own uninterrupted
+medium of channel of activity, i.e., the brain and
+the nervous system of the individual. Many hold
+that they are able to leap over the barrier of flesh
+separating two persons when such persons are in
+immediate physical contact, and the conditions are
+of a certain kind; but as a rule they do not do so.
+But, as all investigators know, mental vibrations are
+capable of being transformed into some subtle form
+of etheric vibrations, and the latter when coming in
+contact with the nervous system of other persons
+may be again transformed, this time into mental vibrations
+which produced thoughts, feelings and mental
+images in the minds of the second persons or
+persons, corresponding with these mental states in
+the first person. Think over this carefully, until
+you grasp the idea fully.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Vibrational Attunement</h4><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_51" id="Page_51">51</a></span></p>
+
+<p>And here we find another startling correspondence
+between the phenomena of wireless telegraphy
+and that of thought transference or transmission of
+mental vibrations. We allude to the fact that while
+a wireless telegraphic sending instrument may be
+sending forth vibrations of the strongest power, its
+messages are capable of being received or "picked
+up" only by those instruments which are "in tune"
+with the sending instrument to at least a certain degree;
+to all other instruments, those which are not
+"in tune" with the sending instrument, there is no
+message perceptible. Precisely this same state of affairs
+is found to prevail in the realm of mental vibrations
+and thought transmission. The individual receives
+only such messages as emanate from instruments
+with which he is "in tune"&mdash;to all the rest he
+is deaf and unconscious. But once "in tune" with the
+higher vibrations of the mental realm, he will receive
+every message traveling on that particular plane at
+that particular time, unless he deliberately shut them
+out. We shall see how this works out in ordinary
+life, when we consider the general subject of Telepathy
+and Thought Transference in the succeeding
+Chapter.</p>
+
+
+<h4>In Tune With Higher Planes</h4>
+
+<p>But, in connection with the above statement of
+the "in tune" law or rule of manifestation, we wish
+to call to the attention of the student the important
+fact that the same law prevails in the case of communications
+from the higher planes of existence&mdash;the
+so-called "spirit communications" and other
+messages of this kind reaching individuals on our
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_52" id="Page_52">52</a></span>own plane of existence. It is only when the individual
+on the "earth plane" becomes "in tune"
+with the sending mental instrument of the entity
+abiding on a higher plane of existence, that it is
+able to "pick up" the message being sent to earth.
+Even the same individual is often unable to "catch"
+the messages at one time, while at other times he
+experiences no difficulty whatsoever. An understanding
+of this fact&mdash;this law or rule of manifestation&mdash;will
+throw a great light over many dark places
+of misunderstanding and perplexity concerning certain
+phases of occult and psychic phenomena. This
+feature of such phenomena will be considered in
+detail in subsequent parts of this book.</p>
+
+
+<h4>The Two Key-Words.</h4>
+
+<p>Concluding our consideration of the "just how"
+of the transmission of thoughts, messages, and "psychograms"
+between two minds, be they both on earth
+plane, or one of the two on the higher planes, we
+would say: "Always remember the two Key-Words,
+namely <b>Transformation</b> and <b>Attunement</b>." These
+two Key-Words will enable you to unlock many
+doors of thought on these subjects&mdash;doors which
+otherwise will remain closed to you.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_53" id="Page_53">53</a></span></p>
+<h2>PART III</h2>
+
+<h3>THOUGHT TRANSFERENCE</h3>
+
+
+<p>The most elementary and simple form in which
+mental vibrations are transmitted is that which
+may be called Thought Transference. In the category
+of Thought Transference may be included two
+quite general classes, as follows: (1) Involuntary
+Transmission of Mental Vibrations, and (2) Voluntary
+Transmission of Mental Vibrations, commonly
+known as Telepathy. In this part of this book both
+of these general classes of Thought Transference
+shall be considered in some detail.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Involuntary Transmission of Mental Vibrations.</h4>
+
+<p>Mental vibrations emanating from the brain of
+the individual take on the form of wave-like movements
+in the ether, which are accordingly known as
+"thought-waves." These thought-waves are constantly
+being sent forth from the brains of all persons,
+and after being sent forth they spread in space
+from the immediate neighborhood of the person
+originating them, to a distance proportioned to the
+strength and power energizing the original mental
+state. These thought-waves have the power of
+awakening and arousing into activity corresponding
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_54" id="Page_54">54</a></span>mental states in other persons coming within their
+field of force, according to the laws of Mental Induction.
+It should be noted here that the activity
+aroused in the mind of the receiving person is accomplished
+by the setting into vibratory motion the
+Chitta or Mind-substance of that person, just as the
+receiving diaphragm of the telephone is set vibrating
+at the same rate as that of the sending instrument,
+and thus the original sound-waves are reproduced.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Thought Waves</h4>
+
+<p>Thought-waves are manifested in various forms,
+modes, and phases, and in different degrees of power.
+Some are emanated without any clearly defined desire
+or intent to accomplish certain ends, while others
+are charged with strong desire focused to a definite
+point by clear-cut ideas of ends sought to be accomplished.
+The latter, however, are usually entitled to
+be classed among the "involuntary" phases of Thought
+Transference, because the senders are generally unaware
+that thought-waves have an actual effect upon
+the minds of other persons; their thoughts and mental
+states arising in accordance with their feelings, desires,
+and general aims. Where the individual has
+learned that thought is an active power, he may deliberately
+send forth his thought-waves directed toward
+the person or persons whom he wishes to affect
+and influence.</p>
+
+<p>The student must remember, however, that there
+is a great difference in the power and effective activity
+between thought-waves sent forth under different
+circumstances. Some are sent forth idly, and with no
+focused power or energy of desire and feeling, and
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_55" id="Page_55">55</a></span>such naturally are weak in effect upon others. Others
+are sent forth vitalized with strong desire and feeling,
+and focused with a clear ideal and mental picture,
+and, consequently, exert a far greater degree of
+effect upon the minds of others with whom they come
+in contact. The analogy of the waves of electricity
+holds good here, for just as the electric power may be
+strong or weak, as the case may be, so may the mental
+force be strong or weak under different circumstances,
+and in different individuals.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Vibratory Thought Force</h4>
+
+<p>The vibratory force of thought-waves persist for
+some time after their original emanation. Here, also
+we have analogies on the physical plane, as follows:
+The heat of a room continues for some time after the
+fire which originally caused it has ceased to burn.
+Likewise, the air of a room may manifest the perfume
+of a flower, or extract, long after the latter has been
+removed from the room. Again, rays of light persist
+in existence long after the star manifesting them has
+been blotted out of existence. In the same way
+thought-vibrations continue to manifest in a place,
+large or small though its space may be, long after
+the original sender has passed from that plane&mdash;perhaps
+even long after he has passed from earth life.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Mental Atmospheres</h4>
+
+<p>A well known American writer on this subject
+has said concerning this point: "There are many
+places today filled with the thought-vibrations of
+minds long since passed out of the body. There
+are places filled with the strong vibrations of tragedies
+long since enacted there. Every place has a
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_56" id="Page_56">56</a></span>mental atmosphere of its own, the same arising from
+the thought-vibrations set in motion by the various
+persons who have inhabited or occupied them.
+Every city has its own mental atmosphere which has
+its effect upon persons moving into them. Some are
+lively, some dull, some progressive, some old-fogyish,
+some moral, some immoral&mdash;the result of the
+character of the early settlers and leading spirits, of
+the place in question. Persons moving into these
+towns are affected by the mental atmospheres thereof,
+and either sink to the general level, or else, if
+strong enough, help to change the mental tone of
+the place. Sometimes a change in conditions bring
+a large influx of new people, to a town, and the mental
+waves of the newcomers tend to bring about
+a marked change in the local mental atmosphere.
+These facts have been noticed by many observing
+people who often have not been familiar with the
+principles underlying and producing the facts which
+the observers have so clearly discerned."</p>
+
+
+<h4>The Contagion of Thought.</h4>
+
+<p>The same writer says, along the same general
+lines: "Many have of course noticed the differing
+mental atmospheres of stores, offices, and other
+places of business. Some of such places give one
+an air of confidence and trust; others create a feeling
+of suspicion and distrust; some convey an impression
+of active, wideawake management, while
+others impress one as being behind the times, and
+suffering from a want of alert, active management.
+These differing mental atmospheres are caused by
+the different prevailing mental attitudes of the
+owners of the respective establishments. The managers
+of business places send forth thought-waves
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_57" id="Page_57">57</a></span>of their own, and their employees naturally falling
+into the pace set for them also send forth similar
+vibrations, and before long the whole place is vibrating
+on a certain scale. A change of management
+soon produces a marked change in the entire mental
+atmosphere of the place. In the same way, we
+notice the mental atmospheres of the houses we happen
+to visit; in this way we become conscious of an
+entire mental scale of many notes, the notes being
+sounded unconsciously by the minds of the occupants
+of the houses. From some thresholds radiate
+harmony, while others breathe the spirit of inharmony.
+Some radiate emotional warmth, while others
+chill one like an iceberg, by reason of the emotional
+coldness of the dwellers therein. Likewise, the low
+quarters of our cities, the dens of vice, and the
+haunts of dissipation vibrate with the character of
+the thought and feeling of those inhabiting them.
+And, often, the weak-willed visitor is thus tempted.
+In the same way, certain other places are charged
+with the vibrations of strong, helpful, elevating
+mental states, which tend to lift up and elevate,
+energize and stimulate the minds and feelings of
+those visiting these places. Thought and feeling are
+contagious, by reason of the laws of mental vibration
+and mental induction."</p>
+
+
+<h4>Mental Whirlpools.</h4>
+
+<p>The contagion of thought-vibrations is manifested
+by such vibrations coming into contact with the
+minds of other persons within the field of mental
+induction of the first person, and there setting up
+similar vibrations. We know that orators, actors,
+preachers and others addressing audiences of persons,
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_58" id="Page_58">58</a></span>send forth strong mental currents which tend
+to awaken corresponding vibrations in the minds of
+their hearers. We weep, smile, grow angry, feel
+happy, according to the character of the thought-waves,
+of the person on the platform or the stage,
+providing that we accept the same. And, according
+to the same principle, persons scattered over large
+areas are influenced and affected in the same way
+by whirlpools of mental vibrations set into original
+motion by some strong, masterful public man. A
+writer has said concerning this point:</p>
+
+
+<h4>Mental Tidal Waves</h4>
+
+<p>"We know how great waves of feeling spread
+over a town, city, or county, sweeping people off their
+feet, and causing them to lose their balance. Great
+waves of political enthusiasm, or war-spirit or prejudice
+for or against certain people, or groups of people,
+sweep over places and cause men to act in a
+manner which they afterward often regret when they
+come to themselves and consider the matter in the
+light of cold reason. People are swayed by demagogues
+or magnetic leaders who wish to capture
+their votes or patronage; and they are often led into
+acts of mob violence, or similar atrocities, by yielding
+to these waves of contagious thought. On the
+other hand, we know equally well how great waves of
+religious emotion spread out over the community
+upon the occasion of some great 'revival' excitement
+or religious fervor."</p>
+
+
+<h4>Immunity to Thought Influences</h4>
+
+<p>Persons becoming acquainted for the first time
+with the above recited facts of mental vibrations,
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_59" id="Page_59">59</a></span>mental currents, mental waves, and mental contagion,
+frequently raise the objection that if all this be
+true, why are we not constantly swept off of our feet
+by these great waves of mental vibrations, whereas,
+in fact, we are seldom or never aware of them? The
+question is a natural one, and is capable of a satisfactory
+answer. In the first place, many of these
+mental currents <b>neutralize</b> each other, and thus both
+cease to exert any marked effect. And again, most
+persons are really "immune" to most of the thought
+waves reaching them, this by reason of the protective
+resistive power bestowed by Nature, and acquired
+during the evolution of the race.</p>
+
+<p>To understand this, we have but to think of our
+immunity to the great majority of sounds and sights
+on the streets of a busy city. On a busy street corner,
+we are assailed by an infinitude of sounds and
+sights&mdash;but we hear but few of these, and see still
+fewer. The rest of these impressions are lost to us,
+although we have ears to hear and eyes to see. We
+hear and see only those impressions which are strong
+enough to awaken our <b>attention</b>. In the same way
+we fail to perceive the numerous thought vibrations
+and mental currents constantly surrounding us, and
+our attention is attracted and awakened by those
+sufficiently strong and vigorous to awaken our attention.
+The analogy is a very close one, and the
+understanding of one set of phenomena gives us the
+key to the other.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Mental Attunement</h4>
+
+<p>It should not fail to be noticed, moreover, that
+we habitually receive and accept more readily those
+thought vibrations which are in harmony with our
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_60" id="Page_60">60</a></span>own average habitual mental states; and, according
+to the same general principle, we tend to habitually
+reject and fail to receive those vibrations
+which are <b>inharmonious</b> to us for the same reason.
+Here, you will notice, we have an illustration of the
+principle of "attunement" which, as we have informed
+you, is operative on the plane of thought and
+mental vibrations as well as on that of wireless telegraphy.
+Just as it is a psychological fact that we
+tend to see and to hear those things which are in
+harmony with our beliefs and opinions, and our
+interest, so is it a metaphysical fact that we tend to
+accept and absorb the mental vibrations which are
+in harmony with our opinions, beliefs, and interest,
+and to reject those which are opposed thereto.</p>
+
+<p>Moreover, the person who acquaints himself with
+the law of mental vibrations and thought-transference
+acquires a practical knowledge which enables
+him to render himself immune to objectionable and
+undesirable mental currents or thought-waves. We
+are not necessarily open to the influence of every
+stray current of thought or feeling that happens to
+be in our immediate vicinity. Instead, by the proper
+methods, consciously or unconsciously practiced and
+manifested, we may, and often do, insulate ourselves
+so that these undesirable mental influences fail utterly
+to affect us; and, likewise, we may actually
+attract to ourselves the desirable mental currents.
+These principles and methods will be given later
+in this part of this book; they are mentioned here
+merely to acquaint you with the fact that they are
+existent and known to those familiar with this
+subject.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Voluntary Transmission of Mental Vibrations.</h4> <p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_61" id="Page_61">61</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Under the head of Voluntary Transmission of
+Mental Vibrations may be placed the following two
+general classes of phenomena, viz., (1) Voluntary
+Efforts to Exert Mental Influence upon Others; and
+(2) Voluntary Efforts to Produce the Phenomena
+of Telepathy, along Scientific Lines. Each of these
+general classes of phenomena will now be presented
+for your inspection and consideration.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Voluntary Mental Influence.</h4>
+
+<p>Under the category of Voluntary Mental Influence
+we find much of the phenomena formerly
+classed as "Magic"&mdash;and by this we mean both
+White Magic, or efforts to produce results beneficial
+to the person influenced, and Black Magic, or efforts
+to produce results beneficial to the person exerting
+the influence, and often to the positive detriment
+of the person influenced.</p>
+
+<p><b>White Magic.</b> Under the category of White
+Magic may be placed all those efforts of mental healing,
+and similar phases of metaphysical therapeutics;
+and the accompanying efforts directed toward
+the general happiness and welfare of the person
+"treated." The word "treatment" has sprung into
+use in this connection, in America and Europe, by
+reason of its employment by the numerous metaphysical
+cults and schools flourishing there. We
+hear on all hands of persons being "treated" for
+Health, Happiness, and Prosperity in this way.
+While in some cases, the "magic" is worked on
+higher planes than those of thought-vibrations, it
+is nevertheless true that in most instances the entire
+process is that of mental induction, along the lines
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_62" id="Page_62">62</a></span>described in the preceding pages of this book. In
+such cases the person influenced opens himself to
+the helpful thought of the person "treating" him,
+and thus a co-operation and mental "team work" is
+secured, often with the most beneficial results. This
+phase of the subject is too well known to require
+lengthy consideration in this book, and is more properly
+the subject of the many books devoted to this
+special phase of mental power.</p>
+
+<hr style='width: 45%;' />
+
+<p><b>Black Magic.</b> It has well been said that there are
+always two poles to everything in Nature, and continued
+experience and investigation seems to substantiate
+this statement. Whenever we find a force or
+power producing beneficial results, we may usually
+feel assured that the same force or power, turned in
+another direction, or possibly reversed in its action,
+will produce results of an opposite character. And
+so it is with this subject of "Magic" which we are
+now considering. While we would be very glad to
+pass over this phase of the subject, truth and duty
+to our readers compel us to state that White Magic
+has its opposite pole&mdash;that opposite pole known as
+Black Magic, or the use of psychic force for selfish
+and unworthy ends. There is no use trying to pursue
+the ostrich policy regarding these things&mdash;it is
+always better to face them boldly, and then to take
+means to avoid the evil contained in them.</p>
+
+<hr style='width: 45%;' />
+
+<p>We prefer to quote from other writers on this
+subject, who have given this particular matter the
+most careful attention and investigation, and who
+have set forth simply and plainly the result of their
+investigations and discoveries. Here follow several
+quotations from authorities of this kind:</p>
+
+
+<h4>Base Use of Mind Power</h4><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_63" id="Page_63">63</a></span></p>
+
+<p>One writer says: "It is a fact known to all students
+of occultism that Black Magic has been frequently
+employed in all times to further the selfish,
+base ends of some people. And it is also known to
+advanced thinkers today that even in this enlightened
+age there are many who do not scruple to stoop
+to the use of this hateful practice in order to serve
+their own ends, notwithstanding the punishment that
+all true occultists know awaits such persons. The
+annals of history are full of records of various forms
+of witchcraft, conjuration, and similar forms of
+Black Magic. All the much talked of practice of
+'putting spells' upon people are really forms of Black
+Magic, heightened by the fear and superstition of
+those affected. One has but to read the history of
+witchcraft to see that there was undoubtedly some
+force at work behind all of the appalling superstitions
+and ignorance shown by the people of those times.
+What they attributed to the influence of people 'in
+league with the devil' really arose from the use of
+Black Magic, or an unworthy use of Mental Influence,
+the two things being one at the last.</p>
+
+
+<h4>The Secret of Witchcraft</h4>
+
+<p>"An examination of the methods employed by
+these 'witches,' as shown by their confessions, give
+us a key to the mystery. These 'witches' would fix
+their minds upon other people, or their animals, and
+by holding a concentrated mental picture there, would
+send forth thought-waves affecting the welfare
+of the persons being 'adversely treated,' which
+would influence and disturb them, and often bring
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_64" id="Page_64">64</a></span>on sicknesses. Of course, the effect of those 'treatments'
+were greatly heightened by the extreme fear
+and superstition held by the masses of people at the
+time, for fear is ever a weakening factor in mental
+influence, and the superstitions and credulity of the
+people caused their minds to vibrate in such a manner
+as to render them extremely passive to the adverse
+influences being directed against them. It is
+well known that the Voodoos of Africa, and similar
+cults among other savage races, practice Black
+Magic among their people with great effect. Among
+the native of Hawaii there are certain men known
+as 'Kahunas' who pray people sick, or well, whichever
+way they are paid to do. These instances could
+be multiplied almost indefinitely, but the basic principle
+is ever the same in such cases.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Modern Black Magic.</h4>
+
+<p>"In our own civilized lands there are many people
+who have learned the principles of mental influence,
+and who are using the same for unworthy
+purposes, seeking to injure others and to defeat
+their undertakings, or else trying to bring them
+around to their own (the treators') point of view
+and inclinations. The modern revival of occult
+knowledge has operated along two lines, and in opposite
+directions. On the one hand, we see and hear
+of the mighty power for good that mental influence
+is exerting over the race today, raising up the sick,
+strengthening the weak, putting courage into the
+despondent, and transforming failures into successes.
+But, on the other hand, the hateful selfishness
+and greed of unprincipled persons is taking
+advantage of this mighty force of nature, and prostituting
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_65" id="Page_65">65</a></span>it to the hateful ends of such persons, without
+heed to the dictates of conscience or the teaching
+of religion or of ordinary morality. These people
+are sowing a baleful wind, which will result in
+their reaping a frightful whirlwind on the mental
+plane. They are bringing down upon themselves
+pain and misery in the future."</p>
+
+
+<h4>The Explanation of Sorcery.</h4>
+
+<p>Another writer says: "In various stages of history
+we find the records of persons having been
+affected by the influences of witches, sorcerers, and
+other evil-minded, unprincipled persons. In most
+cases these so-called witches and sorcerers themselves
+were under the delusion that they were being
+assisted by the devil or some other supernatural
+being. They did not realize that they were simply
+using natural forces. Studying the history of witchcraft,
+sorcery, black magic, and the like, you will
+find that the devotees thereof usually employed
+some psychometric method. In other cases they
+would mould little figures of clay, or of wax, in the
+general shape and appearance of the person whom
+they wished to affect. It was thought that these
+little figures were endowed with some supernatural
+powers or attributes, but of course this was mere
+superstition. The whole power of the little figures
+arose from the fact that they aided the imagination
+of the spell-worker in forming a mental image of
+the person sought to be influenced; and thus established
+a strong mental rapport condition. Added to
+this, you must remember that the fear and belief of
+the public greatly aided the spell-worker, and increased
+his power and influence over these poor
+persons."</p>
+
+
+<h4>The Power of Fearthought.</h4><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_66" id="Page_66">66</a></span></p>
+
+<p>The last-named writer explains the reference to
+"fear and belief" in the last sentence above quoted
+by the following very important statements, and
+these we ask every student of this book to firmly
+impress upon his mind, for a mighty truth is therein
+conveyed. The statements in question are as
+follows:</p>
+
+<p>"Your attention is hereby called to a very important
+psychic principle involved in the manifestation
+of that class of phenomena in which is embraced
+the cases of witchcraft, sorcery, etc., with which the
+pages of history are filled. It is a well established
+fact that by denying the psychic power over you
+exerted by any person whatsoever, you practically
+neutralize the psychic power of such person, at least
+so far as its effect upon and power over yourself is
+concerned. The stronger and more positive is your
+mental attitude of immunity to such power, and
+your assertion and affirmation of that immunity,
+the greater is your own power of psychic resistance,
+and the less does his possible power over you become.
+The average person, not knowing this, is
+more or less passive to psychic influences of other
+persons, and may be affected by them to a greater
+or less extent, the degree depending upon the psychic
+development of the person seeking to influence
+him.</p>
+
+
+<h4>The Negative Pole.</h4>
+
+<p>"At the extreme negative pole of susceptibility
+we find persons who believe firmly that other persons
+have psychic power over them, and who are
+consequently more or less afraid of such persons
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_67" id="Page_67">67</a></span>and of their influence. This belief and fear operates
+in the direction of making such persons peculiarly
+sensitive and impressionable to such influence,
+and thus easily affected by psychic induction.
+This is the reason that the so-called witches and
+sorcerers and others of evil repute have been often
+able to acquire such a power over their victims, and
+to cause them so much trouble. The secret is that
+<b>the victims believed in the power of the other persons,
+and feared their power</b>. The greater the belief
+in, and fear of, the power of the other persons,
+the greater the susceptibility to their influence; the
+greater the disbelief in such power, and the firm
+belief in one's own power of immunity and that of
+neutralizing the effect of the psychic influence of
+other persons, the less is one's degree of susceptibility,
+and the greater is one's degree of immunity and
+power. This is the rule in the case&mdash;keep it in mind!</p>
+
+
+<h4>Voodooism Explained.</h4>
+
+<p>"Among the negroes of the South, in America,
+and among the Hawaiians, we find marked instances
+of this kind. The negro Voodoo men and
+women work Black Magic on those of their race
+who are superstitious and credulous, and who have
+a mortal fear of the Voodoo. Travelers who have
+visited the countries in which there is a large negro
+population have many interesting tales to recite of
+the terrible workings of these Voodoo black magicians.
+In some cases, sickness and even death is
+the result. But, mark you this! It is only those who
+believe in, and fear, the power of the Voodoos that
+are so affected. In Hawaii, the Kahunas or native
+magicians are renowned for their power to cause
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_68" id="Page_68">68</a></span>sickness and death to those who have offended
+them; or to those who have offended some client
+of the Kahuna, and who have hired the latter to
+'pray' the enemy to sickness or death. The poor,
+ignorant Hawaiians, believing implicitly in the power
+of the Kahunas, and being in deadly fear of them,
+are very susceptible to their psychic influence, and
+naturally fall easy victims to their vile arts, unless
+they buy off the Kahuna, or make peace with his
+client. White persons living in Hawaii are not affected
+by the Kahunas, for they do not believe in
+them, neither do they fear them. Unconsciously,
+but yet strongly, they 'deny' the power, and are
+immune. So you see the principle working out
+here, too. Once you have the master-key, you may
+unlock many doors of mystery which have heretofore
+been closed to you."</p>
+
+
+<h4>Self-Protection.</h4>
+
+<p>The following quotations from writers on this
+special subject contain detailed directions for the
+use of those who may have reason to believe that
+some other person or persons are trying to use
+psychic force, or mental currents, upon them for
+selfish purposes, or otherwise. Of course the general
+mental attitude of disbelief, and assertion of
+one's one immunity is sufficient for the purposes of
+general psychic protection; but we have thought it
+proper to include the following special directions
+given by those who have made a close study of this
+subject.</p>
+
+<p>One writer says: "When you come in contact
+with people who are seeking to influence you by
+psychic methods, either direct or indirect, you will
+find yourself able to defy their mental attacks by
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_69" id="Page_69">69</a></span>simply remembering the strength immanent in your
+Ego, or Spirit, aided by the statement or affirmation
+(made silently to yourself) 'I am an Immortal
+Spirit, using the power of my Ego, which renders
+me immune from all base psychic attacks or power.'
+With this mental attitude you may make powerful
+even the slightest mental effort in the direction of
+sending forth your own mental vibrations, and these
+will scatter the adverse influences in all directions;
+it will often be found that the other person will
+show signs of confusion in such a case, and will
+seek to get away from your presence. With this
+consciousness held in mind, your mental command
+to another, 'Let me alone&mdash;I cast off your influence
+by the power of my Spirit,' will operate so
+strongly that you will often actually see the effect
+at once. If the other person be stubborn, and determined
+to influence you by words of suggestion,
+coaxing, threatening, or similar methods, look him
+or her straight in the eye, saying mentally: 'I defy
+you&mdash;my inner power casts off your influence.' Try
+this the next time that any one attempts to influence
+you either verbally or by means of thought-waves,
+and see how strong and positive you will
+feel, and how the efforts of the other person will
+fail. This sounds simple, but the little secret is
+worth thousands of dollars to every individual who
+will put it into practice."</p>
+
+
+<h4>Repelling Adverse Influences.</h4>
+
+<p>This writer continues: "Not only in the case of
+personal influence in the actual presence of the other
+person may be defeated in this way, but the same
+method will act equally well in the matter of repelling
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_70" id="Page_70">70</a></span>the mental influence of others directed
+against you in the form of 'absent treatments,' etc.
+If you feel yourself inclining toward doing something
+which in your heart you feel is not to your
+best interests, judged from a true viewpoint, you
+may know that, consciously or unconsciously, someone
+is seeking in influence you in this way. Then
+smile to yourself, and make the statements mentioned
+above, or some similar one, and holding the
+power of the Spirit within your soul, send forth a
+mental command just as you would in case the person
+were actually before you in person. You may
+also deny out of existence the influencing power,
+by asserting mentally: 'I <b>deny</b> your power to influence
+me; you have no such power over me; I am
+resting securely upon the Spirit within me; I deny
+out of existence any power over me asserted by
+you.' After repelling these absent influences you
+will at once experience a feeling of relief and
+strength, and will be able to smile at the thought of
+any such adverse influence affecting you in the
+slightest."</p>
+
+
+<h4>Neutralizing Psychic Influences.</h4>
+
+<p>Another writer gives us the following most interesting
+information and advice for use in cases of
+this kind: "I wish to point out to you a means of
+protection against the use of psychic influence
+against yourself on the part of unscrupulous persons,
+or any other persons whomsoever, for that
+matter. One is fully justified in employing this
+method of protection against even the meddling influence
+of other persons, who are trying to influence
+you without your permission or consent. The following
+is the method of self-protection or defense
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_71" id="Page_71">71</a></span>against this class of psychic influence: In the first
+place, you must, of course, refuse to admit to your
+mind any feeling of fear regarding the influence
+of other persons, for such fear opens the door to
+their influence, as all students of this subject know.
+If you have been, or are fearful of the psychic influence
+of any person, you must get to work and
+drive out that feeling by positive and vigorous denials.
+The <b>denial</b>, as all students know, is the positive
+neutralizer of the psychic influence of another
+person, providing you make it in full belief in its
+truth. You must take the mental position (which is
+really the true one) that you are absolutely immune
+to the psychic attack or influence. You should say,
+mentally, 'deny to any person the power to influence
+me psychically without my consent; I am positive
+to all such influences, and they are negative to
+me; I neutralize all such influences by this positive
+denial!' It should encourage you to know that it
+requires far less force and power to repel and
+neutralize psychic influences of this kind, than is
+required to send forth the power; an ounce of denial
+and protection overcomes a pound of psychic
+attacking power. Nature gives you the means of
+protection, and gives you the 'best end of the stick';
+and it is your own fault if you do not use it
+effectively. A word to the wise is sufficient."</p>
+
+
+<h4>Telepathic Phenomena.</h4>
+
+<p>The second general class of phenomena in the
+general category of Voluntary Transmission of
+Mental Vibrations is that known as "Telepathic
+Phenomena." In a sense, of course, all phases of
+Thought Transmission, and particularly that of
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_72" id="Page_72">72</a></span>Voluntary Thought Transmission, may be considered
+as forms of Telepathy; but for the purpose of
+classification and distinction we have in this book
+classed as Telepathic Phenomena merely those
+forms and phases of Thought Transference in which
+there is an agreement between the telepathic sender
+and the telepathic receiver, and in which the experiments
+are conducted more or less along the
+lines of scientific investigation.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Scientific Investigators.</h4>
+
+<p>Scientific observers, for a number of years past,
+have been conducting careful series of experiments
+in Telepathy, and many volumes of the reports of
+such investigations have been published by various
+psychic research societies. Among the eminent
+scientists who have devoted much attention to this
+subject are the following: Professor Henry Sidgewick,
+of Cambridge University; Professor Balfour
+Stewart, of the Royal Society of England; Rt. Hon.
+A. J. Balfour, the eminent English statesman and
+scientist; Professor William James, the eminent
+American psychologist; Sir William Crookes, the
+great English chemist, physicist, who invented the
+celebrated "Crookes' Tubes," without which the
+discovery of the X-Rays, Radio Activity, etc., would
+have been impossible; Frederick W. H. Myers, the
+celebrated investigator of Psychic Phenomena;
+and Sir Oliver Lodge, the eminent English scientist.
+All these men are of the highest international standing
+and reputation, and their acceptance of the
+phenomena of Telepathy places the same on a firm
+scientific basis.</p>
+
+
+<h4>How Experiments Are Conducted.</h4><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_73" id="Page_73">73</a></span></p>
+
+<p>The scientific experiments involving Telepathy,
+which have been conducted by numerous societies
+for psychical research and other bodies, have ranged
+from quite simple tests to those very complex. In
+all of these experiments there has been one person
+called the "sender," and another called the "receiver"&mdash;or
+names corresponding to these. The
+sender fixes in his mind a strong impression of the
+name or picture to be transmitted, and then makes
+a positive effort of the will to transmit the same to
+the receiver. The receiver assumes a passive receptive
+mental attitude, and then reports the word
+or image that comes into his mind. The more complex
+tests embody these same simple features.</p>
+
+<p>Some of the early reports of the Society for Psychical
+Research, of London, England, show results
+most amazing to those who have not made a personal
+investigation of these matters. In some of
+the tests, the receiver correctly reported seventeen
+cards in succession, the said cards having been
+shown the sender, but kept out of sight of the receiver,
+and no possible communication between the
+two being allowed. In tests of naming small objects
+held by the sender, the receiver correctly
+named five out of six. In one complicated test, in
+which various objects, names, etc., were transmitted,
+the report shows a successful report of 202 out
+of a possible 382. Such results, of course, took the
+results entirely out of the operation of the law of
+averages. Other successful experiments showed a
+high percentage of results obtained from the reproduction
+by the sender of geometrical and other figures
+and designs exhibited to the sender.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Private Experiments.</h4><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_74" id="Page_74">74</a></span></p>
+
+<p>But, after all, the most convincing evidences of
+Telepathy are those which most of us have met with
+in our own experience. There are but few intelligent,
+observing persons who have not, at some time
+in their life, had experiences of this kind, in which
+the thoughts of others were perceived plainly by
+themselves. Many persons have established such a
+close rapport condition between themselves and
+friends or relatives that instances of remarkable
+thought-transmission between them are quite common
+and ordinary.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Development of Telepathic Power.</h4>
+
+<p>Practically every person may develop a certain
+degree of telepathic power, sending, receiving, or
+both, by means of a moderate amount of regular
+and earnest practice and experiments. In developing
+sending power, the person should cultivate concentration,
+and the use of the will in the direction
+of projecting mental states; in the case of the
+desired development of the receiving power, the
+person should develop receptiveness and passivity,
+and a certain recognition of an actual telepathic impulse
+which is impossible to describe in words but
+which comes to every investigator, and which when
+once experienced is always recognized thereafter.</p>
+
+
+<h4>"Mind Reading."</h4>
+
+<p>Perhaps the best plan for the beginner is to practice
+the popular "mind reading" experiment or
+game, which is quite popular in some localities, and
+among persons interested in this line of thought.
+The experiments of this kind are performed, generally,
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_75" id="Page_75">75</a></span>about as follows: The receiver leaves the
+room, and during his or her absence the company
+in the room select some object, large or small, such
+as a chair or a small penknife, etc., and the same
+is shown and named to the sender. Then the receiver
+is called back into the room for the experiment,
+and is blindfolded securely. Then the receiver
+takes the right hand of the sender and places
+it in his (the receiver's) left hand, holding it firmly
+there. The sender then concentrates his mind upon
+the object to be "found," and mentally wills that
+the receiver move toward it. The receiver then experiences
+a peculiar faint impulse in the direction
+of the object, and accordingly moves toward it.
+After considerable practice, the receiver acquires
+the faculty of not only finding large objects, but
+also is able to locate small objects, such as concealed
+rings, pins, etc.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Development Practices.</h4>
+
+<p>This class of experiments, while open to the objection
+that there may be more or less muscular
+direction consciously or unconsciously given by the
+sender, nevertheless tend to develop proficiency in
+both sender and receiver. In fact, such experiments
+are perhaps one of the very best methods of
+developing projecting or receiving power along
+the lines of occult or psychic forces. This because
+the persons become familiar with the psychic processes
+involved, and their efficiency becomes increased
+by practice and experiment. This plan is like that
+of teaching a child how to walk by means of holding
+its hand, allowing it to rest on chairs, etc. In
+practicing such experiments, the receiver will soon
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_76" id="Page_76">76</a></span>become conscious of receiving the thought message
+in what may be called a "wireless flash," instead
+of by the slower, and less clear process of transmission
+through the physical body of the sender, and
+thence through his own nerves. When the sender
+begins to experience these flashes of consciousness,
+he is ready to proceed to the next stage.</p>
+
+
+<h4>The "Willing Game."</h4>
+
+<p>The second stage on telepathic development is
+much akin to that just described, with the difference
+that there is no physical contact between the
+sender and the receiver&mdash;no holding of hands, etc.
+A variation of this is found in the familiar "willing
+game" in which the whole roomful of persons concentrates
+upon the receiver, and "wills" that he
+find a selected object. On the whole, however, the
+private experiments conducted by the sender and
+the receiver, with perhaps a few intelligent and
+sympathetic spectators, are far better than the
+"willing game" plan, in which there are usually
+many triflers present ready to make a joke of the
+whole thing, and thus taking away that true concentration
+under which the best results may be
+obtained.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Formal Tests.</h4>
+
+<p>The third step in telepathic development is that
+of conducting experiments similar to those originally
+conducted by the Society for Psychical Research,
+previously mentioned. That is to say, the
+sender may select cards from a pack, coins from a
+pile, small objects from a collection, etc., and then
+endeavor to transmit the impression of the same
+to the receiver&mdash;the latter then reporting his flashes
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_77" id="Page_77">77</a></span>of impression received. This may be rendered more
+complicated by having the sender in one place, and
+the receiver at another, the time having previously
+been agreed upon between them. In experiments
+conducted at long range, it has been generally
+found better for the receiver to write down the
+word, thought, or mental, picture which has been
+transmitted to him by the sender; and for the sender
+to write down the name or picture of the thing the
+idea of which he has transmitted. These memoranda
+serve not only as scientific proof of the experiment,
+but also serve as a barometer of progress being made
+during the experiments.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Automatic Writing.</h4>
+
+<p>In this connection it may be stated that many investigators
+and experimentors along the lines of
+telepathic phenomena have met with considerable
+success in the direction of Automatic Writing from
+living persons, which of course is merely a special
+form of Telepathy. In some cases the communications
+received in this way were at first thought to be
+from disembodied entities, until later it was discovered
+that the thoughts were actually transmitted
+(in some cases unintentionally) by living persons.
+The late W. T. Stead, the London editor and famous
+investigator of psychic phenomena, who was lost
+on the "Titanic" several years ago, was remarkably
+successful along this special line of telepathic transmission,
+he being one of the most efficient receivers
+of this kind of which those familiar with the subject
+have any knowledge. His written records of these
+experiments are very interesting, and form a valuable
+contribution to this subject. In this class of
+experiments, the sender concentrates fixedly upon
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_78" id="Page_78">78</a></span>the thought&mdash;word for word&mdash;and wills that the recipient
+write down the word so transmitted; the
+receiver sit passively at the time agreed upon, and
+allows his arm and hand to be moved by means of
+the psychic currents beating upon him, and which
+are then unconsciously transformed into muscular
+action&mdash;the process being similar to that of ordinary
+writing, except that instead of the activity of the
+brain of the writer being behind the muscular motion,
+that of the sender performs that task.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Psychic Sensitiveness.</h4>
+
+<p>The student of this book will find in the succeeding
+portions thereof, from time to time, certain
+general instructions regarding the cultivation of
+psychic receptivity and sensitiveness. These general
+instructions are also applicable to the cultivation of
+telepathic power, and may be properly applied to
+that end. There is really but one general principle
+involved in all the many forms of psychic receptivity,
+namely that of (1) shutting the senses to the ordinary
+impressions of the outside world, and (2) opening
+the higher channels of sense to the impressions
+coming in the form of vibrations of the higher forces
+and finer powers of Nature. At the last, it is simply
+a matter of "getting in tune," just as truly as in
+the case of the wireless telegraphy. These things
+are difficult to explain in ordinary words to one who
+has had no experience along these lines; but when
+one begins to actually experiment and practice, the
+way opens out gradually and steadily, and then the
+person can grasp the meaning of the little "hints"
+dropped by others who have traveled the same path.
+So, after all, it comes down to the matter of Practice,
+Experiment, and Learning by Trying!</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_79" id="Page_79">79</a></span></p>
+<h2>PART IV</h2>
+
+<h3>CLAIRVOYANCE AND KINDRED PHENOMENA</h3>
+
+
+<p>A very large and very interesting class of occult
+or psychic phenomena is that known under the very
+general classification of "Clairvoyance," which
+term we have thought it advisable to employ in this
+sense in this book, notwithstanding the technical objections
+urged by some against such a general usage.
+The term "Clairvoyance" really means "clear seeing,"
+or "clear sight," but its special meaning,
+established by long usage, is "A power of discerning
+objects not perceptible to the normal senses." When
+it comes to the technical use of the term by students
+and teachers of psychic research and occultism, however,
+there is found a confused meaning of the term,
+some employing it in one sense, and others in another
+one. Accordingly, it is perhaps as well to explain
+the particular usage adopted and followed in this
+book.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Clairvoyance Defined.</h4>
+
+<p>The English Society for Psychical Research, in its
+glossary, defines the term as follows: "The faculty
+or act of perceiving, as though visually, with some
+coincidental truth, some distant scene; it is used
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_80" id="Page_80">80</a></span>sometimes, but hardly properly, for transcendental
+vision, or the perception of beings regarded as on
+another plane of existence." A distinguished investigator
+along psychic lines, in one of her reports
+to the English Society for Psychical Research, has
+given the following definition of this term as employed
+by her in her reports, viz., "The word 'clairvoyant'
+is often used very loosely, and with widely
+different meanings. I denote by it a faculty of acquiring
+supernormally, <b>but not by reading the minds
+of persons present</b>, a knowledge of facts such as we
+normally acquire by the use of our senses. I do not
+limit it to knowledge that would normally be acquired
+by the sense of sight, nor do I limit it to a
+knowledge of present facts. A similar knowledge of
+the past, and if necessary, of future events, may be
+included. On the other hand, I exclude the mere
+faculty of seeing apparitions, which is sometimes
+called clairvoyance."</p>
+
+<p>The last stated definition agrees almost perfectly
+with the views of the writer of the present book,
+and the term "Clairvoyance" is used here in the
+particular sense indicated by such definition. The
+student of this book, therefore, is asked to distinguish
+Clairvoyance, on the one hand, from the phenomena
+of Telepathy or Thought Transference, and,
+on the other hand, from the phenomena of communication
+with entities on other planes of existence,
+including the perception of apparitions.</p>
+
+
+<h4>The Phenomena of Clairvoyance.</h4>
+
+<p>The phenomena of Clairvoyance may be subdivided
+(a) according to methods employed, and also
+(b) according to general distinctions. The said
+classifications follow:</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_81" id="Page_81">81</a></span></p><p><b>Classification According to Methods.</b> The classification
+of Clairvoyant Phenomena according to
+methods employed, proceeds as follows: (1) <b>Psychometry</b>,
+in which the clairvoyant becomes en rapport
+through the medium of some physical object
+connected with the person or scene which is the
+object of the en rapport connection; (2) <b>Crystal
+Gazing</b>, etc., in which the en rapport connection is
+established by means of a crystal, magic mirror, etc.,
+into which the clairvoyant gazes; (3) <b>Direct Clairvoyance</b>,
+in which the clairvoyant directly establishes
+the en rapport connection by means of raising
+his or her psychic vibrations so as to become "in
+tune" with the finer vibrations of Nature, without
+the aid of physical objects.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Classification According to General Distinctions.</h4>
+
+<p>The classification of Clairvoyant Phenomena according
+to general distinctions, proceeds as follows: (1)
+<b>Present Clairvoyance</b>, in which the objects perceived
+by the clairvoyant are present in Space and Time,
+although invisible to normal sight; (2) <b>Space Clairvoyance</b>,
+in which the clairvoyant vision includes
+objects and scenes removed in space from the immediate
+normal perception of the clairvoyant; (3) <b>Time
+Clairvoyance</b>, in which the clairvoyant perceives objects
+or scenes removed from him in past time, or
+future time.</p>
+
+<p>In order that the student may obtain a comprehensive
+understanding of the phenomena of Clairvoyance,
+we have thought it well to give you a brief,
+general outline of the particular phenomena fitting
+into these several classes, and to give you, also, a
+general idea of the principal methods employed to
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_82" id="Page_82">82</a></span>obtain the phenomenal manifestations in question.
+We begin by calling your attention to the three general
+classes of method employed to obtain the manifestation
+of clairvoyant phenomena, namely: Psychometry,
+Crystal Gazing, and Clairvoyant Psychic
+States, respectively.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Psychometry.</h4>
+
+<p>In Psychometry, the clairvoyant establishes the
+en rapport connection with objects, persons or
+scenes, removed in space or in time, by means of
+some physical object associated with the distant object,
+person or scene; for instance, the physical
+objects may be a piece of clothing, a bit of stone,
+a coin, a bit of jewelry, etc., which has been closely
+associated with that which the clairvoyant desires
+to sense psychically. The distinctive feature of this
+class of clairvoyant phenomena is this <b>connecting
+link</b> of physical objects. A writer has cleverly
+compared this connecting link with the bit of clothing
+which the keen-scented bloodhound is given to
+sniff in order that he may then discover by scent
+the person sought, the latter having previously worn
+the bit of clothing presented to the dog's sense of
+smell.</p>
+
+
+<h4>The "Psychic Scent."</h4>
+
+<p>Occultists have elaborated a technical theory to
+account for the phenomena of Psychometry, or
+rather to account for the action of the "connecting
+link" of the physical object employed to establish
+the connection between clairvoyant and distant object,
+person, or scene. But we do not think it advisable
+to enter into a discussion of these elaborate,
+technical theories, which are apt to confuse the
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_83" id="Page_83">83</a></span>beginner, and to distract his attention from the important
+facts of the case. We think it is sufficient to
+say that the "connecting link," or physical object,
+seems to carry along with it, in its inner substance
+or nature, the vibrations of its past environment;
+and that the clairvoyant, coming into receptive contact
+with such vibrations, is enabled with comparative
+ease to follow up the psychic "scent" until he
+establishes clairvoyant en rapport connection with
+the distant object, person, or scene associated with
+the physical object. When it is remembered that
+the physical "scent" of anything is merely a matter
+of the detection of certain vibrations, the illustration
+is seen to be not so very far out of the way after all.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Magnetic Affinity.</h4>
+
+<p>A somewhat celebrated investigator of psychic and
+occult phenomena has said concerning this phases of
+Clairvoyance: "The untrained clairvoyant usually
+cannot find any particular astral picture when it is
+wanted, without some special link to put him en
+rapport with the subject required. Psychometry is
+an instance in point. It seems as though there were
+a sort of magnetic attachment or affinity between any
+particle of matter and the record which contains its
+history&mdash;an affinity which enables it to act as a kind
+of conductor between that record and the faculties
+of anyone who can read it. For instance, I once
+brought from Stonehenge a tiny fragment of stone,
+not larger than a pin's head, and on putting this
+into an envelope and handing it to a psychometrist
+who had no idea what it was, she at once began to
+describe that wonderful ruin and the desolate country
+surrounding it, and then went on to picture
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_84" id="Page_84">84</a></span>vividly what were evidently scenes from its early
+history, showing that the infinitesimal fragment
+had been sufficient to put her into communication
+with the records connected with the spot from which
+it came. The scenes through which we pass in the
+course of our life seem to act in the same way upon
+the cells of our brain as did the history of Stonehenge
+upon that particle of stone. They establish a
+connection with those cells by means of which our
+mind is put en rapport with that particular portion
+of the records, and so we 'remember' what we have
+seen."</p>
+
+
+<h4>Distant En Rapport.</h4>
+
+<p>One of the most familiar instances of the production
+of clairvoyant phenomena by means of Psychometry
+is that illustrated in the above quotation,
+namely the production of the en rapport relation
+with distant scenes by means of the connecting link
+of some small object which had at some time in the
+past been located at that point. In such cases the
+psychometrist usually presses the small object up
+to his or her head, and then induces a passive, receptive
+psychical condition; then, sooner or later,
+the clairvoyant experiences a "sensation," or a
+"dream picture" of the scene in question. Often,
+once the picture of the scene is obtained, the clairvoyant
+may manifest more marked past-time clairvoyance,
+in the direction of running back over the
+history of the scene itself. The instance related in
+the above quotation is a case of this kind. Similar
+cases are frequently met with by the investigator
+along these lines, in which the clairvoyant is able
+to give the history of certain places in ancient Egypt,
+from the connecting link of a piece of mummy-cloth;
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_85" id="Page_85">85</a></span>or else to give a picture of certain events in
+antediluvian times, from the connecting link of a
+bit of fossil substance. The history of Psychometry
+is filled with remarkable instances of this kind.
+Bullets gathered from battlefields also serve very
+effectively as such psychometric connecting links.
+Old furniture, old pictures, and old jewelry also are
+common objects serving to produce wonderful phenomena
+of this kind. In fact, any physical object
+having past-time or far-distant space connections
+may be employed effectively in such experiments.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Psychic Underground Exploration.</h4>
+
+<p>Psychometry is frequently employed to describe
+underground or "mine" conditions existing at the
+present time at the particular place from which a
+particular piece of ore or mineral has been taken,
+which ore or mineral has been handed the psychometrist
+to be used as the connecting link. As
+many practical miners know from actual experience,
+many valuable coal, zinc, lead, silver and gold mines
+have been successfully located in this way. In such
+cases the psychometrist has been able to follow up
+the psychic "scent" given by the piece of mineral,
+and thus to describe the strata or veins of the mineral
+lying underground and unopened by the pick or drill.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Psychic Detective Work.</h4>
+
+<p>Many cases are recorded by the investigators in
+which the psychometrist is able to "sense" a particular
+locality, a house, a room, a place of business,
+for instance, by means of the connecting link afforded
+by some physical object formerly associated
+with the said location. Some writers have called
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_86" id="Page_86">86</a></span>this class of psychometric phenomena "psychic
+spying" or "psychic detective work." One writer
+records a case in which he gave to a young psychometrist
+a penholder from the office of a lawyer,
+the latter being located about eight hundred miles
+away; the psychometrist then gave a perfect picture
+of the interior of the far-distant lawyer's office,
+the scene across the street visible from the office
+window, and certain events which were happening
+in the office and on the street at that particular time&mdash;all
+of which report was verified in detail by subsequent
+careful inquiry.</p>
+
+
+<h4>How to Psychometrize.</h4>
+
+<p>The following general remarks concerning Psychometry,
+given by a writer on the subject, will be
+found interesting and instructive. The writer says:
+"There are no special directions to be given the
+student in psychometry. All that can be done is to
+suggest that each person should try the experiments
+for himself, in order to find out whether he
+has, or has not the psychometric power in some
+degree of development. He may be able to develop
+his psychometric powers by the general methods
+given for psychic development; but, in any event,
+he will find that actual practice and experiment will
+do much for him in the direction of experiment. Let
+the student take strange objects, and, sitting in a
+quiet room with the object held to his forehead,
+endeavor to shut out all thoughts coming from the
+outside world, and forget all his personal affairs.
+In a short time, if the conditions be right, he will
+begin to have flashes of scenes associated with the
+history of the object in question. At first these impressions
+may be somewhat disconnected and more
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_87" id="Page_87">87</a></span>or less confused, but before long there will be noticed
+a clearing away of the scene, and the mental picture
+will become quite plain. Practice will develop the
+power. The student should practice only when
+alone or when in the presence of some sympathetic
+friend or friends. He should always avoid discordant
+and inharmonious company while practicing
+his psychic power. Many of the best psychometrists
+keep their physical eyes closed when practicing this
+power, thus allowing the inner senses to function
+without distraction from the outer senses.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Developing Psychometry.</h4>
+
+<p>"You have doubtless heard of the sensing of
+sealed letters spoken of as pure clairvoyance. But
+this phase of phenomena properly belongs to the
+realm of Psychometry. Letters frequently prove to
+be very excellent connecting links in psychometric
+experiments. I advise the student to begin with
+old letters. He will be surprised to discover how
+readily he will begin to receive psychic impressions
+from the letters&mdash;either from the person who wrote
+them, or from the place in which they were written,
+or from some one connected with their subsequent
+history. One of the most interesting experiments I
+ever witnessed in Psychometry was that in which a
+letter that had been forwarded from place to place,
+until it had gone completely around the globe, was
+psychometrized by a young Hindu maid. Although
+ignorant of the outside world of foreign lands, the
+young women was able to picture the people and
+scenery of every part of the globe in which the
+letter had traveled. Her report was really an interesting
+'travelogue' of a trip around the world,
+given in tabloid form. The student may obtain
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_88" id="Page_88">88</a></span>some interesting results in psychometrizing old letters&mdash;but
+let him always be conscientious about it,
+and be careful to refrain from divulging the secrets
+that will become his during the course of these experiments.
+Let him be honorable on the psychic
+plane as well as on the physical plane&mdash;more so,
+rather than less so, in fact."</p>
+
+
+<h4>Varieties of Psychometry.</h4>
+
+<p>Another investigator along these lines gives the
+following instructive comments regarding the practice
+of psychometric power: "Persons of a highly-strung
+nervous organization, with large perceptive
+faculties make the best psychometrists. Phlegmatic
+people seldom psychometrize clearly, and usually
+lack receptivity to the finer forces. Letters, clothes,
+hair, coins, ornaments, or jewels&mdash;in fact, almost
+any article which has belonged to, or has been worn
+by, its possessor for any length of time, will suffice
+to enable the psychometrist to relate himself to, and
+glimpse impressions of, the personal sphere of that
+individual. Some psychometrists succeed better with
+certain kinds of objects than with others. Metals and
+minerals are not good 'conductors'&mdash;if we may use
+that term&mdash;to some operators; while they are very
+satisfactory to others. In the same way, some psychometrists
+are very good character readers, others
+are very successful in the diagnosis of diseases; some
+can read the book of Nature, while to others it is a
+sealed book, or nearly so, but they are able to gauge
+the mental qualifications of their visitors, while
+others realize their moral and spiritual states.
+Again, some read the Past, and enter into the Present
+states or condition of their clients, while others
+are successful in exercising prophetical prevision.
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_89" id="Page_89">89</a></span>These differences may be modified, and the boundaries
+of the perceptive power may be extended by
+self-study, experiment, and culture; but every
+psychic has his qualifications and his limitations;
+one will succeed where another may fail; hence it is
+well and wise for each one to discover what he can
+do best, what sphere he can best occupy, and then
+endeavor to fill it.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Psychometric "Getting in Touch."</h4>
+
+<p>"A psychometrist may, by holding a letter in his
+hand, or putting it to his forehead, be able to perceive
+and delineate the personal appearance of the
+writer thereof, and, in a way, to 'take on' his conditions,
+describe his feelings and thoughts to such
+an extent as to identify himself with him and to feel,
+for the time being, as if he, himself, were the writer;
+he may even tell what is written in the letter,
+although unable to see the writing. Human hair is
+found by some psychometrists to give them the best
+means of coming into touch with their subjects,
+and it is said that such hair should be cut from the
+head just behind the ears, as close to the scalp as
+possible. It not infrequently happens that a psychometrist
+gets started upon a false trail, so to
+speak, and especially so when the inquirer is suspicious,
+or where there is a mixture of psychic influences.
+A fan passed by a lady to a sitter in the
+front row at a meeting, and held in the hands of the
+latter for a few minutes while awaiting a chance to
+be handed to the psychic, has resulted in a blending
+of vibratory influences which has caused an imperfect
+or confused 'reading.' In one case the gentleman
+who held the fan said 'I fully recognize the part
+of the description which the lady does not admit<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_90" id="Page_90">90</a></span>&mdash;it
+applies to myself quite perfectly.' Hence the
+necessity for care in providing articles for psychometrists
+in a public meeting. A ring, for instance,
+which has been in the family for generations,
+and handed from one wearer to another in the course
+of years, may afford such a blending of psychic
+vibrations that the psychometrist may be unable to
+sense distinctly each distinct stratum of influence
+therein.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Psychometric Readings.</h4>
+
+<p>"The person who sits for the psychometrist for
+a 'reading' should not be antagonistic nor frivolous,
+neither should he desire special information, nor
+concentrate his thought forces upon any given point,
+as otherwise he may dominate the psychic and thus
+mislead him into perceiving only a reflex of his own
+hopes or fears. He will do well to preserve an open
+mind, and an impartial though sympathetic mental
+attitude, and then await results. It is unwise to interrupt,
+explain, or question during the time that a
+delineation is being given, for by so doing the
+psychic sphere is disturbed and the thought projections
+caused to act like the breezes upon the surface
+of a lake, producing confused and distorted appearances.
+It is best to allow the descriptions to be given
+in its entirety before asking questions regarding
+any of its details; it is quite possible or probable
+that the very points upon which inquiries seem necessary
+will be more fully elucidated before the close
+of the reading. If a special reading, and not a
+general one is required&mdash;say, for instance, a diagnosis
+of diseased conditions&mdash;a hint of what is desired
+at the outset should be sufficient."</p>
+
+
+<h4>Crystal Gazing, Etc.</h4><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_91" id="Page_91">91</a></span></p>
+
+<p>The second of the three general classes of the
+methods employed to obtain the manifestation of
+clairvoyant phenomena is that known as Crystal
+Gazing. In this class of methods the clairvoyant establishes
+the en rapport condition by means of a
+crystal, magic mirror, or similar object, which
+serves principally to concentrate the psychic visual
+powers to a focus, and thus to enable the psychic
+to raise his or her psychic vibrations at that concentrated
+focused point.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Crystals and Bright Objects.</h4>
+
+<p>The use of crystals and other bright objects for
+this purpose has been common to occultists and
+psychics at all times, past and present, and at all
+places, oriental or occidental. The earlier races
+employed shining pieces of quartz or other clear
+crystal rock for this purpose. Later polished metals
+were used in the same way. The native soothsayers
+of barbaric lands employ clear water, glowing embers,
+or sparks, for this purpose. In some places
+the soothsayers hold drops of blood in the hollow
+of their hands for divining purposes. Others bore
+a hole in the ground, and fill it with water, and then
+gaze into it. Some tribes use dark polished stones.
+A writer on the subject has said: "They stare into
+a crystal ball, a cup, a mirror, a blot of ink, a drop
+of blood, a bowl of water, a pond, water in a glass
+bowl, or almost any polished surface, etc." In fact,
+it may be said that almost every object capable of
+presenting a polished surface has been employed by
+some race as an aid to psychic vision. In Europe
+and America, at the present day, quartz or glass
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_92" id="Page_92">92</a></span>crystals are so used; but others obtain quite satisfactory
+results from the use of watch crystals laid
+over a black cloth, preferably a piece of black velvet
+cloth. Others use highly polished bits of silver;
+while others content themselves with the use of a
+little pool of black ink lying on the bottom of a
+small saucer, while others have cups painted black
+on the inside, into which is poured water.</p>
+
+
+<h4>The Care of the Crystal.</h4>
+
+<p>There is no particular virtue in any particular
+object used for this purpose, as such object acts
+merely to focus the psychic power of the person, as
+has been said. Certainly the student should not fall
+into the error of supposing that the crystal, or
+similar object, has any miraculous or supernatural
+power whatsoever, it is simply an instrument, like
+the microscope or telescope, nothing more or less.
+But, at the same time, it must be admitted that there
+is much truth in the claim of certain crystal gazers,
+to the effect that the use of a particular crystal
+seems to have the effect of polarizing its molecules
+so as to render it a more effective instrument in
+time. In fact, the phenomenon seems to bear a close
+relation to the well known case of a long-used violin
+becoming a more perfect instrument, and giving
+forth richer and fuller notes than a new instrument.
+The longer a gazing crystal is used, especially by
+the one person, the better does it seem to serve the
+purposes of that particular person. Experts in crystal
+gazing insist that the crystal gazer should keep
+his own crystal for his own particular use, and not
+allow it to be used indiscriminately, particularly in
+the case of strangers or of persons not sympathetic
+with psychic subjects. They claim that each crystal
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_93" id="Page_93">93</a></span>becomes polarized according to the individual character
+and needs of the person habitually using it,
+and that it is unwise to allow others to disturb this
+quality in it.</p>
+
+
+<h4>How to Use the Crystal.</h4>
+
+<p>The best authorities on the subject of crystal-gazing
+insist that all experiments along the said
+lines should be conducted in a serious, earnest manner,
+and that all frivolity or trifling should be
+avoided if the best results are wished for. This, of
+course, is true concerning all phases of psychic investigation,
+as all true students of the subject know.
+All the authorities agree that the crystal gazer
+should sit with the light behind his back, and never
+in front of him. While an earnest steady gaze is
+desirable, there should be no straining of the eyes.
+As one writer has said: "Gaze calmly at the crystal,
+but do not strain your eyes. Do not try to avoid
+winking your eyes&mdash;there is a difference between
+'gazing' and 'staring,' remember." Some authorities
+advise that the crystal gazer should make funnels
+of his hands, using them as he would a pair of
+opera-glasses.</p>
+
+
+<h4>The "Milky Mist."</h4>
+
+<p>While some experimenters obtain results almost
+from the time of the first trial, others find that it
+requires a number of sittings before they begin to
+obtain even faint results. The psychic picture in the
+crystal usually begins by the appearance of a cloudy
+"milky mist," succeeding the former transparent
+appearance of the crystal. The milky cloud becomes
+more dense, and finally there appears in its midst a
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_94" id="Page_94">94</a></span>faint form, outline, face, or scene of some kind.
+Some have compared this gradual emergence of the
+picture to the gradual development of the picture
+of the photographic plate when the latter is subjected
+to the action of the developing fluid.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Classes of Psychic Pictures.</h4>
+
+<p>An English writer on the subject furnishes the
+following general classification of the psychic pictures
+manifested in the process of crystal gazing.
+The said authority might well have added that each
+and every form of clairvoyant picturing is possible
+in crystal gazing; for crystal gazing is merely one
+particular form or method of inducing clairvoyant
+or psychic vision, and is not a distinct branch of
+psychic phenomena in itself. The classification of
+the English authority, however, is as follows:</p>
+
+<p>"1. Images of something unconsciously observed.
+New reproductions, voluntary or spontaneous, and
+bringing no fresh knowledge to the mind.</p>
+
+<p>"2. Images of ideas unconsciously acquired from
+others. Some memory or imaginative effort which
+does not come from the gazer's ordinary self. Revivals
+of memory. Illustrations of thought.</p>
+
+<p>"3. Images, clairvoyant or prophetic. Pictures
+giving information as to something past, present, or
+future, which the gazer has no other chance of
+knowing."</p>
+
+
+<h4>General Directions for Crystal Gazing.</h4>
+
+<p>An old English authority on the subject of crystal
+gazing handed down to his students a certain set
+of general directions and rules to govern the conduct
+of their experiments. These rules and directions
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_95" id="Page_95">95</a></span>have never been improved upon by the later writers
+on the subject, according to the opinion of the best
+authorities; and such stand today as perhaps the
+simplest and best set of general rules and directions
+on this important subject. For this reason
+we have thought it advisable to include the same in
+this chapter, for the guidance of our own students.
+Here follow the said general rules and directions:</p>
+
+<p>"What is desired through the regular use of the
+translucent sphere is to cultivate a personal degree
+of clairvoyant power, so that visions of things or
+events, past, present, and future, may appear clearly
+in the interior vision, or eye of the soul. In the
+pursuit of this effort only, the crystal becomes at
+once a beautiful, interesting and harmless channel
+of pleasure and instruction, shorn of dangers, and
+rendered conducive to mental development. To the
+attainment of this desirable end, attention is asked
+to the following practical directions, which, if carefully
+followed, will lead to success:</p>
+
+
+<h4>Selection of Place, Etc.</h4>
+
+<p>"(1) Select a quiet room where you will be entirely
+undisturbed, taking care that it is as far as
+possible free from mirrors, ornaments, pictures, glaring
+colors, and the like, which may otherwise distract
+the attention. The room should be of comfortable
+temperature, in accordance with the time
+of year, neither hot nor cold. About 60 to 65 degrees
+Fahr. is suitable in most cases, though allowance can
+be made where necessary for natural differences in
+the temperaments of various persons. Thus thin,
+nervous, delicately organized individuals, and those
+of lymphatic and soft, easy-going, passive types, require
+a slightly warmer apartment than the more
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_96" id="Page_96">96</a></span>positive class who are known by their dark eyes,
+hair and complexion, combined with prominent
+joints. Should a fire, or any form of artificial light
+be necessary, it should be screened off, so as to
+prevent the light rays from being reflected in, or in
+any other manner directly reaching the crystal. The
+room should not be dark, but rather shadowed, or
+charged with a dull light, somewhat such as prevails
+on a cloudy or wet day.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Adjusting the Crystal.</h4>
+
+<p>"(2) The crystal should be placed on its stand
+on a table, or it may rest on a black velvet cushion,
+but in either case it should be partially surrounded
+by a black silk or similar wrap or screen, so adjusted
+as to cut off any undesirable reflection. Before beginning
+to experiment, remember that most frequently
+nothing will be seen on the first occasion,
+and possibly not for several sittings; though some
+sitters, if strongly gifted with psychic powers in a
+state of unconsciousness, and sometimes conscious
+degree of unfoldment, may be fortunate enough to
+obtain good results at the first trial. If, therefore,
+nothing is perceived during the first few attempts,
+do not despair or become impatient, or imagine that
+you will never see anything. There is a royal road
+to crystal vision, but it is open only to the combined
+password of Calmness, Patience, and Perseverance.
+If at the first attempt to ride a bicycle,
+failure ensues, the only way to learn is to pay attention
+to the necessary rules, and to persevere daily
+until the ability to ride comes naturally. Thus it is
+with the would-be seer. Persevere in accordance
+with these simple directions, and success will sooner
+or later crown your efforts.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Time of Sittings.</h4><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_97" id="Page_97">97</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"(3) Commence by sitting comfortably with the
+eyes fixed upon the crystal, not by a fixed stare,
+but with a steady, calm gaze, for ten minutes only, on
+the first occasion. In taking the time it is best to
+hang your watch at a distance, where, while the face
+is clearly visible, the ticking is rendered inaudible.
+When the time is up, carefully put the crystal away
+in its case, and keep it in a dark place, under lock
+and key, allowing no one but yourself to handle it.
+At the second sitting, which should be at the same
+place, in the same position, and at the same time,
+you may increase the length of the effort to fifteen
+minutes, and continue this period during the next
+five or six sittings, after which the time may be
+gradually increased, but should in no case exceed
+one hour. The precise order of repetition is always
+to be followed until the experimenter has developed
+an almost automatic ability to readily obtain results,
+when it need no longer be adhered to.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Other Persons Present.</h4>
+
+<p>"(4) Any person, or persons, admitted to the
+room, and allowed to remain while you sit, should
+(a) keep absolute silence, and (b) remain seated at
+a distance from you. When you have developed your
+latent powers, questions may, of course, be put to
+you by one of those present, but even then in a very
+gentle, or low and slow tone of voice; never suddenly,
+or in a forceful manner.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Crystalline Vision.</h4>
+
+<p>"(5) When you find the crystals begin to look
+dull or cloudy, with small pin-points of light glittering
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_98" id="Page_98">98</a></span>therein, like tiny stars, you may know that
+you are commencing to obtain that for which you
+seek, viz., crystalline vision. Therefore, persevere
+with confidence. This condition may, or may not,
+continue for several sittings, the crystal seeming at
+times to alternatively appear and disappear, as in a
+mist. By and by this hazy appearance, in its turn,
+will give way quite suddenly to a blindness of the
+senses to all else but a blue or bluish ocean of space,
+against which, as if it were a background, the vision
+will be clearly apparent.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Physical Requirements.</h4>
+
+<p>"(6) The crystal should not be used soon after
+taking a meal, and care should be taken in matters
+of diet to partake only of digestible foods, and to
+avoid alcoholic beverages. Plain and nourishing
+food, and outdoor exercise, with contentment of
+mind, or love of simplicity of living, are great aids
+to success. Mental anxiety, or ill-health, are not
+conducive to the desired end. Attention to correct
+breathing is of importance.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Determining Time of Fulfillment.</h4>
+
+<p>"(7) As regards the time at which events seen
+will come to pass, each seer is usually impressed with
+regard thereto; but, as a general rule, visions appearing
+in the extreme background indicate time
+more remote, either past or future, than those perceived
+nearer at hand; while those appearing in the
+foreground, or closer to the seer, denote the present
+or immediate future.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Two Classes of Visions.</h4><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_99" id="Page_99">99</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"(8) Two principal classes of vision will present
+themselves to the sitter, viz.: (a) the Symbolic, indicated
+by the appearance of symbols such as a
+flag, boat, knife, gold, etc., and (b) Actual Scenes
+and Personages, in action or otherwise. Persons of
+a positive type of organization, the more active, excitable,
+yet decided type, are most likely to perceive
+symbolically, or allegorically; while those of a passive
+nature usually receive direct or literal revelations.
+Both classes will find it necessary to carefully
+cultivate truthfulness, unselfishness, gratitude
+for what is shown, and absolute confidence in the
+love, wisdom, and guidance of God Himself."</p>
+
+
+<h4>Time and Space in Crystal Gazing.</h4>
+
+<p>In the subsequent pages the student will perceive
+the different manifestations of clairvoyant vision
+classified according to the distinction of Time and
+Space. Clairvoyant vision may disclose objects,
+scenes, or persons either near by in space, or far off
+in space; either existing in present time, in past
+time, or in future time. Inasmuch as the visions of
+crystal gazing are merely particular forms of clairvoyant
+vision, it follows that all of the several above
+named distinctive forms of vision are manifested in
+crystal gazing. The vision shown in the crystal may
+be that of something very near in space, or perhaps
+very far off in space, or removed in space only a
+moderate distance. Likewise such vision may be
+based upon things existing at the present time, or at
+some period of past time, or at some period of
+and visions of past, present, or future things, events,
+persons, scenes&mdash;each or all of these manifestations
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_100" id="Page_100">100</a></span>are possible to the clairvoyant vision of the crystal
+gazer, and pictured in the reflecting surface of the
+crystal or other shining surface employed by him
+in his experiments.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Direct Clairvoyance.</h4>
+
+<p>The third of the three general classes of the methods
+employed to obtain the manifestation of clairvoyant
+phenomena is that known as Direct Clairvoyance.
+In this class of methods the clairvoyant
+directly establishes the en rapport connection with
+the past or present, near or distant, objects, persons,
+scenes, or events, by means of raising his or her
+psychic vibrations so as to become "in tune" with
+the finer vibrations of Nature, without the aid of
+the physical objects required in the methods of
+Psychometry and Crystal Gazing, respectively.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Trance Conditions.</h4>
+
+<p>Many clairvoyants, manifesting their powers by
+means of the methods of Direct Clairvoyance, produce
+in themselves the condition of trance, or semi-trance
+condition. Many students believe that these
+conditions are absolutely necessary for the production
+of this kind of phenomena, but they neglect, or
+are actually unaware of, the fact that many of the
+highest forms of this class of clairvoyant phenomena
+are manifested by clairvoyants who are no more
+in a trance condition, or that of semi-trance, than
+those following the methods of Psychometry or
+Crystal Gazing, respectively. All that is required
+is that the clairvoyant maintain a quiescent mental
+attitude, shutting out the sounds, sights, and
+thoughts of the outside world, and concentrating the
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_101" id="Page_101">101</a></span>full attention upon the clairvoyant work before him
+or her. Some, it is true, pass easily into the semi-trance,
+or even the full trance condition, but the
+latter are not absolutely necessary states.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Clairvoyant Reverie.</h4>
+
+<p>A writer on the subject of Clairvoyance says:
+"The best authorities instruct their pupils that the
+state of clairvoyant reverie may be safely and effectively
+induced by the practice of mental concentration
+alone. They advise positively against artificial
+methods. All that is needed is that the consciousness
+be focused to a single point&mdash;become 'one pointed'
+as the Hindu teachers call it. The intelligent practice
+of concentration accomplishes this without the
+necessity of any artificial methods of development,
+or the production of abnormal psychic states. You
+easily concentrate your full attention when you witness
+an interesting play, or listen to a beautiful
+rendition of some great masterpiece of musical composition,
+or gaze at some miracle of pictured or
+sculptured art. In these cases your attention is completely
+occupied with the interesting thing before
+you, so that you have almost completely shut out
+the outer world of sound, sight, and thought&mdash;but
+you are, nevertheless, perfectly wide awake and conscious.
+The same thing is true when you read a very
+interesting book&mdash;the world is shut out from your
+consciousness, and you are oblivious to the sights
+and sounds around you. We frequently witness the
+sight of two lovers to whom the outside world is
+non-existent for the time being, and to whom there
+is nothing in the world except themselves. Again,
+persons often fall into a 'brown study,' or 'day
+dream,' in which all consciousness of the outside
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_102" id="Page_102">102</a></span>world seems to be shut out, yet the person is fully
+conscious and wide awake. These mental states are
+very much akin to that of the trained clairvoyant,
+and is the state which should be sought after by all
+clairvoyants, whether they are following the methods
+of Psychometry, Crystal Gazing, or that of Direct
+Clairvoyance&mdash;for the principle is one and the same
+in all of such methods."</p>
+
+
+<h4>The Dawn of Clairvoyance.</h4>
+
+<p>A well-known authority on the subject of Psychic
+Development says: "Occasional flashes of clairvoyance
+sometimes comes to the highly cultured and
+spiritual-minded man, even though he may never
+have heard of the possibility of training such a
+faculty. In his case such glimpses usually signify
+that he is approaching that stage in his evolution
+when these powers will naturally begin to manifest
+themselves. Their appearance should serve as an
+additional stimulus to him to strive to maintain that
+high standard of moral purity and mental balance
+without which clairvoyance is a curse and not a
+blessing to its possessor. Between those who are
+entirely unimpressionable and those who are in full
+possession of clairvoyant power, there are many
+intermediate stages. Students often ask how this
+clairvoyant faculty will first be manifested in themselves&mdash;how
+they may know when they have reached
+the stage at which its first faint foreshadowings are
+beginning to be visible. Cases differ so widely that
+it is impossible to give to this question any answer
+that will be universally applicable. Some people
+begin by a plunge, as it were, and under some unusual
+stimulus become able just for once to see some
+striking vision; and very often in such a case, because
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_103" id="Page_103">103</a></span>the experience does not repeat itself, the seer
+comes in time to believe that on that occasion he must
+have been the victim of hallucination. Others begin
+by becoming intermittently conscious of the
+brilliant colors and vibrations of the human aura;
+yet others find themselves with increasing frequency
+seeing and hearing something to which those around
+them are blind and deaf; others, again, see faces,
+landscapes, or colored clouds floating before their
+eyes in the dark, before they sink to rest; while perhaps
+the commonest experience of all is that of those
+who begin to recollect with greater and greater
+clearness what they have seen and heard on other
+planes during sleep."</p>
+
+
+<h4>Methods of Development.</h4>
+
+<p>The same authority, after warning students
+against attempting to develop their psychic powers
+by unnatural and harmful practices, such as self-hypnotism,
+self-stupefication, etc., gives the following
+excellent advice concerning the normal development
+of clairvoyant and other high psychic powers
+and faculties: "There is one practice which if
+adopted carefully and reverently can do no harm to
+any human being, yet from which a very pure type
+of clairvoyance has sometimes been developed&mdash;and
+that is the practice of Meditation. Let a man choose
+a certain time every day&mdash;a time when he can rely
+upon being quiet and undisturbed, though preferably
+in the daytime rather than at night&mdash;and set himself
+at that time to keep his mind for a few minutes
+entirely free from all earthly thoughts of any kind
+whatsoever; and, when that is achieved, to direct
+the whole force of his being towards the highest ideal
+he happens to know. He will find that to gain perfect
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_104" id="Page_104">104</a></span>control of thought is enormously more difficult
+than he supposes, but when he attains it this cannot
+but be in every way more beneficial to him, and as
+he grows more and more able to elevate and concentrate
+his thoughts, he may gradually find that
+new worlds are opening before his sight. As a
+preliminary training towards the satisfactory
+achievement of such meditation, he will find it desirable
+to make a practice of concentration in the
+affairs of daily life&mdash;even in the smallest of them. If
+he writes a letter, let him think of nothing else but
+that letter until it is finished; if he reads a book,
+let him see to it that his thought is never allowed to
+wander away from his author's meaning. He must
+learn to hold his mind in check, and to be master
+of that also, as well as of his lower passions; he must
+patiently labor to acquire absolute control of his
+thoughts, so that he will always know exactly what
+he is thinking about, and why&mdash;so that he can use
+his mind, and turn it or hold it still, as a practiced
+swordsman turns his weapon where he will."</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_105" id="Page_105">105</a></span></p>
+<h2>PART V</h2>
+
+<h3>CLAIRVOYANCE: PAST, PRESENT AND FUTURE</h3>
+
+
+<p>As we have said in the preceding chapter, in our
+consideration of the general subject of Clairvoyance,
+there is possible a general classification of clairvoyant
+phenomena according to general distinctions, as
+follows: (1) <b>Present Clairvoyance</b>, in which the objects
+perceived by the clairvoyant are present in
+time and in space, although invisible to normal sight;
+(2) <b>Space Clairvoyance</b>, in which the clairvoyant
+vision includes objects and scenes removed in space
+from the normal perception of the clairvoyant; and
+(3) <b>Time Clairvoyance</b>, in which the clairvoyant
+perceives objects or scenes removed from him in
+past time, or future time.</p>
+
+<p>While the general methods of manifesting these
+various forms of clairvoyant power are practically
+the same, yet the nature of these several forms of
+phenomena vary considerably, as we shall see when
+we come to consider them in detail in the following
+pages: this is particularly true in the case of the
+distinction between past-time clairvoyant phenomena,
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_106" id="Page_106">106</a></span>and future-time clairvoyant phenomena&mdash;the
+difference between the perception of what has been,
+and that which has not yet been.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Present Clairvoyance.</h4>
+
+<p>In what is called Present Clairvoyance the objects
+perceived by the clairvoyant are present in time
+and in space, at the moment and place of the perception,
+although invisible to normal sight. It is
+seen at once that if the object seen clairvoyantly is
+present in time and in space to the clairvoyant, and
+yet is incapable of being perceived by the normal
+sight of the clairvoyant, then that object must be
+capable of being perceived only through vibrations
+above the normal range of the human senses. Perhaps
+the precise nature of this class of clairvoyant
+perceptions will be better understood by a more detailed
+description of the objects actually perceived
+by clairvoyant vision of this mode of manifestation.</p>
+
+
+<h4>The Human Aura.</h4>
+
+<p>In the first place, this mode of clairvoyant vision
+discloses the interesting phenomena concerned with
+the human aura, or psychic atmosphere which surrounds
+the human body for a space of several feet,
+assuming an egg-shaped form. A writer says on this
+point: "The trained clairvoyant vision sees the human
+aura as a nebulous hazy substance, like a luminous
+cloud, surrounding the person for two or three
+feet on each side of his body, becoming more dense
+near the body, and gradually becoming less dense as
+it extends away from the body. It has a phosphorescent
+appearance, with a peculiar tremulous motion
+manifesting through its substance. The clairvoyant
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_107" id="Page_107">107</a></span>sees the human aura as composed of all the colors of
+the spectrum, the combination shifting with the
+changing mental and emotional states of the person.
+But, in a general way, it may be said that each
+person has his or her distinctive astral auric colors,
+depending upon his or her general character or personality.
+Each mental state, or emotional manifestation,
+has its own particular shade or combination
+of shades of auric coloring. This beautiful
+kaleidoscopic spectacle has its own meaning to the
+occultist with clairvoyant vision, for he is thus able
+to read the character and general mental states of
+the person by means of studying his auric colors.
+The human aura is not in a state of calm phosphorescence,
+however. On the contrary, it sometimes manifests
+great flames, like those of a fiery furnace, which
+shoot forth great tongues, and dart forth suddenly
+in certain directions toward the objects attracting
+them. Under great emotional excitement the auric
+flames move around in swift circling whirlpools, or
+else swirl away from a centre. Again, it seems to
+throw forth tiny glistening sparks of psychic vibrations,
+some of which travel for a great distance.</p>
+
+
+<h4>The Prana Aura.</h4>
+
+<p>"The clairvoyant vision is also able to discern
+what is called the 'prana aura' of a person. By this
+term is indicated that peculiar emanation of vital
+force which surrounds the physical body of each
+and every person. In fact, many persons of but
+slight clairvoyant power, who cannot sense the auric
+colors, are able to perceive this prana aura without
+trouble. It is sometimes called the 'health aura,'
+or 'physical aura.' It is colorless, or rather about
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_108" id="Page_108">108</a></span>the shade of clear glass, diamond, or water. It is
+streaked with very minute, bristle-like lines. In a
+state of good health these fine lines are stiff like
+toothbrush bristles; while in the case of poor health
+these lines droop, curl, and present a furlike appearance.
+It is sometimes filled with minute sparkling
+particles, like tiny vibratory motion. To the clairvoyant
+vision the prana aura appears like the vibrating
+heated air arising from a fire, or stove, or from
+the heated earth in summertime. If the student will
+close his eyes partially, and peer through narrowed
+eyelids, he will in all probability be able to perceive
+this prana aura surrounding the body of some
+healthy, vigorous person&mdash;particularly if that person
+be standing in a dim light. Looking closely, he will
+see the peculiar vibratory motion, like heated air,
+at a distance of about two inches from the body of
+the person. It requires a little practice in order to
+acquire the knack of perceiving these vibrations&mdash;a
+little experimenting in order to get just the right
+light on the person&mdash;but practice will bring success,
+and you will be repaid for your trouble. In the same
+way, the student may by practice acquire the faculty
+of perceiving his own prana aura. The simplest way
+to obtain this last mentioned result is to place your
+fingers (spread out into fan-shape) against a black
+background, in a dim light. Then gaze at the fingers
+through narrowed eyelids, and half-closed eyes.
+After a little practice, you will see a fine thin line
+surrounding your fingers on all sides&mdash;a semi-luminous
+border of prana aura. In most cases this
+border of aura is colorless, but sometimes a very
+pale yellowish hue is perceived. The stronger the
+vital force of the person, the stronger and brighter
+will this border of prana aura appear. The aura
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_109" id="Page_109">109</a></span>surrounding the fingers will appear very much like
+the semi-luminous radiance surrounding a gas-flame,
+or the flame of a candle, which is familiar to everyone."</p>
+
+
+<h4>The Auric Colors.</h4>
+
+<p>Another writer says of the clairvoyant perception
+of the human aura: "As he looks, the clairvoyant
+will see himself surrounded by the luminous mist of
+the aura, flashing with all sorts of brilliant colors,
+and constantly changing hue and brilliancy with
+every variation of the person's thought and feelings.
+He will see this aura flooded with the beautiful
+rose-color of pure affection, the rich blue of devotional
+feeling, the hard, dull brown of selfishness, the
+deep scarlet of anger, the horrible lurid red of
+sensuality, the livid grey of fear, the black clouds
+of hatred and malice, or any of the other hundredfold
+indications so easily to be read in it by the practiced
+eye; and thus it will be impossible for any persons
+to conceal from his the real state of their feelings on
+any subject. Not only does the astral aura show him
+the temporary result of the emotion passing through
+it at the moment, but it also gives him, by an arrangement
+and proportion of its colors when in a
+condition of perfect rest, a clue to the general disposition
+and character of its owner."</p>
+
+
+<h4>Thought Forms.</h4>
+
+<p>Another phase of clairvoyant phenomena of this
+class is that of the perception of "thought forms,"
+as they are called by occultists. As all students of
+occultism know, a strong thought or emotion manifests
+a certain high vibratory motion, and takes upon
+itself a vibratory "form" which is plainly perceptible
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_110" id="Page_110">110</a></span>to the trained clairvoyant vision. These
+thought-forms manifest a great variety in appearance
+and character. Some appear in a faint wave-like
+form, something like the tiny waves caused by
+the dropping of a pebble in a pond of water. Others
+take on a whirlpool form, rotating and whirling as
+they move through space. Others appear like whirling
+rings, similar in general form to the "ring"
+puffed forth from the mouth of a cigar smoker, or
+from the funnel of a locomotive. Others glow like
+great opals. Others appear like jets emitted from
+the spout of a teakettle. Others twist along like
+a corkscrew. Others appear like exploding bombs.
+Others branch out arms like a devil-fish, which
+wriggle in all directions, as if striving to attach
+themselves to some object upon which they wish to
+take hold.</p>
+
+
+<h4>The X-Ray Sense.</h4>
+
+<p>Another phase of clairvoyant phenomena of this
+general class is that which may be called "the X-Ray
+Sense," for indeed it enables the clairvoyant
+to see through a brick wall, or other material obstacle,
+or through a sealed letter, etc. The higher
+psychic vibrations easily pass through the most
+solid object, just as do the X-Rays, and consequently
+the clairvoyant is able to see what is going on on
+the other side of a brick wall, or the walls of a
+house. Likewise, the clairvoyant vision is able to
+pierce through the dense earth, and to perceive veins
+of mineral or metal lying concealed beneath.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Microscopic Vision.</h4>
+
+<p>Another phase of clairvoyant power of this general
+class, but one not nearly so common as those
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_111" id="Page_111">111</a></span>above mentioned, is described by a well-known occultist
+as follows: "Another strange power of
+which the clairvoyant may find himself in possession
+is that of magnifying at will the minutest physical
+particle to any desired size, as through a microscope&mdash;though
+no microscope ever made, or ever
+likely to be made, possesses even a thousandth part
+of this psychic magnifying power. By its means
+the hypothetical molecule and atom postulated by
+science becomes visible and living realities to the
+occult student, and on this closer examination he
+finds them to be much more complex in their structure
+than the scientific man has yet realized them
+to be. It also enables him to follow with the closest
+attention and the most lively interest all kinds of
+electrical, magnetic, and other etheric action; and
+when some of the specialists in these branches of
+science are able to develop the power to see these
+things whereof they speak so facilely, some very
+wonderful and beautiful revelations may be expected."</p>
+
+
+<h4>Space Clairvoyance.</h4>
+
+<p>In what is called Space Clairvoyance the objects,
+persons, scenes, or events perceived by the clairvoyant
+are removed in space from him&mdash;often being
+located at points in space thousands of miles distant,
+in fact. The pages of works upon occultism,
+and those devoted to the recording of proved instances
+gathered by the societies for psychical research,
+are filled with the most interesting cases
+of this form of clairvoyant vision. Instances are
+recorded, upon the very best possible authority, in
+which persons with clairvoyant powers have been
+perfectly cognizant of events occurring on the other
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_112" id="Page_112">112</a></span>side of the world, or across the Atlantic or Pacific
+Oceans. In fact, it would seem that distance and
+space are practically wiped out in this form of
+clairvoyant phenomena, and that it is just as easy
+to see clairvoyantly over the space of a thousand
+miles, as over that of a hundred feet&mdash;the principle
+involved being precisely the same.</p>
+
+
+<h4>The Psychic Telescope.</h4>
+
+<p>Space Clairvoyance, or Distant Clairvoyance, is
+manifested in the form of Psychometry, Crystal
+Gazing, or Direct Clairvoyance, as we have said. We
+do not consider it necessary to record here any typical
+instances of this phase of phenomena, as the
+many books on this subject are chiefly devoted to
+a recital thereof, and every student is more or less
+acquainted with the same. The whole matter may
+be summed up by saying that in this form of clairvoyant
+vision, there is manifested what might be
+called a "psychic telescope with an X-Ray attachment,"
+thus enabling one to see at any distance,
+and through any intervening objects. This gives
+you a mental picture of the process.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Radio-Activity.</h4>
+
+<p>In the theory of vibratory forces, as set forth
+in the earlier chapters of this book, we have the
+only scientific explanation of the phenomena of
+distant clairvoyance. Modern science, in its teachings
+regarding the radio-activity of physical objects,
+has thrown much additional light on this subject,
+and has corroborated the ancient occult teachings
+on the subject. These rays of higher vibratory
+power are like the rays of light or heat, although
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_113" id="Page_113">113</a></span>of a much higher rate of intensity and vibratory
+motion, and though the most delicate scientific instruments
+are able to register some of these, it is
+still practically admitted by science that the highest
+of these radio-active vibrations are beyond the
+scope and field of even the most sensitive instrument
+yet known to science. This is saying much
+when we remember that some of the delicate instruments
+of science are so sensitive that they are able
+to register the heat waves of a candle at the distance
+of one mile; while others are able to record
+the presence of certain chemical elements in the
+most distant of the visible stars, by means of the
+light waves carrying certain forms of vibration.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Sensing the Higher Vibrations.</h4>
+
+<p>Under the radio-active theory it is quite reasonable
+to conceive of the clairvoyant sense being able
+to register and interpreting these higher vibrations
+which are beyond the power of even the most delicate
+instruments of science. It must be admitted
+that the existence of such vibrations being granted&mdash;and
+science tacitly admits their presence&mdash;then
+ordinary distances on earth would be no barrier at
+all to the action of clairvoyant vision capable of
+registering them. Moreover, in such case all intervening
+objects would be penetrated by these waves,
+and as a writer has well said, "they would be able
+to cross one another to infinity in all directions
+without entanglement, precisely as the vibrations
+of ordinary light do." Physical science and psychic
+science at last seem to have arrived at a common
+ground of understanding, and many of the most
+advanced scientists do not hesitate to admit this
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_114" id="Page_114">114</a></span>fact, though their more conservative brethren hesitate
+to do so.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Viewing Distant Scenes.</h4>
+
+<p>A writer has said of this form of clairvoyant perception:
+"The view of a distant scene obtained in
+this way is in many ways not unlike that seen
+through a telescope. Human figures usually appear
+very small, like those upon a distant stage, but in
+spite of their diminutive size they are clear as
+though they were close by. Sometimes it is possible
+by this means to hear what is said as well as to see
+what is done; but as in the majority of cases this
+does not happen, we must consider it rather as the
+manifestation of an additional power than as a necessary
+corollary of the faculty of sight. It will be
+observed that in cases of this kind the clairvoyant
+does not actually leave his physical body at all&mdash;he
+simply manufactures for himself, and uses, a kind
+of psychic telescope. Consequently he has the use
+of his physical powers while he is examining the
+distant scene; for example, his voice usually describes
+what he sees even while he is in the act of
+making the observation."</p>
+
+
+<h4>Time Clairvoyance.</h4>
+
+<p>In what is called Time Clairvoyance the clairvoyant
+is able to perceive objects, persons, scenes, and
+events removed from him in past time or future
+time. That is to say, the clairvoyant perceives
+things which have existed in the physical world in
+times long past, which things have long since vanished
+from physical existence; or, on the other hand,
+he perceives things which belong to future existence<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_115" id="Page_115">115</a></span>&mdash;this
+which have never as yet been in physical
+existence, and of course are not in such existence
+at the present time. The careful student will see at
+once that the principle of manifestation governing
+these two respective phases of clairvoyance must
+be quite different; and, accordingly, the two respective
+phases must be considered separately and apart
+from each other.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Past Time Clairvoyance.</h4>
+
+<p>In what is known as Past Time Clairvoyance
+there is the manifestation of clairvoyant vision in
+the direction of scenes and occurrences of the past.
+Here, the clairvoyant perceives the events and scenes
+of past time just as clearly and plainly as if such
+were present before him in time and in space. Just
+as in Distant Clairvoyance it is just as easy for the
+clairvoyant to see things at a great distance as those
+at a short distance, so in Past Time Clairvoyance it
+is just as easy for the clairvoyant to see things and
+events occurring five thousand years ago as it is to
+see things occurring one year ago, or one week ago
+for that matter. The principle involved is the same
+in either case.</p>
+
+
+<h4>The Mystery of Seeing the Past.</h4>
+
+<p>To persons investigating the phenomena of clairvoyance
+for the first time, however, there seems to
+be a much greater mystery attached to the phenomena
+of Past Clairvoyance than in the case of Distant
+Clairvoyance. To such persons it seems that while
+the perception of distant objects, scenes, and events
+is wonderful and mysterious, still at the last it is
+merely the perception of something now actually in
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_116" id="Page_116">116</a></span>existence&mdash;merely the extension of one's normal
+powers of vision so as to include objects beyond the
+range of the ordinary vision, but, still, actually in
+existence though at a distance. The idea of the telescope
+enables the mind to grasp the naturalness of
+this kind of phenomena. But when it comes to the
+perception of things, scenes, and events <b>which are
+no longer in existence</b>&mdash;things which have passed
+entirely out of existence&mdash;the mystery seems to be
+increased, and incredulity becomes more insistent.
+But to the occultist there is really no more mystery
+in the one case than in the other&mdash;both sets of phenomena
+are seen to be perfectly reasonable and
+within the realms of Nature. Let us now see how
+and why the occultists view the matter in this light.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Analogies on the Physical Plane.</h4>
+
+<p>We may find many correspondences on the physical
+plane to serve as illustrations of the phenomena
+of Past Time Clairvoyance, if we will but look for
+them. For instance, when we withdraw a heated
+stove from a room, the heat remains in the room.
+Likewise, though a woman bearing the odor of a
+certain perfume on her clothing may have passed
+from a house, the odor still lingers there. The wake
+of an ocean steamer is often visible for hours after
+the ship has passed from sight. As modern science
+expressed it: "Causes continue to exist in their
+Effects."</p>
+
+
+<h4>Thousand-Year-Old Light.</h4>
+
+<p>But we have a much more striking illustration and
+correspondence in the case of the transmission of
+light from the distant stars, which we will do well
+to carefully consider. Light travels at the rate of
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_117" id="Page_117">117</a></span>186,000 miles per second. A "light-year," as known
+to astronomers, means the distance traversed by a
+light wave (at the stated rate of travel) during the
+period of one of our earth years. Some of the distant
+stars are estimated to be fully one thousand
+light-years distant from us; or, in other words, the
+light we now perceive as coming from them really is
+the light that left them one thousand years ago. If
+one of these stars were to be destroyed, observers
+on this earth would not become aware of it for a
+thousand years. The star whose light we may now
+perceive may actually have been destroyed nearly
+one thousand years ago. Other stars are only one
+hundred light-years removed from us in space;
+others only a few years; others only a few hours.
+But the principle is just the same in all cases,
+namely, that we see the stars not as they are at the
+present moment, but as they were when the light
+left them, perhaps many years ago. Thus, as you
+see, we may actually perceive events long after their
+happening.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Reading the Light Waves.</h4>
+
+<p>Now, if our physical vision was sufficiently powerful
+to magnify objects on the stars, or if we had
+instruments to do this for us, we could actually witness
+scenes, objects, persons and events which had
+passed out of existence a thousand years ago. Their
+records are present in these light waves from the
+stars, and all that is needed is an eye or a telescope
+sufficiently strong to register them upon our mind.
+In a fanciful story written by Camille Flammarion,
+the French astronomer, many years ago, the principal
+character relates how, traveling in the astral
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_118" id="Page_118">118</a></span>body, he was able to witness the events of the French
+Revolution which had occurred many years before,
+by simply proceeding to the necessary distance
+from the earth and there perceiving the registered
+records in the earth's light-waves traveling through
+space at the rate of 186,000 miles a second. In fact,
+by getting at the right distance he was able to see
+even the events of his own childhood and youth,
+every event of his life, in fact, up to the moment of
+his leaving the earth. This story, fanciful as it is,
+nevertheless is based upon scientific facts, and its
+happenings would be quite possible for a being capable
+of traveling at a sufficiently rapid rate through
+space, and also possessed of the power of magnifying
+the records of light rays. In fact, a person on
+earth possessing the power of Distant Clairvoyance
+might be able to duplicate these feats, providing he
+were able to come in rapport contact with one of
+these light-waves bearing the past-time records.
+Think for a moment, and you will grasp the point of
+this statement.</p>
+
+
+<h4>The Akashic Plane.</h4>
+
+<p>But this, however, is but an illustration of the
+correspondence on the ordinary physical plane of
+certain things on a higher plane of Nature. Past
+Time Clairvoyance is not dependent upon light-waves,
+or any other of the lesser phases of vibratory
+activity. Instead, it depends entirely upon the phenomena
+and facts of a higher plane of Nature&mdash;a
+plane which occultists have called the Akashic
+Plane. Some occultists prefer the general term,
+"the Astral Plane," but the former term is a closer
+and more definite one. The Akashic Plane, as known
+to occultists, contains the impressions or "records"
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_119" id="Page_119">119</a></span>of all events that have happened on the earth plane
+during the present cycle of earth manifestation.
+The very subtle and tenuous substance of the
+Akashic Plane&mdash;the term "etheric" may best describe
+the nature of this substance&mdash;contains traces
+and impressions of all the happenings of the past
+of this earth; and such impressions may be read and
+seen by the clairvoyant who has developed sufficiently
+high powers of vision. These Akashic Records
+have well been called "the substantial memory
+of the earth." Upon the subtle etheric substance
+of the Akashic Plane are registered the records of
+every event, thing, object, happening, or activity of
+the earth which has existed or been manifested from
+the very beginning of the present cycle of the earth's
+existence. These records will, it is claimed, persist
+until the final ending of the present earth cycle.</p>
+
+
+<h4>The Akashic Records.</h4>
+
+<p>The clairvoyant whose powers of Past Time Clairvoyance
+have been developed sufficiently, and who
+has mastered the art of concentration of his psychic
+attention, manages to come into more or less perfect
+en rapport condition contact with these Akashic
+Records, and is thus enabled to read from them what
+he sees there. To him it actually seems as if he
+were seeing the actions of things in present existence,
+and many excellent clairvoyants are ignorant
+of the existence of the Akashic Records, though they
+habitually read the contents thereof; these clairvoyants
+know simply that they "see" these past
+happenings&mdash;they have not the faintest conception
+of how they are able to see them. This is no more
+strange than would be the case of a man who witnessed
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_120" id="Page_120">120</a></span>a moving picture for the first time, and who
+was ignorant of the mechanism involved in the showing
+of the picture, the existence of the film, etc.,&mdash;such
+a man would simply know that he "saw" the
+things, and he might even believe that he was gazing
+upon an actual scene in real life.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Degrees of Clairvoyant Vision.</h4>
+
+<p>There is, of course, many degrees of power and
+development among clairvoyants of this class; and
+as a result we have many varying degrees of correctness
+in their readings. Some have merely a glimpse,
+as through dim glasses; and some obtain merely
+distorted reflections similar to those of a scene reflected
+into the troubled waters of a lake. Others
+see far more clearly; but it is reserved for the
+trained occultist to read the records as he would
+read the scene before him on the physical plane.
+The clairvoyant does not become infallible simply
+by reason of the perhaps only faint awakening of
+his clairvoyant vision&mdash;he is not suddenly gifted
+with omniscience, as some seem to suppose. There
+are almost always elements of error or imperfect visioning,
+except among the advanced adepts of the
+occult world.</p>
+
+
+<h4>"The Memory of Nature."</h4>
+
+<p>A celebrated occultist says concerning the point
+just raised: "Comparatively few accounts of persons
+possessing this faculty of looking into the past
+are to be found in the literature of the subject, and
+it might therefore be supposed to be much less common
+than prevision, or future-time clairvoyance. I
+suspect, however, that the truth is rather that it is
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_121" id="Page_121">121</a></span>much less commonly recognized. It may easily happen
+that a person may see a picture of the past
+without recognizing it as such, unless there happens
+to be in it something which attracts special
+attention, such as a figure in armor, or in antique
+costume. It is probable that occasional glimpses
+of these reflections of the Akashic Records are commoner
+than the published accounts would lead us to
+believe. As usual, we find examples of all degrees
+of the power to see into this 'memory of Nature,'
+from the trained man who can consult the record for
+himself at will, down to the person who gets nothing
+but occasional vague glimpses, or has even perhaps
+had only one such glimpse. But even the man who
+possesses this faculty only partially and occasionally
+may still find it of the deepest interest.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Involuntary Clairvoyance.</h4>
+
+<p>"The psychometrist, who needs an object physically
+connected with the past in order to bring it
+all into life again around him; and the crystal-gazer
+who can sometimes direct his less certain astral
+telescope to some historic scene of long ago, may
+both derive the greatest enjoyment from the exercise
+of their respective gifts, even though they may
+not always understand exactly how their results
+are produced, and may not have them fully under
+control under all circumstances. In many cases of
+the lower manifestation of these powers we find that
+they are exercised unconsciously; many a crystal-gazer
+watches scenes from the past without ever
+realizing that he is in effect psychometrizing the
+various objects around him as he happens to touch
+them or stand near them. It would be well for all
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_122" id="Page_122">122</a></span>students to bear in mind that occultism is the
+apotheosis of common sense, and that every vision
+that comes to them is not necessarily a picture from
+the Akashic Records, nor every experience a revelation
+from on high. It is far better to err on the
+side of healthy scepticism than that of over-credulity;
+and it is an admirable rule never to hunt for
+an occult explanation of anything when a plain and
+obvious physical one is available. Our duty is to
+keep our balance always, and never to lose our self-control,
+but to take a reasonable, common-sense view
+of whatever may happen to us."</p>
+
+
+<h4>Future Time Clairvoyance.</h4>
+
+<p>In what is known technically as Future Time
+Clairvoyance, we have the manifestation of the clairvoyant
+vision in the direction of scenes and events
+of the future. In this phase of clairvoyance the
+seer perceives the events and scenes of future time
+just as if they were present before him at that very
+moment. This phase of clairvoyance is far rarer
+and more uncommon than any of the other phases.
+In fact, it is so seldom met with in its perfection
+that its manifestation is a matter of greatest interest
+to those who make a study of the subject. It
+occasionally occurs in flashes, and can not be produced
+at will by the ordinary clairvoyant. Unfortunately,
+its very rarity and uncommonness cause
+it to be counterfeited and imitated by unprincipled
+persons.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Seeing What Has Not Yet Happened.</h4>
+
+<p>The student who reasons carefully and logically
+usually meets with what to him, at least at first,
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_123" id="Page_123">123</a></span>seems to be an unsurmountable obstacle in the way
+of a rational explanation of Future Time Clairvoyance&mdash;when
+it comes to an understanding of how
+anyone can expect to see, or can really see, <b>that
+which has never happened</b>, he throws up his hands
+in despair. But, in this as in all the other phases
+of clairvoyant phenomena, there is found a reason
+and cause, although it requires some subtle thinking
+to find it, and to grasp it even when it is found.
+Let us see what are the highest teachings on this
+subject, as announced by the careful thinkers along
+the lines for many centuries.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Simple Prevision.</h4>
+
+<p>There is a phase of prevision, or prophecy of coming
+events, however, that is not true clairvoyance at
+all, but simply the subconscious workings of the
+mind along the lines of a supernormal perception of
+the laws of cause and effect. Give the active subconscious
+mental faculties the perception of a strong
+existing cause, and it will often reason out the probable
+effect (the almost certain effect, in fact) of that
+cause, even though that effect lies in the mist of the
+future. The subconscious mind works upon the
+principle that "coming events cast their shadows
+before." But this, at the best, is not true clairvoyance&mdash;it
+is merely the statement of "probable" results,
+and effects of existing causes, wonderfully
+exact and clear though the deduction may be in
+some cases. But a thousand-and-one unforeseen
+things may arise to completely upset the prediction,
+or deduction, for it is never actually true until it
+occurs. We must look further for real instances of
+Future Clairvoyance.</p>
+
+
+<h4>The Nature of Time.</h4><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_124" id="Page_124">124</a></span></p>
+
+<p>That eminent scientist, Sir Oliver Lodge, offers an
+ingenious and interesting, though very technical explanation
+of this class of clairvoyant phenomena as
+follows: "Time is but a relative mode of regarding
+things; we progress through phenomena at a certain
+definite pace, and this subjective advance we
+interpret in an objective manner, as if events moved
+necessarily in this order and at this precise rate.
+But that may be only one mode of regarding them.
+The events may be in some sort of existence always,
+both past and future, and it may be we who are
+arriving at them, not they which are happening.
+The analogy of a traveler in a railway train is useful;
+if he could never leave the train, nor alter its
+pace, he would probably consider the landscapes as
+necessarily successive, and be unable to conceive
+their co-existence. We perceive, therefore, a possible
+fourth dimensional aspect about time, the inexorableness
+of whose flow may be a natural part of
+our present limitations. And if we once grasp the
+idea that past and future may be actually existing,
+we can recognize that they may have a controlling
+influence on all present action, and the two together
+may constitute the 'higher plane' or totality of
+things after which, it seems to me, we are impelled
+to seek, in connection with the directing of form
+or determinism, and the action of human beings
+consciously directed to a definite and preconceived
+end."</p>
+
+
+<h4>The Oriental Teaching.</h4>
+
+<p>The Hindus, and other oriental peoples, however,
+have a clearly defined and positive explanation of
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_125" id="Page_125">125</a></span>the phenomena of Future Time Clairvoyance, which
+must be included in our consideration of the subject,
+even though it does involve certain metaphysical
+or philosophical conceptions which are apart
+from our present inquiry as conducted in this book.
+The oriental theory is based upon that basic conception
+of the eastern philosophies which hold that
+the beginning, duration, and ending of any particular
+one of the infinitude of successive universes
+created by the Supreme Being, is to that Being but
+as a single moment of time; or, as the celebrated
+Hindu proverb runs: "The creation, duration, and
+destruction of a universe is but the time of the
+twinkling of an eye to Brahman." In other words,
+that to the Supreme Being, all the past, all the present,
+all the future of the universe, must be as but
+a single thought in a single moment of time&mdash;an instantaneous
+act of consciousness.</p>
+
+
+<h4>The Eternal Now.</h4>
+
+<p>A writer on this subject has said: "Those occultists
+and metaphysicians who have thought long and
+deeply upon the ultimate facts and nature of the
+universe, have dared to think that there must exist
+some absolute consciousness&mdash;some absolute mind&mdash;which
+must perceive the past, present, and future
+of the universe as one happening; as simultaneously
+and actively present at one moment of absolute time.
+They reason that just as a man may see at one moment
+of his time some particular event which might
+appear as a year to some minute form of life and
+mind&mdash;the microscopic creatures in a drop of water,
+for instance&mdash;so that which seems as a year, or as
+a hundred years, to the mind of man, may appear as
+the happening of a single moment of a higher scale
+of time to some exalted Being, or form of consciousness
+on a higher plane."</p>
+
+
+<h4>Absolute Time</h4><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_126" id="Page_126">126</a></span></p>
+
+<p>The daring flights of metaphysical fancy have resulted
+in the general acceptance, on the part of advanced
+metaphysicians, of the postulate of the existence
+of an Absolute Mind, independent of Time and
+Space, to which everything exists HERE and NOW.
+To such a mind the entire sequence of events in the
+life-history of a universe would appear as a single
+unit of conscious experience&mdash;an infinitesimal point
+of time in Eternity. The human imagination staggers
+at the idea, but logical thought finally posits it
+as an unescapable conclusion of extended thought.
+This, possibly, is the secret of Future Time Clairvoyance,
+Prevision, Second Sight, etc.</p>
+
+
+<h4>The Occult Hypothesis.</h4>
+
+<p>But it must not be supposed that the oriental
+occultists hold for a moment the theory that the
+clairvoyant actually obtains access to the Divine
+Mind or Absolute Mind, when he experiences this
+vision of future events&mdash;their idea is very different
+from this. These occultists teach that the phenomena
+of each plane are reflected with more or less
+clearness upon the substance of the planes beneath
+it. This being so, it is readily seen that the seer
+who is able to contact with any of the higher planes
+of being might thereupon see the reflection, more
+or less clear, or more or less distorted, of that which
+is present in its completeness on the highest plane
+of all. This is a mere hint at the quite complicated
+occult teaching on this subject; but the capable
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_127" id="Page_127">127</a></span>thinker will be able to work out the full theory for
+himself in his own way. The important fact is that
+Future Time Clairvoyance is a reality&mdash;that it is a
+matter of actual experience of the race, and one
+that has been authenticated by the investigations
+of such learned bodies as the Society for Psychical
+Research, of England, and other societies of the
+same kind in different lands. Future Time Clairvoyance,
+Second Sight, Prevision, etc., are facts as
+fully accepted by such societies as are the facts of
+telepathy.</p>
+
+
+<h4>"The Prophecy of Cazotte."</h4>
+
+<p>Students of history are familiar with the numerous
+recorded instances of marvelous prophecy of
+future events, wonderful predictions of events to
+come, which have been fully corroborated and verified
+by subsequent events. We lack the space in this
+book to record more than one of the most celebrated
+of these historical prophecies, namely the Prophecy
+of Cazotte. We have thought it advisable to reproduce
+the story of this celebrated prophecy, as told
+by La Harpe, the French writer, who was present
+upon the occasion. It may be mentioned that the
+fact of this prophecy, and its literal fulfilment, is a
+part of French history. The time was just previous
+to the French Revolution, and the tale as told by
+La Harpe is as follows:</p>
+
+
+<h4>The Dinner of the Elect.</h4>
+
+<p>"It appears as but yesterday, and yet, nevertheless,
+it was at the beginning of the year 1788. We
+were dining with one of the brethren at the Academy&mdash;a
+man of considerable wealth and genius. The
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_128" id="Page_128">128</a></span>conversation became serious; much admiration was
+expressed on the revolution of thought which Voltaire
+had effected, and it was agreed that it was his
+first claim to the reputation he enjoyed. We concluded
+that the revolution must soon be consummated;
+that it was indispensable that superstition
+and fanaticism should give way to philosophy, and
+we began to calculate the probability of the period
+when this should be, and which of the present company
+should live to see it. The oldest complained
+that they could hardly flatter themselves with the
+hope; the younger rejoiced that they might entertain
+this very probable expectation; and they congratulated
+the Academy especially for having prepared
+this great work, and for having been the
+rallying point, the centre, and the prime mover of
+the liberty of thought.</p>
+
+
+<h4>The Illuminatus.</h4>
+
+<p>"One only of the guests had not taken part in all
+the joyousness of this conversation, and had even
+gently and cheerfully checked our splendid enthusiasm.
+This was Cazotte, an amiable and original
+man, but unhappily infatuated with the reveries of
+the Illuminati. He spoke, and with the most serious
+tone, saying: 'Gentlemen, be satisfied; you will all
+see this great and sublime revolution, which you so
+much desire. You know that I am a little inclined
+to prophecy; I repeat, you will see it.' He was answered
+by the common rejoinder: 'One need not be
+a conjurer to see that.' He answered: 'Be it so;
+but perhaps one must be a little more than conjurer
+for what remains for me to tell you. Do you know
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_129" id="Page_129">129</a></span>what will be the consequences of this revolution&mdash;what
+will be the consequences to all of you, and
+what will be the immediate result&mdash;the well-established
+effect&mdash;the thoroughly recognized consequences
+to all of you who are here present?'</p>
+
+
+<h4>The Beginning of the Prophecy.</h4>
+
+<p>"'Ah,' said Condorcet, with his insolent and half-suppressed
+smile, 'let us hear&mdash;a philosopher is not
+sorry to encounter a prophet&mdash;let us hear?' Cazotte
+replied: 'You, Monsieur de Condorcet&mdash;you will
+yield up your last breath on the floor of a dungeon;
+you will die from poison, which you will have taken
+in order to escape from execution&mdash;from poison
+which the happiness of that time will oblige you to
+carry around your person. You, Monsieur de Chamfort,
+you will open your veins with twenty-two cuts
+of a razor, and yet will not die till some months
+afterward.' These personages looked at each other,
+and laughed again. Cazotte continued: 'You, Monsieur
+Vicq d'Azir, you will not open your own veins,
+but you will cause yourself to be bled six times in
+one day, during the paroxysm of the gout, in order
+to make more sure of your end, and you will die in
+the night.'</p>
+
+
+<h4>The Shadow of the Guillotine.</h4>
+
+<p>"Cazotte went on: 'You, Monsieur de Nicolai, you
+will die on the scaffold; you, Monsieur Bailly, on the
+scaffold; you, Monsieur de Malesherbes, on the scaffold.'
+'Ah, God be thanked,' exclaimed Roucherm,
+'and what of I?' Cazotte replied: 'You! you also
+will die on the scaffold.' 'Yes,' replied Chamfort,
+'but when will all this happen?' Cazotte answered:
+'Six years will not pass over, before all that I have
+said to you shall be accomplished.' Here I (La
+Harpe) spoke, saying: 'Here are some astonishing
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_130" id="Page_130">130</a></span>miracles, but you have not included me in your
+list.' Cazotte answered me, saying: 'But you will
+be there, as an equally extraordinary miracle; you
+will then be a Christian!' Vehement exclamations
+on all sides followed this startling assertion. 'Ah!'
+said Chamfort, 'I am comforted; for if we perish
+only when La Harpe shall be a Christian, we are
+immortal!'</p>
+
+
+<h4>The Fall of the Great.</h4>
+
+<p>"'Then,' observed Madame la Duchesse de Grammont,
+'as for that, we women, we are happy to be
+counted for nothing in this revolution; when I say
+for nothing, it is not that we do not always mix
+ourselves up with them a little; but it is a received
+maxim that they take no notice of us, and of our
+sex.' 'Your sex, ladies,' said Cazotte, 'your sex will
+not protect you this time; and you had far better
+meddle with nothing, for you will be treated entirely
+as men, without any difference whatever.'
+'But what, then, are you really telling us of, Monsieur
+Cazotte? You are preaching to us the end
+of the world.' 'I know nothing on that subject;
+but what I do know is, that you, Madame la
+Duchesse, will be conducted to the scaffold, you and
+many other ladies with you, in the cart of the executioner,
+and with your hands tied behind your backs.'
+'All! I hope that in that case I shall at least have a
+carriage hung in black.' 'No, Madame; higher
+ladies than yourself will go, like you, in the common
+car, with their hands tied behind them.'
+'Higher ladies! what! the princesses of the blood?'
+'Yea, and still more exalted personages!' replied
+Cazotte.</p>
+
+
+<h4>The Fate of Royalty.</h4><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_131" id="Page_131">131</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Here a sensible emotion pervaded the whole
+company, and the countenance of the host was dark
+and lowering&mdash;they began to feel that the joke was
+becoming too serious. Madame de Grammont, in
+order to dissipate the cloud, took no notice of the
+last reply, and contented herself with saying in a
+careless tone: 'You see, he will not leave me even
+a confessor!' 'No, madame!' replied Cazotte, 'you
+will not have one&mdash;neither you, nor any one besides.
+The last victim to whom this favor will be afforded
+will be&mdash;' Here he stopped for a moment. 'Well,
+who then will be the happy mortal to whom this
+prerogative will be given?' Cazotte replied: 'It
+is the only one which he will have then retained&mdash;and
+that will be the King of France!' This last
+startling prediction caused the company to disband
+in something like terror and dismay, for the mere
+mention of such things was akin to treason."</p>
+
+
+<h4>The Fulfillment of the Prophecy.</h4>
+
+<p>To appreciate the startling nature of the Cazotte
+prophecy at the time when it was made, one needs
+but to be even slightly acquainted with the position
+and characteristics of the persons whose destinies
+were thus foretold. The amazing sequel to this wonderful
+prophecy is told by history&mdash;within six years
+every detail thereof was verified absolutely. The
+facts are known to all students of French history
+of that period, and may be verified by reference to
+the pages of any comprehensive history of those
+times.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Other Historical Instances.</h4><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_132" id="Page_132">132</a></span></p>
+
+<p>To mention but a few other celebrated instances
+of historic prophecy: George Fox, the pioneer
+Quaker Friend, had the clairvoyant faculty well
+developed, and numerous instances of its manifestation
+by him are recorded. For instance, he foretold
+the death of Cromwell, when he met him riding
+at Hampton Court; he said that he felt "a waft of
+death" around and about Cromwell&mdash;and Cromwell
+died shortly afterward. Fox also publicly foretold
+the dissolution of the Rump Parliament of England;
+the restoration of Charles II; and the Great Fire of
+London. These prophecies are all matters of history.
+For that matter, history contains many instances
+of this kind, as, for instance, the prophecy
+of Caesar's death, and its further prevision by his
+wife. The Bible prophecies and predictions, major
+and minor, give us semi-historical instances.</p>
+
+
+<h4>The Eternal Verities.</h4>
+
+<p>As a writer has said concerning this phase of
+clairvoyant phenomena: "This phase of clairvoyance
+is very fascinating to the student and the investigator,
+and is one in which the highest psychic
+powers are called into play. There is a reflection
+here of something even higher than the psychic
+plane&mdash;there is a glimpse of regions infinitely
+higher and greater. The student here begins to
+realize at least something of the existence of that
+universal Consciousness 'in which we live, and move,
+and have our being'; and of the existence of the
+reality of the Eternal Now, in which past, present,
+and future are blended as one fact of infinite consciousness.
+He sees here the signboard pointing to
+the eternal verities!"</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_133" id="Page_133">133</a></span></p>
+<h2>PART VI</h2>
+
+<h3>MEDIUMSHIP</h3>
+
+
+<p>Among the higher categories of Nature's Finer
+Forces is included that which is popularly known
+as "mediumship." Although this term has suffered
+more or less by reason of its misappropriation
+by certain charlatans and the unprincipled exploiters
+of sincere investigators of the phenomena of the
+higher planes of existence, and also by reason of a
+certain prejudice against the term arising from misrepresentation
+and general misunderstanding, the
+term still remains a perfectly legitimate one and one
+clearly indicating the nature of the general class of
+phenomena sought to be embraced within its limits.
+Therefore there is no valid reason for its rejection
+in our consideration of the subject of
+Nature's Finer Forces in this book; and, accordingly,
+it is used here in a general way, although the
+more scientific term "higher plane communication,"
+or similar terms, are employed herein in some cases.</p>
+
+
+<h4>What Is Mediumship?</h4>
+
+<p>Let us see just what is meant by the term "mediumship."
+The term "medium" is defined as:
+"That which lies in the middle, or between other
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_134" id="Page_134">134</a></span>things: hence, that through which anything is conveyed
+from one thing to another." In a special
+sense, a "medium" is "a person serving as the
+channel of communication between decarnate entities
+and human being still in the flesh," in "spiritualistic
+phenomena." The suffix "ship," of course,
+denotes state or office; and in the case of "mediumship"
+it indicates that the designated person possesses
+the state or office of a "medium," the latter
+term being used in the special meaning above defined.</p>
+
+<p>Of course, the term "mediumship," as above defined,
+lacks a clear meaning unless the term "spiritualistic,"
+or "spiritualism" be defined. The term
+"spiritualism" (or as many of the best authorities
+prefer to state it, "spiritism") is applied to "a system
+of communication with the unseen world, or
+with the inhabitants thereof, the latter being usually
+known as 'spirits,' through persons called 'mediums,'
+which has attained popular favor in Europe
+and America since about 1850." Or, as another
+authority states it, "Spiritualism is a term employed
+to indicate the belief that departed spirits
+hold intercourse with mortals by means of psychical
+phenomena, commonly through a person of special
+susceptibility called a 'medium.'"</p>
+
+
+<h4>Ancient Mediumship.</h4>
+
+<p>It is, of course, unnecessary to state in detail the
+fact that communication with decarnate entities has
+been known and practiced by the human race from
+the earliest days of recorded history, and probably
+long before that time, and is far from being a modern
+discovery. Moreover, such communication has
+been known and practiced by races of human beings
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_135" id="Page_135">135</a></span>other than those inhabiting Europe and America&mdash;particularly
+in the oriental countries. In the oriental
+lands such communication has been well established
+for many thousand years, and the most
+ancient records give evidences of it. The Hebrew
+Scriptures contain many instances of such communication,
+showing that the same was an accepted
+fact of the life of the race at the time and in the
+places at which these records were written.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Mediumship and Religious Belief.</h4>
+
+<p>The careful student will of course notice that this
+communication with the higher planes of life and
+being&mdash;this so-called "mediumship"&mdash;does not depend
+upon any particular form of religious belief,
+or teaching, concerning the nature of the state or
+place of abode of the departed spirits of men; but,
+on the contrary, is common to all form of religion
+and to all phases of belief in the survival of the
+human soul. Therefore, a scientific consideration of
+the general subject does not necessitate the acceptance
+of any one particular phase of religious belief,
+or of any particular system of teaching concerning
+the nature or state of "life after death." All that
+is required of the person accepting the general fact
+of "higher plane communication" may be stated
+as follows: (1) Acceptance of the fact that the
+human soul persists after the death of the body, and
+independent of and removed from the dead body;
+(2) acceptance of the fact that the decarnate souls
+of human beings may, and do, establish communication
+with human beings still dwelling upon the
+earth-plane of existence.</p>
+
+<p>We may state here that the term "decarnate"
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_136" id="Page_136">136</a></span>means "away from the physical body," or "out of
+the flesh;" the term being the opposite of "incarnate,"
+meaning "clothed with flesh, or embodied in
+flesh." We may also state here that the teachings
+of most philosophies of the life after death hold that
+the decarnate human soul is not entirely devoid of
+a body, but rather occupies a body composed of
+some ethereal substance; this ethereal body being
+called the "astral body," or the "spiritual body."</p>
+
+
+<h4>The Ideals of Modern Spiritualism.</h4>
+
+<p>A writer well expresses the ideals of modern
+western spiritualism as follows: "Through the
+gateway of mediumship for upwards of fifty years
+the world has been catching glimpses of the glory
+of the land immortal, and visitants from that
+'bourne' from whence it has been erroneously said
+that 'no traveler returns' have made their presence
+known beyond all doubt or denial, thus proving the
+continued conscious existence of human beings and
+the sequential chapter of the life hereafter. Though
+the messages from the unseen have at times been
+imperfect and fragmentary, still they have been
+<b>messages</b>. If but telegraphic dispatches, so to
+speak, instead of voluminous letters; or like telephonic
+snatches of conversation rather than face-to-face
+outpourings of thought and feeling, still they
+have been greetings and comforting assurances of
+undying affection from the people living in the land
+'beyond the veil.' Although many a sorrowing soul
+has longed for further revelation, and regretted the
+inability of the spirits to comply with the requests
+for fuller information, still the gates have been ajar,
+and sometimes it has truly seemed as though they
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_137" id="Page_137">137</a></span>had been flung wide open&mdash;so clear and consoling
+were the messages from the loved ones on the other
+side of death's valley of shadow. The manifestations
+of the presence of spirits and the evidences of
+their identity, which have been accumulating during
+all these years, have solved the 'great secret,'
+and we know that death is not a <b>cul-de-sac</b>, but a
+thoroughfare. The dread of death disappeared altogether
+with the mists of ignorance, as, through
+the gateway of mediumship, the shining presence of
+ministering spirits, 'our very own dear departed,'
+illumined the pathway which we must all tread to
+our great promotion.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Immortality Demonstrated Through Mediumship.</h4>
+
+<p>"'Immortality demonstrated through mediumship'
+should be inscribed upon the banner of spiritualism,
+for the fact of life beyond the incident of
+death has been proved beyond all peradventure to
+millions of intelligent and enlightened people since the
+new spiritual era was inaugurated. To mediums&mdash;the
+modern mediators&mdash;therefore belong the office
+and honor of rolling back the stone from the tomb
+and establishing faith upon the firm basis of knowledge
+(scientifically ascertained and proven) of the
+continued intelligent existence in the spiritual
+realms of those who went forth through the death
+change into light and liberty 'over there.' Mediums,
+as intermediaries, have enabled spirit people
+to comfort the sad and encourage the weak; to relieve
+the doubter and console the bereaved; to confirm
+the old-world traditions regarding bygone
+spirit intervention and revelation, and supplement
+our hopes and intuitions with proof palpable. Present
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_138" id="Page_138">138</a></span>day experiences of inspiration and spirit manifestation
+make credible and acceptable many things
+in ancient records which must otherwise have been
+discarded as superstitious and false. Spiritualism
+redeems the so-called 'supernatural' and 'miraculous'
+occurrences of the Bible, by explaining them
+and proving the naturalness. The capability claimed
+for old-time seers and prophets to see angels and
+hear voices is now known to be a natural faculty,
+which, in certain people, is perfectly normal while
+it can be induced in others by the influence of operators
+in or out of the body. <b>It can also be cultivated
+to some degree by most people who care to study
+the necessary conditions for its development and
+exercise.</b> The famine, 'not of bread, nor of water,
+but of hearing words from the Lord,' and the loss
+of 'open vision' of the spirit, which afflicted Christendom
+for so many years (because of the blind intolerance
+of zealots who, in their adherence to the
+'letter,' crushed out the sensitives through whom
+the 'spirit' might have been revealed), that famine
+is rapidly passing away, and we are being fed with
+the living bread of spiritual inspiration, and are
+growing strong enough to welcome the messengers
+who come to us through the gateway of mediumship
+from their after-death home.</p>
+
+
+<h4>The Truth of Personal Survival.</h4>
+
+<p>"When once there is established the conviction
+of the truth of personal survival of our loved ones,
+and the actual and satisfactory demonstrations
+thereof through mediumship (and we know of no
+means whereby such evidences can be obtained save
+through mediumship), we are thrilled and delighted;
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_139" id="Page_139">139</a></span>and when this conviction is borne upon us
+and driven home by the evidences, and the truth
+of spirit ministry has been realized, nothing can destroy
+it. The spiritualist stands upon firm ground&mdash;the
+impregnable rock of ascertained fact. He
+knows that intercourse between the two worlds is
+real, continuous; therefore he is proof against all
+speculations, denunciations, and adverse theories.
+Dogmatic condemnations, 'bogey' cries, charges of
+fraud against mediums, fail to move or frighten
+him. He can 'speak what he knows and testify to
+what he has seen;' his positive and affirmative experience
+and testimony outweigh all the opposition
+of 'doubting Thomases' who do not know.</p>
+
+
+<h4>The Gateway of Mediumship.</h4>
+
+<p>"Through the gateway of mediumship the spirits
+make themselves known in a variety of ways. There
+are many phases of mediumistic phenomena, and
+the student will find that he must be patient, painstaking,
+and persevering if he would make sure of
+his facts. Careful investigation, possibly prolonged
+research, under many difficulties and with many discouragements,
+will be required, but 'success is certain
+if energy fail not,' and the results will
+adequately recompense him for all sacrifice and
+struggle! For in the light of the demonstrated fact
+of continued existence after death, it is clear that
+man is even now 'a spirit served by organs'&mdash;that
+consequently the basis of all religious experience
+and affirmation is the spiritual consciousness of
+mankind. There could be no revelation to man of
+spiritual truth or moral duty if he were not a spirit
+possessing the capabilities of receiving and comprehending,
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_140" id="Page_140">140</a></span>of interpreting and applying, the revelations
+and inspirations which appeal to and quicken
+the inner (and higher) self."</p>
+
+
+<h4>The Mediumistic Character.</h4>
+
+<p>The following quotations from eminent modern
+spiritualists will further serve to illustrate the accepted
+general principles of "spirit communication"
+on the part of western spiritualism. E. W. Wallis
+says: "Spiritualism deals with a higher range and
+a wider field of supersensuous phenomena than mesmerism,
+hypnotism, telepathic psychometry, clairvoyance,
+etc., because the natural susceptibility of
+man in these directions is increased and intensified,
+and exercised upon a superior plane, when it is utilized
+by intelligent spirit operators. It is not true that
+sensitiveness is confined to those who are diseased,
+weak of will, neurotic, or hysterical. Those who are
+susceptible to psychic influence may be impulsive,
+warm-hearted, spontaneous, sociable, and not by any
+means, or of necessity, weak-minded or vicious."
+Dr. Dean Clake says: "The word mediumship, as
+understood and used by spiritualists, technically
+speaking, means a susceptibility to the influence, and
+more or less control, of decarnated spirits. Physiologically,
+it means a peculiar nervous susceptibility
+to what may be termed the 'psychic force,' which
+spirits use to move the mind or body or both, of their
+mortal instrument. Psychologically, it signifies a
+passive or negative state of mind and body which
+renders a person subject to the positive will-power
+of spirits who influence him or her." The spirit control
+who employed the hand of Stainton Moses, M.A.,
+to write his thoughts, said: "The mediumistic peculiarity
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_141" id="Page_141">141</a></span>is one of spirit solely, and not of body,
+seeing that it occurs in all varieties of physical
+frames, in the male and in the female; in the magnetic
+and in the electric; in the stout and robust as
+well as in the puny and thin of body; in the old and
+in the young; in all conditions and under all circumstances.
+This alone would lead you to see that it is
+not a physical matter; and that conclusion is
+strengthened for you by the fact that the gift is perpetuated
+even after death of the earth body. Those
+who on your earth have been mediums retain the
+gift and use it with us. They are the most frequent
+visitors to your world; they communicate most readily;
+and it is through them that spirits who have
+not the gift are enabled to communicate with your
+earth."</p>
+
+
+<h4>Mediumistic Sensitivity.</h4>
+
+<p>Emma Hardinge Britten said: "Whatever that
+force may be which constitutes the difference between
+a 'medium' and a non-medium, it is certainly
+of a mental and magnetic character&mdash;that is, a combination
+of the subtle elements of mind and magnetism,
+and therefore of a psychological and not of
+a purely physical character. Whilst the spiritualists
+of this generation have had no one to teach them
+either what spiritual gifts are, or how to use, or how
+to abuse them, experience has shown that the conditions
+under which spiritual phenomena are produced
+through mediums are not only helped or
+hindered by their mental states, but also by the will,
+magnetism, and mental states of those who surround
+them." E. W. Wallis says: "The same laws govern
+the relations between the sensitive and the spirit
+operator as between the hypnotist and his subject.
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_142" id="Page_142">142</a></span>Therefore, mediumship is not necessarily spiritual;
+it may be of all kinds; there may be psychical relationship
+of a high grade and of a low one. There
+may be messages from beyond that prove the
+identity of spirits, and give evidence of the continuity
+of life, of the survival of mind, and yet they
+may not minister to spiritual growth, nor awaken
+any exalted desire to be of service to God and man.
+There may be psychical sympathy and not spiritual
+fellowship; there may be spirit intercourse and not
+that sweet spiritual communion which should be the
+goal of all who seek for evidences of life beyond the
+valley of death. It is no longer possible to regard
+mediumship as a supernatural endowment. It is, as
+regards the psychic susceptibility upon which it depends,
+the common property of the race, and is therefore
+as natural as are the 'gifts' of song or oratory,
+or the ability to paint or construct. But as certain
+gifts and graces are more developed in some individuals
+than in others, in like manner the sensitiveness
+which is called mediumship is more highly
+developed (or is capable of such development) in
+certain peculiarly constituted persons who may be
+regarded as supernormally gifted, yet as naturally
+so as are geniuses in other directions."</p>
+
+
+<h4>The Higher Vibratory Forces.</h4>
+
+<p>The student who has carefully read what we have
+said in the earlier portions of the present book regarding
+the subject of Nature's Finer Forces, and
+those concerned with "vibrations," and "planes of
+being," will be able to harmonize the apparently
+somewhat conflicting opinions of those authorities
+above quoted concerning the nature of mediumship
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_143" id="Page_143">143</a></span>and spirit communication. In the first place, the
+student will remember that there exist planes of being
+higher and other than our own earth-plane, and
+that the rate of normal vibration on such planes is
+much higher than are those upon our own earth-plane.
+In the second place, he will remember that
+beings dwelling and manifesting on these higher
+planes are able to communicate only by means of
+their higher vibratory rate of manifestation. And,
+in the third place, he will remember that a person
+dwelling on the earth-plane will not ordinarily register
+and interpret these higher vibrations of communication;
+and that it is necessary for such a person
+to have originally, or else have developed, the
+capacity to raise his or her own vibrations to the key
+necessary to "catch" these higher vibrations. In
+short, we have here once more another instance of
+that "attunement" between sender and receiver the
+most common instance of which is the wireless telegraph.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Psychic Attunement.</h4>
+
+<p>The entity, or spirit, dwelling on one of the many
+higher planes of being who wishes to communicate
+with persons on earth through a medium, must first
+select some person capable of raising his or her own
+vibratory rate of consciousness to become "in tune"
+with that of the spirit himself. Then he must learn
+to project his own mental vibrations with sufficient
+intensity and force to be "caught" by the sensitive
+perceptive organism of the medium. These things
+are beyond the understanding and accomplishment
+of many decarnate spirits, and unless they are taught
+by some one on their own plane of existence they are
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_144" id="Page_144">144</a></span>likely to fail in their attempts to communicate
+through a medium on the earth-plane. But at the
+present time, in view of the great interest being
+manifested "over there" in the communication with
+the earth-plane, an earnest, persevering spirit will
+usually have comparatively little difficulty in finding
+a proper instructor, and in acquiring the art of
+"earth-plane communication," as it is called on the
+spirit plane.</p>
+
+
+<h4>The Development of Mediumship.</h4>
+
+<p>As regards the acquirement of mediumship qualities,
+information and scientific instruction is much
+needed, particularly at the present time. In this
+book we shall endeavor to throw much light upon
+this particular matter, and to give such instruction
+and information in a plain, practical form. We may
+begin by reminding the candidate for mediumship
+that the methods of development of mediumship are
+entirely different from those designed to develop
+ordinary psychic powers. In the case of development
+for ordinary psychic power, the person must
+acquire the power of concentration in the direction
+of sensing in his inner consciousness the impressions
+coming to him from the outside world, such impressions
+not being consciously directed to him. He
+must be able to so concentrate that he will be keenly
+sensitive to these impressions, and to interpret them
+intelligently. On the contrary, the person wishing to
+develop the power of mediumship must learn to develop
+the power of negative receptivity to the vibrations
+coming from the spirit planes. As has well
+been said, he is the acted upon, and not the actor.
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_145" id="Page_145">145</a></span>While he requires concentration, patience, and perseverance
+in developing the power to raise himself
+to the proper vibratory key, when the actual work
+of communication begins he must passively allow
+himself to speak and act, more or less unconsciously,
+under the guidance, direction, and control of the
+communicating spirit.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Unconscious Mediumship.</h4>
+
+<p>The student will do well, however, to remember
+that as a popular writer has said: "It must not, however,
+be supposed that spirit influence is limited to,
+and exerted solely upon, those who are known to be
+mediums; or that the spirits do not assist those who
+use their own psychic faculties. It is probable that
+all people who are psychically sensitive and open to
+impressions are indebted to spirit helpers, whether
+they are conscious of the fact or not. There is undoubtedly
+a greater degree of influx from the spirit
+side than even spiritualists are aware. Many persons
+are indebted to spirit friends for spontaneous
+impulses, which, while those persons act upon them
+and reap the consequences, they can neither explain
+nor trace to their source. Spirits frequently associate
+with and serve their earth friends, although the
+recipients of their benefactions are unaware of the
+fact. There would be very much more of this kind
+of guidance from the unseen, if, instead of being
+frightened, or repellant in their mental attitude toward
+the spirits, the great bulk of people were prepared
+to accept such assistance from the other side
+as perfectly natural and to be expected."</p>
+
+
+<h4>Mediumship and Individuality.</h4><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_146" id="Page_146">146</a></span></p>
+
+<p>The student will find it desirable to acquaint himself
+with the best opinions concerning the possible or
+probable effects of the practice of mediumistic powers
+upon the medium himself. There is evidenced a
+disposition in certain quarters to hold to the idea
+that mediumship, or control by spirits, is more or
+less injurious, mentally or physically or both, to the
+medium. It is also frequently asserted that the
+medium tends to lose his individuality and personal
+strength of character. Again, there are some who
+would teach that the medium should be of a low
+order of intelligence, and should beware of exercising
+his intellect, the idea seeming to be that under
+these conditions the mental path will be freer and
+clearer for the spirit control. All of the aforesaid
+notions are erroneous, as will appear as we progress
+in the statements in this book concerning true and
+efficient mediumship.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Co-operation of Medium and Spirits.</h4>
+
+<p>The medium who observes certain simple and
+plain rules and habits of conduct will not suffer
+any loss of strength of character or individuality
+from his exercise of his mediumistic power; on the
+contrary, an intelligent exercise of the power of
+mediumship often tends to develop the intellectual
+power of the medium. As to the idea that the
+medium must be ignorant, we have but to call your
+attention to the fact that many of the most efficient
+mediums are intelligent, and even brilliant individuals.
+As a writer has said: "There may be some
+mediums who are ignoramuses, but it is doubtful if
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_147" id="Page_147">147</a></span>there will be any great degree of intelligence or great
+spiritual illumination presented through their
+agency. It is possible that some mediums act foolishly
+when in their normal state, for the purpose of
+accentuating the difference between their ordinary
+and supernormal conditions of mental activity; but
+there is a more rational, intelligent, and, indeed, a
+more spiritual conception of the relations which
+should exist between mediums and their spirit
+guides, which is rapidly finding favor with thoughtful
+mediums and spiritualists alike. The proper
+method of communing with the spirits of the unseen
+realm is conducive to good, and not evil, to the medium.
+The co-operative association of medium and
+spirit on the plane of thought and purpose, emotion
+and motive, ethics and inspiration, results in the education
+and elevation of the medium."</p>
+
+
+<h4>Mediumship Not Dangerous.</h4>
+
+<p>The following additional quotations from spiritualistic
+writers on this point, serve to throw important
+light on this subject. J. J. Morse says: "Andrew
+Jackson Davis, Hudson Tuttle, and other
+writers, if I correctly understand them, claim that
+mediumship is a constitutional condition, and depends
+upon nervous adaptation, i.e., 'sensitiveness'
+and the quickening of the subjective (psychical)
+faculties; and, personally, my own firm conviction
+is that there is nothing dangerous in mediumship.
+The mere dabbling in mediumship, as either the
+means of a new sensation, or for the gratification of
+personal vanity, is to be thoroughly deprecated, as a
+perversion of some of the most wonderful possibilities
+of our natures; while the prosecution of mediumship,
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_148" id="Page_148">148</a></span>or anything else, to the detriment of mind,
+nerves, or health, in any direction, is a sin against
+oneself, and will inevitably call down the resultant
+penalties of physical and mental deterioration. I
+have many times advised inquirers who wished to
+know how to develop mediumship, unless they desired
+to do so for serious use, and within proper
+limits, not to seek its development at all. And in
+cases where I could see it would prove personally
+detrimental, I have strongly advised the inquirer to
+let the matter entirely alone."</p>
+
+<p>Wallis says: "Very much depends upon the objects
+entertained by the medium and the sitters, as also
+upon the character and intentions of the spirit who
+seeks to manifest his presence; but, on general lines,
+where people of average intelligence and rectitude
+seek communion with those they have known and
+esteemed, or loved, the results are almost invariably
+beneficial. There is every reason why this should
+be so if the common-sense precautions are observed
+of keeping a level head, exercising patience, exhibiting
+unselfishness and sincerity, and desiring good
+spiritual counsel and fellowship."</p>
+
+<p>A. Morton says: "Elevated spirits do not require
+mediums to surrender their reason; on the contrary,
+they advise that every new thought should be tested
+in the crucible of reason, and that it be rejected if not
+in accordance therewith; but the control of domineering
+spirits, claiming the name of celebrities, who
+present unreasonable theories, and in a dictatorial
+'thus saith the spirit' manner, demanding unquestioning
+compliance with their commands, must be
+rejected by all mediums as debasing and inconsistent
+with self respect. Any associations or concessions
+which have a tendency to lower the spiritual standard
+must be carefully avoided, for there is no growth
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_149" id="Page_149">149</a></span>in any relations which can only be maintained by the
+sacrifice of self-respect and self-justice."</p>
+
+
+<h4>Rational Mediumship.</h4>
+
+<p>Wallis says: "The rational course for mediums
+and inquirers to follow is assuredly that of avoiding
+the extremes alike of credulity and sceptical incredulity,
+by letting the spirits do their best and
+then collating the facts observed and drawing conclusions.
+Care, patience, and perseverance will
+save both mediums and inquirers from many misconceptions
+and enable them to avoid the errors of
+others. Above all, mediums should observe their
+own feelings, study their own experiences, try to
+understand and co-operate with the spirits, but
+never yield servile or slavish service, nor permit
+themselves to be swayed by flattery nor dominated
+by any spirit (in the circle or on the spirit side) who
+claims obedience, poses as an 'authority,' or refuses
+to recognize the rights of others. No medium should
+remain ignorant, or refrain from giving effect to his
+(or her) natural desire for knowledge and self-improvement
+under the erroneous idea that he does
+not need to think, study, or learn, because he is a
+medium; and that the spirits will provide and teach
+through him all that is required. On the other hand,
+while thoughtfully observant of favorable conditions,
+and intelligent in self-study and culture, the
+medium should avoid 'getting up' certain subjects,
+or thinking along certain lines with the purpose and
+expectation that such information will be employed
+while under control. Such action, proceeding from
+a wrong motive, cannot fail to injure the psychic
+relations between the spirit and the medium, and
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_150" id="Page_150">150</a></span>will render the work of control doubly hard, because
+such thoughts will have to be cleared away before
+those of the spirit can be transferred to, and have
+free course through, the medium."</p>
+
+
+<h4>The "Home Circle."</h4>
+
+<p>Mediums are born or made. That is to say, many
+persons are born with the gift of mediumship, while
+others, lacking this natural power, are able to develop
+the power by practice and gradual unfoldment.
+Some of the world's best mediums have been developed,
+while others in the same class have been
+born with the gift. At the same time, it must be
+remembered that there is a wide range of power existing
+between different individual mediums of both
+of these classes. In the opinion of the present writer,
+perhaps the very best way of developing mediumistic
+powers is that of actually participating in
+"circle work." The wonderful results of earlier
+spiritualism in America and in Europe were undoubtedly
+due to the casual and general practice of
+holding "home circles." These home circles were
+the nursery of some of the world's greatest mediums.
+Here the born medium was made aware of his or
+her natural powers; and, likewise, here others were
+enabled to gradually unfold and develop their latent
+mediumistic power.</p>
+
+
+<h4>The Cure for Fraudulent Mediumship.</h4>
+
+<p>At the present time we have too few mediums,
+and this fact is attributable largely to the gradual
+discontinuance of the home circles. Present time
+folks are too fond of having everything worked out
+and presented to them, and they flock to the sensational
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_151" id="Page_151">151</a></span>public demonstrations, some of which are undoubtedly
+"faked" in order to meet the public
+demand for sensational features; and at the same
+time the honest, careful, conscientious mediums are
+often overlooked, and the home circles almost unknown.
+Many so-called investigators of spiritualism
+are feverishly anxious to "see something," and are
+impatient and the comparatively slow order of developments
+at the home circle or at the careful
+mediumistic circles. Many earnest spiritualists
+lament the present tendency, and predict that in
+time there will be an almost complete dearth of honest,
+careful mediums, owing to the demand for
+"quick action" and the temptation to furnish fraudulent
+counterfeits of the genuine phenomena resulting
+from this feverish public demand.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Warning to Young Mediums.</h4>
+
+<p>Wallis says concerning this point: "After a
+time, as the development progresses, the medium
+and his spirit friends may be strong enough to undertake
+public work without the assistance and protection
+of a circle, in the same manner as did D.
+Home, Slade, Eglinton, and other noted public mediums;
+but they should be in no hurry about doing
+so, and they need to be very self-possessed and level-headed
+to hold their own against the 'phenomena
+hunters' on the one side (who sap the very life of
+the sensitive), and the know-all, conceited sceptics
+on the other side (who freeze up all the psychic conditions),
+and before whom it is worse than foolish
+to cast these pearls of great price.</p>
+
+<p>"The lot of the public 'physical,' 'test,' and 'clairvoyant'
+medium is not to be envied or lightly chosen.
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_152" id="Page_152">152</a></span>Such sensitives frequently suffer a martyrdom that
+none but sensitives can realize. What with foolish
+flatterers; the sitters who are never content, but cry
+'give, give, give;' the injudicious friends, who seeing
+the exhaustion of the worn-out mediums, in mistaken
+sympathy urge them to take stimulants
+(instead of securing them rest and change of surroundings),
+they have a hard road to travel, and
+our sincerest sympathy goes out to them all. We
+plead for them. We bespeak kindly and human
+consideration. Too frequently they are tried and
+condemned unheard. They are expected to prove
+that they are <b>not</b> frauds, instead of, as in other cases,
+being accepted as reputable people. So much has
+this been the case that some mediums of unquestioned
+power have retired into private life and business
+pursuits, where they meet with the respect and
+recognition which were denied them while they were
+public workers in the ranks of spiritualism.</p>
+
+<p>"Let us not be misunderstood. In saying this we
+are not apologizing for, or palliating fraud or wrong
+doing, but merely asking for fair and considerate
+treatment&mdash;not hasty, unreasoning condemnation.
+While it is true that mediumship has many compensations,
+and the medium who takes pleasure in his
+work has many pleasant experiences, it is also true
+that the professional medium is too frequently subjected
+to treatment which makes his task more difficult
+and thankless than it need be. The kindly and
+appreciative treatment which he receives from some
+sitters is a welcome stimulus, and affords good conditions
+for the spirits, who are thus enabled to operate
+to the best advantage."</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_153" id="Page_153">153</a></span></p>
+<h2>PART VII</h2>
+
+<h3>MEDIUMISTIC CONDITIONS</h3>
+
+
+<p>Mediumistic phenomena, i.e., the phenomena by
+and through which spirits manifest their presence
+and demonstrate their power, may be broadly classified
+under two heads, as follows, (1) physical phenomena,
+and (2) mental phenomena.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Physical Phenomena.</h4>
+
+<p><b>Physical Phenomena</b> cover a wide range of mediumistic
+manifestations, among which are movements
+of tables, the production of "raps," the
+manifestation of spirit lights, freedom from the effects
+of fire, the passage of matter through matter,
+direct writing upon paper or upon slates, direct
+voices, levitation of the medium, spirit photographs,
+and the production of the materialized form of the
+spirit. While in rare cases the spirits may manifest
+these forms of physical phenomena without the assistance
+of the medium and the circle, nevertheless
+as a rule such phenomena are produced by the spirits
+only through the assistance of a medium, and
+usually only when there is gathered together a circle.</p>
+
+
+<h4>"Psychic Force."</h4><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_154" id="Page_154">154</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Various explanations of the power employed by
+the spirits, assisted by the medium and by the circle,
+have been offered by the scientific investigators
+of the subject. The most generally accepted theory
+of the western scientists is that the spirits employ
+what is called the "psychic force" of the medium,
+often assisted by that drawn from the circle and focused
+in the medium. The medium is regarded as a
+psychic storage battery which is freely drawn upon
+by the manifesting spirit. The degree and character
+of the manifestations are determined largely by the
+peculiar quality of the psychic force, the capabilities
+of the medium, the knowledge and powers of
+the spirits, and the influence of the sitters.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Human Magnetism.</h4>
+
+<p>Dr. Dean Clarke says: "Human magnetism, or
+nerve aura, is probably the most sublimated form of
+ethereal matter, hence nearest in refinement to spirit
+substance, and therefore spirits use it as the vehicle
+of their vibrating forces. Those persons who have
+an excess of magnetism, of the proper quality to
+unite with both the psychic force of spirits and the
+forces inherent in natural objects, and thus form an
+electro-magnetic connection of spirits with the objects
+they wish to act upon, are the persons chosen
+by the spirits for physical mediums. The mind and
+brain of the medium are not often nor necessarily
+controlled, and only his magnetism and psychic
+forces are used, through which the spirits transmit
+the vibrations of their own power to mechanically
+produce concussions, or movements of material objects."</p>
+
+
+<h4>"Zoether."</h4><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_155" id="Page_155">155</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Hudson Tuttle (writing under control) gives the
+following statement of a spirit concerning the manner
+in which physical phenomena are produced:
+"Zoether (psychic force) emanating from the medium
+charges the object to be moved, and a band
+of spirits directs a current of their own zoethic emanation
+in the direction they desire the article to
+move, and it passes along the current thus produced.
+The charging of the object by the medium is necessary
+in order that it may be in a state of vibration
+harmonious to the spirit current. If this current be
+directed against the table or other charged body,
+raps or concussions are produced, as a positive and
+negative relation exists between the spirits and the
+medium's zoether. One spirit alone cannot produce
+physical manifestations. If one purports to communicate,
+assistance will be rendered by many others,
+who combine their influence."</p>
+
+
+<h4>"Prana."</h4>
+
+<p>The orientals account for physical mediumistic
+phenomena in a similar way, though their terms are
+different. Instead of speaking of zoether, or psychic
+force, they always employ the term "prana." In
+the oriental philosophies "prana" is explained as a
+subtle form of energy permeating the universe, but
+manifesting in a special form in the organism of the
+human being. This subtle force, or prana, is held to
+be capable of being transmitted from one organism
+to another, and is held to be the energizing power by
+means of which many forms of occult or magic phenomena
+are produced. Prana is very much akin to
+the "human magnetism" of the western occultists,
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_156" id="Page_156">156</a></span>and the properties attributed to the latter are really
+those which the orientals for centuries past have
+held to be among the essential properties of prana;
+so, at the last, there is found to be a practical agreement
+here between the oriental and the western
+schools of occultism, respectively, in spite of their
+differing terminology.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Mental Phenomena.</h4>
+
+<p><b>Mental Phenomena</b> cover another wide range of
+mediumistic phenomena, among which may be mentioned
+the following, viz., involuntary or automatic
+writing and drawing, writing by means of the planchette
+or "ouija" board or similar mechanical aid
+to writing, clairvoyant perception of spirits, clairaudient
+hearing of spirit voices, prophetic utterances
+of spirits, impersonating and inspirational
+control of the medium. Mediums are frequently so
+thoroughly "under the influence or control," especially
+in private circle seances, that they seem to
+have been transformed into another personality.
+Sometimes the medium through which the spirit is
+manifesting will have his facial appearance changed
+so completely that persons present will recognize in
+the changed appearance the looks of the spirit as
+known when it was in earth life.</p>
+
+
+<h4>The Value of Phenomena.</h4>
+
+<p>The chief value of physical mediumistic manifestations
+is not, as generally supposed, that of affording
+entertainment or food for thought for those
+witnessing them, but rather that of affording proof
+of the possibility of spirit communication, particularly
+when spirit identity is established through the
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_157" id="Page_157">157</a></span>manifestation of the phenomena. A writer says of
+this class of phenomena: "A good psychographic
+medium will usually obtain writing between closed
+slates, which may be brought by the investigator,
+who can insist upon their not leaving his sight, and
+not even leaving his hand. We have obtained writing
+on paper that we had previously marked, which
+was then covered by our own hand, and a friend's
+and was untouched by the medium. On another
+occasion, a slate which we had personally cleaned
+was laid on the floor (fully six feet from the medium)
+with a small piece of pencil under it (in broad
+daylight), and on taking it up shortly afterwards
+there was found written on the under side a long
+message of a private nature from a deceased friend,
+of whom we were not thinking. Such phenomena
+as these are still good and impressive, they cannot
+be counterfeited under like conditions, and even
+when no proof of identity is given in connection with
+the writings, they point so distinctly to the action
+of a discrete, disembodied intelligence as to compel
+the recognition of their spiritual origin. The evidential
+utility of physical phenomena lies in their
+being inimitable by fraud. Imitations can of course
+be made which might satisfy the credible and the
+gullible, but the conditions for testing the phenomena
+we have specially referred to are so simple that
+no rational investigator need be deceived; first, to
+be sure that the slate, paper, or panel to be used
+is perfectly blank; second, that it does not leave the
+hand of the inquirer, or if it does, that it is marked
+in such a way that there can be no doubt of its identification
+when it is returned to him; and thirdly
+(with paintings), to observe if the paint be wet, and
+note the time occupied in their production."</p>
+
+
+<h4>Trance Condition Not Essential.</h4><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_158" id="Page_158">158</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Many persons are under the impression that it is
+necessary for a medium to go into the trance condition
+in order to manifest physical mediumistic phenomena,
+but such is not the case. While many
+mediums do lapse into the trance conditions at such
+time, it is equally true that many others do not do
+so. Some of the very best mediums produce some
+of the most striking manifestations while in a perfectly
+normal, waking condition. A writer says of
+a well-known medium: "She constantly receives
+evidences of the presence of her spirit friends while
+she is perfectly normal. We have heard rappings
+and witnessed movements of physical objects in her
+presence, while holding friendly conversation with
+her, when we have been in a good light. Frequently,
+at meal times, the spirits announce their
+presence by raps, and respond to the salutations and
+questions of their medium and other members of
+the family."</p>
+
+<p>Professor Loveland says: "Many of the best mediums
+in the world were never entranced in the
+sense of being in an unconscious sleep. And it is
+doubted whether that condition is desirable. The
+Fox girls, and most, if not all of the original rapping
+mediums, were never in the deep sleep trance.
+It is not necessary for any of the physical manifestations,
+and that includes a very large percentage
+of all the spirit phenomena. The rappings, tippings,
+movings, slate writings, automatic writings, paintings,
+telegraphing, voices, materializing, etc., can all
+occur without the sleep trance, the reason for which
+is very apparent, as in the production of such phenomena
+the spirits simply use the surplus radiated
+nerve-force of the medium."</p>
+
+
+<h4>Scientific Reports on Phenomena.</h4><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_159" id="Page_159">159</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Sir William Crookes, in speaking of D. D. Home
+and Euspasia Paladino, said: "Most, if not all, of
+the occurrences with Euspasia seem to have taken
+place when she was in a trance, and the more complete
+the trance the more striking the phenomena.
+This was not always so with Home. Certainly the
+two most striking things I ever saw with him, the
+fire test and the visible forms, were to be observed
+while he was entranced, but it was not always easy
+to tell when he was in that state, for he spoke and
+moved about almost as if he were in his normal condition;
+the chief differences being that his actions
+were more deliberate, and his manner and expressions
+more solemn, and he always spoke of himself
+in the third person, as 'Dan.' When he was not in a
+trance we frequently had movements of objects in
+different parts of the room, with visible hands carrying
+flowers about and playing the accordion. On
+one occasion I was asked by Home to look at the
+accordion as it was playing in the semi-darkness beneath
+the table. I saw a delicate looking female hand
+holding it by the handle, and the keys at the lower
+end rising and falling as if fingers were playing on
+them, although I could not see them. So lifelike was
+the hand that at first I said it was my sister-in-law's,
+but was assured by all present that both her hands
+were on the table, a fact which I then verified for
+myself."</p>
+
+
+<h4>Phenomena Without Darkness.</h4>
+
+<p>"Home always refused to sit in the dark. He
+said that, with firmness and perseverance, the
+phenomena could be got just as well in the light,
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_160" id="Page_160">160</a></span>and even if some of the things were not so strong,
+the evidence of one's eyesight was worth making
+same sacrifices for. In almost all the seances I had
+with Home there was plenty of light to see all that
+occurred, and not only to enable me to write down
+notes of what was taking place, but to read my notes
+without difficulty. Home was very anxious to let
+everyone present be satisfied that he was not doing
+any of the things himself&mdash;too anxious, I sometimes
+thought, for frequently he would interfere with the
+progress and development of what was going on by
+insisting that some sceptic or other should come
+around and take hold of his hands and feet to be
+sure he was not doing anything himself. At times,
+he would push his chair back and move right away
+from the table when things were moving on it, and
+ask those furthest from him to come round and satisfy
+themselves that he had nothing to do with the
+movements. I used frequently to beg him to be
+quiet, knowing that, if he would not move about in
+his eagerness to convince us of his genuineness, the
+strength of the phenomena would probably increase
+to such a degree that no further evidence would be
+needed that their production was beyond the powers
+of the medium.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Test Conditions.</h4>
+
+<p>"During the whole of my knowledge of D. D.
+Home, extending for several years, I never once saw
+the slightest occurrence that would make me suspicious
+that he was attempting to play tricks. He was
+scrupulously sensitive on this point, and never felt
+hurt at anyone taking precautions against deception.
+He sometimes, in the early days of our acquaintance,
+used to say to me before a seance, 'Now, William, I
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_161" id="Page_161">161</a></span>want you to act as if I were a recognized conjurer,
+and was going to cheat you and play all the tricks I
+could. Take every precaution you can devise against
+me, and move about and look under the table or
+where else you like. Don't consider my feelings. I
+shall not be offended. I know that the more carefully
+I am tested the more convinced will everyone
+be that these abnormal occurrences are not of my
+own doings.' Latterly, I used jokingly to say to
+him, 'Let us sit round the fire and have a quiet chat,
+and see if our friends are here and will do anything
+for us. We won't have any tests or precautions.'
+On these occasions, when only my family were present
+with him, some of the most convincing phenomena
+took place."</p>
+
+
+<h4>Is Darkness Necessary?</h4>
+
+<p>From the above it is seen that not only is the
+trance condition not absolutely necessary for the
+production of striking mediumistic phenomena, but
+that, also, there is no absolute necessity for the condition
+of darkness to be maintained as an essential
+feature of such phenomena. While many mediums
+insist upon the condition of darkness at seances, it is
+thought by some careful thinkers that this arises
+from the fact that such mediums have been accustomed
+to such conditions from their earliest days
+of mediumship, and have grown to believe that the
+same are absolutely necessary. It is thought that if
+such mediums would begin over again, practicing in
+full light in the company of a few sympathetic
+friends, they would before long grow accustomed
+to the new conditions, and would then be able to reproduce
+all of their most important phenomena in
+full light. Using the terms of modern psychology,
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_162" id="Page_162">162</a></span>it would seem that such mediums are the victims of
+their own "auto-suggestion," and fixed beliefs; and,
+as all students of the subject well know, the mental
+states of the medium have a most important bearing
+of the quality of the phenomena produced, and form
+a very important factor of the conditions governing
+the success of the seance.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Developing Circles.</h4>
+
+<p>The person who is developing mediumship will do
+well to surround himself with persons of a certain
+type of psychical power, and to form circles of such
+persons. Such persons are invaluable in constituting
+a "developing circle." Such persons need not
+be mediumistic themselves, nor are they required to
+actually do anything. Instead, their service is that
+of being present as psychical reservoirs of force
+upon which the spirits can draw for manifesting
+power. The medium, being sensitive to helpful influences,
+and the reverse, will recognize such persons
+by the congenial and harmonious influence they
+exercise upon him; and he will do well to encourage
+such persons to sit in his developing circles.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Impersonating Mediumship.</h4>
+
+<p>What is known as "impersonating mediumship"
+occurs where the medium is so completely under the
+control of the manifesting spirit that he will exhibit,
+often in a marvelously accurate manner, the personal
+characteristics and mannerisms of the spirit,
+and which are readily recognized as such by the
+spirit's surviving friends in earth-life. Sometimes
+the medium will actually re-enact the dying moments
+of the controlling spirit. In many cases such
+impersonations have been so nearly photographically
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_163" id="Page_163">163</a></span>and phonographically correct that they have afforded
+the most convincing proof to investigators,
+and in other cases have been a great consolation to
+relatives of the spirit who have been thus assured
+that their loved one was still in actual existence on
+a higher plane of being. These results, however, are
+possible only when a very close rapport condition
+has been established between the spirit and the medium.
+In cases in which such a close rapport condition
+is obtained, and a high degree of harmony
+developed, the spirit will be able to positively establish
+his identity by causing the medium to utter his
+exact words, and to give names, dates, and close details
+of incidents occurring in his earth life, and
+often to employ his exact set phrases and verbal
+tricks of speech, so as to bring to the consciousness
+of the sitters the realization that they are in the
+actual presence of the decarnate spirit friend.</p>
+
+
+<h4>The Proper Mental Condition.</h4>
+
+<p>The young medium, however, should beware
+against striving too hard to be the instrument of
+the phenomena of spirit impersonation. For a too
+intense anxiety, and desire to please sitters, frequently
+tends to produce a cloudy mental state in
+which the ideas in the mind of the medium blend
+with the spirit communication, and thus produces a
+most unsatisfactory result, and one which is apt to
+confuse the minds of the sitters and sometimes actual
+arouse suspicion that the medium is trying to practice
+deception. For this reason the young medium
+should not seek the attendance of persons desiring
+"test seances;" at least, such should be his course
+until he has learned not to be carried away with his
+desire to please or to satisfy such persons attending
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_164" id="Page_164">164</a></span>his circles. He should endeavor to cultivate a mental
+condition of calmness, and a determination not
+to influence or to interfere with the spirit communications
+in any way whatsoever, but, instead, to
+allow himself to become a passive instrument for
+the communication. The medium should remember
+that he is not a dealer in merchandise "warranted
+to please," but is, instead, a medium of communication
+between the spirit and those still in earth-life.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Demand Proof of Spirit Identity.</h4>
+
+<p>A certain degree of care and caution, and the employment
+of honest powers of discrimination, is necessary
+on the part of the sitters in cases of spirit
+impersonation. This not because of any lack of
+honesty on the part of the medium, but because of
+the habit of a mischievous class of dwellers on the
+planes of spirit life to falsely impersonate other spirits
+as such seances. As all investigators of the subject
+know very well, it is not an infrequent thing
+for such mischievous and meddlesome spirits to endeavor
+to pass themselves off as the relative or
+friends of those in the circle, or even to falsely impersonate
+some great historical personages. In such
+cases the sitters should insist upon the spirit positively
+identifying himself, just as they would in case
+of doubt regarding a person speaking to them over
+the telephone and claiming to be such-and-such a
+person. And the proof demanded should be similar
+to that which would be sought from the suspected
+telephone talker. An honest spirit communicator
+does not object to such demands, and is only too
+ready to do his best to furnish the right kind of
+proofs concerning his identity.</p>
+
+
+<h4>The "Trance Condition."</h4><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_165" id="Page_165">165</a></span></p>
+
+<p>The psychic condition frequently attending the
+demonstration of mediumship powers is usually
+spoken of as a "trance," but this term is quite misleading,
+for it carries with it the suggestion of an
+entire loss of consciousness and of a condition of
+more or less deep sleep. But the mediumistic trance
+is seldom a deep sleep condition. Instead, it is the
+condition similar to that of a profound "day
+dream," in which the person is fully awake but in
+which the consciousness has been almost entirely
+taken off the sights and sounds of the outside world.
+As a writer has well said: "What is called 'trance
+mediumship' is seldom of the nature of the deep
+sleep of entire unconsciousness. It is more frequently
+the suspension of the ordinary consciousness
+of external surroundings, a temporary oblivion on
+the outer plane&mdash;a semi-conscious state, in fact&mdash;in
+which the subject does not retain the volitional ability
+to employ his thinking powers, the latter having
+been 'switched off,' so to speak, and the subject responds
+to the will of the spirit control."</p>
+
+
+<h4>Spirit Inspiration.</h4>
+
+<p>Wallis says, concerning the nature of a certain
+phase of spirit control: "In the case of speaking
+mediumship, where general and philosophical ideas
+are to be transmitted, the control is of a different
+order from that exercised for test manifestations.
+It is more frequently of the nature of 'suggestion.'
+The spirit suggestionist suggests to the medium a
+certain train of ideas, and then stimulates the brain
+and the organs of expression to do the work of dressing
+up the thoughts and giving them utterance. Unless
+the subject is a scientific or a biographical one,
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_166" id="Page_166">166</a></span>in which specific terms are required and accurate
+data are to be imparted, the relationship between
+the 'inspired' speaker and the spirit control partakes
+more of the character of the engineer who
+feeds the fire and directs the movements of his engine,
+while the machine does the work, than it does of
+the actual voicing of the exact words, embodying in
+a full and complete fashion the ideas the spirit
+wishes to have expressed.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Spirit Suggestion.</h4>
+
+<p>"At first the operator may succeed by very imperfectly
+stimulating the brain of the sensitive and
+causing the cerebration and expression of his
+thoughts. The utterances may bear but a slight resemblance
+to what the spirit intended to express.
+The vocabulary is that of the medium, and the form
+in which the speech is cast of necessity partakes of
+the mold familiar to the sensitive&mdash;but, by continued
+close association and frequent control of the
+medium, the operator gains experience which
+enables him to exert a more decided influence; and
+the sensitive, becoming attuned, responds to and
+expresses the thoughts of the spirit with greater
+clearness and precision. Just as those who dwell
+together unconsciously approach nearer to each
+other and acquire a similarity in their mode of
+thought and of expressing their ideas (the more
+dominant personality impressing itself upon the less
+positive), so the medium imperceptibly, and very
+often unconsciously, acquires facility and proficiency
+in thought and elocutionary expression as the result
+of the co-operation between himself and his spirit
+guide."</p>
+
+
+<h4>Psychic Attunement.</h4><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_167" id="Page_167">167</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Those who have read the above carefully stated
+opinion, will begin to see the reason why certain
+mediums who have attained the greatest proficiency
+in certain forms of mediumship, and who have become
+what are known as "reliable mediums,"
+almost always have some particular spirit guide or
+guides with whom they have become in almost perfect
+psychic harmony and attunement. These harmonious
+spirits are not only enabled to express
+themselves with a high degree of clearness and power
+through their favorite medium, but are also enabled
+to assist in the production of the best rapport conditions
+between other spirits wishing to communicate
+and the said medium. There is a certain amount
+of spiritual and psychic co-operation between spirit
+and medium which is attained only by practice and
+continued association, which results in a psychic
+attunement between them. The closer and more harmonious
+the relationship existing between a spirit
+and his medium, the thinner is the veil separating
+the two planes upon which they dwell.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Automatic Writing.</h4>
+
+<p>In that phase of mediumship known as "automatic
+or inspirational writing," there is manifested
+two distinct forms of spirit control of the organism
+of the medium. In cases of pure automatic writing
+the spirit controls the arm and hand muscles of the
+medium, and uses them to write out the message under
+the direct and absolute control of the mind and
+will of the spirit. Cases have been known in which
+both hands of the medium have been so used by the
+spirit control, each hand writing a distinct and separate
+message, and both being performed without
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_168" id="Page_168">168</a></span>any consciousness of the nature of the message on
+the part of the medium. In some cases of automatic
+writing the medium was engaged in thought about
+other subjects, or even in reading or study from a
+book. This is true not only in cases of automatic writing
+in which the hand is directly employed, but also
+in those in which some mechanical device such as
+the planchette or the ouija board intervenes.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Inspirational Writing.</h4>
+
+<p>In inspirational writing, on the other hand, the
+spirit impresses the message upon the mind of the
+medium, either as a whole, or else sentence by sentence
+or even word by word&mdash;in all of such cases,
+be it noted, the medium is aware of the substance of
+what he is about to write, either the word, the sentence,
+or perhaps the entire message. In such cases,
+of course, the medium retains control of his writing
+muscles and their action, and the spirit control is
+merely a phase of higher telepathy, as it were. When
+the message is impressed upon the mind of the medium
+word by word, or sentence by sentence, the
+style is of course that of the spirit exerting the control;
+but where the entire message is impressed upon
+the mind of the medium, the style is usually a blending
+of that of the spirit and that of the medium, for
+the medium is not likely to remember the literal
+message as given him, but merely is conscious of the
+general purport and meaning thereof, together with
+a few phrases or expressions formed by the spirit
+mind. In such cases, of course, the personality of
+the medium enters largely into the message, while
+in the case of pure automatic writing the personality
+of the medium plays no part whatsoever, and the
+personality of the spirit is present in its entirety.
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_169" id="Page_169">169</a></span>This important distinction should be noted and remembered.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Gradual Development of Powers.</h4>
+
+<p>Most mediums develop their powers of mediumship
+gradually, and pass through a number of stages
+in their development of power. At first they may
+obtain only raps, or possibly the tilting or movement
+of tables. Then, very likely, they are moved
+to write, either automatically or else inspirationally.
+Later they experience the impulse to allow the spirit
+control to speak through their vocal organism, but
+it is seldom that the spirit is able to do this at first
+trial, as the medium is not as yet sufficiently sensitized
+or attuned to the spirit, and, instead, they can
+but gurgle, gasp, and make inarticulate sounds, or
+else shout, laugh, cry, or sing, and possibly jabber
+some strange jargon or unknown tongue, or else
+simply utter a series of sounds lacking in definite
+meaning. Later, the inarticulate sound is succeeded
+by definite sentences&mdash;perhaps a message, or a short
+address. Sometimes the spirit control will endeavor
+to relate some of his earth-life experiences, or perhaps
+even to give an impersonation manifestation.
+Often several different spirits strive to manifest
+through the developing medium, taking turns as
+manifestation, holding the control for only a few
+minutes and then giving place to his successor.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Spirit Guides.</h4>
+
+<p>As the development proceeds, it will be found that
+one or two particular spirits will manifest a greater
+power than the others, and after establishing a
+strong degree of harmony and attunement they will
+assume the position of "guides" to the medium, and
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_170" id="Page_170">170</a></span>will accordingly begin to work in his interests on
+their side of life, and to accept or reject other spirits
+who seek to manifest through their medium. At this
+stage, the medium is often sufficiently advanced to
+be used as the channel for fuller and more complete
+manifestations, particularly in the direction of inspirational
+speaking. Often the medium in this
+stage of development is also able to manifest psychic
+powers which were formerly beyond his ability, as
+for instance psychometry, clairvoyance, etc. Then
+if his spirit guides be sufficiently advanced and
+powerful, and the medium be sufficiently receptive
+and harmonious to their influences, they will educate
+him to such an extent that he will be able, with their
+assistance, to become an instrument for the production
+of still higher forms of mediumistic phenomena.
+But the development is almost always gradual and
+proceeds by successive and well-defined steps and
+stages.</p>
+
+
+<h4>No Loss of Individuality.</h4>
+
+<p>In concluding this part of our book, we would call
+your attention to the following statements made by
+writers along the lines of spiritualism in the leading
+journals of that school of modern thought. The first
+writer says: "There is no need for the medium to
+decline to be influenced or controlled, by spirit
+friends for fear of losing his 'individuality,' any
+more than he should insist upon asserting his freedom
+and refuse the aid of tutors, lest they should
+infringe upon his sacred 'individuality.' What are
+called the unconscious phases of mediumship generally
+lead up to loving co-operation with the wise
+and kindly souls of the higher life in efforts to
+establish the fellowship of man; to bring knowledge
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_171" id="Page_171">171</a></span>where ignorance now reigns; to banish the darkness
+by the light of that spiritual communion which shall
+yet be a blessing to the race; and reliance upon
+higher powers in or out of the body does not mean
+that we sacrifice our own abilities, nor do we thus
+become exempt from responsibility. Quite the reverse.
+It is the arrogance of individualism against
+which we protest. In fact, there is no abiding
+strength of purpose apart from the dependence
+every well-ordered mind should accord to the Infinite
+Light and Wisdom and the beneficial services
+which His wise and loving ministering spirits can
+render to us if we are desirous and responsive."</p>
+
+
+<h4>Mediumship Beneficial.</h4>
+
+<p>A second writer says: "There is no reason why
+the reactive consequences of frequent control by
+enlightened and earnest spirits, even in the case of
+the 'trance' medium, should not prove extremely
+beneficial to the sensitive, and this, we believe, has
+been the case with many of the speakers in the
+spiritualistic movement. Where the medium is inspirational
+and ready to respond to the thought
+impulsations of the control, it stands to reason that
+the transmitted ideas, and the stimulation of the
+thought-faculties caused by the transference and
+expression of the spirits' opinions, will not be lost
+to the medium. 'If you will take one step we can
+more easily help you to take a second than we could
+compel you to take the first if you were unprepared,'
+said a spirit teacher to Mrs. Emma Hardinge Britten,
+and there need be no loss of dignity or individuality,
+no injury to body or mind, but a gain of strength
+and spiritual vigor, education of mind and stimulation
+of moral purpose, by intelligent co-operation
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_172" id="Page_172">172</a></span>and temporary surrender on the part of the medium
+to wise and loving spirit helpers and teachers."</p>
+
+
+<h4>Mediumship and The Bible.</h4>
+
+<p>A third writer, Rev. H. E. Haweis, says in connection
+with the relation of spiritualism with religion:
+"People now believe in the Bible because
+of spiritualism; they do not believe in spiritualism
+because of the Bible. Take up your Bible and you
+will find that there is not a single phenomenon which
+is recorded there which does not occur at seances
+today. Whether it be lights, sounds, the shaking of
+the house, the coming through closed doors, the
+mighty rushing winds, levitation, automatic writing,
+the speaking in tongues, we are acquainted with all
+these phenomena; they occur every day in London
+as well as in the Acts of the Apostles. It is incontestable
+that such things do occur, that in the main
+the phenomena of spiritualism are reliable, and happen
+over and over again, under test conditions, in the
+presence of witnesses; and that similar phenomena
+are recorded in the Bible, which is written for our
+learning. It is not an opinion, not a theory, but a
+fact. There is chapter and verse for it, and this is
+what has rehabilitated the Bible. The clergy ought
+to be very grateful to spiritualism for this, for they
+could not have done it themselves. They tried, but
+they failed."</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_173" id="Page_173">173</a></span></p>
+<h2>PART VIII</h2>
+
+<h3>HOW TO DEVELOP MEDIUMSHIP</h3>
+
+
+<p>Anyone is entitled to be considered a "medium"
+if he or she is psychically sensitive and capable of
+receiving and responding to spirit control or influence.
+Likewise, anyone is entitled to the designation
+who is capable of so generating freely a sufficient
+quantity of "psychic force," magnetism, prana, or
+whatever other name we may choose to apply to the
+force which is generated in the human organism and
+is capable of being employed by the spirits in order
+to produce mediumistic phenomena of the class
+usually referred to as "physical phenomena." As
+we have seen, the spirits themselves are not usually
+able to manufacture or generate by themselves this
+psychic required to produce the said phenomena,
+but, on the contrary, must depend upon mediumistic
+individuals for such force.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Who Are Mediumistic?</h4>
+
+<p>Many persons are more or less naturally sensitive
+to spirit influence, and therefore mediumistic. In
+many cases these persons tend to take on the psychic
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_174" id="Page_174">174</a></span>conditions of others, both those in earth life and
+those on the spirit plane of existence, without realizing
+the nature of the influence operating on them.
+Such persons are frequently more or less erratic,
+and are considered as "flighty" by their friends.
+They need instruction on the subject of psychic laws
+and self-control, so that they may intelligently guard
+themselves against undesirable influences, and at the
+same time cultivate the power of mediumship of the
+desirable kind. It has been asserted that "everyone
+is a medium," and in a way this is true, for practically
+every person is more or less sensitive to spirit
+influence, and is capable of being developed into an
+efficient medium of communication with the spirit
+world. But it is equally true that only a certain
+percentage of persons possess the true spiritual
+qualities requisite for the highest phases of true
+mediumship. That is to say, but few persons are
+fitted temperamentally and spiritually for the higher
+tasks of mediumship. We think it safe to say, however,
+that where a person is filled with a burning
+desire to become a true medium, and feels within
+himself or herself a craving of the soul for development
+along these lines, then that person may feel
+assured that he or she has within his or her soul the
+basic qualities required for true mediumship, and
+that these may be developed by the proper methods.</p>
+
+
+<h4>The Mediumistic Temperament.</h4>
+
+<p>A leading writer on the subject of mediumship has
+said: "It is a fundamental proposition that sensitiveness,
+or the capability of mediumship, is a faculty
+common to mankind, differing in degree&mdash;as hearing
+and sight are common heritages, but keener in some
+individuals than in others; or, under certain conditions,
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_175" id="Page_175">175</a></span>it may disappear." What is called "the mediumistic
+temperament" is frequently marked self-consciousness
+and shrinking from public criticism,
+and a diffidence which causes the person to wish to
+be out of the range of the observation of strangers
+and those not sympathetic to them; on the other
+hand, however, there are other forms of the "mediumship
+temperament" which is marked by a nervous,
+almost hysterical, self assertiveness and desire
+for public notice and attention. Persons of
+either of these phases of this temperament, however,
+have the common quality of being extremely sensitive
+to sneers and slights, adverse criticism and
+oppositions, while ridicule drives them almost beside
+themselves. Likewise they are nearly always
+found to be enthusiastic and earnest workers when
+their interests and sympathies are aroused; as a
+writer has said "they are almost invariably emotional,
+enthusiastic, spontaneous, and ardent." And,
+as another writer has said they are usually "generous
+and impulsive, hot-headed and independent,
+close friends with warm hearts; too sensitive to
+criticism of an unkind nature, too easily pleased
+by praise; without malice, without revengeful
+thoughts." A striking feature of this temperament
+may be summed up in the phrase, "hungry for sympathy
+and understanding."</p>
+
+
+<h4>Is Mediumship Desirable?</h4>
+
+<p>While it is true that a vast majority of persons
+possess the mediumistic power, latent and dormant,
+and capable of being developed to a greater or less
+active power, it is but honest to say that in many
+cases it is a grave question whether the person would
+be justified in undertaking the hard work, and long
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_176" id="Page_176">176</a></span>time, required to develop himself for the minor success
+which would attend his efforts. As a writer has
+said: "Does the prospective result justify the labor
+involved to bring these powers into efflorescence?
+My impression is, that in at least three cases out of
+four, the time and labor it would take to develop this
+latent quality to its greatest efficacy would be far
+in excess of its value when so developed." But, as
+we have already said, the best indication is found in
+the "call" to develop his or her latent powers which
+the true medium always experiences.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Developing the Natural Power.</h4>
+
+<p>A writer on this subject well says: "Just as a
+drum or tamborine is incapable of being made to
+emit a tithe of what can be produced by means of a
+piano or a violin, in the way of music, so the differences
+in quality and conditions of the physical
+organisms, and in the degree of nervous and psychical
+sensibility of those who desire mediumship,
+render it improbable that any but a small proportion
+will develop such extreme susceptibility to spirit
+influence as will repay them for the time and self-sacrifice
+involved in the cultivation of their powers.
+Further, it should be borne in mind that while wise
+spirits are ever ready to respond to the call of the
+earnest aspirant for spiritual truth, as wise spirits
+they are not likely to devote themselves to the
+preparation of an instrument that would be inefficient
+for their purpose. The nervous system of
+the medium, whatever his phase may be, has to be
+trained to respond to the will and the psychic force
+of the controlling spirit, just as much as the muscles
+of the musician or artist, and 'practice makes perfect'
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_177" id="Page_177">177</a></span>in the one case as well in the other. Since
+mediumship is a strictly natural qualification, depending
+upon organic fitness and susceptibility, it
+is not a supernatural power or a special 'gift,'
+neither does it insure the moral purity nor the intellectual
+ability of the medium, any more than
+musical or artistic capabilities are evidences of the
+special intelligence or the high moral tones of their
+possessors."</p>
+
+
+<h4>Mediumship and Genius.</h4>
+
+<p>The spirits controlling the hand of a celebrated
+writing medium, once delivered through him the
+following message regarding the nature and development
+of mediumistic powers: "Mediumship is a
+development of that which is, in another sort, genius.
+Genius, the opened and attentive ear to spirit guidance
+and inspiration, shades away into mediumship,
+the facile instrument of spirit manifestation. In
+proportion as the medium becomes open to influence,
+directly exercised, is he valuable as a means whereby
+direct messages are conveyed. And in proportion
+as the individual spirit is lost and merged in
+the great ocean of spirit, is the result most direct
+and serviceable. It is when the passive spirit is
+content to allow us to use the corporeal instrument,
+as it does when itself operates, that we gain satisfactory
+results. That can only be when a condition
+of perfect passivity, as far removed from scepticism
+as from credulity, has been secured. This opening
+of the spiritual being to spiritual influences is what
+you call mediumship. The true and valuable gifts
+are purely spiritual and must be used for spiritual
+purposes; not for gain, or for satisfying curiosity,
+or for base or unworthy ends."</p>
+
+
+<h4>Spontaneous Mediumship.</h4><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_178" id="Page_178">178</a></span></p>
+
+<p>What may be called "spontaneous mediumship"
+is experienced by many persons not claiming mediumistic
+powers, and not understanding the nature
+of the phenomena manifesting to and through themselves.
+Such persons at times are conscious of the
+presence of spirit friends, and may even catch
+glimpses of them either in the form of a mental
+image impressed upon their minds by the spirit
+friends, or else by a more or less clear partial
+materialization. Sometimes raps manifest themselves
+in their vicinity, and tables and light articles
+of furniture may manifest movement at their touch
+or approach. Such persons, not understanding the
+laws of spirit manifestation, are frequently greatly
+distressed, or even frightened, by such manifestations;
+and in not a few cases they experience considerable
+annoyance and grief by reason of the attitude
+of their friends who are apt to consider them
+"queer," or "spooky," and therefore to be avoided.
+Moreover, in the case of the physical manifestations
+such as the movements of tables, furniture, etc., and
+the production of raps, these persons are frequently
+accused of deliberate fraud in the production of
+such phenomena, whereas as a matter of fact they,
+themselves, are quite in the dark as to the cause
+and nature of the phenomena in question. It is
+obvious that the placing of the right information in
+the hands of such persons, and their instruction in
+the laws and principles of mediumship would be a
+blessing to them.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Mediumistic Flashes.</h4>
+
+<p>A writer has the following to say concerning this
+class of mediumistic persons: "Those persons who
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_179" id="Page_179">179</a></span>are naturally sensitive sometimes experience strange
+and sudden impulses. Thoughts come to them 'in a
+flash,' so to speak. They say things spontaneously
+which they had not intended to say&mdash;the words
+seem to burst from them and 'say themselves.'
+Others have equally sudden and fugitive clairvoyant
+experiences; they see spirits where they least
+expect, and when they are absorbed in something
+else; but when they strongly desire to 'see' or to
+receive guidance, they get nothing. This state of
+affairs, in all probability, is due to the fact that
+their susceptibility is not sufficiently developed;
+their psychical impressibility can only be reached
+and acted upon under specially favorable conditions,
+which are disturbed and dissipated when the ordinary
+intellectual self is aroused.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Systematic Development.</h4>
+
+<p>"The remedy will be found in the systematic cultivation
+of interior repose and confidence. The
+psychic must learn to regard it as a perfectly natural
+experience that the spiritual states and positive
+thoughts of excarnate people should impinge upon
+his spiritual sphere, and while 'attentive to the
+holy vision,' should calmly accept the fact and maintain
+the attitude or response; not anxiously nor demandingly,
+but thankfully enjoying the spiritual
+communion and illumination thus afforded to him.
+It is only natural that many people should desire
+to become mediums, and that they should wish to
+ascertain what constitutes mediumship, and what
+is required to secure its development. But those
+who express these desires should remember that in
+all probabilities months, if not years, of patient development
+have been necessary for the success and
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_180" id="Page_180">180</a></span>efficiency of those celebrated mediums whom they
+admire and probably envy." But, as we have said
+before, if the "call" to mediumship be felt, then it
+may be heeded; though the person must be prepared
+to pay the price of toil and work, patience and perseverance,
+required to attain the mountain top of
+mediumship.</p>
+
+
+<h4>The Development Circle.</h4>
+
+<p>As we have repeatedly stated in the foregoing
+pages, the actual spirit circle is the best possible
+means of developing the latent powers of mediumship,
+and the simplest, readiest, and most effective
+method of discovering the presence of such latent
+powers in the individual. As a leading medium has
+told us, it is "the primary school for the study of
+spiritual facts, and for the training of mediums."
+The "spirit circle," as most of you know, is a company
+of harmonious, earnest, sympathetic persons
+joining their psychic powers for the purpose of aiding
+the medium to establish the lines of psychic communication
+between the earth plane and the planes
+of the spiritual world. It must here be stated that
+by "development" we do not mean the cultivation
+of the powers of the spirits, but rather the training
+and unfoldment of the powers of the medium to receive
+and transmit the power exercised by the spirit
+controls.</p>
+
+
+<h4>The Aspirational Attitude.</h4>
+
+<p>To those who purpose to develop their latent mediumistic
+powers by and through the development
+circle, we would say that it is of the highest importance
+that they should cultivate a trustful, hopeful
+mental attitude, and a willingness to open themselves
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_181" id="Page_181">181</a></span>to the inflow of the spiritual power of their
+friends of the spiritual planes. As a writer has said,
+they should "make some mental preparation, such
+as eliminating from their minds all disturbing or
+irritating thoughts, and by striving to consciously
+realize union of purpose with those who may have
+previously made their presence known or indicated
+their intention to help in the work of the development
+of their mediumistic powers, by mentally requesting
+that the spiritual ties may be strengthened.
+Even where there has not been any clear indication
+of the presence of spirit helpers, a generally aspirational
+and receptive attitude of mind will do much
+towards providing favorable conditions."</p>
+
+
+<h4>Natural Unfoldment.</h4>
+
+<p>Again, the person wishing to develop his latent
+mediumistic powers must exercise patience and perseverance,
+and must not insist upon a premature
+attempt at revelation on the part of the spirits. The
+process of the unfoldment of the mediumistic powers
+should be akin to that of the unfoldment of the
+bud of the flower, that is to say, it must be gradual,
+natural, and unforced. The writer above mentioned,
+says on this point: "Too many people, instead of
+waiting until the spirits were ready to communicate
+with them, have pressed for 'tests' before the connections
+were properly made. They have complicated
+matters by their eager questionings, and have
+worried the operators until everything went wrong;
+and then, because the answers were incorrect, inconsequent
+and misleading, or persistently negative,
+they declared that the spirit was a deceiver, evil, or
+foolish, and, while having only themselves to blame,
+gave up the sittings in disgust, whereas, had they
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_182" id="Page_182">182</a></span>been less impetuous, less opinionated, less prejudiced,
+they would in all probability have eventually
+obtained satisfactory proofs of the presence of their
+spirit loved ones."</p>
+
+
+<h4>Persistent Watchful Waiting.</h4>
+
+<p>Some persons are so disappointed because they
+have not obtained results after two or three sittings
+that they give up further efforts. It would perhaps
+amaze such persons to know that many of the
+world's most celebrated mediums have, in the beginning
+of their development circle work, sat for
+several weeks, or even several months, at frequent
+intervals, without obtaining more than the most
+meagre results; but they afterwards developed the
+most marvelous power. An extreme case is cited
+in the history of spiritualism, in which a couple sat
+night after night for six months, without missing a
+sitting and without being rewarded by a single physical
+result; but after this tedious and discouraging
+wait, all at once, as it were, the spirits secured the
+most perfect kind of communication through them,
+and difficult table tippings and levitation, convincing
+raps, messages, writings, and finally materializations
+follows, until their fame spread all over the
+world of spiritualism.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Building Lines of Communication.</h4>
+
+<p>Just how long it will require to obtain convincing
+results at the development circle is a matter largely
+dependent upon certain conditions. Much, of course,
+depends upon the faculty of the medium to adjust
+and harmonize himself with the spirits, so as to
+furnish a "clear wire" for them to operate over.
+Again, much depends upon the character of the
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_183" id="Page_183">183</a></span>persons constituting the circle. A circle composed
+of harmonious, helpful persons will do much to
+hasten the coming of the manifestation, whereas one
+composed of inharmonious, sceptical, impatient, and
+materialistic persons will do much to retard the
+progress and development of the mediumistic
+powers.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Developing Concentration.</h4>
+
+<p>The following advice on this particular subject
+will be found helpful to those contemplating the
+formation of development circles, and the unfoldment
+of their latent powers of mediumship; it is
+from the pen of an earnest student of this subject,
+and one who is himself a competent medium. This
+person says: "One of the most important prerequisites
+for success in the development of mediumship
+along spiritual lines is the cultivation of the
+power of concentration. In the early days of the
+movement the would-be medium was advised to be
+'passive,' and passivity was often construed into
+self-effacement. We are now learning to distinguish
+between receptivity and docility, between apathy
+and aspiration. A medium is not, and should not be
+willing to become a mere irresponsible tool. For
+intelligent and beneficial association with, and inspiration
+from, the people of the higher life, a certain
+degree of abstraction is necessary. To cut one's
+self off from ordinary conditions, to retire into the
+sanctuary of one's own inner consciousness, to 'enter
+the silence' as it is sometimes called, is helpful training
+for the preparation of conditions favorable for
+the manifestation of spirit-power. The Quakers
+were true spiritualists in this sense, and evidently
+realized the need for the concentration of the soul's
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_184" id="Page_184">184</a></span>forces and their withdrawal from the outer plane,
+preparatory to the descent of the spiritual influence
+that moved them to speak.</p>
+
+
+<h4>The Call for Illumination.</h4>
+
+<p>"The sincere supplication for illumination and
+guidance is never in vain. The spirit breathes a
+serener air, and is calmed, strengthened, and comforted
+by the subsequent reaction. It is harmonized
+thereby, and thus becomes accordant to the
+psychic forces which, like the ocean's tides, ebb
+and flow throughout the universe, and bathe every
+soul that lies open to their vivifying and quickening
+influence. Still more, there are those who dwell in
+the Light, whose thoughts and love go out to all
+such as truly call upon God; and these, the ministering
+messenger spirits, often pour their libations of
+sympathy into the sad hearts of the sorrowful ones
+on earth, even though they remain unknown and
+their interposition is unrecognized by those to whom
+they have given their loving and helpful thoughts.</p>
+
+
+<h4>The Jacob's Ladder of Communion.</h4>
+
+<p>"By the earnest study of the conditions requisite
+for the development of body, mind, and psychic
+sense, the intelligent medium will endeavor to meet
+the friends who inspire him at least half way on the
+Jacob's ladder of communion, and to enter into
+reciprocal and conscious fellowship with them on
+the thought plane, so that their inspirations may
+freely flow through his instrumentality to others,
+unobstructed by his personality. Classes for the
+development of mediumship along these lines are
+very much needed; classes in which the members are
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_185" id="Page_185">185</a></span>expected to take an active part, not merely to sit
+and sit, and let the spirits do all the work, but by
+systematic preparation and spiritual aspiration and
+cultivated receptivity prepare themselves to become
+lucid and capable instruments for the transmission
+of information and helpful influences from the other
+side.</p>
+
+
+<h4>The Attainment of Excellence.</h4>
+
+<p>"There is but one course of procedure for the
+successful attainment of excellence in any field of
+labor or thought, and that is by study and training,
+by observation, by persevering application and determined
+effort, by readiness to learn, and responsiveness
+to every influence which will help to smooth
+the pathway to the desired success. The intelligent
+medium who follows this course will not go blindly
+on groping in the obscurity of the psychic realm,
+and becoming the tool for unseen and unknown
+agents, but he will unfold his powers, and by co-operating
+with them will learn to know and trust
+his preceptors, until he may possibly become as a
+spirit among spirits, the conscious possessor of such
+knowledge regarding his own spiritual nature and
+powers that he will be a ready instrument in the
+hands of enlightened spirit people, with whom he
+can knowingly work for human good."</p>
+
+
+<h4>What a Development Circle Is.</h4>
+
+<p>Now then, with the above advice and admonitions
+in mind, the persons who desire to develop and unfold
+their mediumistic powers will do well to take
+the necessary steps to form a development circle.
+The "circle" it must be remembered, is not merely
+a crowd of persons gathered together for the purpose
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_186" id="Page_186">186</a></span>of witnessing spiritualistic manifestations or
+phenomena. Instead, it is a gathering of persons
+who desire to co-operate in establishing relations
+with the world of spirits, and to receive communications
+therefrom. In the case of the development
+circle, the purpose is to demonstrate that well established
+spiritualistic principle that the mediumistic
+faculty in all of its forms is best developed and unfolded,
+cultivated and strengthened, by an actual
+sitting in the circle, in such a way as to perfect and
+spiritualize the magnetism of the sitters by their
+mutual action on each other, and by the influence
+and power of the spirits employing such magnetic
+and psychic forces so furnished them by the circle
+of harmonious sitters. Or, as a writer has well expressed
+it: "The purpose for which a spirit circle is
+held is that by the blending of the aura, psychic
+force, or magnetic emanations of the sitters, the attention
+of disembodied spirits may be attracted and
+a battery be formed by means of which they can
+communicate with the circle. The focalization of
+this force rests with the unseen operator, and if they
+are skilled in the 'modus operana,' they know where,
+how, and in what way to use it to the best advantage."</p>
+
+
+<h4>Forming the Development Circle.</h4>
+
+<p>The circle should be composed of not less than
+four persons, and not more than twelve. It is well
+to have an equal number of persons of each sex,
+if this be possible; if not possible to obtain an
+equality of the sexes, the effort should be made to
+come as near to that equality as is possible. The
+members of the circle should seat themselves around
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_187" id="Page_187">187</a></span>a table, and as nearly as is possible the sexes should
+be alternated in this grouping, that is to say, a man
+should sit next to a woman, and so on. It will be
+found well to have the same persons regularly attend
+the circles, so far as is possible. Likewise, it
+will be found advantageous to always use the same
+table, and to hold the circle in the same room&mdash;but
+these things are not absolutely essential, and very
+good results may often be obtained by having the
+members of the circle gather at the different homes
+of its respective members. While cheerfulness is
+well on the part of the sitters, there should be no
+indulgence in levity and joking during the sitting.
+The room should be comfortably warmed and
+lighted in the ordinary way.</p>
+
+
+<h4>The Sitters in the Circle.</h4>
+
+<p>The sitters will do well to occupy their same
+places at each sitting, unless the spirits indicate
+otherwise. The medium, or in the absence of a
+recognized medium the most sensitive person in the
+circle, should sit in the circle at a place mentally
+recognized as the "head of the table," even though
+the table be circular in form. It will be well for
+the sitters to hold each others' hands at the beginning
+of the circle, in order to generate the necessary
+magnetism. But after the circle is actually formed,
+the sitters should place their hands on the top of
+the table, close to its edge; the small fingers of the
+hands of each sitter touching those of the sitter on
+either side of him&mdash;in this way there is a psychic
+and magnetic battery formed of the sitters, providing
+perfect connection is maintained.</p>
+
+
+<h4>The Spirit Communication Code.</h4><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_188" id="Page_188">188</a></span></p>
+
+<p>At the beginning, the leader should plainly announce
+the signalling conditions, so as to avoid confusion
+on the part of the sitters and the visiting
+spirits (for there are several codes in use, and confusion
+sometimes occurs). The most general used
+and approved code is as follows: "<b>Three</b> indicates
+Yes; <b>One</b> indicates No; <b>Two</b> indicates 'doubtful';
+<b>Four</b> indicates 'don't know'; and <b>Five</b> indicates
+'call the alphabet.'" The numbers refer to the number
+of raps or table-tilts, etc., given by the spirits
+in answer to questions asked them. When the alphabet
+is called for, some one of the circle slowly calls
+out each letter of the alphabet, in regular order,
+until a rap or table-tilt indicate that the right letter
+has been indicated; this letter should then be written
+down, and the alphabet again called, until the next
+letter is indicated; and so on until the message is
+completed. For instance, the name "John" would be
+spelt out as J-O-H-N, four callings of the alphabet
+being necessary to obtain the same.</p>
+
+
+<h4>The Matter of Time Conditions.</h4>
+
+<p>The time at which the seances are held is not in
+itself important, but it will be found best to fix
+such time at such an hour that will be most convenient
+for the sitters, and at which their minds
+will not be distracted by thoughts that they should
+return home, or should be attending to certain household
+or business duties, etc. The seances should
+be held not oftener than, say, twice a week, or at the
+most three times a week. Each seance should be
+continued for about an hour or a little over&mdash;certainly
+not over two hours at a time. The sitters
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_189" id="Page_189">189</a></span>should be punctual in attendance, so that no time
+may be lost or wasted. The idea should be that the
+spirit friends are awaiting your coming to fulfill
+your engagement with them, and one should be as
+careful to keep such an engagement as he would
+were the engagement with his most valued friend
+or esteemed acquaintance. Regularity in attendance
+is also important, as it is important that so far as
+possible the same general conditions be maintained
+at each and every seance. The seance should be
+started at the same hour on each occasion, at least
+so far as is possible, so as to preserve the same time
+rhythm.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Opening of the Seance.</h4>
+
+<p>It will be well to open the seance with a few moments
+of earnest, silent meditation&mdash;a few moments
+of dwelling "in the silence," as some have well
+called it; and these moments should be observed in
+a religious and devotional state of mind, all frivolity
+and flippancy being carefully avoided. If some
+present feel moved to prayer, then by all means let
+the prayer be made, for there can scarcely be a more
+fitting occasion for reverent prayer than a properly
+conducted seance. A few moments of hymn-singing
+may also be found advantageous in the direction of
+producing the devotional state of mind on the part
+of the sitters. The sitters should preserve a solemn
+frame of mind and reverent general demeanor during
+the seance&mdash;perhaps the best model is that of
+an old time Quaker Meeting in which the silent devout
+spiritual feeling was so plainly manifest that it
+could almost be felt physically. Patience is necessary
+in conducting a seance, and perseverance is essential.
+The manifestations cannot be unduly forced,
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_190" id="Page_190">190</a></span>and there is often required a great deal of psychical
+adjustment before the lines of the spiritual communication
+between the two great planes of life are
+fully established.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Developing a Medium.</h4>
+
+<p>If the circle be one devoted chiefly to the development
+of mediumistic powers in some one of its members,
+then it will perhaps be best to have only that
+particular medium present. The remainder of the
+sitters should be highly sympathetic toward the developing
+medium, and should assume the mental attitude
+of help and aid toward him. While the early
+results of such a circle may not be so interesting as
+those at which a fully developed medium is present,
+nevertheless the gradual unfoldment of the powers
+of the medium will be found highly interesting, and
+the gradual evolution of the character of the phenomena
+produced will be a liberal education in itself.
+In case that in the circle there are no particular persons
+regarded as being mediums, and where there is a
+general desire to develop mediumistic powers among
+many or all of the sitters, there must be carefully
+avoided anything approaching a rivalry between the
+members of the circle; and at the same time a strong
+desire and perfect willingness for the spirit power
+to manifest through whomsoever it may prefer, without
+regard to the personal ambitions of the individual
+sitters. Most certainly there must be no spirit
+of "competition" among the sitters in the circle.</p>
+
+
+<h4>The Personnel of the Circle.</h4>
+
+<p>The personal composition of the spiritualistic circle
+is a very important matter, and those entering
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_191" id="Page_191">191</a></span>into circle work should pay careful attention to the
+personal and psychical character of those composing
+the circle; and it may be added here that such work
+requires very nice powers of discrimination, and a
+great degree of tact, in order to preserve the proper
+character of the circle, and at the same time to avoid
+wounding the pride of those who are to be rejected.
+Regarding the character of those composing the circle,
+the following statement of a practical medium
+will be found of importance. "There are some people
+who are so sensitive that they should not sit in
+circles, because they are liable to become charged
+with the psychic emanations from, and dominated
+by the expectancy of, the sitters, but who are not influenced
+by spirit power to any great extent. Or
+probably there may exist 'cross magnetism,' that is
+to say the inharmonious magnetism of different
+members who are antagonistic to each other. Some
+sitters may be sarcastic, merely curious, or selfish,
+or mercenary, or not over clean, sober or scrupulous,
+and all such surroundings act and react upon the
+highly sensitive organization of the undeveloped
+medium, and, above all, provide conditions favorable
+for the manifestations of mischievous or malicious
+spirits, unless the medium is sufficiently
+developed, or is protected by wise spirits powerful
+enough to resist or control such influences. Like
+attracts like, as a general rule; but there are exceptions
+to this, as to most rules, as, for instance, where
+unfortunate or unhappy spirits are permitted to
+manifest, and are even brought to the seance by
+other and more experienced spirit people, so that
+they may be helped. The influence of the sitters in
+moulding the conditions is too little realized. If they
+introduce an atmosphere of suspicion, doubt, distrust,
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_192" id="Page_192">192</a></span>or detraction, they break the continuity of
+the flow of psychic energy that has to be employed.
+By thus severing the current and dissipating the
+power, they mar the conditions essential to success;
+and, as all such disturbances of necessity center upon
+and injuriously affect the sensitive medium, they
+render soul-satisfying and uplifting communion impossible.
+To all sitters, we would say, 'You get to
+a very great extent what you make conditions for,
+therefore open the doors of the heavens by love and
+purity.'"</p>
+
+
+<h4>Changing the Sitters.</h4>
+
+<p>Changes in the membership of a circle is sometimes
+found to be quite beneficial. If a circle meets
+night after night with the same membership, but
+without obtaining any perceptible results, then it
+may be well to consider the desirability of adding
+some new elements to the membership in the hope of
+improving the conditions. Sometimes the addition
+of a new sitter of the right physical and psychical
+temperament works a most remarkable improvement,
+and in many of such cases noteworthy phenomena
+are then produced almost from the time of
+the change. We have seen circles in which the condition
+of non-success was changed in a few moments
+to one of great and marked success by the introduction
+of a new element among the sitters.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Adding a Medium.</h4>
+
+<p>Sometimes there may result certain physical phenomena
+such as table tippings and movements of furniture,
+in cases in which there is a sufficient amount
+of psychic force generated among the sitters; but
+in such cases there may be an absolute failure to produce
+some of the higher forms of mediumistic phenomena,
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_193" id="Page_193">193</a></span>such as, for instance, clear spirit messages
+by raps or otherwise, the failure being caused by
+the fact that the circle did not include in its membership
+any person of sufficiently developed mediumistic
+powers to be considered a "medium." In such
+cases the introduction into the circle of a person
+possessing fairly developed mediumistic powers of
+the higher order may change the condition of affairs
+at once, and almost immediately the higher manifestations
+may present themselves. In such cases
+the soil is richly fertilized and highly cultivated, and
+all that has been lacking is the strong, vigorous seed
+of true mediumship. In such cases when a true medium
+is discovered by means of his or her introduction
+into the circle (for such discovery is often made
+in this way), it may be well for the circle afterwards
+to devote itself to the development of that particular
+medium. And it must not be forgotten that such
+development of the particular medium frequently
+also results in the development of the other members
+sitting in the circle.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Reasons for Changes.</h4>
+
+<p>In cases in which the spirits suggest changes in
+the order of sitting of the members of the circle, or
+suggest other changes in the personnel of the circle,
+such suggestions should be heeded, and those who
+are asked to withdraw from the table should not feel
+hurt or offended, for there is usually nothing personal
+in the matter, and no personal reflection intended
+by the spirits; the whole matter is one
+connected with psychical or magnetic requirements,
+and all should so accept it. A writer on this subject
+has well said: "If you are requested, either by the
+controlling intelligence or by the manager of the
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_194" id="Page_194">194</a></span>circle, to take another place, or even if your room
+is desired for some unknown cause, do not get angry
+and create a disturbance, but get with those with
+whom you are in spiritual harmony and try it again.
+All who have succeeded have passed through great
+trials and failures, and when success is gained, think
+of what you have gained. A knowledge of immortality,
+possibly, or you have assisted in producing
+an instrument through which proofs of immortality
+may be given."</p>
+
+
+<h4>Psychic Attunement.</h4>
+
+<p>One of the most common faults of the sitters at a
+circle is to become unduly impatient, and to try to
+force matters to a clear manifestation of phenomena
+almost from the moment of the start. This is all
+wrong, and is frequently the cause of many failures
+to obtain the higher phases of mediumistic phenomena.
+Sitters should remember this important point,
+i.e., that the first requisite of the circle should be
+to secure perfect and free communication and flow
+of spiritual power&mdash;after this the more elaborate
+phases of phenomena may be obtained with comparative
+ease. One should hold in mind the illustration
+of a great wireless telegraph system, in which
+the sending and receiving instruments have not as
+yet been placed in perfect attunement. In such a
+case it is of course necessary for the two respective
+sets of instruments to be adjusted so that they may
+be in perfect attunement with each other; and until
+this is accomplished, there can be messages sent or
+received properly&mdash;certainly none received in this
+way. If this idea be held in mind, their circle will
+probably secure the psychic attunement in a much
+shorter time than otherwise.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Pre-Test Manifestations.</h4><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_195" id="Page_195">195</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Do not be in too much of a hurry to obtain "test"
+messages. Let the communications flow on in a
+somewhat rambling manner at first, until the lines
+of communication are fully and firmly established,
+and then you may begin to think about asking test
+questions of the spirits in order to establish their
+identity. A writer says on this point: "Should
+table movements occur, or raps be heard, let them
+go on for a little. Do not ask test questions just yet.
+Request repetitions, or ask for them to be clearer
+or louder, so that they may be sharp and decisive.
+You may also ask for a certain number of movements
+or raps. After that, you may proceed to ask
+questions as to whether the circle is sitting in the
+best arrangement for success. If changes are desired,
+these should be made as suggested. It may
+happen that one or more of the sitters may be requested
+to change places, or to withdraw from the
+table altogether. In such a case the sitter should
+not take umbrage for it merely means that their
+psychical conditions do not blend with those of the
+rest of the circle."</p>
+
+
+<h4>Premature Tests.</h4>
+
+<p>Regarding the matter of premature tests, or unreasonable
+demands, the same writer further says:
+"Remember that the first requisite is to establish
+the channel of communication; and all personal
+questions as to who and what the spirit is should be
+reserved until the initial difficulties are overcome.
+It is at first most probable that the spirit operators
+will not be fully aware just what effect they are producing,
+and the mind of the medium may not as yet
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_196" id="Page_196">196</a></span>be sufficiently passive, in fact it may be in a sort of
+state of protest against being acted upon in this
+particular way; accordingly, it is extremely unwise
+to attempt to obtain responses to test questions or
+to secure evidences of the identity of the spirit under
+these imperfect conditions. Many mediums and
+inquirers have been deterred from further development
+or investigation because such questions have
+been prematurely put and the answers pressed for,
+with the result that confusing and contradictory responses
+were given, and the conclusion was hastily
+drawn that it was all fraud, delusion, of the devil."</p>
+
+
+<h4>Forcing Tests.</h4>
+
+<p>Another writer has said on this point: "I then, in
+my anxiety, made a mistake which anxious inquirers
+sometimes make. I wanted more&mdash;I pressed for
+another test, forgetting the difficulties of mediumship,
+and the supreme effort which must have been
+made to give me what I had obtained. And this
+resulted in failure after remarkable tests had been
+given." Another writer, commenting upon the last
+quoted statement, says: "This is exactly how mediums
+are used; they give test after test, not to satisfy,
+but only to produce the desire for more. Then
+when the power is weakened, comes the inability&mdash;or
+'fraud,' as the imperfection in mediumship is
+often called. This will be the case until they can
+have the only condition which is suitable for spiritual
+communion&mdash;passive trust and confidence. Real
+tests cannot come when sought with materialistic
+conditions. The tests come unsought, unasked for."</p>
+
+
+<h4>Spirit Directions.</h4>
+
+<p>Another point which should be borne in mind by
+the sitters in the circle is that the spirits should be
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_197" id="Page_197">197</a></span>consulted as to just what they wish to manifest at
+the seance. They should be asked to state plainly
+just what order of phenomena they desire to manifest
+and demonstrate, and just what they wish the
+circle to do in order to create the best conditions for
+the manifestation. And it will be found advisable
+to heed the wishes and instructions of the spirits in
+such cases, and to conform as far as possible with
+the same. In this way the intelligent co-operation
+of spirits and the circle may be obtained, and the
+most desirable results be obtained. However, there
+is a limit to this acceptance and course, and in no
+case should the limits of reasonableness be exceeded
+in the matter. As a writer has well said: "It may
+happen that the conditions asked for by the communicating
+intelligence may seem to be ludicrous
+or impracticable; and in such case representations
+to that effect should be made to the spirit, and if
+such instructions are persisted in, except where,
+through long association, confidence is felt in the
+spirit, or very clear evidence of knowledge has been
+manifested, the medium and sitters, exercising their
+own reasoning powers, should quietly and firmly decline
+to do what is asked of them, and some other
+course should be suggested. We do not advise either
+medium or sitters to blindly accept or follow what
+is given to or through them. Reason should ever
+reign, but even reason will show that in experimental
+work it is sometimes advisable to tentatively adopt
+and follow some course that may not, at first sight,
+appear quite reasonable."</p>
+
+
+<h4>Questioning the Spirits.</h4>
+
+<p>After a satisfactory arrangement of the sitters is
+obtained, and the table tiltings or rappings have
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_198" id="Page_198">198</a></span>assumed a clear, definite character, then the sitters
+may proceed to ascertain the identity of the spirit
+seeking to communicate to the circle; or else to ascertain
+whether the spirit wishes to deliver a message
+directed specially to some particular one of the
+sitters. In the latter case, the person indicated
+should prepare to question the spirit direct, either
+verbally or else silently and mentally. In either
+case the question should be stated clearly and to the
+point, so that the spirit may give a simple definite
+answer. Questions which may be answered by a
+simple "Yes" or "No" are of course preferable. If
+the spirit agrees to move the table, or else produce
+raps, as the alphabet is called over letter by letter,
+the communication and answers may of course be
+given in much fuller detail. In such case the spirit
+may be called on to spell out its name, and to designate
+its relationship to any of the sitters; or even to
+spell out a complete message. In addressing the
+spirit one should pursue the same general course
+employed in addressing questions to a friend in the
+flesh; and care should be taken to address the spirit
+politely and in a kindly tone. Some spirits are very
+sensitive concerning these details, and will resent
+any impoliteness or discourtesy, or flippancy from
+strangers.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Substance and Shadow.</h4>
+
+<p>Moreover, the earnest investigator of spiritualistic
+phenomena must always bear in mind that the mere
+production of mediumistic phenomena of the physical
+phase is not the real object of the investigation
+and sittings. These things, interesting as they may
+be in themselves, should be regarded as merely the
+incidents of the intelligent communication and reception
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_199" id="Page_199">199</a></span>of messages from the inhabitants of the
+higher planes of life and existence. The spiritualistic
+circle should be more than a mere "wonder
+shop" in which are exhibited strange and unusual
+physical phenomena; rather should it be regarded as
+the receiving end of the wireless system over which
+we may and do receive valuable communications
+from those who have passed on before us.</p>
+
+<p>As a writer has said: "It is not so much that the
+table moves with or without contact, or that strange
+rappings are heard, that is of paramount importance,
+but that by these means of communication actual
+and intelligent communication can be obtained
+and maintained with so-called dead people; and evidences
+of spirit identity, as well as loving and cheering
+messages may be obtained in that way from
+loved ones who were supposed to be gone forever.
+This is the important point to be established beyond
+all peradventure."</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_200" id="Page_200">200</a></span></p>
+<h2>PART IX</h2>
+
+<h3>MEDIUMISTIC PHENOMENA</h3>
+
+
+<p>Some students of this book who have noted in
+the foregoing pages certain references to the conduct
+of the sitters in the circle may ask themselves
+the question: "Why are the <b>sitters</b> so important,
+when the power is really exerted by the spirits
+through the <b>medium</b>?" In fact, such questions,
+often uttered in the spirit of adverse criticism, are
+frequently propounded by sceptics to spiritualists,
+and it is well that the answer should be correctly
+given. As a matter of fact the understanding of
+such answer will mean the possession of some important
+facts concerning the phenomena of mediumship,
+and without which the investigator will possibly
+wander far astray from the main road of truth
+concerning such phenomena.</p>
+
+
+<h4>The Part Played by the Sitters.</h4>
+
+<p>All of the best authorities on the subject of spiritualism
+are practically agreed concerning the important
+part played by the sitters in the circle in
+all manifestations of spirit power. As J. J. Morse
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_201" id="Page_201">201</a></span>says: "There are three factors concerned in mediumship:
+(1) the spirit controlling; (2) the mental atmosphere
+of the medium controlled; and (3) the
+mental atmosphere of the people surrounding the
+medium." And as A. Morton has said: "The requirements
+for honesty on the part of mediums are
+equally binding upon investigators; they must have
+honesty of purpose if they expect to attract honest
+spirits."</p>
+
+
+<h4>Result of Bad Sitters.</h4>
+
+<p>And Wallis has said: "Although the spirits may
+be intensely anxious to demonstrate their power,
+they are sometimes repelled from those whom they
+seek to approach by the bristling and discordant
+conditions of mind that prevail among the sitters,
+who disperse with a feeling of dissatisfaction and
+disappointment. If the sitters only knew it, the so-called
+failure was directly traceable to the destructive
+thought-atmosphere with which they surround
+themselves and the medium. Too frequently
+they do not prepare themselves for 'the hour's communion
+with the dead,' and their mental attitude is
+anything but conductive to success. They do not
+put away the thronging thoughts, anxieties, and worries
+of their busy lives, but carry them right into
+the seance chamber, yet expect good spiritual results.
+Both sitter and medium may very easily destroy
+the indispensable conditions of spirit-manifestation,
+and the medium's honesty, not his want
+of growth, or of knowledge, is called in question by
+the investigator who knows, and perhaps cares,
+nothing for the occult laws he has violated, not
+obeyed."</p>
+
+
+<h4>Mental Atmosphere of the Medium.</h4><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_202" id="Page_202">202</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Likewise, it must not be forgotten that an important
+factor in the production of mediumistic
+phenomena is that which Morse, in the above quotation,
+has called "the mental atmosphere of the medium
+controlled." In many cases the spirit powers
+are present and ready to manifest freely, and the
+mental atmosphere of the sitters is likewise desirable
+and sympathetic, but still the manifestations
+are but faint, irregular, and generally unsatisfying&mdash;the
+weak link of the chain being found in the
+mental state of the medium, and consequently in the
+mental atmosphere arising from the same. Such undesirable
+mental states and atmospheres may be said
+to arise principally from two general causes, as follows:
+(1) Desire on the part of the medium to produce
+sensational or brilliant results, and (2) Doubt
+on the part of the medium concerning the genuineness
+and validity of the communications. Let us
+consider each of these in further detail.</p>
+
+
+<h4>The Mediumistic Mind.</h4>
+
+<p>If the medium is filled with the idea or notion of
+producing brilliant or sensational results, he will in
+all probability so disturb the placidity of the receiving
+surface of his mind that the latter will fail
+to register or record the impressions being made
+upon it by the spirit vibrations. It is similar to the
+case of a placid bosom of a deep lake which, normally,
+will reflect clearly and distinctly the images
+of the surrounding scenery cast upon it from the
+light waves; but which, if disturbed by strong
+breezes, will exhibit merely a distorted, disturbed,
+incomplete, and untrue reflection of the surrounding
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_203" id="Page_203">203</a></span>scenery cast upon its surface. A strong desire
+of the kind mentioned will tend to agitate and disturb
+the normal placid condition of the mental reflecting
+surface of the mediumistic mind.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Mediumistic "Stage Fright."</h4>
+
+<p>In the same way the placid reflecting surface of
+the mediumistic mind may become disturbed by the
+presence of fear, doubt, and distrust in the mind of
+the medium. It may at first seem strange that the
+medium should doubt the manifestations being made
+through his mentality, provided that he be honest
+and genuine. But the answer and explanation is
+very simple. The medium (particularly the young
+medium) may become panic-stricken by the thought
+that "perhaps this is merely the result of my own
+imagination or fancy, instead of spirit power," and
+the result will be that he will begin to halt and
+stumble, stammer and stutter, instead of allowing
+the message to flow through him uninterrupted.
+This is particularly true when the message is of the
+nature of a test of identity, and where the vocal
+organs of the medium are being employed in the
+manifestation. It occurs far more frequently than
+the public suppose, that the medium is stricken by
+stage-fright or the panic of fear, arising from the
+causes above given, i.e. the sudden fear that he is
+allowing his fanciful imagination to run away with
+him instead of his being under genuine control.</p>
+
+
+<h4>The Psychic Telephone System.</h4>
+
+<p>The medium should ever strive to guard against
+this harmful mental state, and should open himself
+completely to the spirit influence, casting aside all
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_204" id="Page_204">204</a></span>fear and doubt, and placing all responsibility upon
+the controlling spirit or band of helpers. The medium
+should remember that he is merely the "medium"
+or psychic telephone system, and is not an
+active party to the process of spirit communication.
+He should, therefore, never either unduly strive to
+please, nor be fearful or distrustful concerning the
+validity of the manifestation being made through
+him. Let the spirits attend to their end of the line,
+and the sitters to the other end&mdash;the medium is on
+neither end of the line, but is the line itself.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Interrupted Communications.</h4>
+
+<p>It should not be forgotten, in this connection, that
+the spirits have their own difficulties to contend
+with. In the current slang phrase, they "have troubles
+of their own" to overcome in the production
+of mediumistic phenomena. Not only does the spirit
+wishing to communicate have to draw sufficient
+psychic power from the medium and the sitters,
+not only has he to scientifically adjust the apparatus
+at the sending end of the psychic telephonic line,
+but he has also to be sure that he is actually communicating
+the message so that it may be received
+by the sitters. In such cases the spirit is placed in
+a position similar to that of a person at one end of
+a telephone line, who after had an answer to his
+opening "Hello!" talks away, thinking that the
+person at the other end is hearing every word he
+utters, perfectly unconscious that the communication
+has been interrupted from some cause or
+other common to telephone lines. How often do
+we, in our telephone conversations, interrupt our
+flow of talk to anxiously inquire, "Are you still
+there?" or "Do you hear me?"</p>
+
+
+<h4>Some Difficulties of the Spirits.</h4><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_205" id="Page_205">205</a></span></p>
+
+<p>A writer on the subject has well said regarding
+this difficulty on the part of the communicating
+spirit: "Spirits have many difficulties to overcome."
+On one occasion, a medium felt the influence of an
+arisen friend very strongly. It was accompanied by
+an intense desire to speak, and yet the medium was
+unable to give utterance to that which the spirit
+wished to have said. In answer to an inquiry that
+was subsequently made as to why the spirit had
+been unable to communicate with his dear ones, one
+of the familiar controls of the medium explained
+that he thought that he had actually spoken. His
+feeling of nearness to them was so vivid, and his
+wish to express himself through the lips of the medium
+had been so intense, that it was only after he
+had ceased his efforts to control that he realized
+that he had only <b>thought</b> and <b>intended</b>, but had not
+succeeded in compelling the sensitive to utter his
+message. This will perhaps explain why mediums
+sometimes rise to their feet and act as if they were
+about to speak, but get no further&mdash;they do not receive
+the impression, or the right mental impulse;
+they feel as if they <b>could</b> speak and yet they have
+nothing to say. At such times a few words of sympathy
+and inquiry from the conductor of the circle
+may assist the control to realize the situation and
+succeed in his endeavors to communicate.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Difficulties Overcome.</h4>
+
+<p>"Even on this side, when we send telegraphic messages
+or use the telephone, mistakes and misunderstandings
+are by no means uncommon occurrences,
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_206" id="Page_206">206</a></span>and our letters sometimes create an impression in
+the mind of the reader which we did not intend to
+convey. Is it any wonder, then, that messages from
+the other side are imperfectly impressed upon, and
+incorrectly rendered by, the medium? Most persons
+who have attempted to transfer thoughts to
+mesmerized sensitives have realized that general
+ideas can be transmitted much more easily than
+names, dates, or specific words can be impressed
+upon or expressed by the subject. The wonder is,
+not that so few names, ages, and special details are
+given by spirits to and through mediums, but that,
+considering all the attendant circumstances, so
+<b>many</b> 'test' messages are continually being given,
+both privately and in public."</p>
+
+
+<h4>The Psychic Triangle.</h4>
+
+<p>In considering the question of the requisites of
+the mediumistic circle, the student should remember
+always that there is <b>a psychic triangle</b> in all
+such circles, viz., a triangle of which the spirit
+constitutes one side, the medium a second side, and
+the sitters a third side. And it is essential that a
+harmony and sympathy between all three sides of
+the triangle should be preserved and maintained.
+Therefore, sitters at the circle should endeavor to
+do their part in producing and maintaining such harmony
+with both the medium, the spirits, and finally
+<b>with each other</b>&mdash;and this last is not the least, by
+any means. Unless there be at least a very fair degree
+of harmony between the several members constituting
+the circle, there will be something important
+lacking in their harmony of the circle as a whole
+toward the other two sides of the psychical triangle.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Harmonious Relationship.</h4><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_207" id="Page_207">207</a></span></p>
+
+<p>The sitters composing the circle should always remember
+that mutual harmony is a most important
+factor contributing to the success of the manifestations
+sought to be secured. Accordingly, each sitter
+should strive to bring himself or herself into a
+sympathetic and harmonious relationship with each
+and every other sitter, so far as is possible. To accomplish
+this result the sitters should endeavor, so
+far as is possible, to lay aside their respective prejudices,
+jealousies, and differences of opinion. These
+incidents of their personality should be left, together
+with their hats and outer wraps, in the outer
+hall of the house in which the seance is held. Differences
+of religion, politics, race and creed, all
+should be cast aside at least temporarily, in order
+that the greatest amount of harmony should be
+manifested by the group. A safe rule to follow is this:
+seek to find the largest number of points of mutual
+agreement, and to set aside all the rest of the items
+of personal tastes, customs and habits of feeling and
+thought. Dwell together on the plane of common
+agreement, shutting out the planes of respective disagreements.
+In this connection we should state that
+the customary attitude of cold reserve, blended and
+colored by suspicion, which too often is found between
+comparative strangers, is far from being helpful
+in producing the best conditions for the seance.
+For the time being, at least, the sitters should try
+to remember that they are all members of one great
+human family, and united by the bonds of common
+origin and nature.</p>
+
+
+<h4>The Discordant Note.</h4><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_208" id="Page_208">208</a></span></p>
+
+<p>A writer recites an incident in a circle which he
+once attended, which so thoroughly illustrates the
+point just made, that we think it worth while to reproduce
+it here. He says: "On one occasion in particular,
+we had a remarkable illustration of the
+detrimental influence of one or two sitters. It occurred
+at a seance at which a number of mediums
+were present, and, under ordinary circumstances,
+successful results would have been practically certain;
+but this was not an ordinary seance&mdash;at least,
+not in the opinion of one lady who apparently imagined
+that she had been invited to discover fraud,
+and that the rest of us were suspicious characters.
+Up to the moment of her appearance in the circle we
+were a happy family of sociable folk, and enjoyed
+a very pleasant season of conversational interchange.
+When, however, the said lady, accompanied
+by a friend, joined the company, there was a silence
+that could be felt. The social temperature fell rapidly&mdash;people
+visibly stiffened and became constrained.
+The two ladies appeared to feel afraid to
+speak lest they should say anything that might be
+used by the mediums, and spoke in monosyllables.
+Sitting bolt upright, grim and silent, they drew up
+to the table, and when the phenomena began they
+displayed no signs of interest. Their 'detective'
+attitude was so objectionable that even those who
+had endeavored to thaw out these self-constituted
+Sherlock Holmeses, gave up the attempt, and, in
+consequence, what had promised to be a really enjoyable
+evening, proved one of the most uncomfortable
+it has been our lot to experience."</p>
+
+
+<h4>Antagonistic Elements.</h4><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_209" id="Page_209">209</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Another incident of the kind is related by a writer,
+as follows: "On one occasion, when some experiments
+were being made by a medium, under control,
+in the direction of psychometry and clairvoyance, a
+lady expressed a desire to be the subject for delineation.
+After one or two efforts the medium exclaimed,
+'I am very sorry, but for some reason I am quite
+unable to get anything from you, or for you.'
+Shortly afterwards the lady in question remarked
+to one of the sitters, 'I knew he would not be able
+to give me anything. That is the third medium that
+I have knocked out.' The failure to obtain results
+under such impossible conditions is a proof of the
+genuine psychic nature of the powers of the mediums.
+If they were pretenders they would succeed
+in doing something under any circumstances and
+in spite of such adverse psychic conditions." While
+we are far from holding that the sitters in a circle
+should lay aside all ordinary caution and good judgment,
+and instead to assume the mental attitude of
+utter and unquestioning credulity and acceptance,
+we do positively declare that the mental state of
+preconceived distrust and suspicion is often almost
+fatal to the production and demonstration of the
+highest manifestations of spirit phenomena.</p>
+
+
+<h4>The Open Mind.</h4>
+
+<p>The proper mental state of the scientific investigator
+of spiritualistic phenomena is that of "the
+open mind." The sitters should endeavor to lay
+aside all prejudices and preconceived conceptions,
+and in place thereof should endeavor to hold a fair,
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_210" id="Page_210">210</a></span>impartial mental attitude&mdash;and this accompanied by
+a desire to have the manifestations proceed naturally,
+freely and fully. The results should be sympathetically
+awaited and received, and the judgment
+of careful reasoning withheld until afterward when
+the whole proceedings may be recalled and considered
+in the light of cold reason. One has but to
+consider the extremely sensitive psychical condition
+of the mentality of the medium, and the nicely balanced
+mental atmosphere of the circle, to realize how
+easily this sensitiveness may be affected, and the
+nice balance be disturbed, by the projection of strong
+mental waves of distrust, suspicion, and antagonism
+into the atmosphere of the circle. The attitude of
+the intelligent scientific investigator should be that
+of a calm and observant soul. Such an investigator
+should have what Sir William Crookes once called
+"a mind to let," i.e., a mind from which all prejudices
+and preconceived theories and notions have
+been ejected for the time being, and into which
+Truth, from any source, should always be welcomed
+as a tenant. Instead of seeking to throw obstacles
+in the way of the medium, one should endeavor to
+assist by mental attitude and demeanor, and by observance
+of the necessary conditions, in the production
+of the spirit manifestations and in the
+demonstration of spirit identity.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Spirits and the Sense of Humor.</h4>
+
+<p>It is not necessary for the sitters to assume an
+attitude of preternatural gravity and solemnity. Instead,
+they should be natural and cheerful, though
+of course not flippant or trifling, or indulging in an
+exhibition of the cheap remarks which by so many
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_211" id="Page_211">211</a></span>is mistaken for wit. The sense of humor, however,
+need not be thrown aside or discarded, for as all
+investigators know many of the spirit visitors have
+a very highly developed sense of humor, and sometimes
+even go so far as to seemingly endeavor to
+shock some of the melancholy, over-serious, "prunes
+and prism" type of sitters. As a writer well says:
+"Spirits are human still, and a good, breezy laugh,
+a hearty, joyous, kindly sympathetic disposition,
+goes a long way to open the avenues by which they
+can approach us." Another has said: "Experience
+has taught that the spiritual circle should be presided
+over by 'a pure heart and a strong head'&mdash;to
+which qualities might well be added a well-ordered
+development of the sense of humor, for the absence
+of humor often tends to make philosophy grotesquely
+ill-proportioned."</p>
+
+
+<h4>Rhythmic Harmony.</h4>
+
+<p>The manifestation of rhythmic harmony often materially
+aids in the generation of psychic power, and
+the consequent production of advantageous conditions
+at the circle. Many circles are opened by having
+the several sitters indulge in harmonious rhythmic
+breathing for a few minutes&mdash;all breathing in
+unison&mdash;in order to produce this condition of
+rhythm. Those who have never practiced this unison
+of rhythmic breathing will be surprised at the
+consciousness of psychical harmony which may be
+produced in this way among a number of persons
+gathered together in a circle. This principle of
+<b>rhythm</b> is what is really involved in the call of many
+spirits for singing at the beginning of a seance. In
+singing there is a certain unison and rhythm unconsciously
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_212" id="Page_212">212</a></span>observed, and it is this rather than the air
+or words of the songs which produces the desire
+conditions. A writer states that upon one occasion
+a manifesting spirit said: "It isn't <b>noise</b> that I
+want; it's <b>harmony</b>! If you cannot sing, you can at
+least count out loud, and count altogether&mdash;<b>that</b> may
+give us the right vibrations." That spirit had the
+right idea, and one which it would be well for all
+sitters to remember and put into effect. Vibration
+is the secret of all things, and rhythm is the measure
+and spirit of all vibrations; therefore, the very
+<b>harmony</b> of a circle may be said to be rhythmic.
+There is a great truth involved in these statements,
+and you will do well to ponder over them.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Retarding Factors.</h4>
+
+<p>It should be almost unnecessary to state that
+haste, hurry and impatience are retarding factors
+in a spiritualistic seance; but, alas, too many persons
+seem to be totally unaware of this important
+fact. We call your attention to the following remarks
+concerning this point, the same having been
+made by a writer on the subject who himself is a
+medium of extended experience. He says: "Impatience
+and anxiety are disintegrating mental conditions.
+People who are all the time looking at their
+watches and thinking, 'Oh! I wish they would hurry
+up.' 'Oh! do be quick, don't keep us here all night,
+we shall surely miss our train,' etc., are disturbers
+of the peace, and break the conditions which require
+harmony and repose. 'We have found out that we
+cannot hurry them,' said a lady who had enjoyed
+much experience in circles; and consequently, when
+you are sitting for different phenomena, you need
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_213" id="Page_213">213</a></span>to have plenty of time and be prepared to sit good
+humoredly for hours, if need be, to see it through;
+and then results are likely to speedily ensue; whereas
+the more you try to hurry, the more anxious you
+become, the less likelihood is there that you will secure
+results at all. You can surely realize that
+hurry, impatience, anxiety, intense expectancy, fear
+and suspicion must of necessity disturb the conditions
+and prove inimical to the efforts of the spirit
+operators to present clear and convincing demonstrations
+of their power and identity."</p>
+
+
+<h4>Reasonable Demands of Spirits.</h4>
+
+<p>In the above stated instance, and others similar
+to it, it at first seems as if the spirits were overparticular,
+and "finnicky" about the conditions, but
+a little careful thought will show you that this is
+not the real state of affairs at all. The spirits are
+not "finnicky," but are merely desirous of securing
+the conditions necessary to a successful manifestation,
+and all their efforts are bent toward that end.
+This, and this alone, is the cause of their so-called
+"finnickiness." Surely they are justified in this&mdash;would
+not any and all of us feel the same way if we
+were trying to establish communications with another
+plane, where such communication largely
+dependent upon the production and maintenance of
+certain conditions? I think so.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Harmonious Conditions.</h4>
+
+<p>It is not an easy task to give specific directions
+for development of mediumistic power for the guidance
+of one who is desirous of unfolding such powers
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_214" id="Page_214">214</a></span>after they have first manifested their presence
+in him. In fact, as many of the best authorities on
+the subject agree, it is practically impossible to lay
+out a course of cut-and-dried directions of this kind.
+This arises logically from the conditions present in
+such cases, and from the special circumstances surrounding
+the subject of mediumship. In fact, it may
+be broadly stated that at the beginning the medium
+can do but little in the direction of such development,
+other than to present harmonious conditions
+through which the spirits may be able to manifest
+their presence and their power.</p>
+
+
+<h4>The Channel of Communication.</h4>
+
+<p>It must be always remembered that the medium
+is not the active agent in the production of mediumistic
+phenomena&mdash;he is not called to <b>do</b> anything
+except to passively act as the medium or channel of
+communication between the two planes of existence.
+He is always the intermediary between the two
+planes, and is not the active agent on either plane.
+The active agents are the spirits on the one plane,
+and the sitters in the circle on the other plane. The
+sitters must supply much of the actual operative
+power from the one plane, and the spirits must do
+all of the communication from the other plane. The
+medium serves to connect the two opposite ends of
+the psychic telephone system so that the messages
+may pass through and over the mediumistic channel,
+secure and maintain the best psychic conditions.</p>
+
+
+<h4>The Role of the Spirits.</h4>
+
+<p>We have spoken of the part of the work which it
+is necessary for the sitters to perform in order to
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_215" id="Page_215">215</a></span>And now we shall have something to say concerning
+the part to be played properly by the spirits wishing
+to communicate. It must not be supposed for a
+moment that every spirit is possessed of the necessary
+knowledge enabling it to communicate easily
+through a medium, or even to develop the medium
+so that he may become an efficient channel of communication.
+Spirits are frequently found to be
+sadly deficient in such knowledge and experience,
+and the development of the medium as well as the
+production of satisfactory phenomena, suffer from
+this lack. The spirits who seek to use a medium
+may or may not be fitted for such task. Many spirits
+are utterly unable to properly develop a medium;
+some fail by reason of their lack of knowledge, and
+others fail because of their lack of special aptitude
+for the task.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Differences Among Spirits.</h4>
+
+<p>A writer on this subject well says regarding this
+particular point: "Some spirits may lack both
+knowledge and aptitude; others may have the knowledge,
+but yet fail from want of the power to control.
+They may be able to affect one mediumistic person
+and not another. Likewise, they may be able to use
+a sensitive medium for one phase of mediumship,
+and yet be unable to succeed in any other direction.
+A spirit may be in such conditions that he can produce
+good physical phenomena; he may, however,
+try to do so through a sensitive who is fitted only
+for trance or clairvoyant mediumship, but who does
+not possess the quality or psychic force for sensuous
+manifestations. A medium who is naturally qualified
+for physical demonstrations may persist in
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_216" id="Page_216">216</a></span>desiring trance or inspirational mediumship, and be
+determined to become a speaker or nothing.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Disturbing Elements.</h4>
+
+<p>"Frequently at the outset both spirits and sitters
+are ignorant of their powers, of the conditions necessary
+for success, and the association that exists
+between them being affectional rather than intellectual
+or spiritual, they have to grope their way towards
+each other. It follows, therefore, that
+experiments have to be made on <b>both</b> sides. Sitters
+and young mediums often spoil the seances by over-anxiety.
+There would not be half so much heard of
+'evil spirits' (so-called) if more regard were paid to
+the necessity of maintaining a calm, patient, and
+serene frame of mind. Some people become excited
+as soon as phenomena commences; mediums not infrequently
+get nervous or timid when they feel that
+they are being affected, and, although they desire
+to be controlled, they are <b>afraid</b> to submit to the
+influences when they are likely to lose consciousness.
+All these are disturbing elements, and naturally
+interfere with the flow of the forces that are
+to be utilized, and prevent the success that is desired.
+A spirit without any very definite purpose,
+finding himself in the presence of a mediumistic
+person, may seek to influence him, and spasmodic
+actions may result. Unless the control should soon
+give evidence of clear thought and definite purpose,
+he should be requested, in a kindly and courteous
+manner, to seek the assistance of some spirit who
+understands the methods to be employed, and induce
+him to exert his power for the benefit of the
+medium and the circle."</p>
+
+
+<h4>Impersonation Mediumship.</h4><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_217" id="Page_217">217</a></span></p>
+
+<p>One of the most interesting phases of mediumship,
+and the one perhaps most sought after by earnest
+seekers of the truth concerning those who have
+passed over to a higher plane of existence, is that
+commonly known as "impersonation mediumship,"
+or perhaps "impersonating test mediumship," in
+which the vocal organs of the medium are employed
+by the communicating spirit in order to speak directly
+to those in the circle, or to the visiting friend
+of the decarnate spirit who comes into the presence
+of the medium. Many mediums devote their entire
+time and attention to this phase of mediumship, and
+place themselves at the service of those on the earth
+plane who wish to converse directly with their spirit
+friends or relatives who have passed on. This is by
+far the most satisfying phase of mediumship to
+those on the earth plane who are thus enabled to
+receive communications, and perhaps even direct
+answers to specific questions made to them. The most
+convincing evidences of the identity of the communicating
+spirit are also obtained through this particular
+form of mediumship. And this affording of
+comfort to those still on the earth plane is one of
+the most satisfying features of mediumship, and one
+which will do more than aught else to reconcile the
+medium to annoyances and to the personal sacrifices
+so often made by the medium.</p>
+
+
+<h4>The True Purpose of Mediumship.</h4>
+
+<p>A writer has well given to mediums the following
+inspiring message concerning the nature, purpose
+and aims of their work: "The modes of spirit manifestation
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_218" id="Page_218">218</a></span>are many, the phases wonderfully varied,
+but, like a golden cord running through them all,
+there is a distinct purpose of bringing to those on
+earth the glad tidings and proof positive of continued
+conscious personal experience in the life after
+death. The process of psychic development is usually
+slow, and the medium will be likely to grow
+disheartened; but by looking back over the ground
+already traversed, and by comparing the faint efforts
+made at the commencement with the later
+and fuller indications of spirit power, he should feel
+encouraged, and proceed with renewed vigor."</p>
+
+
+<h4>Gradual Development.</h4>
+
+<p>The best authorities constantly impress upon
+young mediums the fact that they should develop
+their mediumistic powers to a considerable degree
+before they venture to give public seances or exhibitions
+of their power. As Dr. Dean Clarke well
+says: "Novices in mediumship have no business to
+assume obligations they are not fully qualified to
+fulfil. Let them take the counsel metaphorically
+given by Jesus, to 'tarry in Jerusalem till their
+beards are grown.'" They should by all means
+wait until the spirits are strong enough to control
+and guard them from the meddlesome interferences
+of other persons, both those in the flesh and those
+out of it. Many spirits will overwork the medium,
+and the latter not knowing enough to protect himself
+will often suffer by reason thereof. On the other
+hand, young mediums often yield to the importunities
+of friends and other sitters, and will try to oblige
+and satisfy them, even often at the expense of their
+own powers and forces.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Public Seances.</h4><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_219" id="Page_219">219</a></span></p>
+
+<p>A writer, himself a successful medium, gives the
+following good advice to young mediums: "I
+strongly advise all mediums to wait and serve out
+their apprenticeship thoroughly before they undertake
+to sit for sceptics or perform public work,
+either as test, impersonating, speaking, seeing, or
+healing mediums; and the best place to secure the
+necessary experience, training and unfolding is in
+the home circle. After a certain stage has been
+reached, however, the medium who has been used
+for impersonations will in all probability begin to
+display the powers of clairvoyance and to receive
+vivid impressions. Then will come, or they will be
+accompanied by, the efforts of the spirits to pass beyond
+the purely personal and limited forms of expression
+associated with the affectionate messages
+and greetings, to the consideration and explanation
+of the conditions and experiences of life on the other
+side. Spirits who can teach and give more sequential
+and sustained addresses will in all likelihood
+assume control, and under such conditions it will be
+found necessary to enlarge the circle and introduce
+fresh sitters. The clairvoyant, or psychometrist,
+needs new subjects with whom to experiment, and
+the speaking medium requires an audience to listen
+to his discourses, so that the next step beyond the
+small private circle may well be a semi-public one,
+or an 'after circle' such as is frequently held at the
+close of the public Sunday services in many towns,
+at which mediums who have reached this stage are
+afforded the opportunities they need.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Home Circle Development.</h4><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_220" id="Page_220">220</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Around the family table, where those who are
+united in affection meet to hold joyous communion
+with their spirit friends, where the blended desire
+ascends to the spiritual plane, and becomes the potent
+magnetic attraction, by which those friends can
+establish harmonious relations with the sitters&mdash;in
+such a circle and under such conditions even a weak
+degree of mediumistic responsiveness to the outpouring
+from the spirit side will become intensified
+and exalted, until rhythmic vibrations are established
+and thought and emotion will readily pass
+from one to another, and all will be attuned. The
+best method of cultivation is to regard the mediumistic
+sensitiveness as a natural and desirable quality,
+to be evolved by training and experiments, under
+the direction of the reason and the conscience. In
+this manner the tribunal which decides the conduct
+of life is ever present, and no matter what influences
+are brought to bear on the sensitive he remains
+steadfast, realizing that the responsibility for use
+or abuse rests upon himself."</p>
+
+
+<h4>Undue Prolongation of Seances.</h4>
+
+<p>There is a great temptation to young mediums to
+allow their enthusiasm, and desire to aid in demonstrating
+spiritualistic phenomena, to cause them to
+prolong their seances far beyond the limits which
+prudence and regard for the medium's physical well-being
+would dictate. There is a certain stimulation
+and excitement arising from the manifestation of
+phenomena through the medium, and this in itself
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_221" id="Page_221">221</a></span>is helpful rather than hurtful&mdash;a tonic rather than a
+depressant; but like all other forms of overindulgence,
+and excessive yielding to this excitement
+tends to bring on a reaction and a swing to the opposite
+emotional extreme, and the medium suffers
+thereby in many cases. There comes a time in all
+seances when the high-water mark of psychic
+power is reached, and this is a good time for the
+medium to bring the seance to a close&mdash;in fact, experienced
+mediums do precisely this very thing at
+this particular time. But this point once passed,
+there is experienced a peculiar weakening and depressing
+feeling, this often being accompanied by a
+physical weariness and a feeling of chilliness in the
+extremities, or even a slight chilly feeling over the
+whole body. When these feelings are experienced,
+the medium should remember that the limit of reason
+has been passed, and he should bring matters to a
+close without further loss of time. Experienced spirits
+will usually detect the approach of the reaction
+time, and will, themselves, bring the seance to a
+close, independent of any action on the part of the
+medium. But when the spirits are not experienced,
+they fail to notice this, or even may become careless
+about such things in their desire to communicate to
+the circle. In the latter cases, the medium must take
+care of himself.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Good Advice to Young Mediums.</h4>
+
+<p>A mediumistic writer gives the following advice
+on this subject to young mediums: "Never forget
+that your nerve-vital energy is used and expended
+in the exercise of your mediumship, and that the
+supply is limited, hence the necessity for care and
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_222" id="Page_222">222</a></span>moderation. Too frequent, prolonged, or discordant
+seances; inharmonious conditions and sittings, when
+you are already jaded and exhausted, are therefore
+to be avoided. If you make excessive demands upon
+your energies, nervous prostrations and derangements
+are an almost inevitable consequence. It is
+not the use of mediumship, but its abuse that is
+dangerous&mdash;perversion and excess are as injurious
+in this direction as they are in others, whereas temperate
+and healthful exercises are strengthening and
+exhilarating. If you feel 'run down,' decline to act.
+If you feel that the circle is inharmonious, or that
+the sitters are depleted and exacting, refuse to sit.
+If you feel that you are tired, and feel weary and
+debilitated on the day following your seances, you
+may be sure that you are sitting too long, or that you
+require the help of a larger circle of congenial
+friends to supply the requisite psychic force for your
+further development."</p>
+
+
+<h4>Self-Protection for Mediums.</h4>
+
+<p>Another writer says on this subject: "Mediumship
+occasionally acts in such a manner that it becomes
+a stimulant to every organ and function of the
+system, and the individual becomes excited, nervous,
+and irritable; hence, the greater the acceleration of
+physiological functions as the result of psychical influences
+upon the human body, the more need of caution
+and restraint in every department of physiological
+life." But it must not be understood that the
+proper practice of mediumship is harmful and not
+conducive to good health. On the contrary, as a
+writer has said: "We consider the highest degree of
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_223" id="Page_223">223</a></span>physical health perfectly compatible with the best
+manifestation of mediumship." Another writer has
+well said: "If you are not robust enough, if you
+have not sufficient knowledge and self-mastery to
+use your will and maintain control over your psychic
+self; if you are unable to guard against the adverse
+emanations or the drawing power of others, you had
+better take lessons in concentration and psychic self-protection;
+and until you understand the art of self-possession,
+refrain from attempting to cultivate your
+sensitiveness. It will never do for you to be 'too
+sensitive'&mdash;be natural, sensible, and strong."</p>
+
+
+<h4>Danger in Indiscriminate Magnetizing.</h4>
+
+<p>Another point against which the medium should
+guard himself, is that of allowing others, indiscriminately,
+to "magnetize" him to "aid his development"
+or to "increase his power." Mediums, particularly
+while in the psychic condition, are very
+sensitive and susceptible to outside mental influences.
+And for this reason they should be particularly
+on guard against allowing themselves to be
+"magnetized" or influenced psychically by persons
+of whom they know nothing. Otherwise, the medium
+not only places himself under subjection to the mentality
+and emotionality of strangers and undesirable
+persons, just as would a hypnotic subject if he placed
+himself under the control of such persons. Moreover,
+in the case of the medium, there is a danger of
+his being so influenced in this way that thereafter he
+may attract to himself a class of undesirable spirit
+influences who would otherwise never have come
+into his psychic aura or world. We call attention to
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_224" id="Page_224">224</a></span>the following advice on this point given by an experienced
+mediumistic writer:</p>
+
+
+<h4>Detrimental Magnetic Influence.</h4>
+
+<p>"No sensible person should surrender himself to
+the magnetic influence of a human being of whom he
+knew nothing; he should need to know and have confidence
+in him before doing so; yet we find many
+who, impelled by a desire to be a medium, without
+understanding how much the word implies, sit down
+and invite any magnetizer who comes along to experiment
+upon him. Under such circumstances,
+nothing but a high motive and a pure purpose will
+protect them from the operations of unwise or mischievous
+intelligences. As well might they go and
+sit in a public place with their eyes blindfolded, and
+with an inscription on their breasts, 'Who will come
+and magnetize me?' * * Mesmeric influence
+from an experienced operator, for the purpose of inducing
+susceptibility, is sometimes helpful to a
+sensitive. If the mesmerist can put you in the trance
+condition and then hand you over to trustworthy
+spirits to control you, well and good. In the same
+way, mesmeric passes may be helpful in the liberation
+of your clairvoyant powers. The operator may
+succeed in throwing you into the deep trance state,
+in which you may travel or become clairvoyant, but
+we would not recommend you to submit to mesmeric
+influence or hypnotic suggestions from anyone, unless
+you know that he is experienced and a thoroughly
+honorable and trustworthy individual. In
+circles for development one member is frequently
+impressed, or controlled to make magnetic passes
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_225" id="Page_225">225</a></span>over another to aid in his unfoldment; and if such
+a thing should happen to you, and the influence is
+congenial, there need be no objection raised by you;
+but beware of those people who claim to be able, by
+mesmerism, to develop you into a medium in a given
+period of time."</p>
+
+
+<h4>Mediumistic Auto-Suggestion.</h4>
+
+<p>Other authorities have pointed out the fact that
+in some cases hypnotism has resulted in a sort of
+pseudo-mediumship, or bogus mediumship, in which
+the control is not that of a real spirit, but is merely
+the result of the suggestion of the hypnotizer, or
+else the auto-suggestion of the would-be medium
+himself. A writer on the subject has said of this:
+"In too many cases, only the power of auto-hypnotism
+is manifested, and we have obsession,
+fraud and folly as the result. There is one sure
+method of detecting the auto-hypnotic trance, and
+showing the difference between that and the genuine
+spirit trance. Any competent magnetist or hypnotiser
+can throw off the spell in all cases of self-induced
+trance, unless it has reached the condition
+of complete catalepsy. But if a spirit has induced
+the trance and controls the medium, it will laugh at
+the hypnotist's efforts to restore him to the ordinary
+condition. The most unfortunate feature of this
+sorry business is that the poor subject is self-deceived,
+and imagines that he is a full-fledged medium;
+and when he has made some terrible break on
+the platform or elsewhere he shields himself by laying
+all the responsibility upon some supposed spirit
+guide."</p>
+
+
+<h4>"Psychic Sponges."</h4><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_226" id="Page_226">226</a></span></p>
+
+<p>A writer has also called the attention of young
+mediums to another undesirable class of psychic
+hangers-on at seances, as follows: "There are some
+people who, when they sit in a circle, are extremely
+helpful, and give off the right kind of force that
+readily blends with that of the sensitive; but there
+are others who draw upon and appropriate the
+psychic forces which are needed by the medium, or
+by the spirits through the medium. While they
+mean well, enjoy the seances, and feel '<b>so</b> much better'
+after them, the success of the circle is endangered
+so far as the object for which it was formed
+is concerned. Such persons are 'psychic sponges,'
+and should be requested to sit outside the circle, or
+be asked kindly to refrain from attending."</p>
+
+
+<h4>Investigate Your Spirits.</h4>
+
+<p>Finally, the young medium should understand the
+true nature of the spirits, and just how far he may
+be safely guided by their advice and wishes. The
+instructions given by an intelligent spirit of good
+character may be safely followed as a rule, but the
+character and general intelligence of a particular
+spirit must first be ascertained through acquaintance
+with him. Until the character of a spirit has been
+fully established, and his claim to intelligence well
+supported by his messages, the medium will do well
+to rely on his or her own good judgment and intuition.
+As a writer has well said: "The medium must
+keep a level head and proceed cautiously. He should
+never allow any spirit, in or out of the body, to usurp
+his right of private judgment or exercise any undue
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_227" id="Page_227">227</a></span>authority over him. Eternal vigilance is the price
+of liberty; you must use your own discretion and
+try the spirits before you trust to them."</p>
+
+
+<h4>Spirits Are Still Human Beings.</h4>
+
+<p>Many persons seem to be under the impression
+that because a spirit happens to have passed out of
+the body he will, of necessity, know the truth about
+every subject in the range of human thought, and
+can make no mistakes, and can always work miracles.
+But this is a grave mistake; it should always
+be remembered that a decarnate spirit is as much a
+human being as is an incarnate spirit such as yourself;
+and not any better or worse, on the average,
+than yourself or other incarnate spirits. One needs
+but to remember that all sorts and conditions of people
+are constantly passing out on to the spirit plane,
+and that, at least for some time, they continue to be
+practically the same kind of persons that they were
+on the earth plane. This being so, it will be seen
+that it would be very unwise to surrender oneself
+indiscriminately to each and every kind of spirit
+who happens to manifest his presence at a seance.
+Persons in the flesh should talk and reason with
+those out of the flesh just as they would were the
+latter still on the earth-plane of life. A writer well
+says: "In a developing circle many things can be
+tolerated, because both sides are experimenting and
+'feeling their way towards each other,' and it is
+difficult at first to know just what is necessary or
+possible. But it is a safe rule to follow for one to
+refuse to be dictated to by the spirits and to decline
+to go on blindly."</p>
+
+
+<h4>Beware of Domineering Spirits.</h4><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_228" id="Page_228">228</a></span></p>
+
+<p>A writer has given the following good advice to
+young mediums, which such will do well to heed:
+"Do not always be ready to be controlled, or to
+drop into a trance just because you 'feel the influence,'
+and 'a spirit wants to say something,' or to
+oblige injudicious friends who 'wish you would let
+him come.' Many people are very inconsiderate, and
+although they do not <b>say</b> so, they <b>think</b> (and the
+sensitive <b>feels</b> their thought) 'I do wish he would
+go under control and tell me something.' You should
+decline to be controlled <b>except</b> at the times when you
+voluntarily and with set purpose lay yourself open
+to the influence of the spirits, in a properly constituted
+circle, or when you are prepared for it. If
+the spirits cause you to do foolish or ridiculous
+things, gently but firmly refuse to again submit. Do
+not be induced to yield by promise of future greatness
+and success. Not a few people have had their
+vanity tickled and their ambitions aroused by the
+flattery of crafty and domineering spirits, and in
+consequence they have been misled into doing and
+saying very absurd and foolish things."</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_229" id="Page_229">229</a></span></p>
+<h2>PART X</h2>
+
+<h3>EXPERIENCES IN THE CIRCLE</h3>
+
+
+<p>When a circle of sensitive people has been
+formed, and the necessary preliminaries of the first
+sitting have been completed, it is not at all infrequent
+that even at the first sitting there should be
+more or less manifestation of spirit power. In many
+cases the sensitives among the sitters begin to experience
+a peculiar sensation in their arms and
+hands, the latter being placed on the table in front
+of them.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Signs of Spirit Presence.</h4>
+
+<p>There will be manifested in most cases a peculiar
+sense of heaviness or weight in the hands on the
+table, and an impression that the hands are being
+held to the table as if by glue or other adhesive
+material. In the arms are manifested peculiar tingling,
+pricking sensations, or a "needles and pins"
+feeling, something akin to a gentle current of electricity
+passing along them. Sometimes there is experienced
+the sensation of a gentle cool breeze passing
+over the sitters&mdash;particularly over the backs of
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_230" id="Page_230">230</a></span>their hands. In other cases there may be a sense
+of numbness or partial loss of sensation, something
+akin to that experienced when a hand or arm "goes
+to sleep," as the popular phrase expresses it. In
+other cases there is manifested a peculiar jerking,
+twitching, or vibration of the hands and arms, sometimes
+extending to the whole body of some of the
+sitters. Sometimes the hand of the medium will begin
+to make motions as if he were trying to write,
+and a pencil placed in his hands may trace crude
+figures or attempts at letters. At this stage it will
+be found that the singing of hymns or similar music
+will tend to have a quieting, soothing, harmonizing
+effect.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Spirit Rappings.</h4>
+
+<p>At the first sitting, or one shortly following after
+the first, it is likely that raps will be produced, and
+communication established in this way. In such
+case the leader of the circle (not the medium) should
+be sure to inform the spirits just what communicating
+code is to be used in the circle, so that there
+may be no misunderstanding concerning the same.
+In such case he should address the spirits as if there
+were several present, for such will most likely be
+the case. It must be remembered, however, that the
+raps will not always come from the table. They
+may also, for that matter, come from the wall, the
+ceiling, or from some of the furniture in the room.
+The table raps come from the top of the table or
+under the table. Sometimes they sound like ordinary
+raps, and then again they may give forth a
+peculiar hollow sound which is difficult to describe
+or to definitely locate. The appearance of these
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_231" id="Page_231">231</a></span>raps give positive proof that the conditions are being
+established more or less fully, and the success
+of the circle is almost sure to follow.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Table Tippings.</h4>
+
+<p>Sometimes, however, in place of the raps being
+manifested by the spirit forces, there will instead
+be manifested that peculiar tipping of the table
+which was the distinguishing characteristic of early
+spiritualistic phenomena in the western countries.
+In this case the tipping of the table will proceed
+just as in the case of the raps, so far as the transmission
+of messages is concerned. That is to say,
+the table will tilt three times, one time, etc., in accordance
+with the code, just as in the case of communication
+by means of the raps. In addition to
+this, however, the table may begin to manifest
+strange motions; it may begin to raise itself, jump
+around, spin around on one leg, slide across the
+rooms, etc. In such cases the hands of the sitters
+should be kept on the table, or if they slip off they
+should be at once replaced thereupon. Sometimes
+heavy tables will manifest more activity than the
+lighter ones.</p>
+
+
+<h4>The Spirit Signals.</h4>
+
+<p>When these rappings or table-tiltings begin to be
+manifested, all in the circle should keep cool and
+calm, and should refuse to become agitated or excited.
+If the phenomena should be apparently meaningless
+and disconnected, and resulting in no definite
+communication from the other side, do not jump to
+the conclusion that the meaningless rapping or
+senseless table tipping is the work of foolish spirits
+or flippant decarnate entities. On the contrary, you
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_232" id="Page_232">232</a></span>must remember that not only is your circle experimenting,
+but that the spirits on the other side are
+also experimenting in hopes of securing proper conditions
+for intelligent communications and definite
+messages. As we have said before, the spirits have
+their own troubles, as well as the sitters, and both
+sides are really engaged in an effort to "find each
+other." As a writer has said: "Remember also
+that you are merely experimenting, and that the
+spirit people are also, perhaps for the first time, trying
+to penetrate the veil and utilize powers and
+agencies of which, in all probability, they know as
+little as do you. So many disturbing factors exist&mdash;weather,
+varying psychical conditions of the sitters,
+agitated mental states, too great expectancy, or
+anxiety for successful demonstrations&mdash;that the true
+disposition to be maintained by the inquirer is that
+of the scientific student, who carefully watches what
+transpires, and endeavors to discover the causes of
+failure as well as the conditions which favor success."</p>
+
+
+<h4>Flashes of Communication.</h4>
+
+<p>In some cases the circle will have to sit several
+times before the persistent though disconnected and
+apparently meaningless raps or table-tilts will begin
+to show positive signs of intelligent signalling. The
+same thing would probably occur were the inhabitants
+of the planet Mars to find themselves able to
+flash signals to our earth&mdash;for a long time the flashes
+would seem meaningless to us, until at last they
+would seem to manifest a definite intelligent purpose
+and rhythm. When this stage of the raps or table-tilts
+has been reached, then the leader of the circle
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_233" id="Page_233">233</a></span>should acquaint the spirits with the code used, and
+ask definite questions concerning the future conduct
+of the seance, the answers to which the spirits are
+requested to give through the signal code of raps or
+tilts. When these answers begin to "come through"
+plainly and definitely, then the seance enters a new
+phase.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Spirit Code Signals.</h4>
+
+<p>In this new phase, when once entered into, the formal
+set procedure to be followed will be about as
+follows: The leader of the circle, recognizing the
+signs of the presence of spirits in the circle, will
+address them and ask them whether or not there is
+a spirit present who wishes to convey a message to
+the circle, or to any one present. Then the spirits
+signal back in the affirmative or the negative. If
+the answer be in the affirmative, the circle leader
+asks the spirits to indicate by the affirmative signal
+when the name of the right person present is named&mdash;and
+he then proceeds to slowly and plainly name
+each person present, in succession, until the affirmative
+signal is received. Or, he may ask the spirits
+to indicate the identity of the spirit friends present,
+when their names are called; and he then proceeds
+to call over the names of the departed friends of
+those present, as the same are requested by the sitters
+or visitors to the circle. When the right name
+is reached, the spirits signal in the affirmative,
+either by raps of table-tilts, etc. After the question-and-answer
+line of communication has been firmly
+and strongly established, more definite information
+may be obtained by the instruction of the system of
+"alphabet calling," as described in a preceding portion
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_234" id="Page_234">234</a></span>of this book. In this system, the letters of the
+alphabet are slowly and clearly called off, in succession,
+until the affirmative signal is given regarding
+the letter just called, which indicates that that letter
+is to be marked down as a part of the sentence. Wonderful
+messages have been received in this way, although
+the process is very slow and somewhat tedious
+in the case of long messages.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Ouija Boards.</h4>
+
+<p>Of late years the sitters at circles have found a
+quicker method of obtaining "letter by letter" messages
+by means of the apparatus called "the Ouija
+Board," which consists of a moving "Planchette"
+with an indicator which moves over the letters
+marked on a board, the hands of the sitters (or certain
+of their number) being placed on the table of
+the "Planchette." The indicator moves over the
+line of letters, and indicates the letters of the message,
+one by one. The Ouija Boards are sold at a
+moderate price, and will be found a valuable adjunct
+to any spiritualistic circle. During the past few
+years, public attention has been strongly directed
+to this manner of obtaining spirit communications
+by reason of newspaper notices concerning the same,
+and the fact that several books have been written
+under spirit guidance imparted in this particular
+way.</p>
+
+
+<h4>A Home-Made Ouija Board.</h4>
+
+<p>A writer has given the following directions for
+making a "home-made Ouija Board," viz., "A
+Planchette may be used as an 'Ouija' by laying down
+a sheet of paper upon which the letters of the alphabet
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_235" id="Page_235">235</a></span>have been written or printed in a fairly large
+semi-circle, the words 'Yes' or 'No' being written
+at either end, and figures from 1 to 9 written straight
+across a little lower down. Now remove the pencil
+and insert a small moderately sharpened stick as a
+pointer, and the Planchette may run about, point to
+letters or numbers, answers your questions at 'Yes'
+or 'No,' or messages may be spelt out as you watch
+its movements."</p>
+
+
+<h4>Trance or Inspirational Mediumship.</h4>
+
+<p>Through the development and unfoldment afforded
+by the development circle, the mediumistic
+persons in that circle, particularly the medium who
+is "sitting for development" in the circle, will in
+all probability develop that phase of mediumship
+caller "Trance Mediumship," or "Inspirational
+Mediumship." Of this phase of mediumship a writer
+has said: "This mental phase of mediumship involves
+the development of a degree of impressibility
+which may range from the conscious reception of
+suggestion, or impulses, or thoughts from other intelligences,
+to the lucidity on the spiritual plane
+which is displayed by conscious clear-seeing, or
+spirit-sight. The phenomena of super-sensuous reception
+due to spirit influence are elicited in much the
+same way as a mesmerist arouses the clairvoyant
+powers of his subject. The somnambulic sleep, or
+trance, is induced in the subject whose voluntary
+powers are no longer under his control, and the involuntary
+processes are well-nigh suspended. In
+this state his spirit sometimes gains a larger degree
+of freedom, and is able to perceive on the inner or
+spiritual plane.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Symptoms of Trance Condition.</h4><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_236" id="Page_236">236</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"If you are likely to become a trance-speaking
+medium, you will probably experience a sensation
+as a falling or dizziness, as if you were going to
+faint; this may continue until you become entirely
+unconscious on the external plane, and you will know
+no more until you regain your normal condition,
+although, while under the influence of the operator,
+you may have been speaking more or less coherently.
+He may not, at first, be able to convey the exact impression
+he wishes to produce. His 'suggestion' is
+not strong enough to set your involuntary nerves
+vibrating in just the way he desires; consequently
+his thought is not transferred to you in a manner
+which insures faithful reproduction, and you should
+not be disappointed because of such imperfect results
+at the outset. If your mind is filled with the
+desire to succeed, you will become too self-conscious,
+and will thus destroy the very condition upon which
+success depends."</p>
+
+
+<h4>The Entranced State.</h4>
+
+<p>Another mediumistic writer says: "The entrancement
+usually takes place all at once, and the entranced
+one passes into the realm of communication
+with the spirits without much warning of any kind.
+When the medium is entranced it is highly essential
+that there be no commotion or fear expressed in
+thought or action in the circle. It must be remembered
+that the welfare of the medium depends a
+great deal on the conditions of the others present,
+and purity of thought and pleasant expectation
+should be the first thing looked after when the entrancement
+occurs. In passing into the trance, the
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_237" id="Page_237">237</a></span>medium usually grows very pale and acts not unlike
+a person going into a faint. But he or she must be
+allowed to pass behind the veil without any commotion.
+When the entrancement is accomplished, the
+manifestations may take place in different ways.
+There are, in fact, many forms of manifestation belonging
+to this particular phase of mediumship, but
+they all come under the general rule and conditions."</p>
+
+
+<h4>Trance Phenomena.</h4>
+
+<p>Another writer has said: "In entering the trance
+condition of mediumship, you will probably become
+semi-conscious, or perhaps almost completely unconscious.
+The influence will stimulate your breathing,
+which will become rapid and irregular; your eyes
+will close and you will be unable to open them, and
+your hands and body may twitch and jerk as if you
+were being subjected to a series of galvanic shocks.
+The sitters should keep calm and sympathetic, but
+they should check any tendency on the part of the
+medium to undue noise, or violence, or absurdity.
+You will be aware of what you are doing, but will
+be unable to fully exercise the will to interfere or
+try to stop. You will most likely become conscious
+of an impulse to do something, or to blurt out certain
+words. If you resist, you will only make the
+task more difficult and hinder the attainment of the
+end you have in view. Your best course is to hold
+your judgment in suspense; so do not be hostile or
+critical, but act out your impressions.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Entering the Trance.</h4>
+
+<p>"Let the influence have its course&mdash;say what you
+feel you <b>must</b> say, and never mind about your own
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_238" id="Page_238">238</a></span>state of consciousness. You will be much more
+likely to pass into the unconsciousness of the trance
+(if you desire to do so) if you say, 'Now, spirit
+friend, I trust myself to you, and will yield my body
+and brain to your control, for you to do the best
+you can with and through me. I am willing to co-operate
+with you for the time being, and trust you to
+do your utmost for the good of others.' It is not
+necessary that you should be utterly unconscious,
+although you may think it is, to prove that another
+intelligence is operating upon and through you. The
+evidence of that fact will be displayed in the nature
+of the message and the unusual ability displayed by
+you when under the stimulating influence of the
+operator.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Advice to Trance Mediums.</h4>
+
+<p>"Most mediums find that their powers vary.
+Sometimes there seems to be a high degree of lucidity.
+The impressions which they receive are clear
+and strong; and the ideas seem to flow through them
+freely, and the quality of the inspirations is exhilarating,
+and they feel strengthened and uplifted.
+But there are other days when they feel very much
+alone. The influence that affects them is weak; they
+get only hazy impressions, and there is a woeful lack
+of ideas. It seems as if the heavens were brass, or
+that they themselves were unresponsive. They
+know not why, but whatever they can 'lay hold of'
+to speak, or whatever the spirit people can project
+into their sphere seems forced and incomplete. If
+you should ever have these experiences, turn your
+attention to something else. Do not 'harp on one
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_239" id="Page_239">239</a></span>string' too much. Physical exercise, change of
+scene, social company, and rest, will soon restore
+your tone and renew your powers."</p>
+
+
+<h4>Speaking Mediumship.</h4>
+
+<p>In that form of Trance or Inspirational Mediumship
+generally known as "Speaking Mediumship,"
+the communicating spirit assumes partial or complete
+control of the vocal organs of the medium, and
+the spirit then directly addresses the circle or audience
+of listeners, just as he would do were he, himself,
+actually in the flesh confronting them and using
+his own vocal organs. In such addressing the
+spirit manifests many of the characteristics which
+distinguished him during his earth life. The medium's
+voice is changed, and his manner takes on a
+quite different form, i.e., that of the spirit which
+he possessed in his own earth life. In fact, in some
+cases, it has actually been observed that the very
+body of the medium seemed to either shrink, or else
+enlarge, as if taking the form of the etheric framework
+of the controlling spirit.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Public Speaking Under Control.</h4>
+
+<p>A writer gives the following advice concerning
+Speaking Mediumship: "Should you be controlled
+to give public addresses, it will be best to withhold
+the name of the spirit who prompts or controls your
+utterances. Most intelligent spirits prefer to be
+known by their teachings, rather than by the names
+they bore when on earth. If the addresses are eloquent
+and beautiful, and the thoughts presented are
+good and true, they will be acceptable on their own
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_240" id="Page_240">240</a></span>merits, and would not be one bit more valuable because
+they were inspired by some well-known historical
+persons. Whereas, if you announce the name
+of a spirit, your hearers may consider that the address
+does not come up to the standard of the ability
+displayed by that individual before he dies, and may
+discredit and discard the good that they might otherwise
+have found in your utterances."</p>
+
+
+<h4>Spirit Advice and Counsel.</h4>
+
+<p>If spirits voluntarily tender you their advice upon
+business matters, especially if they are friends or
+relatives whom you know and trust, and who, when
+here, were capable and experienced business people,
+you may well give heed to their counsel, even though
+you may not feel it wise to follow it; but do not
+make a practice of going to the spirits for information
+concerning trade or finance. Why should you
+expect that wise and enlightened spirits should concern
+themselves about stocks and shares, commerce,
+or manufacturing? Probably they knew but little
+about these things when they were here, and have
+no heed for such knowledge over there; and it will
+be well for you to learn to live your own life, do
+your business, and accept the ordinary duties and
+responsibilities which naturally devolve upon you.
+Let mediumship be a <b>part</b> of your education and
+development, not the <b>whole</b>.</p>
+
+<p>Impersonating Manifestations.</p>
+
+<p>It will often happen that some spirit will take
+control of the medium for the purpose of communicating
+with a friend present in the circle or <b>audience</b>,
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_241" id="Page_241">241</a></span>and for the purpose of positively identifying
+himself to that friend, he may deem it necessary to
+cause you to impersonate himself as he was during
+his earth life. In such cases you will experience a
+peculiar feeling of undergoing a complete transformation
+of personality, and often a dual-personality
+for the time being. Another instance of this kind is
+where a spirit wishing to communicate with friends,
+and this being his first opportunity to manifest in
+the impersonating phase, he may yield to that peculiar
+psychic law which seems to operate in the
+direction of causing a spirit, manifesting for the
+first time, to enact his dying experiences, and to
+manifest a pantomimic reproduction of his last hours
+preceding death. In such cases, the medium reproduces,
+in a most startlingly real manner, the movements,
+ways of breathing, coughing, gestures, ejaculations,
+and may even go so far as to utter the "last
+words" of the dying man whose spirit now controls
+the medium. Every medium should be prepared for
+an experience of this kind, for it will sometimes
+completely upset a medium unfamiliar with it, and
+not knowing just what it all means.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Incidents of Impersonations.</h4>
+
+<p>In a case such as stated above, the medium will
+probably find himself either partially or completely
+conscious of what is being said and done by the spirit
+through his body or vocal organs. He will naturally
+strive to escape the utterance of the strange cries,
+moans, vocal gasps and efforts, and the dead cries
+and farewell words of the dying man or woman.
+Some mediums have felt at such times as if they
+were losing their reason, and they have struggled to
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_242" id="Page_242">242</a></span>throw off the spirit control and influence in order
+to regain their mental balance. The best mediums
+advise the young mediums to keep as cool, calm, and
+collected as possible in such cases, and not to allow
+themselves to become panic-stricken. A writer on
+the subject has said: "Trust to the sincerity of the
+spirit and the good sense of the sitters, and throw
+off your fear. Yield obedience to your control, and
+neither help nor hinder it. Just do and say what
+you feel you <b>have</b> to do or say, and leave the results.
+You cannot, or should not, be held responsible for
+failure by the sitters, if there is no recognition; and
+by responding and giving free course to the suggestion,
+which reaches you as an impulse or mental
+impression, greater success will follow, and the development
+you seek will be promoted. If, however,
+you find that the impersonations are untrue, and the
+sitters are unable to interpret or recognize what you
+do or say after you have followed out your impressions
+a number of times, then resist them with all
+your strength of will, and require from the spirit
+the proof of his identity in some other way."</p>
+
+
+<h4>Incidents of Inspirational Mediumship.</h4>
+
+<p>Another writer speaking concerning inspirational
+mediumship, has said: "In inspirational speaking
+it will be noted that the medium often gives a really
+wonderful speech, although he may naturally be a
+very poor conversationalist. These speeches are
+often preserved and some of them form exceptionally
+interesting literature. These speeches are generally
+given when the medium is seated, but sometimes he
+loses balance and falls to the floor. Still, as long as
+the spirit control has anything to say, he will say
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_243" id="Page_243">243</a></span>it through the vocal organs of the medium. But it
+must always be borne in mind that a medium does
+not, as a general rule, become an inspirational
+speaker all at once. There is a stage of development
+through which he must pass in which the spirit
+control assumes charge of the body of the medium,
+and this takes some time and is usually accomplished
+in steps. First, the medium gives evidence of inspirational
+speaking by uttering guttural sounds,
+and very often his mouth merely moves without giving
+forth any sound whatever. Little by little the
+control gains access to the inner atmosphere of the
+medium, and when he has broken the final barriers,
+he can speak and act and deliver what he has to say.
+But it must be remembered that the mind of the
+medium is not to be left out of the question entirely.
+He is often called upon to aid in the interpretation
+of the speeches the spirit delivers, and these he may
+misinterpret and lend to them color of his own mentality,
+without his conscious intention to do so, however."</p>
+
+
+<h4>Value of Identification.</h4>
+
+<p>In impersonation mediumship, however, no matter
+how interesting the manifestation may be, it is of
+prime importance that the identity of the spirit
+should be clearly established, providing that the
+spirit himself claims positively to be some particular
+individual; this, of course, does not apply to instances
+in which the spirit does not claim identity
+with any particular departed person, and where the
+communications are given anonymously. It is this
+feature of identification that renders this phase of
+mediumship so valuable and important. A well-known
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_244" id="Page_244">244</a></span>medium, in a trance state, once delivered the
+following message from a spirit: "Impersonation
+mediumship is the most valuable that the world can
+possibly have today. When by the aid of the impersonating
+medium, the inquirer is enabled to converse
+with his beloved deceased friends, and they make
+themselves actually visible in the personality of the
+medium, plain to consciousness and understanding,
+and tell him specifically points and facts of identity
+and experience that are utterly beyond the power
+of any other intelligence to tell, then he has something
+borne in upon him through the senses of sight,
+of hearing and understanding that appeals to him.
+Therefore, the impersonating medium is the most
+valuable medium you can present to inquirers." Another
+mediumistic writer has said: "This kind of
+mediumship carries conviction of the real presence
+of the so-called dead, and your aim should be to get
+into communication with the intelligent operator at
+the other end of the line, and elicit from him evidences
+of his identity and purpose. Table movements,
+raps, materializations, writings, messages, or
+controls, are of comparatively little value unless by
+their agency you can secure proofs of the personal
+identity and survival after death of your departed
+friends, or some indications of a rational purpose
+on the part of the operator."</p>
+
+
+<h4>Fraudulent Claims of Identity.</h4>
+
+<p>We would be lacking in our sense of duty and obligation
+toward our readers, however, were we to
+refrain from calling their attention to the fact that
+positive and strict identification of the spirits, in
+cases where identity is claimed, is a duty on the
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_245" id="Page_245">245</a></span>part of investigators, particularly on the part of
+those who happen to be relatives or friends of the
+deceased person whose presence and identity are
+being claimed by the controlling spirit who is manifesting
+the impersonation. As we have said, elsewhere,
+we must remember that there are all kinds of
+decarnate spirits, just as there are all kinds of incarnate
+spirits; and that the nature of a spirit is not
+greatly changed by passing out of the body. Just
+as there are imposters on the earth plane, so are
+there imposters on the spirit plane. And, accordingly,
+caution is to be exercised on both planes. The
+following quotations from mediumistic writers will
+serve to illustrate this point, and to show that the
+best mediumistic authorities themselves insist upon
+this precaution being taken.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Guarding Against Fraudulent Spirits.</h4>
+
+<p>One writer says: "While most mediums seek for
+some guide or control of prominence, it must not
+be always taken for granted that the controlling
+spirit during a seance is always just what he claims
+to be. For instance, a spirit control might give his
+name as Henry Clay, and he might deliver a spirited
+talk or oration, which, however, would be reeking
+with grammatical errors. Even though he insist
+that he is Henry Clay, our reason will tell us that
+he is not what he pretends to be. The change which
+we call death cannot lead all spirits to reform, and
+there are many who, as in earth life, are unworthy
+of our association, and should be gotten rid of as
+soon as they appear. When these fraudulent spirits
+appear, the atmosphere of the circle should be
+made very sacred and high in character. Evil spirits,
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_246" id="Page_246">246</a></span>and those of low characters, cannot endure the
+presence of elevated and high thoughts, and by the
+holding of thoughts of this character the circle can
+soon rid itself for good of these troublesome entities&mdash;and
+it should do so without fail."</p>
+
+
+<h4>Spirit Jokers.</h4>
+
+<p>Another writer says, on this point: "That there
+are spirits who sometimes impersonate, and seek to
+pass themselves off as friends of the sitters, cannot
+be denied; in fact, we have had personal proof of
+the same on several occasions. But these troublesome
+and vexatious visitors invariably get 'bowled
+out' if the investigators are observant and careful.
+In fact, such entities are neither as numerous, or as
+evilly disposed, as many persons imagine them to be.
+There are spirits who 'play up to' the weaknesses
+and flatter the vanity of those to whom they communicate.
+And it is equally true that there are spirits
+who give glowing assurances of the good things
+that they will perform by-and-by, and profess to be
+some of the 'great ones' of the past, is equally true.
+It is a well-known saying that 'people love a lord,'
+and this amiable weakness is fully realized by the
+jokers on the other side&mdash;but the fault does not
+wholly rest with them! Their too confiding and
+credulous mediums are too often in the main responsible
+for their own mystification and misleading.
+They are often so anxious to be guided by some
+'eminent' person who will be to them an 'authority,'
+that they practically invite spirit pretenders to fool
+them to the top of their bent. This does not apply
+to all cases of real or supposed deception, but it does
+cover a large proportion of such experiences. In
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_247" id="Page_247">247</a></span>many instances there is an element of self-deception&mdash;or
+auto-suggestion&mdash;and the 'wish becomes father
+to the thought,' and the sensitive medium's unrestrained
+imaginative powers do the rest."</p>
+
+
+<h4>A Typical Case of Identification.</h4>
+
+<p>The following typical case of undoubted identification
+of a visiting spirit is related by Smedley in
+his work concerning spiritualistic experiences, and
+may be taken as a pattern to be followed by investigators
+in demanding and obtaining proofs of identity
+in cases where same is asserted. The medium in
+this case was a woman of high standing in spiritualistic
+circles, and the seance took place in Mr.
+Smedley's own home. The medium was at that time
+a perfect stranger to the Smedley family, and to
+their little circle of invited friends. The seance was
+opened by the singing of hymns, and before long
+the medium went under control. Mr. Smedley says:
+"She passed under the control of an intelligent being,
+opened her eyes, and manifested the greatest
+amazement." He then relates the subsequent experience
+as follows:</p>
+
+
+<h4>Recalling Past Incidents.</h4>
+
+<p>"After looking around the room very deliberately
+at various objects, then at one person after another,
+and fixing her eyes on my wife, she ran across the
+room, and throwing her arms around my wife's neck,
+she kissed her most affectionately, addressing her as
+'My dear sister.' After speaking with my wife in
+endearing terms, she came across the room to me,
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_248" id="Page_248">248</a></span>and placing her right hand on my shoulder, said:
+'Well, my dear brother.' (This was exactly as a
+deceased sister of my wife had been in the habit of
+doing.) 'How unspeakingly glad I am for such a
+privilege as this! When we used to sit by the hearth
+at night, conversing on various topics that used to
+interest us so much, we little expected we should
+ever have such a privilege. You know we used to
+sit up at night discussing theological questions till
+the embers in the grate died out, and sometimes a
+chiding voice from upstairs cried out: "Alfred,
+Alfred, do come to bed. Do you know what time it
+is? You know Charlotte is not fit to sit up so late."'
+This was precisely what had taken place, the exact
+words being used.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Identifying Property.</h4>
+
+<p>"She referred to a number of incidents known
+only to her and ourselves. She asked for an album
+in which she had written the dedication, pointing
+this out, and also various pieces of poetry she had
+written in it. She asked for a hymn-book, and desired
+us to sing what had been her favorite hymn,
+which at my request she instantly found. She next
+asked for a Bible, and asked me to read her favorite
+Psalm. I requested her to find it, although I knew
+well which it was. She turned to it instantly, and I
+read: 'The Lord is my shepherd,' etc. When the
+Psalm was finished, the medium stood transfigured
+before us; her countenance was radiant, and her
+eyes bright with a heavenly light. Turning to my
+wife, she said: 'Sister, dear, by inviting strangers
+to your house tonight you have entertained angels
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_249" id="Page_249">249</a></span>unawares!' After the meeting, the medium remarked:
+'When under control I was strongly influenced
+to look around for a picture, but could not find
+it. I do not know what it meant, but the control was
+anxious to find a picture.' My wife replied: 'My
+sister painted a picture of the Saviour bearing His
+cross, many years ago, and it now hangs in our dining
+room.' The above incidents, combined with her
+mannerisms, and bearing in mind that the medium
+was an entire stranger to us, and uneducated, were
+sufficient evidence of the presence and influence of
+her deceased sister to cause my wife to exclaim, <b>'Of
+a truth, that was my sister Charlotte!'</b>"</p>
+
+
+<h4>Identifying Historical Personages.</h4>
+
+<p>Of course, a close, personal identification, similar
+to that stated in the above recital, is impossible in
+cases when the spirit claims to be some well-known
+historical personage. But in the last named class of
+cases it will be found possible to ask questions concerning
+the life and career of the supposed celebrity,
+and to form a general idea of the correctness of the
+claim by the quality and general character of the
+answers given. It will be found that genuine spirits
+are nearly always anxious to definitely establish
+the truth of their claims to identity, and will often
+go to great pains to do so. The character of the
+language employed, the grammar followed, and the
+general evidence of the intellectual capacity of the
+spirit, all these will be found useful in testing cases
+of claimed identity; and no genuine spirit has any
+just cause to object to such tests and questions, if
+made in the proper scientific spirit, and with ordinary
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_250" id="Page_250">250</a></span>politeness. In short, treat the spirit just as
+you would were he in the flesh, speaking to you over
+a telephone, and endeavoring to establish his identity;
+this will always be a safe and just rule to employ
+and follow.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_251" id="Page_251">251</a></span></p>
+<h2>PART XI</h2>
+
+<h3>HIGHER SPIRIT MANIFESTATIONS</h3>
+
+
+<p>We frequently hear of, and witness manifestations
+of, what is called "spirit psychometry," "spirit
+clairvoyance," and "spirit clairaudience." In the
+earlier chapters of the present book we have spoken
+of the psychic principles and laws underlying
+psychometry, clairvoyance, and clairaudience. We
+have seen that all of these forms and phases of
+psychic phenomena are capable of being produced
+independent of spirit guidance, control, or influence.
+In fact, most of such manifestations are so produced,
+even when they are considered to be phases of spirit
+mediumship. But, outside of these manifestations,
+there are found cases in which such phenomena are
+produced by the aid, influence, and assistance, if not
+indeed the direct power of, the controlling spirits of
+the medium.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Spirit Psychometry and Clairvoyance.</h4>
+
+<p>In those instances in which the controlling influence
+of such phenomena is clearly that of disembodied
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_252" id="Page_252">252</a></span>spirits, we find two distinct classes of the
+same, as follows: (1) cases in which the spirits
+aided in the establishing of the psychic rapport, and
+thus rendered more efficient, clear, and strong; (2)
+cases in which the spirits exerted their own psychometric,
+clairvoyant or clairaudient power, and
+then communicated the result through their mediums
+to the circle. In the first of above classes,
+the psychic faculties of the medium really perform
+the work, although greatly aided by the addition of
+the psychic power of the spirit. In the second of the
+above classes, the work is performed solely by the
+psychic powers of the spirits, and the medium acts
+merely as the line of communication between spirit
+and the circle. It must be remembered that the spirits
+who have passed out of the body are possessed
+of the same order of psychic faculties as are those
+still in the body, and that, likewise, on both planes
+there is a great variation of the degree of such powers
+between different individuals.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Spirit Psychic Assistance.</h4>
+
+<p>From the above, it will be seen that a mediumistic
+person may practice in psychometry, clairvoyance,
+and clairaudience, either with or without the assistance
+of the spirits. In case the spirits are assisting
+in the direction of performing the psychic work
+themselves, and then communicating the result to
+the medium, the medium of course has but to remain
+passive and receive the communication. In cases,
+however, in which the spirits assist merely by
+strengthening the psychic power of the medium by
+aiding in the production of the rapport conditions,
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_253" id="Page_253">253</a></span>or by lending the psychic power to add to that of
+the medium, then the medium has but to proceed
+just as we have pointed out in the earlier portions
+of this book devoted to the subjects of psychometry,
+clairvoyance, etc.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Writing Mediumship.</h4>
+
+<p>In what is known as "writing mediumship" the
+medium's hand is controlled by the spirit, and is
+caused to write messages to those present, or to
+answer questions propounded by some of those present
+at the circle. In some quarters such writing is
+called "automatic writing," but inasmuch as this
+last term is also applied to cases in which the hand
+of the person writes a message telepathed by a living
+person, it would seem that the old term "writing
+mediumship" is still the best one to use in the cases
+in which the spirit control is using the hand of the
+medium for the purpose of communication. The following
+statements made by different mediumistic
+writers on this particular subject will prove interesting
+and instructive to the young mediums seeking
+development along the lines of this special phase
+of mediumship.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Incidents of Writing Mediumship.</h4>
+
+<p>One writer says: "If the medium reaches the
+writing stage, he generally passes into it in much
+the same manner that he does into the inspirational
+speaking. That is, he becomes entranced, and in
+entrancement of this kind he usually loses his conscious
+self, although it is not essential that he should
+do so. He may remain partially conscious, but he
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_254" id="Page_254">254</a></span>will be very pale and will have no control whatever
+over the hand which does the writing. When the
+hand that writes is generally the only part of him
+that becomes numb, one entire side may become limp
+and inactive, and it is at this stage that a pencil
+must be placed in his hand all ready for writing,
+and a large sheet of heavy paper be put on the table
+before him. It is urged that the pencil be a heavy
+one, and the paper tough and coarse, for the first
+writing of a writing medium is not even a fair specimen
+of penmanship, being heavy and very difficult
+to decipher. As his hand wanders here and there,
+his body may sway and the pencil be brought in contact
+with the paper. When he begins to write, the
+strokes are crude and jerky and uncertain. The
+first notes that he delivers to the sitters are very
+often difficult to make out, and sometimes it is impossible
+to tell what they are. But this condition
+will be gradually overcome until the writing is very
+fair, and finally it can be written on much finer paper
+and with an ordinary pencil. When questions are
+to be asked, they may be put direct to the medium,
+and the answers will be written out and signed by
+the spirit sending them. As the medium develops,
+it will not be necessary for him to have the questions
+put to him verbally. Write the questions on a
+little slip of paper, and place these slips in his hands.
+The spirit will read them, and then use his arm as
+before in writing out answers. But this stage cannot
+be attained in a day or a week, and it is a sign
+of the higher forms of development, and should be
+looked upon by the members of the circle as evidence
+of the highest order establishing the great
+success they have attained."</p>
+
+
+<h4>Developing Writing Mediumship.</h4><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_255" id="Page_255">255</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Another writer on the subject of writing mediumship
+says to those developing this phase of mediumship:
+"Your hands may be caused to shake and
+move about as if you desired to write. You may
+be quite conscious, or only semi-conscious, but you
+will feel that you are unable to prevent the movements.
+In such a case, the sitters should provide
+pencil and paper and await results. They should
+speak to the control and request him to work quietly,
+and in all probability the rapid preliminary scrawls
+will soon give place to slower and more legible writing.
+Many persons have developed as writing mediums
+who have never sat in a circle, and without
+being entranced. We should advise you, if you decide
+to sit alone and make experiments in this
+direction, to avoid excitement, expectancy, and
+preconceptions. Proceed as though you were speaking
+to a visible friend, and request that someone
+will move your hands to write. Provide yourself
+with a writing pad, or several sheets of paper, and
+while holding a pencil in readiness, withdraw your
+thoughts from your hand and arm, and assume a
+passive condition. If you are strongly mediumistic,
+words and sentences may be written, but you need
+hardly expect such results at first."</p>
+
+
+<h4>Stead's Method and Results.</h4>
+
+<p>W. T. Stead, the eminent English investigator,
+said: "I hold my pen in the ordinary way, but when
+the writing is beginning I do not rest my wrist or
+arm upon the paper, so as to avoid the friction, and
+to give the influence, whatever it may be, more complete
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_256" id="Page_256">256</a></span>control of the pen. At first, the pen is apt to
+wander into mere scrawling, but after a time it
+writes legibly. Unlike many automatic writers who
+write as well blindfolded as when they read what
+they write as they are writing it, I can never write
+so well as when I see the words as they come. There
+is danger in this, which is most clearly illustrated
+When my hand writes verse&mdash;especially rhymed
+verse&mdash;for the last word in each line suggests to my
+conscious mind a possible rhyme for the ending of
+the following line; this rouses up my mind, my own
+ideas get mixed with those of the communicating
+intelligence, and confusion is the result." The above
+statement of Mr. Stead becomes doubly interesting
+and valuable when we remember that through his
+hand, controlled by a spirit intelligence, came that
+wonderful series of messages afterward published
+under the title of "Letters from Julia," which book
+excited the attention and interest of the civilized
+world at the time of its publication, and even to this
+day enjoys a great popularity.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Automatic Writing vs. Inspirational Writing.</h4>
+
+<p>Another writer says: "Inspirational or impressional
+writing is frequently mistaken for that which
+is more purely passive or automatic. The medium
+or sensitive person experiences a strong impulse to
+write, but does not receive any clear or consecutive
+train of thought. He sets down one word, and then
+others follow as fast as he can indicate them, but he
+must begin to write before the complete sentence is
+given to him. In other cases, the thoughts flow into
+his consciousness faster than his pen can record
+them; but in the truly 'automatic' form of communication
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_257" id="Page_257">257</a></span>the mind of the sensitive is not consciously
+affected. He can read and think about other and
+entirely different subjects, and need take no more
+interest in the work than he would if his hand did
+not belong to him nor than if a spirit laid hold of
+and guided the pencil. Some mediums who write
+automatically have to be mentally quiet; they find
+that if the mind is preoccupied the hand will not
+write, although, even in such cases, it frequently
+happens that the amanuensis is ignorant of the communication
+until he reads it afterwards."</p>
+
+
+<h4>Use and Abuse of Automatic Writing.</h4>
+
+<p>J. A. White, a trance and clairvoyant medium
+himself, says of the phase of writing mediumship:
+"There is a great tendency, particularly in cases of
+automatic writing, to do too much of it. No sooner
+do some people find that the pencil will move, than
+they spend all their spare time in this fascinating
+pursuit, which, in their undeveloped state, I believe
+to be a dangerous and unwise practice. They are
+apt to exclaim, when any question arises during the
+day: 'Let us see what the spirits have to say.'
+This, carried to extremes, leads to one thing, and
+one thing only&mdash;obsession. I believe in fixing a
+time, and, unless in exceptional cases, refusing to
+sit at any other. Of course I am speaking of mediumship
+when it is in its budding stage. A
+developed medium can judge for himself, and knows
+from experience how far to go. It is a favorite trick
+of a certain class of spirits when they find they have
+a sensitive who can 'feel' them, to give them that
+pricking sensation in the arm which denotes their
+presence. 'So-and-so wants to write,' and away
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_258" id="Page_258">258</a></span>rushes the medium for the pencil, and sits down.
+This I do not believe in. I have seen far more
+harm than good come from it. The proper way to
+develop, in my opinion, is to sit at home in a small,
+carefully selected circle, two or three times a week,
+at stated hours, and with a competent conductor
+who knows what he is doing."</p>
+
+
+<h4>Advice to Writing Mediums.</h4>
+
+<p>A French medium says: "We urge beginners in
+their own interest not to take up the pencil for
+automatic writing, or to sit at a table for communications
+at any free moment, without rhyme or reason,
+for disorder in experiment is one of the first and
+most serious dangers to be avoided. An absolutely
+strict rule should be made not to attempt the effort
+more than once every other day." Another writer
+says: "The communications that are received by
+the various forms of passive, impressional, automatic,
+and inspirational writing must not be regarded
+as valuable merely because of the conditions
+under which they were obtained, nor because of
+their spirit origin, real or supposed. Under all circumstances
+receive with the utmost reserve and caution
+long-winded communications from notable
+characters who claim to be 'Napoleon Bonaparte,'
+'Lord Bacon,' 'Socrates,' or other great personages;
+for in the majority of cases, the value of the communication
+is exactly the reverse of the importance
+of the name attached. This applies to automatic
+writings quite as much as to spoken messages.
+Judge the statement made by the ordinary standards,
+apart from their claimed exalted origin. If
+rational, beautiful, and spiritually helpful and enlightening,
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_259" id="Page_259">259</a></span>they are worth having on their own
+merits; but if they are unreasonable, wild or dogmatic,
+or pretentious and flattering, they should be
+discarded; and, unless you change their character
+after repeated experiments, your attention should be
+turned in some other direction."</p>
+
+
+<h4>Drawing Mediumship.</h4>
+
+<p>What is known as "drawing mediumship" is but
+a variation of writing mediumship, at least so far
+as is concerned the nature of the manifestation. In
+both cases the spirit control moves the hand of the
+medium, in one case forming letters and words, and
+in the other case forming figures, designs, etc. In
+some rare instances, the spirit control operating
+through the hand of the medium has produced
+crayon drawings, water color sketches, and even oil
+paintings, although the medium himself or herself,
+was unable to even draw a straight line, much less
+to execute a finished drawing or painting. The principle
+governing such mediumship, and the development,
+thereof, is precisely the same as that
+governing the phase of writing mediumship previously
+described.</p>
+
+
+<h4>The Planchette.</h4>
+
+<p>From time to time, during the past fifty years,
+there have been invented or arranged various forms
+of mechanical contrivances designed to assist in the
+development of writing mediumship. The most popular
+of these has been the Planchette, which has enjoyed
+great popularity for many years past. The
+Planchette is a little heart-shaped board, having two
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_260" id="Page_260">260</a></span>legs, with tiny wheels at the end, attached to the
+board. Near the pointed end of the heart-shaped
+board is a hole, into which a pencil is inserted. A
+sheet of paper of good size is spread upon a table,
+and the Planchette is placed thereupon. Then the
+sitter, or two sitters, place their hand or hands upon
+the board&mdash;generally resting only the tips of their
+fingers lightly upon it. The sitter or sitters then
+await results.</p>
+
+
+<h4>How to Use the Planchette.</h4>
+
+<p>If the sitter is mediumistic the Planchette will begin
+to move about slowly at first, gradually gathering
+force and definite direction. After a few
+preliminary strokes, circles, or lines having been
+drawn, the Planchette will seem to have been firmly
+taken hold of by some spirit hand, and will begin
+to write words and sentences in a more or less
+'scrawly' fashion. When the writing once begins,
+questions may be asked of and answered by the spirits.
+Some persons report that to them the Planchette
+seems to move by itself, pulling their hands
+with it; but others report that they feel the movement
+of their arms and hands, as the spirit propels
+the machine in the work of waiting. Some know
+what is being written during the process, while others
+do not know what has been written until they
+afterwards read it. Sometimes the writing begins
+Boon after the sitting is commenced, while in other
+cases the sitters have to wait a long time, or even
+to sit several times before the writing actually begins.
+Sometimes the Planchette will refuse to write
+for certain persons, but will write freely for others.
+The general advice is to exercise patience in the
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_261" id="Page_261">261</a></span>Planchette sittings, and not to expect to get the best
+results at once; and, particularly, not to begin asking
+questions immediately after the writing begins.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Healing Mediumship.</h4>
+
+<p>Some mediums seem to be particularly adapted
+to the work of healing by psychic force, and this
+phase of mediumship is known as "healing mediumship."
+The healing medium is guided principally
+by the spirit influence, so far as is concerned the
+choice of methods of procedure in his healing work.
+The following directions, however, given by a mediumistic
+writer, will give the young medium a very
+good, practical general idea of the procedure to be
+followed in case his spirit control does not indicate
+some other method. This writer says:</p>
+
+
+<h4>How to Heal by Spirit Power.</h4>
+
+<p>"If you are impressed with the idea that you possess
+healing power, you can easily experiment upon
+your suffering friends or acquaintances. If you are
+mediumistic, and spirits desire to develop you for
+the healing work, you will readily feel that you are
+impressed what to do. Your hands will be guided
+to the proper position, and you will spontaneously
+make the requisite passes. Magnetic healing has
+really nothing to do with massage, the induction of
+sleep, or with any form of mesmerism or hypnotism.
+The healing medium should centre his thought and
+interest solely and wholly with the idea of effecting
+a cure. He will need to be sympathetic, but hopeful.
+Do not let your patient think about his ailments,
+but arouse his thought and engage his
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_262" id="Page_262">262</a></span>attention upon some outside subject. Make him feel
+comfortable, and lead him to expect good results;
+to do this you must be affirmative and confident.
+Unless you are impressed, or are controlled, to do
+otherwise, sit in front and take hold of the hands
+of the sufferer for a time, then make gentle, short,
+downward passes over the part affected, and conclude
+with long sweeping passes from head to foot
+without contact. For local affections, point your
+hands at or just touch the spot with your finger tips,
+or make direct horizontal or slightly downward
+movements, as if you were throwing something at
+him. A warm, comfortable room is favorable to
+magnetizing, and a genial mental atmosphere,
+created by cheerful and kindly minds in the operator
+and persons present, will contribute largely to
+the success of the treatment. You will do well to
+act upon your impressions and make the passes in
+whatever way you feel impelled or compelled. If
+you operate under spirit guidance, you will be impressed
+more or less clearly how to proceed in each
+case. In all probability you may sympathetically
+'take on,' and be affected by, the symptoms of the
+disease from which the patient suffers, and in that
+way be able to form an accurate diagnosis of the
+case; but you must guard against exhaustion, and
+should always 'throw off' from yourself the influence
+that you have received, and wash your hands thoroughly
+after each treatment."</p>
+
+
+<h4>Materialization Mediumship.</h4>
+
+<p>One of the rarest, and at the same time the most
+eagerly sought after phase of mediumship, is that
+known as "materialization mediumship." In this
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_263" id="Page_263">263</a></span>phase of mediumship the decarnate spirit is able to
+draw upon the vital forces of the medium, and those
+present at the seance, to such effect that it may
+clothe itself with a tenuous, subtle form of matter,
+and then exhibit itself to the sitters in the same
+form and appearance that it had previously presented
+in its earth life. Many of the most remarkable
+testimonies to the truth and validity of
+spiritualism have been obtained through this phase
+of mediumship, and it is the aim of all investigators
+to witness, and of most mediums to be the channel
+of the production of, this remarkable phase of mediumistic
+phenomena.</p>
+
+<p>In almost all instances of materialization phenomena
+in the record of modern spiritualism we find
+that a cabinet was employed. There are two main
+reasons advanced for the necessity of the cabinet in
+this phase of mediumistic phenomena. The first of
+said reasons is that in many cases darkness has been
+found necessary for the preliminary work of the
+materialization, although absolute darkness is not
+necessary in the general room in which the materialized
+spirit forms afterward appear. The second of
+the said reasons is that there seems to be a psychic
+atmosphere created by the blending of the spirit
+forces with those of the medium, which atmosphere
+must be kept apart from and unmixed with the auras
+of the members of the outside circle or the general
+visitors at the seance.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Why the Cabinet Is Necessary.</h4>
+
+<p>Just what is the technical reason for this necessity
+is a source of argument and dispute among the different
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_264" id="Page_264">264</a></span>authorities on the subject, and it may
+be said that the matter is not as yet definitely
+settled. But whatever may be such technical
+explanation, the fact remains that the seclusion of
+the medium has been found almost absolutely necessary
+for the production of the phenomena of spirit
+materialization. The few exceptions noted in the
+history of modern spiritualism only go to establish
+the general rule. For the purpose of a general study
+of the subject, it may be accepted as a general fact
+that the production of spirit materialization has as
+one of its necessary conditions the presence and use
+of a dark cabinet in which the medium is secluded
+from the circle or assemblage of persons attending
+the seance.</p>
+
+
+<h4>How to Make the Spirit Cabinet.</h4>
+
+<p>One of the best kind of cabinets for this purpose
+is a small alcove room, or other small room adjoining
+the room in which the visitors sit at the seance.
+A large closet will also answer the purpose very well,
+in fact many mediums prefer the closet to any other
+form of cabinet. If neither small room or closet is
+available, then it becomes necessary to build or erect
+a cabinet for the medium. One of the simplest and
+least expensive methods of building or erecting a
+cabinet for the medium is as follows: Take a large
+piece of dark cloth, cotton or woolen, or else a large
+shawl, and fasten it by stout twine or cord across
+a corner of the room. It will be better if the curtain
+is made in two pieces, so as to allow it to part in the
+middle for the purpose of the entry and exit of the
+medium, and for the purpose of allowing the materialized
+spirit form to show itself to the circle. It
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_265" id="Page_265">265</a></span>is not necessary that all light be excluded from the
+cabinet, and therefore it need cause no worriment
+if a little light filters in over the top of the curtain;
+but the lights in the main room should be kept burning
+"dim and low," not only for the purpose of aiding
+in the actual work or materialization, but also in
+order to preserve the proper conditions when the
+materialized spirit presents itself between the
+opened curtains.</p>
+
+
+<h4>How to Use the Spirit Cabinet.</h4>
+
+<p>When the cabinet is properly arranged the medium
+enters it and sits down on a chair provided
+for that purpose. He should not be disturbed thereafter,
+but should be encouraged and aided in his
+work by the maintenance of a quite, reverent mental
+attitude on the part of the members of the circle.
+It will be found helpful if a few hymns are sung
+while waiting for manifestations from the cabinet.
+The best way to encourage materialization at a regular
+circle is for gradual steps to be taken leading up
+to this high phase of phenomena. For example, the
+circle should sit in the ordinary way at its regular
+meetings, and devote itself to the production of the
+lesser forms of phenomena. Then, before adjournment,
+the medium may go into the cabinet while the
+circle sits for materialization phenomena. This
+practice may be made to form a regular part of the
+proceedings of the circle. But the circle must be
+very patient concerning the production of this class
+of phenomena, for the necessary conditions are very
+difficult to develop, even when aided by the most
+powerful spirits. Many sittings may be required
+before even the slightest sign of materialization is
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_266" id="Page_266">266</a></span>obtained&mdash;but the final result will repay much waiting
+and watching, much patience and much perseverance.
+But sooner or later the phenomena will
+come if the proper conditions are provided for them.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Spirit Phosphorescence.</h4>
+
+<p>The first evidence of the presence and activity of
+the spirit forces striving to produce the phenomena
+and materialization will probably be the appearance
+of peculiar hazy phosphorescent lights playing in
+front of the curtain forming the front of the cabinet.
+These lights will consist of small globules or balls of
+phosphorescent light that will dance about, like the
+familiar will-o'-the-wisp seen over swamps and in
+damp, woody places. These lights will flit here and
+there, will alternately appear and disappear. Sometimes
+they will appear as if a multitude of fire-flies
+were clustered in front of the curtain. When these
+fire balls appear the circle may know that it is well
+on the way to perfect materializations.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Appearance of Materialized Substance.</h4>
+
+<p>As the power increases, and the conditions become
+stabilized and perfected, the manifestations
+will become more pronounced. It often happens
+that cloudy nebulous bodies of psychic substance
+are formed and float around in front of the cabinet,
+like clouds of steam or vapor illumined by a dim
+phosphorescent light. Sometimes attempts will seem
+to have been made to form these clouds into the semblance
+of the human body, and often these bodies
+are more or less incomplete, as for instance the arms
+may be missing, or else there may be dark holes
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_267" id="Page_267">267</a></span>where the eyes, nose, and mouth should be. It may
+be stated here that the sitters should not be frightened
+by these sights, nor should mental agitation
+be permitted to manifest too strongly, as such conditions
+act to retard further developments. Sometimes
+perfect hands and arms materialize, but
+apparently not attached to a body. These hands
+may float out over the circle, and may touch the
+members thereof. In rare cases these hands take
+articles handed them by members of the circle, which
+articles are then "dematerialized" and vanish from
+sight, afterward appearing in other parts of the
+house. Large articles of furniture have been known
+to be dematerialized in this way.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Materialized Spirit Forms.</h4>
+
+<p>Later on, the nebulous spirit forms will take on
+more definite lines and form, and will become more
+plainly visible, and will also assume a far more
+"solid" appearance. When the phenomena reaches
+its highest phases, the materialized spirit forms can
+be plainly seen and actually recognized by their
+friends in earth life. In some cases they will actually
+leave the front of the curtain and will walk
+down among the sitters, shaking hands with them,
+touching them on the cheek, or even embracing some
+loved one. In rare cases these materialized forms
+are able to converse with the sitters in the circle,
+just as plainly as when in earth life.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Scientific Proof of Materialization.</h4>
+
+<p>It is not the purpose of this book to prove the existence
+of mediumistic phenomena&mdash;rather it points
+out the means and methods whereby the student may
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_268" id="Page_268">268</a></span>obtain such proof for himself or herself. But it may
+be suggested here that the sceptic may find an abundance
+of proof of the genuineness of materialization
+phenomena in the records and reports made by eminent
+scientists, statesmen, and others. Particularly,
+the report of Sir William Crookes, the eminent English
+scientist, will furnish such proof to the inquirer
+who demands "scientific proof" before he will believe
+anything out of the usual. Sir William Crookes
+has given convincing evidence of the genuineness
+of spirit materialization, even going so far to offer
+records of the weight of materialized spirits, and
+their photographs taken by him&mdash;in some instances
+the photographs showing the forms of both medium
+and spirit materialization.</p>
+
+
+<h4>How to Conduct a Materializing Seance.</h4>
+
+<p>In sitting for materialization, the circle should
+maintain the same general demeanor that it observes
+at other times. Silence or dignified conversation
+may be indulged in, but joking or levity should be
+forbidden. Hands should be held, and reverent singing
+indulged in. It should be remembered that this
+phase of mediumistic phenomena is not something
+apart and distinct from the lesser phases which have
+been described in detail in this book. On the contrary,
+it is simply a matter of degree, and the same
+general principles underlie all phases of mediumistic
+phenomena. Therefore, it is not necessary to repeat
+the instructions regarding the conduct of the circle,
+or the rules for the development of the medium.
+Read the earlier chapters for the same, which are
+equally applicable in this place as in the places in
+which they originally appeared.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Trumpet Mediumship.</h4><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_269" id="Page_269">269</a></span></p>
+
+<p>In what is known as "trumpet mediumship," the
+sound of the voice of the communicating spirit is
+increased in power by the use of a trumpet shaped
+arrangement of paper, card-board, tin, or aluminum.
+There is no particular virtue in the material used,
+and anyone may make a serviceable trumpet out of
+heavy paper or thin card-board. The principle of
+the use of the "spirit trumpet" is precisely that of
+the well-known megaphone, i.e., it <b>magnifies</b> the
+sound, and increases its carrying power. A spirit
+speaking in the faintest whisper through the trumpet
+is enabled to have its voice heard plainly by
+those present in the circle, where otherwise nothing
+would be heard. Often the spirit force is so strong
+that it will pick up the trumpet and carry it around
+the circle, tapping the various members thereof, and
+whispering through it into the ear of some particular
+members. Weak spirits, therefore, who are unable
+to make themselves heard in the ordinary way,
+often employ the trumpet with effect in seances.
+When the trumpet is used, it should be placed on
+the table, awaiting the use of the spirits.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Spirit Playing on Musical Instruments, Etc.</h4>
+
+<p>The spirit forces also sometimes will see fit to play
+upon musical instruments placed in the cabinet with
+the medium, the guitar, mandolin, concertina, accordion,
+etc., being the instruments preferred in
+such cases. Of course the sceptics will claim that
+the medium may play the instruments himself or
+herself, and thus give ground for the claim of fraud;
+consequently in the case of public seances, and many
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_270" id="Page_270">270</a></span>private ones as well, the medium will insist upon
+having his or her hands tied, and other precautions
+taken to eliminate the possibility of fraud and deception.
+Such precautions are in no way a reflection
+upon the medium, and are, in fact, demanded by
+many mediums as a matter of self-respect, self-protection,
+and the cause of truth. In many cases
+in which the mediums were entirely lacking in musical
+education, knowledge, or training, the spirits
+have performed skilled selections of music upon the
+instruments in the cabinet.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Independent Slate Writing.</h4>
+
+<p>What is generally known as "independent slate
+writing" is a very interesting phase of mediumship,
+and one of the peculiarities thereof is that such phenomena
+is sometimes produced through mediums
+who seem to possess little or no mediumistic powers
+in other directions. In independent slate writing
+there is no employment of the hands of the medium
+by the spirit to form the letters, words, and sentences
+of the communication. On the contrary, the writing
+is done directly by the spirit forces, independent
+of the organism of the medium. Of course the
+psychic power of the medium and his vital energy as
+well is drawn upon by the spirits in producing this
+form of manifestation, but the medium is sometimes
+seated out of reach of the slates and in no case actually
+touches the pencil.</p>
+
+
+<h4>The Slate Writing Circle.</h4>
+
+<p>Independent slate writing is performed as follows:
+The circle selects two common slates, or else one
+folding slate. A small bit of chalk, or a tiny piece
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_271" id="Page_271">271</a></span>of slate pencil is placed between the two slates, the
+latter being then placed tightly together, and then
+bound with thick, strong twine&mdash;in some cases the
+ends of the twine are fastened with sealing wax.
+This trying and sealing is for the purpose of eliminating
+the suspicion of fraud or deceit, and for the
+purpose of scientifically establishing the genuineness
+of the phenomena. The bound slates are then
+placed on the table in the middle of the circle. In
+some cases the medium rests his hands on the slate,
+and in other cases he keeps his hands entirely away
+from them&mdash;the phenomena itself evidently being
+produced with equal facility in either case. A written
+question may either be placed inside the slate
+on a small bit of paper, or else sealed and placed on
+top of the tied slates. In some cases the scratching
+sound of the pencil may be heard proceeding from
+the tied slates, while on others no sound is heard
+while the writing is being done. When the slates
+are opened, at the end of the seance, the slates will
+be found to contain writing&mdash;the answer to the question,
+or else a general message to the circle&mdash;the
+writing sometimes consisting of but a word or two,
+while in other cases both of the inside surfaces of
+the slate will be found to be covered with writing.
+It often requires quite a number of sittings before
+this phase of phenomena is secured; in many cases it
+is never actually secured in a satisfactory form.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Spirit Paintings.</h4>
+
+<p>There are cases of record in which crayon drawings
+have been produced on the slates by enclosing
+small bits of various colored crayons therein when
+the slates are tied together. Again, oil paintings
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_272" id="Page_272">272</a></span>have been secured on the slates, after small dabs of
+oil paint of various colors have been placed on the
+inside surface of the slates, a little linseed oil being
+poured on each.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Fraudulent Slate Writing.</h4>
+
+<p>Slate phenomena has been brought into some degree
+of discredit and disrepute during the past ten
+years or more, by reason of the fact that a number
+of unscrupulous "fakers," or bogus-mediums, employed
+a system where this class of phenomena was
+counterfeited by trick methods. But, as all careful
+investigators of mediumistic phenomena well know,
+some wonderful results are still obtained, quietly
+and without publicity or notoriety, in many family
+or private circles. In this case, and in many others,
+the very best mediumistic phenomena is often produced
+in those family or private circles, where
+mutual sympathy, harmony, and spiritual understanding
+prevail, and where there is an absence of
+the sceptical, cavilling, negative mental attitudes,
+which tend to interfere with the free flow of spirit
+power and the degree of manifestation. The tiny
+flame burning on the family altars and in the private
+shrines serve to keep alive the Light of the Spirit,
+which is too often dimmed by the public glare of
+counterfeit and sensational exhibitions of so-called
+spirit power.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Practical Advice to Developing Mediums.</h4>
+
+<p>The young developing medium who has read the
+foregoing pages of this book will in all probability
+soon discover just what phase of mediumship is
+best suited for his natural powers, temperament and
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_273" id="Page_273">273</a></span>psychic constitution. As his innate psychic powers
+unfold and develop he will be almost instinctively
+led in the particular directions in which these powers
+may find the opportunity for the best form of
+expression and manifestation. And, at the same
+time, the spirit friends which the young medium
+will have drawn to himself will have discovered, by
+means of experimentation, just what phase of mediumship
+the young medium would best develop in
+order to convey the messages and communications
+from the spirit side of life. The following bits of
+advice from mediumistic writers of good standing
+will, however, perhaps serve to make the path
+clearer for the young medium who is reaching out
+toward the best and most efficient form of manifestation
+of the powers which he has found are within
+himself.</p>
+
+
+<h4>Need of Special Development.</h4>
+
+<p>A writer says: "As a general rule, the best results
+of mediumship are secured by special development
+along the lines of natural aptitude. A 'Jack
+of all trades is master of none,' and such a one is a
+failure in mediumship as in anything else. You may
+find it helpful to visit a public medium who is already
+developed, and who can examine you and give
+you insight into your natural psychic powers, and
+counsel you regarding your qualifications and aptitudes,
+and tell you what to do. But do not attach
+too much importance to directions received in that
+way, because so much depends upon the knowledge
+and power of the operator. One spirit might use
+you with success in one direction, and another in
+some other phase; just as one mesmerist may make
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_274" id="Page_274">274</a></span>a subject clairvoyant when another has previously
+attempted to do so and failed. Nothing but actual
+experience will settle that point. If, however, after
+a reasonable amount of patient devotion to the experiment
+you do not succeed, or are disappointed
+with what has been done, it will be advisable to effect
+a change in the conditions. A dissatisfied state
+of mind is a dangerous one. You may, if you choose,
+sit by yourself, and try to obtain table movements,
+or to get 'automatic' or passive writing. You can
+make experiments in psychometry or try crystal
+gazing, or endeavor to visualize and to become clairaudient,
+but we should not advise you to sit alone
+and invite spirits to put you into the trance. It is
+better to join some good private circle."</p>
+
+
+<h4>Advice to Discouraged Mediums.</h4>
+
+<p>A writer gives the following excellent advice to
+young mediums who have become somewhat discouraged
+at their lack of success, and slowness of
+progress: "You have been already informed that
+you are a medium, and that if you sit you will develop
+special gifts. But you may say: 'I have sat,
+and have not developed as I was assured I should.'
+That is quite probable. The medium whom you
+consulted may have misjudged your capabilities;
+the spirit may have estimated what he could have
+done with or through you, and, from his point of
+view, may have been perfectly accurate; but possibly
+the spirits who have endeavored to develop
+you were unable to succeed. People often say: 'I
+have been told many times that I should make a
+good medium, but I have not had satisfactory results.'
+When we hear such statements we are
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_275" id="Page_275">275</a></span>prompt to ask: 'Have you sat for development for
+any length of time in a harmonious and congenial
+circle? You cannot expect growth unless you give
+the requisite conditions. You might as well anticipate
+a harvest without sowing the seed&mdash;just because
+you bought a sack of wheat! The marvelous
+results achieved by expert acrobats and athletes are
+due to their indomitable determination to succeed,
+and their steady and continuous training of eye,
+and muscle, and nerve. They concentrate their attention
+and focus all their powers, and are at once
+temperate, patient, and persevering in their experiments.
+The same spirit of devotion; the same firm
+attitude and watchful attention to all the details;
+and the same observance of the conditions, physical,
+mental, moral, and spiritual, are needed if you would
+educate yourself and become a fit and serviceable
+instrument for exalted spirit intelligence to afford
+humanity the benefit of their experiences "over
+there."'"</p>
+
+
+<h4>Avoid Cross-Magnetism.</h4>
+
+<p>A popular mediumistic writer has given the following
+excellent words of warning to young mediums:
+"Do not go into public promiscuous 'developing
+circles.' There is always a danger of 'cross
+magnetism' and disorderly manifestations in such
+gatherings. Owing to the mixed and inharmonious
+mental, moral, and physical conditions which necessarily
+exist where a number of strangers and curiosity
+seekers are attracted, you run the risk of being
+affected by undeveloped, unprincipled, frivolous,
+mercenary, self-assertive, or even immoral spirits,
+who, being attracted to such assemblies, seek to influence
+incautious and susceptible people who ignorantly
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_276" id="Page_276">276</a></span>render themselves liable to their control.
+The people 'on the other side' are human beings of
+all grades; they are not morally purified by passing
+through the death-change; and as we are constantly
+sending into their other state 'all sorts and conditions
+of people,' you need not be at all surprised if
+you get into intercourse with the vain and foolish,
+the unreliable and pretentious, or the selfish and sinful,
+if you indiscriminately open the doors of your
+psychic self and give a free invitation to any spirit
+'passer by.'"</p>
+
+
+<h4>Avoid Psychic Absorption.</h4>
+
+<p>"You can waste your time, and you can sit in
+circles, absorb all kinds of psychological influences,
+exhaust your own, and in many cases become so
+filled up with contending influences that you are in
+a state of psychological fever all the time, or so exhaust
+yourself that you will become as limp and useless
+as a rag. This is not the way to use the opportunities
+you have; and you should avoid the
+injudicious, promiscuous, and insane methods of development
+of many who are extremely anxious to
+develop you as a medium, and who often bring discredit
+upon the subject of mediumship, and do no
+one the slightest practical good&mdash;not even themselves.
+We admit that the motives of those who
+conduct public promiscuous developing circles are
+good in most cases, but their methods are frequently
+'injudicious'&mdash;to put it mildly. Under ordinary circumstances,
+your own pure purpose and the spirits
+who are in sympathy with your exalted desires and
+intentions, are sufficient safeguards against the intrusion
+of low, mischievous or malicious spirits, but
+you should not venture into conditions which require
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_277" id="Page_277">277</a></span>the trained and disciplined will, and the influence
+of wise and powerful spirits to protect you
+against danger, until you have acquired the ability
+to render yourself positive to the psychic spheres of
+undesirable people, both in or out of the physical
+body, and can voluntarily become passive and responsive
+to the true and trustworthy friends whom
+you know and love."</p>
+
+
+<h4>The Stewardship of Great Powers.</h4>
+
+<p>We can not hope to more fitly close this book devoted
+to the brief presentation of the facts of the
+psychic world, and the world of spirit, than by quoting
+the following words uttered by a faithful laborer
+in the vineyard of spiritualism: "Spiritualism helps
+us to understand the 'unity of spirit' and 'the brotherhood
+of man' in the divine relationship wherein
+the greatest among us is the servant of all. The
+possession of great gifts is an added responsibility.
+We are only stewards of our powers on behalf or
+others, and our desire to gain knowledge and influence
+should be vitalized and dignified by the intention
+to use them to help, teach, and serve our fellows,
+and in such service we shall ourselves be
+blest."</p>
+
+<p class='center'><b>FINIS.</b></p>
+
+
+<div class="transnote"><h3><a name="transnote" id="transnote"></a>Transcriber's Notes</h3>
+
+<p>Page 3: Interpretating amended to Interpenetrating;
+Tranformation amended to Transformation. "Unchartered
+Seas" <i>sic</i></p>
+
+<p>Page 4: Varities amended to Varieties</p>
+
+<p>Page 5: Full stop added after VII; Temperment amended to
+Temperament; It amended to Is</p>
+
+<p>Page 6: Phosphoresece amended to Phosphorescence</p>
+
+<p>Page <a href="#Page_7">7</a>: preceived amended to perceived</p>
+
+<p>Page <a href="#Page_9">9</a>: "Subnormal" <i>sic</i>; Byond amended to Beyond;
+opening quote marks added to "supernormal"</p>
+
+<p>Page <a href="#Page_19">19</a>: "subdivisions, and sub-divisions" <i>sic</i></p>
+
+<p>Page <a href="#Page_20">20</a>: occulists amended to occultists; terrestial
+amended to terrestrial. Missing closing quotes for
+quotation added after 'radiant energy.' "Several great
+class" <i>sic</i></p>
+
+<p>Page <a href="#Page_23">23</a>: Kellar amended to Keller; duplicate "have" removed</p>
+
+<p>Page <a href="#Page_24">24</a>: Kellar amended to Keller</p>
+
+<p>Page <a href="#Page_28">28</a>: interpretating amended to interpreting; pagaent
+amended to pageant</p>
+
+<p>Page <a href="#Page_29">29</a>: preception amended to perception</p>
+
+<p>Page <a href="#Page_30">30</a>: duplicate word "of" removed</p>
+
+<p>Page <a href="#Page_34">34</a>: One instance of Ochorowicz, one instance of
+Ochoriwicz. Left as is</p>
+
+<p>Page <a href="#Page_37">37</a>: second comma in 400,000,000,000,000 removed;
+beyound amended to beyond; tremblngs amended to
+tremblings; eough amended to enough</p>
+
+<p>Page <a href="#Page_40">40</a>: wthout amended to without; phenoment amended
+to phenomena</p>
+
+<p>Page <a href="#Page_41">41</a>: Roetgen amended to Roentgen</p>
+
+<p>Page <a href="#Page_42">42</a>: senes amended to senses</p>
+
+<p>Page <a href="#Page_45">45</a>: duplicate line of text removed</p>
+
+<p>Page <a href="#Page_50">50</a>: menium amended to medium</p>
+
+<p>Page <a href="#Page_51">51</a>: transfrence amended to transference</p>
+
+<p>Page <a href="#Page_54">54</a>: thought-wives amended to thought-waves</p>
+
+<p>Page <a href="#Page_57">57</a>: coldenss amended to coldness</p>
+
+<p>Page <a href="#Page_61">61</a>: pheonmena amended to phenomena; beenficial
+amended to beneficial</p>
+
+<p>Page <a href="#Page_63">63</a>: a amended to at</p>
+
+<p>Page <a href="#Page_66">66</a>: resistence amended to resistance</p>
+
+<p>Page <a href="#Page_68">68</a>: implicity amended to implicitly</p>
+
+<p>Page <a href="#Page_84">84</a>: infinitessimal amended to infinitesimal</p>
+
+<p>Page <a href="#Page_85">85</a>: antedeluvian amended to antediluvian</p>
+
+<p>Page <a href="#Page_92">92</a>: Certain amended to Certainly; ont amended to not</p>
+
+<p>Page <a href="#Page_94">94</a>: mainfested amended to manifested</p>
+
+<p>Page <a href="#Page_99">99</a>: Symbollic amended to Symbolic; symbollically
+amended to symbolically; sudent amended to student</p>
+
+<p>Page <a href="#Page_101">101</a>: rendiiton amended to rendition</p>
+
+<p>Page <a href="#Page_103">103</a>: self-stupefication <i>sic</i></p>
+
+<p>Page <a href="#Page_105">105</a>: very amended to vary</p>
+
+<p>Page <a href="#Page_109">109</a>: occultist amended to occultists</p>
+
+<p>Page <a href="#Page_120">120</a>: "There is ... many degrees" <i>sic</i></p>
+
+<p>Page <a href="#Page_123">123</a>: unforseen amended to unforeseen</p>
+
+<p>Page <a href="#Page_126">126</a>: Section heading Absolute Time relocated from
+middle of paragraph; unescapable <i>sic</i></p>
+
+<p>Page <a href="#Page_135">135</a>: being amended to beings</p>
+
+<p>Page <a href="#Page_136">136</a>: Spritualism amended to Spiritualism</p>
+
+<p>Page <a href="#Page_137">137</a>: enlighted amended to enlightened</p>
+
+<p>Page <a href="#Page_138">138</a>: adherance amended to adherence</p>
+
+<p>Page <a href="#Page_145">145</a>: perseverence amended to perseverance;
+unconciously amended to unconsciously</p>
+
+<p>Page <a href="#Page_155">155</a>: occulists amended to occultists</p>
+
+<p>Page <a href="#Page_160">160</a>: produtcion amended to production</p>
+
+<p>Page <a href="#Page_170">170</a>: genearly amended to generally</p>
+
+<p>Page <a href="#Page_174">174</a>: Missing full stop added</p>
+
+<p>Page <a href="#Page_174">174</a>: fundmental amended to fundamental</p>
+
+<p>Page <a href="#Page_182">182</a>: "Materializations follows" <i>sic</i></p>
+
+<p>Page <a href="#Page_185">185</a>: parthway amended to pathway</p>
+
+<p>Page <a href="#Page_186">186</a>: "modus operana" <i>sic</i></p>
+
+<p>Page <a href="#Page_187">187</a>: apostrophe added to others</p>
+
+<p>Page <a href="#Page_190">190</a>: "personal composition" <i>sic</i></p>
+
+<p>Page <a href="#Page_203">203</a>: uninterupted amended to uninterrupted;
+Psyschic amended to Psychic</p>
+
+<p>Page <a href="#Page_210">210</a>: meduim amended to medium; coures amended to course</p>
+
+<p>Page <a href="#Page_213">213</a>: "finnicky" and "finnickiness" <i>sic</i></p>
+
+<p>Page <a href="#Page_215">215</a>: senuous amended to sensuous</p>
+
+<p>Page <a href="#Page_219">219</a>: healings amended to healing</p>
+
+<p>Page <a href="#Page_223">223</a>: phychic amended to psychic; "subject is" amended to "subject if"</p>
+
+<p>Page <a href="#Page_225">225</a>: comma after auto replaced with hyphen</p>
+
+<p>Page <a href="#Page_232">232</a>: showe amended to show</p>
+
+<p>Page <a href="#Page_235">235</a>: super-senous amended to super-sensuous</p>
+
+<p>Page <a href="#Page_236">236</a>: Condtiion amended to Condition</p>
+
+<p>Page <a href="#Page_243">243</a>: himeslf amended to himself</p>
+
+<p>Page <a href="#Page_249">249</a>: how amended to now</p>
+
+<p>Page <a href="#Page_252">252</a>: "clear and," amended to "clear, and"</p>
+
+<p>Page <a href="#Page_256">256</a>: indicte amended to indicate</p>
+
+<p>Page <a href="#Page_260">260</a>: showly amended to slowly</p>
+
+<p>Page <a href="#Page_265">265</a>: materilaization amended to materialization</p>
+
+<p>Page <a href="#Page_267">267</a>: mediumsistic amended to mediumistic</p>
+
+<p>Page <a href="#Page_268">268</a>: phemonea amended to phenomena</p>
+
+<p>Page <a href="#Page_269">269</a>: accordian amended to accordion</p>
+
+<p>Page <a href="#Page_270">270</a>: State amended to Slate</p>
+
+<p>Page <a href="#Page_276">276</a>: ignoranty amended to ignorantly</p>
+
+<p>Small inconsistencies between the Table of Contents and
+the section titles, such as spelling, capitalization and
+hyphenation have been retained. In addition to these the
+following discrepancies are here noted, but have been
+retained:</p>
+
+<div class='center'>
+<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary="toc errata">
+<tr><td class='errata'><b>Page</b></td><td class='errata'><b>Part</b></td><td class='errata'><b>Note</b></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class='errata'>3</td><td class='errata2'>I</td>
+<td class='errata2'>In the Table of Contents Super-sensible Vibrations should
+be followed by The Higher Vibrations.
+The Higher Senses of Man is The
+Higher Senses of Men on page <a href="#Page_21">21</a>.
+In the Table of Contents Discovery
+of New Worlds should be followed by
+Transcendental Senses.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td></td><td class='errata'>III</td>
+<td class='errata2'>The Categories of Thought is titled
+The Contagion of Thought on page <a href="#Page_56">56</a>.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class='errata'>4</td><td></td>
+<td class='errata2'>In the Table of Contents Repelling
+Adverse Influences should be followed
+by Neutralizing Psychic Influences.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td></td><td class='errata'>IV</td>
+<td class='errata2'>Classification of Clairvoyant
+Phenomena is Classification According
+to General Distinctions on page <a href="#Page_81">81</a>.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td></td><td class='errata'>V</td>
+<td class='errata2'>In the Table of Contents Absolute
+Time should be followed by: The
+Occult Hypothesis. "The Prophecy of
+Cazotte." The Dinner of the Elect.
+The Illuminatus. The Beginning of the
+Prophecy. The Shadow of the
+Guillotine. The Fall of the Great.
+The Fate of Royalty. The Fulfillment
+of the Prophecy. Other Historical
+Instances. The Eternal Verities.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class='errata'>5</td><td class='errata'>VII</td>
+<td class='errata2'>Spirit Impersonation is titled Spirit
+Inspiration on page <a href="#Page_165">165</a>.
+Inspirational Speaking is titled
+Inspirational Writing on page <a href="#Page_168">168</a>.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td></td><td class='errata'>VIII</td>
+<td class='errata2'>In the Table of Contents The Jacob's
+Ladder of Communion should be
+followed by The Attainment of
+Excellence.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class='errata'>6</td><td class='errata'>IX</td>
+<td class='errata2'>Difficulties Among Spirits is
+Differences Among Spirits on page
+<a href="#Page_215">215</a>. In the Table of Contents
+Self-Protection for Mediums should be
+followed by: Danger in Indiscriminate
+Magnetizing. Detrimental Magnetic
+Influence. Mediumistic
+Auto-Suggestion. "Psychic Sponges."
+Investigate Your Spirits. Spirits Are
+Still Human Beings. Beware of
+Domineering Spirits.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td></td><td class='errata'>X</td>
+<td class='errata2'>Impersonating Manifestations does not
+appear in the text.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td></td><td class='errata'>XI</td>
+<td class='errata2'>In the Table of Contents Spirit
+Paintings should be followed by:
+Fraudulent Slate Writing.
+Practical Advice to Developing
+Mediums should be followed by: Need
+of Special Development. Advice to
+Discouraged Mediums. Avoid
+Cross-Magnetism. Avoid Psychic
+Absorption. The Stewardship of Great
+Powers.</td></tr>
+</table>
+</div>
+
+<p>Section titles sometimes end with a full stop, and other
+times not: left as is.</p>
+
+<p>Quotation marks and hyphenation have generally been
+standardised. Where a word occurs an equal number of times
+as hyphenated and unhyphenated, both forms have been
+retained. Where two spellings of a word have been used (for
+example, magnetiser/magnetizer; skeptic/sceptic) both have
+been retained.</p></div>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+<pre>
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Genuine Mediumship or The Invisible
+Powers, by Bhakta Vishita
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK GENUINE MEDIUMSHIP ***
+
+***** This file should be named 25337-h.htm or 25337-h.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        http://www.gutenberg.org/2/5/3/3/25337/
+
+Produced by Suzanne Lybarger, Brian Janes and the Online
+Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
+
+</pre>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/25337-page-images/f0001-image1.jpg b/25337-page-images/f0001-image1.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8b7240c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/f0001-image1.jpg
diff --git a/25337-page-images/f0002.png b/25337-page-images/f0002.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..67299ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/f0002.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/f0003.png b/25337-page-images/f0003.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5584bd8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/f0003.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/f0004.png b/25337-page-images/f0004.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3eb326f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/f0004.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/f0005.png b/25337-page-images/f0005.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e2dbdb2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/f0005.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/f0006.png b/25337-page-images/f0006.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a91924b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/f0006.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0007.png b/25337-page-images/p0007.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..04a34cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0007.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0008.png b/25337-page-images/p0008.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6ac6439
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0008.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0009.png b/25337-page-images/p0009.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c4b81a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0009.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0010.png b/25337-page-images/p0010.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d9d2363
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0010.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0011.png b/25337-page-images/p0011.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..afda61b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0011.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0012.png b/25337-page-images/p0012.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7d31026
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0012.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0013.png b/25337-page-images/p0013.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..54ea528
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0013.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0014.png b/25337-page-images/p0014.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9fdb11f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0014.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0015.png b/25337-page-images/p0015.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6405ebd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0015.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0016.png b/25337-page-images/p0016.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c4083c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0016.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0017.png b/25337-page-images/p0017.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..946e4a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0017.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0018.png b/25337-page-images/p0018.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..51f253a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0018.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0019.png b/25337-page-images/p0019.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..89ad49a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0019.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0020.png b/25337-page-images/p0020.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cd1479f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0020.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0021.png b/25337-page-images/p0021.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..81e57e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0021.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0022.png b/25337-page-images/p0022.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8daf0ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0022.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0023.png b/25337-page-images/p0023.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5dc9f59
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0023.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0024.png b/25337-page-images/p0024.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8ea08d9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0024.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0025.png b/25337-page-images/p0025.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ffd108e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0025.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0026.png b/25337-page-images/p0026.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c52be56
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0026.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0027.png b/25337-page-images/p0027.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d7e8c62
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0027.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0028.png b/25337-page-images/p0028.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b83343a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0028.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0029.png b/25337-page-images/p0029.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1fc4e67
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0029.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0030.png b/25337-page-images/p0030.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..524f4dd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0030.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0031.png b/25337-page-images/p0031.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..158f929
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0031.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0032.png b/25337-page-images/p0032.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dc65b9a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0032.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0033.png b/25337-page-images/p0033.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..32b7935
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0033.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0034.png b/25337-page-images/p0034.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b530d33
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0034.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0035.png b/25337-page-images/p0035.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e4789e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0035.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0036.png b/25337-page-images/p0036.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4ef16c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0036.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0037.png b/25337-page-images/p0037.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2570328
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0037.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0038.png b/25337-page-images/p0038.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4e9bea5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0038.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0039.png b/25337-page-images/p0039.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..51582df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0039.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0040.png b/25337-page-images/p0040.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..79a0b17
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0040.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0041.png b/25337-page-images/p0041.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..93cb67f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0041.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0042.png b/25337-page-images/p0042.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0b40ed2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0042.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0043.png b/25337-page-images/p0043.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8c234db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0043.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0044.png b/25337-page-images/p0044.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f15e97c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0044.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0045.png b/25337-page-images/p0045.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ed95642
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0045.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0046.png b/25337-page-images/p0046.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3135df1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0046.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0047.png b/25337-page-images/p0047.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9e01088
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0047.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0048.png b/25337-page-images/p0048.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5b3931b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0048.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0049.png b/25337-page-images/p0049.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b14d087
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0049.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0050.png b/25337-page-images/p0050.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1e82042
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0050.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0051.png b/25337-page-images/p0051.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..df997d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0051.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0052.png b/25337-page-images/p0052.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..70b353c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0052.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0053.png b/25337-page-images/p0053.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7a36a8b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0053.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0054.png b/25337-page-images/p0054.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..28bd7fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0054.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0055.png b/25337-page-images/p0055.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ded26bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0055.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0056.png b/25337-page-images/p0056.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b3b2bed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0056.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0057.png b/25337-page-images/p0057.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bdf0e3f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0057.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0058.png b/25337-page-images/p0058.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d07c3e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0058.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0059.png b/25337-page-images/p0059.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..331a1e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0059.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0060.png b/25337-page-images/p0060.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0de1ab0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0060.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0061.png b/25337-page-images/p0061.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5cdef3b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0061.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0062.png b/25337-page-images/p0062.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cfdae7d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0062.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0063.png b/25337-page-images/p0063.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9c6422e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0063.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0064.png b/25337-page-images/p0064.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5942d9a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0064.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0065.png b/25337-page-images/p0065.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..966aff0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0065.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0066.png b/25337-page-images/p0066.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1398a78
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0066.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0067.png b/25337-page-images/p0067.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1352396
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0067.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0068.png b/25337-page-images/p0068.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..596f777
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0068.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0069.png b/25337-page-images/p0069.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ba2525f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0069.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0070.png b/25337-page-images/p0070.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..92c1448
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0070.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0071.png b/25337-page-images/p0071.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c001a2e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0071.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0072.png b/25337-page-images/p0072.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..56d7f0d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0072.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0073.png b/25337-page-images/p0073.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..347cb78
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0073.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0074.png b/25337-page-images/p0074.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ce36715
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0074.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0075.png b/25337-page-images/p0075.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..21ff17d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0075.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0076.png b/25337-page-images/p0076.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9e3200e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0076.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0077.png b/25337-page-images/p0077.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..57f7866
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0077.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0078.png b/25337-page-images/p0078.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bcd2b25
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0078.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0079.png b/25337-page-images/p0079.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..14c9143
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0079.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0080.png b/25337-page-images/p0080.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..db0f929
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0080.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0081.png b/25337-page-images/p0081.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9fedc8f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0081.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0082.png b/25337-page-images/p0082.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b7048dd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0082.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0083.png b/25337-page-images/p0083.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4d5122e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0083.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0084.png b/25337-page-images/p0084.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..00fab42
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0084.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0085.png b/25337-page-images/p0085.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a2c3abf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0085.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0086.png b/25337-page-images/p0086.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6aeb768
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0086.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0087.png b/25337-page-images/p0087.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3371264
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0087.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0088.png b/25337-page-images/p0088.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ac22dc5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0088.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0089.png b/25337-page-images/p0089.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5187e8d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0089.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0090.png b/25337-page-images/p0090.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dcc7ed2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0090.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0091.png b/25337-page-images/p0091.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9e70a20
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0091.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0092.png b/25337-page-images/p0092.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a7f6b29
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0092.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0093.png b/25337-page-images/p0093.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9a4ceb3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0093.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0094.png b/25337-page-images/p0094.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c761d5e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0094.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0095.png b/25337-page-images/p0095.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b77da19
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0095.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0096.png b/25337-page-images/p0096.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..77edd50
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0096.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0097.png b/25337-page-images/p0097.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d8be635
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0097.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0098.png b/25337-page-images/p0098.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..07b0850
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0098.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0099.png b/25337-page-images/p0099.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7323666
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0099.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0100.png b/25337-page-images/p0100.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ea70808
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0100.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0101.png b/25337-page-images/p0101.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..15d3b92
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0101.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0102.png b/25337-page-images/p0102.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e8c64cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0102.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0103.png b/25337-page-images/p0103.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..12f4761
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0103.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0104.png b/25337-page-images/p0104.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..42371f7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0104.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0105.png b/25337-page-images/p0105.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..94bd1c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0105.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0106.png b/25337-page-images/p0106.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f16193e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0106.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0107.png b/25337-page-images/p0107.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bb2d5ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0107.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0108.png b/25337-page-images/p0108.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f18f1ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0108.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0109.png b/25337-page-images/p0109.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1a31cf7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0109.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0110.png b/25337-page-images/p0110.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..84b39d6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0110.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0111.png b/25337-page-images/p0111.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5174d04
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0111.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0112.png b/25337-page-images/p0112.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2a61590
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0112.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0113.png b/25337-page-images/p0113.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..474a2a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0113.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0114.png b/25337-page-images/p0114.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bccc5d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0114.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0115.png b/25337-page-images/p0115.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d9d2f17
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0115.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0116.png b/25337-page-images/p0116.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..948a421
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0116.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0117.png b/25337-page-images/p0117.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e77dd03
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0117.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0118.png b/25337-page-images/p0118.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..08f7902
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0118.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0119.png b/25337-page-images/p0119.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..871e96b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0119.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0120.png b/25337-page-images/p0120.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cba783f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0120.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0121.png b/25337-page-images/p0121.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f7cdbc4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0121.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0122.png b/25337-page-images/p0122.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c615d7d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0122.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0123.png b/25337-page-images/p0123.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9607569
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0123.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0124.png b/25337-page-images/p0124.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..40b1ce7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0124.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0125.png b/25337-page-images/p0125.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..50a6a75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0125.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0126.png b/25337-page-images/p0126.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f92a49f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0126.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0127.png b/25337-page-images/p0127.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..38b73fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0127.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0128.png b/25337-page-images/p0128.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..66802f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0128.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0129.png b/25337-page-images/p0129.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c97a9b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0129.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0130.png b/25337-page-images/p0130.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b81eeb3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0130.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0131.png b/25337-page-images/p0131.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e890bcc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0131.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0132.png b/25337-page-images/p0132.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..945692d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0132.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0133.png b/25337-page-images/p0133.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..10fdba0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0133.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0134.png b/25337-page-images/p0134.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..27b2883
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0134.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0135.png b/25337-page-images/p0135.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bd7f960
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0135.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0136.png b/25337-page-images/p0136.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9d41cd3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0136.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0137.png b/25337-page-images/p0137.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..151551b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0137.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0138.png b/25337-page-images/p0138.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3114323
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0138.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0139.png b/25337-page-images/p0139.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e28fd58
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0139.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0140.png b/25337-page-images/p0140.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cf0b592
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0140.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0141.png b/25337-page-images/p0141.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..db08463
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0141.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0142.png b/25337-page-images/p0142.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cf4a5a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0142.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0143.png b/25337-page-images/p0143.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d0558ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0143.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0144.png b/25337-page-images/p0144.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..74c63a0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0144.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0145.png b/25337-page-images/p0145.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c6af99e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0145.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0146.png b/25337-page-images/p0146.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c596195
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0146.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0147.png b/25337-page-images/p0147.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ac5b34a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0147.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0148.png b/25337-page-images/p0148.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bae5eb4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0148.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0149.png b/25337-page-images/p0149.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0549ec4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0149.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0150.png b/25337-page-images/p0150.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8996f72
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0150.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0151.png b/25337-page-images/p0151.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..15b982c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0151.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0152.png b/25337-page-images/p0152.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ae398e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0152.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0153.png b/25337-page-images/p0153.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b6ffea0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0153.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0154.png b/25337-page-images/p0154.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..139f96c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0154.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0155.png b/25337-page-images/p0155.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..01c856b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0155.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0156.png b/25337-page-images/p0156.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c7a945c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0156.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0157.png b/25337-page-images/p0157.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6e059c7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0157.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0158.png b/25337-page-images/p0158.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d8051fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0158.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0159.png b/25337-page-images/p0159.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..40313e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0159.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0160.png b/25337-page-images/p0160.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f58bac0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0160.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0161.png b/25337-page-images/p0161.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..50148bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0161.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0162.png b/25337-page-images/p0162.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..49302f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0162.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0163.png b/25337-page-images/p0163.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3039abd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0163.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0164.png b/25337-page-images/p0164.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4df5a36
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0164.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0165.png b/25337-page-images/p0165.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2b899fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0165.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0166.png b/25337-page-images/p0166.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9e0c2d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0166.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0167.png b/25337-page-images/p0167.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c2f6c82
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0167.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0168.png b/25337-page-images/p0168.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0210947
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0168.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0169.png b/25337-page-images/p0169.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..59084a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0169.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0170.png b/25337-page-images/p0170.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..14bfdf1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0170.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0171.png b/25337-page-images/p0171.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a86c10e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0171.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0172.png b/25337-page-images/p0172.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ab555a0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0172.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0173.png b/25337-page-images/p0173.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9caf5bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0173.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0174.png b/25337-page-images/p0174.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..46ee4b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0174.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0175.png b/25337-page-images/p0175.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..609a0b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0175.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0176.png b/25337-page-images/p0176.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1f3ae77
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0176.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0177.png b/25337-page-images/p0177.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7f99be2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0177.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0178.png b/25337-page-images/p0178.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..054afdb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0178.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0179.png b/25337-page-images/p0179.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f68adc7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0179.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0180.png b/25337-page-images/p0180.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9388f81
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0180.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0181.png b/25337-page-images/p0181.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..da0db82
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0181.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0182.png b/25337-page-images/p0182.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aa0e5c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0182.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0183.png b/25337-page-images/p0183.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f845661
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0183.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0184.png b/25337-page-images/p0184.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..189260d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0184.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0185.png b/25337-page-images/p0185.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1aee210
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0185.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0186.png b/25337-page-images/p0186.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4286c76
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0186.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0187.png b/25337-page-images/p0187.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6ab7a2b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0187.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0188.png b/25337-page-images/p0188.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bb9fff7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0188.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0189.png b/25337-page-images/p0189.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..efa5bd2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0189.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0190.png b/25337-page-images/p0190.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f91c522
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0190.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0191.png b/25337-page-images/p0191.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ac33618
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0191.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0192.png b/25337-page-images/p0192.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a787caf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0192.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0193.png b/25337-page-images/p0193.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1fbf826
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0193.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0194.png b/25337-page-images/p0194.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d0d2dfe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0194.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0195.png b/25337-page-images/p0195.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b7ef264
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0195.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0196.png b/25337-page-images/p0196.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e8a4373
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0196.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0197.png b/25337-page-images/p0197.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..47dfd21
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0197.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0198.png b/25337-page-images/p0198.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0fa60ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0198.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0199.png b/25337-page-images/p0199.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..570e57b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0199.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0200.png b/25337-page-images/p0200.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5ed854a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0200.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0201.png b/25337-page-images/p0201.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9e9518b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0201.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0202.png b/25337-page-images/p0202.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..18fab36
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0202.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0203.png b/25337-page-images/p0203.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e132354
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0203.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0204.png b/25337-page-images/p0204.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..305d797
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0204.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0205.png b/25337-page-images/p0205.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c5bd270
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0205.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0206.png b/25337-page-images/p0206.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..027c071
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0206.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0207.png b/25337-page-images/p0207.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3298f06
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0207.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0208.png b/25337-page-images/p0208.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..82a762a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0208.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0209.png b/25337-page-images/p0209.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..81cfbc8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0209.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0210.png b/25337-page-images/p0210.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6ca4f53
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0210.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0211.png b/25337-page-images/p0211.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4640308
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0211.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0212.png b/25337-page-images/p0212.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b861157
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0212.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0213.png b/25337-page-images/p0213.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0d334d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0213.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0214.png b/25337-page-images/p0214.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9e8a588
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0214.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0215.png b/25337-page-images/p0215.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..811ebb9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0215.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0216.png b/25337-page-images/p0216.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ae6b162
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0216.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0217.png b/25337-page-images/p0217.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f247b1e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0217.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0218.png b/25337-page-images/p0218.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8ee26d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0218.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0219.png b/25337-page-images/p0219.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f6414b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0219.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0220.png b/25337-page-images/p0220.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7c2c369
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0220.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0221.png b/25337-page-images/p0221.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cfbf350
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0221.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0222.png b/25337-page-images/p0222.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..43d2699
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0222.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0223.png b/25337-page-images/p0223.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8bbd6bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0223.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0224.png b/25337-page-images/p0224.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f6cafa9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0224.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0225.png b/25337-page-images/p0225.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..01dc4b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0225.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0226.png b/25337-page-images/p0226.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..84ce9a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0226.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0227.png b/25337-page-images/p0227.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..561b3da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0227.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0228.png b/25337-page-images/p0228.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b04409e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0228.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0229.png b/25337-page-images/p0229.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8ef87e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0229.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0230.png b/25337-page-images/p0230.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9d65821
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0230.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0231.png b/25337-page-images/p0231.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..32c56f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0231.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0232.png b/25337-page-images/p0232.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ce7e45c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0232.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0233.png b/25337-page-images/p0233.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e6be423
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0233.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0234.png b/25337-page-images/p0234.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aea387c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0234.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0235.png b/25337-page-images/p0235.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..32da17a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0235.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0236.png b/25337-page-images/p0236.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5ad08a0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0236.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0237.png b/25337-page-images/p0237.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f658ed1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0237.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0238.png b/25337-page-images/p0238.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2293546
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0238.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0239.png b/25337-page-images/p0239.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8df0704
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0239.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0240.png b/25337-page-images/p0240.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..87c45b5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0240.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0241.png b/25337-page-images/p0241.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2a7c5e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0241.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0242.png b/25337-page-images/p0242.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e354b88
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0242.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0243.png b/25337-page-images/p0243.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e0411f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0243.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0244.png b/25337-page-images/p0244.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fcc7bee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0244.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0245.png b/25337-page-images/p0245.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d5b8803
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0245.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0246.png b/25337-page-images/p0246.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4544361
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0246.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0247.png b/25337-page-images/p0247.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..28ea137
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0247.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0248.png b/25337-page-images/p0248.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0758b23
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0248.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0249.png b/25337-page-images/p0249.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fc5d6a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0249.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0250.png b/25337-page-images/p0250.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bd0a1f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0250.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0251.png b/25337-page-images/p0251.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..444a758
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0251.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0252.png b/25337-page-images/p0252.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..82ef9fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0252.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0253.png b/25337-page-images/p0253.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9d681d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0253.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0254.png b/25337-page-images/p0254.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..537bf2e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0254.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0255.png b/25337-page-images/p0255.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f599fb5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0255.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0256.png b/25337-page-images/p0256.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d090845
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0256.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0257.png b/25337-page-images/p0257.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a6665e0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0257.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0258.png b/25337-page-images/p0258.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..39de54a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0258.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0259.png b/25337-page-images/p0259.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ccee814
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0259.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0260.png b/25337-page-images/p0260.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5ec5944
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0260.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0261.png b/25337-page-images/p0261.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d04cb85
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0261.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0262.png b/25337-page-images/p0262.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..13f0e28
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0262.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0263.png b/25337-page-images/p0263.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c282694
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0263.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0264.png b/25337-page-images/p0264.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f0f6480
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0264.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0265.png b/25337-page-images/p0265.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..256e657
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0265.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0266.png b/25337-page-images/p0266.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..935d9fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0266.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0267.png b/25337-page-images/p0267.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a9c5aa9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0267.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0268.png b/25337-page-images/p0268.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..117434c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0268.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0269.png b/25337-page-images/p0269.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7b1266f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0269.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0270.png b/25337-page-images/p0270.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6c0fff1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0270.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0271.png b/25337-page-images/p0271.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4763cb8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0271.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0272.png b/25337-page-images/p0272.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..290ce9c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0272.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0273.png b/25337-page-images/p0273.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e67687a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0273.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0274.png b/25337-page-images/p0274.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cda8824
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0274.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0275.png b/25337-page-images/p0275.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ca14dfb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0275.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0276.png b/25337-page-images/p0276.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..24e8b4b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0276.png
diff --git a/25337-page-images/p0277.png b/25337-page-images/p0277.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6b9def1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337-page-images/p0277.png
diff --git a/25337.txt b/25337.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c4c5473
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,8402 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of Genuine Mediumship or The Invisible Powers, by 
+Bhakta Vishita
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: Genuine Mediumship or The Invisible Powers
+
+Author: Bhakta Vishita
+
+Release Date: May 5, 2008 [EBook #25337]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ASCII
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK GENUINE MEDIUMSHIP ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Suzanne Lybarger, Brian Janes and the Online
+Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+
+
+
+
+  +------------------------------------------------------------+
+  | Transcriber's Note:                                        |
+  |                                                            |
+  | Obvious typographical errors have been corrected in        |
+  | this text. For a complete list, please see the bottom of   |
+  | this document.                                             |
+  +------------------------------------------------------------+
+
+
+
+
+Genuine Mediumship
+
+OR
+
+The Invisible Powers
+
+By
+SWAMI BHAKTA VISHITA
+(Hindoo Master)
+
+Author of Seership, the Science of Knowing the
+Future
+
+ADVANCED THOUGHT PUBLISHING CO.
+812 W. Van Buren St., Chicago, Ill.
+
+English Representatives
+L. N. FOWLER & CO., 7 Imperial Arcade,
+Ludgate Circus, London, England
+
+Copyright, 1919 By ADVANCED THOUGHT PUBLISHING CO. Chicago, Ill.
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS
+
+
+PART I.
+
+NATURE'S FINER FORCES
+
+Knowledge versus Faith. Supernormal, not Supernatural.
+Supernormal, not Abnormal. The Prevailing Ignorance. Prejudice
+Against the Unusual. Great Changes Impending. The Naturalness of
+Occult Powers. The World of Vibrations. Super-sensible
+Vibrations. Unseen Worlds. Interpenetrating Planes and Worlds.
+Manifold Planes of Existence. Planes and Vibrations. The Higher
+Senses of Man. The World of Sensation. A Senseless World. The
+Elemental Sense. The Raw Material of Thought. The Evolution of
+the Senses. Unfoldment of New Senses. Discovery of New Worlds. We
+Sense Only Vibratory Motion. The Higher Planes of Nature. An
+Appeal to Reason                                                       7
+
+PART II.
+
+MENTAL VIBRATIONS AND TRANSMISSION
+
+The Higher Forces. Chitta, or Mind Substance. What Modern Science
+Says. A Living Dynamic Focus. Dynamic Correlate of Thought.
+Answer to Skeptical Critics. The World of Vibrations. Unchartered
+Seas of Vibration. The Human Wireless Telegraph Instrument. A
+Great Scientist's Theory. Human-Electro-Magnetism. Human
+Etherical Force. The Brain-Battery. A Peculiar Organ. The Pineal
+Gland. Transmission of Thought. A General Principle.
+Transformation of Vibrations. Example of Electric Light. Example
+of Wireless Telegraphy. Example of Light Waves. Transformation of
+Mental Vibrations. Vibrational Attunement. In Tune with the
+Higher Planes. Two Key-Words                                          31
+
+PART III.
+
+THOUGHT TRANSFERENCE
+
+Involuntary Transmission of Mental Vibrations. Thought Waves.
+Vibratory Thought Force. Mental Atmospheres. The Categories of
+Thought. Mental Whirlpools. Mental Tidal Waves. Immunity to
+Thought Influences. Mental Attunement. Voluntary Transmission of
+Mental Vibrations. Voluntary Mental Influence. White Magic. Black
+Magic. Base Use of Mind Power. The Secret of Witchcraft. Modern
+Black Magic. The Explanation of Sorcery. The Power of
+Fearthought. The Negative Pole. Voodooism Explained.
+Self-Protection. Repelling Adverse Influences. Telepathic
+Phenomena. Scientific Investigators. How Experiments are
+Conducted. Private Experiments. Development of Telepathic Power.
+"Mind Reading." Development Practices. The "Willing Game." Formal
+Tests. Automatic Writing. Psychic Sensitiveness                       53
+
+PART IV.
+
+CLAIRVOYANCE AND KINDRED PHENOMENA
+
+Clairvoyance Defined. The Phenomena of Clairvoyance.
+Classification of Clairvoyant Phenomena. Psychometry. The
+"Psychic Scent." Magnetic Affinity. Distant En Rapport. Psychic
+Underground Explorations. Psychic Detective Work. How to
+Psychometrize. Developing Psychometry. Varieties of Psychometry.
+Psychometric "Getting in Touch." Psychometric Readings. Crystal
+Gazing, etc. Crystals and Bright Objects. The Care of the
+Crystal. How To Use the Crystal. The "Milky Mist." Classes of
+Psychic Pictures. General Directions for Crystal Gazing.
+Selection of Place, etc. Adjusting the Crystal. Time of Sitting.
+Other Persons Present. Crystalline Vision. Physical Requirements.
+Determining Time of Fulfillment. Two Classes of Visions. Time and
+Space in Crystal Gazing. Direct Clairvoyance. Trance Conditions.
+Clairvoyant Reverie. The Dawn of Clairvoyance. Methods of
+Development                                                           79
+
+PART V.
+
+CLAIRVOYANCE: PAST, PRESENT AND FUTURE
+
+Present Clairvoyance. The Human Aura. The Prana Aura. The Auric
+Colors. Thought Forms. The X-Ray Sense. Microscopic Vision. Space
+Clairvoyance. The Psychic Telescope. Radio-Activity. Sensing the
+Higher Vibrations. Viewing Distant Scenes. Time Clairvoyance.
+Past Time Clairvoyance. The Mystery Seeing the Past. Analogies of
+the Physical Plane. Thousand Year Old Light. Reading the Light
+Waves. The Akashic Plane. The Akashic Records. Degrees of
+Clairvoyant Vision. "The Memory of Nature." Involuntary
+Clairvoyance. Future Time Clairvoyance. Seeing What Has Not Yet
+Happened. Simple Prevision. The Nature of Time. The Oriental
+Teaching. The Eternal Now. Absolute Time                            105
+
+PART VI.
+
+MEDIUMSHIP
+
+What is Mediumship? Ancient Mediumship. Mediumship and Religious
+Belief. The Ideals of Modern Spiritualism. Immortality
+Demonstrated Through Mediumship. The Truth of Personal Survival.
+The Gateway of Mediumship. The Mediumistic Character.
+Mediumistic Sensitivity. The Higher Vibratory Forces. Psychic
+Attunement. The Development of Mediumship. Unconscious
+Mediumship. Mediumship and Individuality. Co-operation of Medium
+and Spirits. Mediumship Not Dangerous. Rational Mediumship. The
+"Home Circle." The Cure For Fraudulent Mediumship. Warning to
+Young Mediums                                                        133
+
+PART VII.
+
+MEDIUMISTIC CONDITIONS
+
+Physical Phenomena. "Psychic Force." Human Magnetism. "Zoether."
+"Prana." Mental Phenomena. The Value of Phenomena. Trance
+Condition Not Essential. Scientific Reports on Phenomena.
+Phenomena Without Darkness. Test Conditions. Is Darkness
+Necessary? Developing Circles. Impersonating Mediumship. The
+Proper Mental Condition. Proof of Spirit Identity. The "Trance
+Condition." Spirit Impersonation. Spirit Suggestion. Psychic
+Attunement. Automatic Writing. Inspirational Speaking. Gradual
+Development of Powers. Spirit Guides. No Loss of Individuality.
+Mediumship Beneficial. Mediumship and the Bible                      153
+
+PART VIII.
+
+HOW TO DEVELOP MEDIUMSHIP
+
+Who are Mediumistic? The Mediumistic Temperament. Is Mediumship
+Desirable? Developing the Natural Power. Mediumship and Genius.
+Spontaneous Mediumship. Mediumistic Flashes. Systematic
+Development. The Development Circle. The Aspirational Attitude.
+Natural Unfoldment. Persistent Watchful Waiting. Building Lines
+of Communication. Developing Concentration. The Call for
+Illumination. The Jacob's Ladder of Communion. What a Development
+Circle Is. Forming the Development Circle. The Sitters in the
+Circle. The Spirit Communication Code. The Matter of Time
+Conditions. Opening the Seance. Developing a Medium. The
+Personnel of the Circle. Changing the Sitters. Adding a Medium.
+Reasons for Changes. Psychic Attunement. Pre-Test Manifestations.
+Premature Tests. Forcing Tests. Spirit Directions. Questioning
+the Spirits. Substance and Shadow                                    173
+
+PART IX.
+
+MEDIUMISTIC PHENOMENA
+
+The Part Played by the Sitters. Result of Bad Sitters. Mental
+Atmosphere of the Medium. The Mediumistic Mind. Mediumistic
+"Stage Fright." The Psychic Telephone System. Interrupted
+Communications. Some Difficulties of the Spirits. Difficulties
+Overcome. The Psychic Triangle. Harmonious Relationship. The
+Discord Note. Antagonistic Elements. The Open Mind. Spirits and
+the Sense of Humor. Rhythmic Harmony. Retarding Factors.
+Reasonable Demands of Spirits. Harmonious Conditions. The Channel
+of Communication. The Role of the Spirits. Difficulties Among
+Spirits. Disturbing elements. Impersonation Mediumship. True
+Purpose of Mediumship. Gradual Development. Public Seances. Home
+Circle Development. Undue Prolongation of Seances. Good Advice to
+Young Mediums. Self-Protection for Mediums                           200
+
+PART X.
+
+EXPERIENCES IN THE CIRCLE
+
+Signs of Spirit Presence. Spirit Rappings. Table Tippings. The
+Spirit Signals. Flashes of Communication. Spirit Code-Signals.
+Ouija Boards. A Homemade Ouija Board. Trance or Inspirational
+Mediumship. Symptoms of Trance Conditions. The Entranced Stage.
+Trance Phenomena. Entering the Trance. Advice to Trance Mediums.
+Speaking Mediumship. Public-Speaking Under Control. Spirit Advice
+and Counsel. Impersonating Manifestations. Incidents of
+Impersonation. Incidents of Inspirational Mediumship. Value of
+Identification. Fraudulent Claims of Identity. Guarding Against
+Fraudulent Spirits. Spirit Jokers. A Typical Case of
+Identification. Recalling Past Incidents. Identifying Property.
+Identifying Historical Personages                                    229
+
+PART XI.
+
+HIGHER SPIRIT MANIFESTATIONS
+
+Spirit Psychometry and Clairvoyance. Spirit Psychic Assistance.
+Writing Mediumship. Incidents of Writing Mediumship. Developing
+Writing Mediumship. Stead's Method and Results. Automatic Writing
+vs. Inspirational Writing. Use and Abuse of Automatic Writing.
+Advice to Writing Mediums. Drawing Mediumship. The Planchette.
+How to Use the Planchette. Healing Mediumship. How To Heal by
+Spirit Power. Materialization Mediumship. The Spirit Cabinet Is
+Necessary. How To Make the Spirit Cabinet. How To Use the Spirit
+Cabinet. Spirit Phosphorescence. Appearance of Materialized
+Substance. Materialized Spirit Forms. Scientific Proof of
+Materialization. How To Conduct a Materializing Seance. Trumpet
+Mediumship. Spirit Playing on Musical Instruments. Independent
+Slate Writing. The Slate Writing Circle. Spirit Paintings.
+Practical Advice to Developing Mediums                               251
+
+
+
+
+PART I
+
+NATURE'S FINER FORCES
+
+
+One of the most common mistaken conceptions of the average student of
+the occult sciences, and of so-called "psychic phenomena" in general, is
+that which may be expressed by the term "supernatural." This term, as
+you know, is used to express the idea of "that which is outside of the
+realm of Nature, and of Nature's laws."
+
+
+Knowledge Versus Faith
+
+As a matter of fact, as all the advanced students and teachers of the
+occult doctrine know full well, we have no direct knowledge whatsoever
+of anything that is "outside of the realm of nature, and of Nature's
+laws." It is true that we may, by an act of faith, profess to believe in
+powers and beings entirely apart from the great realm of Nature--in
+fact, most persons do believe in such powers and beings in connection
+with their formal religion--but their belief is entirely within the
+category of Faith, and is not even pretended to be based upon actual
+experience and phenomenal manifestation.
+
+The moment that there appears any manifestation which is possible of
+being known to, or experienced by, the human senses, ordinary or
+extraordinary, that moment the phenomena and the immediate cause thereof
+must be regarded as being properly classed in the category of "natural."
+This is true not only of such phenomena as are perceived by means of our
+ordinary five senses, but also of those which are perceptible only to
+the highest powers of perception, or higher senses, which are latent in
+all human beings but which are unfolded only in the case of a
+comparatively few individuals of the race.
+
+It should be clearly understood by all students of occultism or psychic
+phenomena that man's knowledge and experience, normal or supernormal, is
+confined to the realm of Nature. There is a "ring pass-not" around the
+boundaries of the Kingdom of Nature which mortals cannot pass, no matter
+how high may be their degree of development and advancement. Even those
+great mystics whose writings are filled with the startling revelations
+of "union with the Divine," and of "At-one-ment with Deity," are under
+no illusion concerning this fact they know full well that only in so far
+as Deity involves itself in Nature--wraps itself up in the garments of
+Nature--can it be directly experienced by man, and thus actually known
+by him.
+
+
+Supernormal, Not Supernatural
+
+Perhaps a clearer understanding of this important subject will be had if
+we but substitute the term "supernormal" for that of "supernatural." The
+term "supernormal" is not commonly employed, and but few know that such
+a word is to be found in the dictionaries, much less know its meaning;
+but a study of its meaning, and its adoption in our thinking, will serve
+to give us a clearer conception of the true nature of many strange
+phases of experience of which we have become conscious, either by
+reasons of their manifestation by ourselves, or else by the
+manifestation on the part of others. It will accordingly be well for us
+to carefully examine this term and its meaning.
+
+"Subnormal" means: "Beyond, above, or exceeding that which is NORMAL;
+extraordinary, inexplicable perhaps, but NOT supernatural." Now, the
+term "normal" means: "Conforming to a certain standard, rule, or type";
+hence, anything that is "supernormal" is something that is ABOVE THE
+USUAL PATTERN, RULE, OR TYPE.
+
+There is an important distinction to be noted here, to-wit: a thing may
+be OUTSIDE of the usual pattern, rule, or type, in the sense of being
+INFERIOR TO or UNDER the ordinary standard, and in this case is known as
+"ABNORMAL," the latter term being employed as a term of depreciation. On
+the other hand, the "OUTSIDE of the standard" quality may consist of a
+SUPERIORITY to the prevailing standard, and accordingly is entitled to
+be classed in the category of the "SUPERnormal"--the prefix "SUPER"
+meaning "ABOVE, OVER, HIGHER, etc."
+
+It is important that the distinction be made clearly between the use and
+meaning of these two terms, "abnormal" and "supernormal," respectively.
+The first named denotes INFERIORITY, and the latter denotes SUPERIORITY.
+This distinction may be more clearly apprehended by means of a concrete
+example, as follows:
+
+On our own plane of existence the senses of sight and hearing,
+respectively, are included in the usual standard, pattern, and type of
+sense normality--every normal person possesses these senses in a certain
+general degree of power; hence, on this plane of existence, a person
+born blind, or deaf, is spoken of as "ABNORMAL," that is to say, such a
+person is DEFICIENT in regard to the sense powers.
+
+On the contrary, let us imagine a plane of existence, in which the
+great majority of individuals lack the power of sight and hearing,
+respectively. On such a plane of existence, the occasional individual
+who was born possessed of the powers of sight and hearing, respectively,
+would be properly regarded as "SUPERNORMAL," that is to say, such a
+person would be SUPERIOR to the ordinary run of individuals--above them,
+in fact. The term "ABNORMAL" means MINUS the ordinary standard quality;
+and the term "SUPERNORMAL" means PLUS the ordinary standard quality. And
+yet both the "plus" and the "minus" would be "outside" the normal type,
+though there is a difference as wide as that between the two poles, in
+this "outsideness."
+
+
+Supernormal, Not Abnormal
+
+The above important statement concerning the distinction between the
+"abnormal" and "supernormal" is not made merely for the purpose of
+academic differentiation and classification. On the other hand, it is
+made because there is a most pernicious tendency on the part of the
+ignorant and unthinking portions of the public to regard and to classify
+certain high phases of occult and psychic manifestation of power as
+"abnormal," hence BELOW the standard; whereas, properly speaking, such
+manifestations of power are far ABOVE THE STANDARD, and, hence, clearly
+entitled to the term "supernormal."
+
+
+The Prevailing Ignorance
+
+The ignorant and unthinking attitude of certain portions of the general
+public toward this class of phenomena is akin to that of a community of
+blind and deaf persons, satisfied that their own "three sense" standard
+is the highest possible one attainable by living creatures and that all
+variation therefrom must be considered as "abnormal." In such a
+community there would occasionally be born certain individuals possessed
+of the senses of sight and hearing, in addition to the common three
+senses possessed by the entire community. Judging by what we know of the
+tendency of human nature in such cases, we are warranted in conjuring
+that the ordinary run of persons in such a community would revile the
+seeing and hearing individuals as "abnormal," and their possessors
+therefore to be pitied, and perhaps shunned. Only the intelligent and
+thoughtful members of such a community would be able to grasp the fact
+that these exceptional individuals were really not only not "abnormal,"
+and inferior to type, but that they were really "supernormal," and
+superior to type.
+
+
+Prejudice Against the Unusual.
+
+Those to whom the above illustration may seem far-fetched, exaggerated,
+and unwarranted, are asked to carefully consider the ignorant and
+unthinking attitude which the great majority of the general public, at
+least at first, present toward that most wonderful display of
+supernormal powers, known as "occult" or "psychic," made by the few
+highly developed individuals of the race who are able to manifest them
+to some degree. These individuals are regarded as "queer," and
+"strange," "unnatural," and "abnormal" by their ignorant and unthinking
+neighbors and associates, just as the seeing and hearing exceptional
+individuals were likewise so regarded by their blind and deaf neighbors
+in the above illustration. And, here as in the illustration it is only
+the few intelligent and thinking individuals of the community who
+recognize that the departure from the standard type is in the direction
+of advancement and gain, rather than of retrogression and loss--a plus
+attribute, rather than a minus one. The illustration is startlingly true
+and in accordance with the facts of the case, as many thoughtful persons
+know only to well, and admit sadly.
+
+
+Great Changes Impending
+
+But it would be unjust and unfair to the general public were we to fail
+to add to the above criticism the fact that there is underway a great
+change in the public opinion regarding this important matter. More and
+more persons are becoming interested in Nature's Finer Forces every day;
+more are becoming more familiar with the phenomena manifested by the
+gifted individuals possessing these wondrous powers; and more are coming
+to realize that these powers are really latent in all of the members of
+the human race, though lying dormant in the majority thereof, and may be
+unfolded and brought into active manifestation by scientific methods of
+training and development. But, even so, the student and teacher of this
+great subject should carefully bear in mind the important distinction
+above made between that which is "abnormal," and that which is
+"supernormal"; and such should lose no opportunity in pointing out this
+important distinction whenever the subject arises in conversation or
+argument--for the propaganda of truth should be earnestly and vigorously
+pursued, in order that the world may be liberated from its chains of
+error.
+
+
+The Naturalness of the Occult Powers
+
+Returning to the subject considered in the opening paragraphs of this
+book, namely, the NATURALNESS of the occult and psychic higher powers
+and the manifestation thereof, we strongly advise all students of these
+subjects to acquire a working knowledge of the place in Nature occupied
+by these powers and their manifestations. A little scientific
+information on this subject will render the student better able to
+intelligently teach others concerning these matters, and also to
+successfully defend himself when the ignorant and unthinking seek to
+attack the things which are so dear to his heart, and so real and
+evident to himself. Many, by reason of their lack of scientific
+knowledge on these points, not only fail to make converts to their cause
+of truth, but often really drive away persons who might otherwise be
+interested. Many persons are really interested in and attracted to the
+manifestations of the higher occult and psychic powers, but are fearful
+of anything "unnatural" or "supernatural," and are disposed to be
+frightened off by any suspicion of such qualities in things. These same
+persons, if shown that the phenomena have a perfectly valid scientific
+base in natural forces and laws, will throw aside their fears and will
+become earnest investigators and students of this great subject. Hence,
+as we have said, every teacher and student of this subject should know
+the true scientific natural basis thereof; and in the following few
+pages we shall endeavor to plainly, though briefly, present these to
+you.
+
+
+The World of Vibrations
+
+Modern science furnishes abundant testimony to support and substantiate
+the teachings of the ancient Hindu sages to the effect that everything
+in the Universe is in constant motion, which is manifested by varying
+rates, degrees, and modes of vibration. The modern scientists, alike
+with the ancient occultist, knows that the differences between the
+things of the Universe arise mainly from the different rates, modes, and
+degrees of the vibrations manifested in the things themselves. If we
+change the vibration of a thing, we practically change the manifested
+nature of that thing. The difference between solid ice, liquid water,
+semi-gaseous vapor, and gaseous steam is simply the difference caused by
+various rates of vibration caused by heat. The difference between red
+and blue, green and violet, is simply that caused by varying rates of
+vibration. Light and heat, as well as sound, depend for the differences
+upon rates of vibration.
+
+
+Super-Sensible Vibrations.
+
+Moreover, as every text book on science informs us, there are sounds too
+low as well as those too high for the human ear to register, but which
+are registered by delicate instruments. Again, there are colors beyond
+the place of red, at one end of the visible spectrum; and others beyond
+the place of violet at the other end of that spectrum, which the human
+eye is unable to register and detect, but which our apparatus in the
+laboratory plainly register. The ray of light which registers on the
+photographic plate, and which causes sunburn on our skin, is too high a
+rate of vibration for our eyes to perceive. Likewise the X-Rays, and
+many other of the finer rays of light known to science are imperceptible
+to the unaided human vision--they are actually "dark rays" so far as the
+human eye is concerned, though man has devised instruments by means of
+which they may be caught and registered.
+
+
+The Higher Vibrations
+
+The vibrations of magnetism and electricity are imperceptible to our
+sight, though they may be registered by the appropriate apparatus; and
+if we had the proper sense of apparatus to perceive them, these rays of
+vibratory force would open up a whole new world to us. Likewise, if we
+could increase our power of hearing-perception, we would seem to be
+living in a new world of sights and sounds now closed to us. Reasoning
+along the same lines of thought, many great thinkers have held that
+there is no reason for doubting the possible existence of other
+world-planes of being, just as real and as actual as the one upon which
+we live, and move, and have our being, but which is forever invisible to
+the ordinary human sight and senses; the apparent nothingness of such
+worlds arising solely from the great difference in the rates of
+vibrations between the two planes of being.
+
+
+Unseen Worlds.
+
+Listen to what careful thinkers have said concerning the possibility of
+entire worlds existing in the same space occupied by us, but of which we
+are unconscious by reason of our failure to sense their vibrations: One
+says, "All our sensations are due to the impact upon our sense-organs of
+vibrations in some form. Variations in the strength and rapidity of
+these vibrations constitute the difference in our perceptions. Our range
+of response is but a limited one. Some vibrations are too rapid and some
+too slow to affect our senses, and therefore we have called to our aid
+various mechanical contrivances which enable us to recognize existences
+which would otherwise remain unknown. But it is still conceivable that
+there may be, and doubtless are, conditions of vibratory energy that
+escape us, and which, if we could develop finer senses, would yield
+wonderful results and extensions of our power and knowledge. Today,
+indeed, we are coming into contact with forces, possibilities, and
+personalities which amount to a revelation of a new universe of things."
+
+
+Interpenetrating Planes and Worlds.
+
+Another says: "It is true that 'things are not what they seem'; but
+everything seems to be 'thus and so' to us only because of its
+particular plane of being, and that plane of being is determined by its
+vibrations. On one plane there is a certain vibratory value or speed;
+on another plane, a different one; but a plane is not a place, but a
+state, and so it is possible that two utterly different planes of being
+might co-exist in the same place and be entirely unknown to one another.
+That may seem absurd, but it is a scientific truth, and many authorities
+have endorsed the same."
+
+Another says: "There may be, right here and now, passing through us and
+this world, some planet invisible to us, with mountains, oceans, lakes,
+rivers, cities, and inhabitants: and yet we know absolutely nothing of
+their existence." Another says: "Some students of the occult find it
+difficult to grasp the idea of a number of manifestations, each having
+its own rate of vibration, occupying the same point of space at the same
+time. A slight consideration of the phenomena of the physical world
+would perhaps aid such persons in assimilating the concept in question.
+For instance, as every student of physics knows, a single point of space
+may contain at the same time vibrations of heat, light of many shades,
+magnetism electricity, X-Rays, etc., each manifesting its own rate of
+vibration, land yet none interfering with the others."
+
+Another says: "Every beam of sunlight contains many different colors,
+each with its own degree of vibration, and yet none crowding out the
+others. By the use of the proper forms of laboratory apparatus each kind
+of light may be separated from the others, and the ray thus split up.
+The difference in colors arises simply from the different rates of
+etheric vibrations. Again, it is possible to send many telegrams along
+the same wire, at the same time, by using senders and receivers of
+different vibratory keynotes. The same thing has its corresponding
+analogy in the case of the wireless telegraphy. So you see, even on the
+physical planes we find many forms of vibratory energy manifesting on,
+in, and at the same point of space at the same time, without interfering
+one with the other."
+
+
+Manifold Planes of Existence
+
+The ancient occult teachings have ever insisted upon the presence of
+numerous planes of existence, of which our own particular plane is but
+one. And all of these numerous planes are equally within the realms of
+Nature; none of them being supernatural. And there is always found to
+exist a correspondence between these several planes of manifestation;
+and, under supernormal conditions, a certain degree of possible
+communication between them. Each of these planes has numerous
+subdivisions and subplanes, the divisions being according to the rule of
+"sevens," as follows: there are seven grand planes, and each of these
+are subdivided into seven secondary planes, and each of these into seven
+tertiary planes, and so on until the division has been made seven times.
+
+The student of occultism, particularly at the beginning of his studies,
+experiences difficulty in comprehending just what is meant by the term
+"plane" as employed in the occult teachings. His first impression,
+usually encouraged by the use of the dictionary, is that each "plane" is
+one of a series of strata or layers, above and below which are present
+other layers or strata. Even after the student progresses in his
+understanding of the subject, this original picture of material layers
+and strata tends to persist in his thought on the subject. The error, of
+course, arises from his original conception of the planes, layers, or
+strata as being composed of gross material matter, whereas, as a matter
+of fact, only one of the many planes is so composed. When one stops to
+think that even the grossest form of matter is itself composed of
+vibrations of energy (for science teaches that all matter is but energy
+at the last); and that all other forms of material substance is likewise
+so composed of vibrations of energy; then one is on the road to the
+discovery of the real state of affairs. Then he begins to realize that
+instead of the planes of being rising one above the other in the scale
+of their fineness, they are graded according to their degree of
+vibratory energy, and each may actually occupy the same space as all the
+others. In short, the "planes" are not strata or layers of "matter" at
+all, but are simply different states of vibration of energy; and that
+which we know as "matter" is simply one (and a very low one) of the many
+forms of such vibrations.
+
+From the above, it is seen that the various planes of being are not
+distinguished by spatial position; they do not lie one superimposed on
+the other, like layers or strata of matter. Instead, they interpenetrate
+each other in the same limits of space. A single point of space may
+accommodate the manifestations of each and all of the seven great planes
+of being, and all the subdivisions, and sub-divisions (sevenfold in
+division) at the same time. The old occultists impressed this and other
+facts upon the minds of their pupils by the oft-repeated aphorism: "A
+PLANE OF BEING IS NOT A PLACE OF BEING, BUT A STATE OF BEING." And the
+"state of being" is simply a certain manifestation of vibratory energy.
+With these ideas firmly fixed in the mind, the student is less apt to
+wander astray from the facts of the case.
+
+
+Planes and Vibrations
+
+To those who may be disposed to regard the above statements concerning
+the "planes of being" as somewhat visionary, theoretical, or imaginary,
+we would say: "Go to modern science, and verify this statement." The
+following quotation from a writer on the subject will serve to
+illustrate this fact, viz.: "We are apt to think that we are familiar
+with every kind of matter in existence, but such is not the case. We are
+familiar with only a few forms of matter. Spectrum analysis shows us
+that on certain fixed stars there are forms of matter far different from
+matter as we know it on this planet. On some stars this unknown matter
+appears to be of a much lower form of vibration than that manifested by
+terrestrial matter; while on others, there appears to be a much higher
+vibratory rate than even that manifested by the most subtle forms of
+ultra-gaseous matter known to us here. Even on our own globe we can
+distinguish between several great class of matter. In addition to the
+forms called 'solid,' 'liquid,' and 'gaseous,' respectively, science now
+recognizes a fourth plane of matter known as 'ultra-gaseous' matter, and
+there are indications of several even finer states of matter, known
+under the general term of 'radiant matter.' In fact, modern science sees
+'radiant matter' apparently fading away into 'radiant energy.'"
+
+In view of the facts of modern science concerning the different planes
+of substance, matter and energy, it is mere stupidity that ventures to
+question the possibility of the existence of great plane of being and
+life beyond the range of the ordinary senses of man--planes surrounding
+us on all sides, occupying the same space as we do, yet unseen by us,
+and we largely unseen by those dwelling upon such planes.
+
+
+The Higher Senses of Men.
+
+There are found persons who, while admitting the possibility of other
+and finer planes of being and life, yet question the possibility of
+communication between these planes of existence. They say, with
+apparently sound logic, "How is it possible for the human being, with
+his ordinary senses, to 'sense' things or being, dwelling on finer
+planes of being?" If this were all that there is to the question, we
+might well echo "How, indeed?" and agree with the critic. But, this is
+not all that there is to it--not even the beginning of the end of the
+tale. For not only may things on the finer planes become perceptible to
+human beings by means of the lowering of the vibrations of these finer
+vibratory objects in certain ways, but human beings may develop and
+cultivate an increased power in their senses of sight and hearing, and
+thus raise their vibrations so as to "sense" the things of the higher
+vibrations; and, still more, human beings may, and often do, develop
+and cultivate certain latent powers of "sensing" which are inherent in
+every one of us, and thus directly "sense" the sights and sounds of the
+higher planes of existence, almost if not quite as clearly as they can
+sense the objects and events of their own plane of existence. To
+understand how this can be, it is necessary to carefully consider the
+question of "sensing" in general, so as to understand just what enables
+us to "sense" anything at all. Once understanding this, it is but a step
+further to understand this SUPERNORMAL sensing referred to. Let us then
+examine this matter of "sensing" in general.
+
+
+The World of Sensation.
+
+The reports of our sense organs are called "sensations." A sensation is
+defined as "an impression, or the consciousness of an impression, made
+upon the mind through the medium of a nerve or one of the organs of
+sense. The term 'sense' is defined as 'a faculty possessed by animals of
+perceiving external objects by means of impressions made upon certain
+organs of the body, or of perceiving changes in the condition of the
+body.' Our senses have been well said to constitute 'the doors to the
+outside world.' Unless our attention is specially directed to the
+subject, few of us even begin to realize how completely we are dependent
+upon these 'doors' to the outside world" for our knowledge of that
+outside world. It is only when we stop to imagine how completely shut
+in, or shut out, we would be if all of our sense channels should be
+destroyed, that we can even begin to realize just how dependent we are
+upon our senses for our knowledge of the world in which we live, and
+move, and have our being.
+
+
+A Senseless World.
+
+A writer on the subject has said: "Psychologists have pointed out to us
+the fact that if a human being were born without sense organs, no matter
+how perfect a brain he might have, his life would be little more than
+that of a plant. Such a person would exist merely in a dreamlike state,
+with only the very faintest manifestations of consciousness. His
+consciousness would not be able to react in response to the impact of
+sensations from the outside world, for there would be no such impact.
+And as consciousness depends almost entirely upon the impact of, or
+resistance to, outside impressions, his consciousness would be almost
+entirely inactive. He would be conscious of his own existence, but would
+probably never realize the fact fully, for he would have nothing else
+with which to compare himself, and his self-consciousness would never be
+aroused by contact with things outside of himself. Such a person would
+not have even the memories of previous sensations or experiences to
+arouse or heighten his consciousness or thought, and consequently he
+would have no imagination to use. He would be, to all intents and
+purposes, a living corpse. Helen Keller has only two doors of sensation
+closed to her--the sense of sight and the sense of hearing. Touch,
+taste, and smell, however were left to her; and each was quickened and
+heightened in order to help so far as possible to perform the world of
+the defective senses. The reaching of the consciousness of this girl is
+considered by science to be akin to a miracle--yet only two senses were
+missing. To appreciate the full meaning of the importance of the senses,
+one has but to think of Helen Keller as having been also deprived of the
+sense of touch."
+
+
+The Elemental Sense.
+
+Science informs us that all of the five senses of man, viz., the
+respective senses of touch, sight, hearing, taste, and smell are but
+modifications of one elementary sense namely the sense of touch; and
+that the other senses have been gradually evolved from that one
+elementary sense. This is seen to be the case when it is realized that
+the only way that we "sense" the presence of an outside object--be that
+object either a material substance, a vibration of the air, or an
+etheric vibration of light--is by that outside object coming in contact,
+directly or indirectly, with one or more of our sensory nerves, the
+latter conveying the report of the contact to the brain, which
+translates the sensation into what is called a "perception." This is
+true of the sensations of touch, sight, hearing, taste, and smell, and
+of senses higher than these and which as yet are not recognized by
+science. Consequently, the consciousness of the presence of an outside
+thing arises from contact with that outside thing through the channel of
+the sense of touch, or of some of its more complex evolved phases.
+
+
+The Raw Material of Thought.
+
+From what has been said, it is seen that we can know only those things
+concerning the outside world which are capable of being reported to us
+by means of sense impressions, simple or complex--all of our thought
+regarding the world is made up from "the raw materials of thought" which
+psychologists have termed sensations. Consequently, if an individual is
+deprived of one or more of his ordinary senses, his knowledge of the
+outside world is decreased to just that extent. And, likewise, if the
+individual were to be given one or more additional senses, his knowledge
+of the world would be increased in the same ratio. The same result, at
+least in a certain degree, would be attained if the existing senses of
+the individual were to be increased in power so as to register higher
+rates of vibration than they now consciously register and record.
+
+
+The Evolution of the Senses.
+
+This subject of increased sense-powers has always been a fascinating one
+for the psychologists, and much speculation has been indulged in
+concerning the increased consciousness of mankind were additional senses
+opened to it. We ask you to carefully consider the following quotations
+from psychologists possessing the "scientific imagination."
+
+A psychologist says: "All the senses have been evolved from the
+elementary sense of Touch. All of our senses are but modified,
+specialized, and more complex forms of the sense of Touch. The
+elementary life-forms possessed merely the sense of Touch; and that but
+faintly developed--but a faint sensitiveness to outside impressions.
+Then developed the sense of Taste, from which later evolved the sense of
+Smell, the latter even now being closely associated with the former.
+Then evolved the sense of Hearing, or the consciousness of the contact
+of air vibrations called 'sound.' Then evolved the sense of sight, or
+the consciousness of contact with the light waves of the other. And it
+is not impossible, or even improbable, that the human race will
+eventually develop other and more complex senses--in fact, many even now
+claim that the development of extra senses is now under way in the race,
+and that the same are now manifesting the presence and their powers in
+exceptional cases."
+
+
+Unfoldment of New Senses
+
+The same writer continues as follows: "Even as it is man is able to
+perceive only a limited number of sound vibrations--there are many sound
+vibrations above and below his scale, and which he is unable to
+perceive, but which are registered by delicate instruments. Likewise,
+man is able to perceive only a limited range of light vibrations, there
+being enormous fields of such vibrations above and below his range.
+Again, man is unable to sense electrical waves, or magnetic
+waves--though, theoretically, he should be able to sense these as well
+as light waves, the difference between these respective fields of
+etheric vibrations being simply different rates of vibration. Imagine
+what a new world would be opened to man if he could sense the waves of
+electricity. In that case he could 'see' things as far away from him as
+the waves of electricity could travel, and even though solid objects
+intervened, as in the case of the X-Rays. In such a case a man might
+actually 'see' things at the other side of the world, by means of
+'wireless electrical waves.' Theoretically these things are possible,
+providing that man's optical nerves are rendered more sensitive, or
+provided that he evolves a new set of sensory nerves and instruments of
+impression."
+
+
+Discovery of New Worlds.
+
+Another psychologist says: "If a new sense or two were added to the
+present normal number in man, that which is now the phenomenal world for
+all of us might, for all that we know, burst into something amazingly
+different and wider, in consequence of the additional revelations of
+these new senses." Another authority has said: "It does not seem at all
+improbable that there are properties of matter of which none of our
+senses can take immediate cognizance, and which other beings might be
+able to see in the same manner that we are sensible to light, sound,
+etc." Another writer has said: "We know that our sensory nerves are
+capable of transmitting to the brain only a part of the phenomena of the
+universe. Our senses give us only a section of the world's phenomena.
+Our senses usher only certain phenomena into the presence of our minds.
+If we had three or four new senses added, this might appear like a new
+world to us; we might become conscious of a vast number of phenomena
+which at present never have any effect upon our nervous system. It is
+not possible to imagine a race of beings whose senses do not resemble
+ours, inhabiting other worlds."
+
+
+Transcendental Senses
+
+Another writer has drawn an interesting picture, which is based upon a
+conjecture which is scientifically valid, as follows: "The late
+Professor James once suggested as a useful exercise for young students a
+consideration of the changes which would be worked in our ordinary world
+if the various branches of our receiving instruments happened to
+exchange duties; if, for instance, we heard all colors, and saw all
+sounds. All this is less mad than it seems. Music is but an
+interpretation of certain vibrations undertaken by the ear; and color is
+but an interpretation of other vibrations undertaken by the eye. Were
+such an alteration of our senses to take place, the world would still be
+sending us the same messages, but we should be interpreting them
+differently. Beauty would still be ours, though speaking in another
+tongue. The birds' song would then strike our retina as pageant of
+color; we should see all the magical tones of the wind, hear as a great
+fugue the repeated and harmonized greens of the forest, the cadences of
+stormy skies. Did we realize how slight an adjustment of our own organs
+is needed to initiate us into such a world, we should perhaps be less
+contemptuous of those mystics who tell us in moments of transcendental
+consciousness they 'heard flowers that sounded, and saw notes that
+shone'; or that they have experienced rare moments of consciousness in
+which the senses were fused organs is needed to initiate us into such a
+world into a single and ineffable act of perception, in which color and
+sound were known as aspects of the same thing."
+
+
+We Sense Only Vibratory Motion.
+
+In assimilating the strange and wonderful conceptions of the
+psychologists above quoted, concerning the possibility of a new world of
+sensation arising from the possession of new channels of sense
+impression, we must never lose sight of the basic fact that all
+SENSATIONS RESULT FROM CONTACT WITH VIBRATORY MOTION. An eminent
+scientific authority has said regarding this: "The only way the external
+world affects the nervous system is by means of vibratory motion. Light
+is vibratory motion; Sound is vibratory motion; Heat is vibratory
+motion; Touch is vibratory motion; Taste and Smell are vibratory motion.
+The world is known to us simply by virtue of, and in relation to, the
+vibratory motion of its particles. Those vibratory motions are
+appreciated and continued by the nervous system, and by it brought at
+length to the mind's perception."
+
+
+The Higher Planes of Nature
+
+In view of the facts and principles above set forth and considered, we
+may begin to see that there is nothing "unnatural" in the hypothesis
+that there may be reports conveyed to the consciousness of man by means
+of higher vibrations than those of ordinary sound, or ordinary sight,
+providing that man has either (1) highly developed his ordinary senses
+of sight, hearing, or touch to a degree sufficiently high to register
+these higher vibrations; or else has evolved and unfolded into
+consciousness certain latent faculties of sense-impression which are
+lying dormant in the great masses of mankind. In fact, the thoughtful
+person will be forced to admit that this new knowledge of the nature of
+sensations, and of its relation to vibratory motion, renders extremely
+probable the truth of the great body of reports of such so-called
+extra-conscious knowledge which the experience of the race has furnished
+from the beginning of human history down to the present time. Such a
+person will see that it is not a sign of "credulity" for a person to
+accept such reports, so universally set forth; but that, rather, it is a
+sign of "credulity" for a person to accept blindly the dogmatic
+assertions of the materialistic sceptics to the effect that "there is no
+such thing possible in the natural world, under natural world, under
+natural laws--the whole thing is delusion or else deliberate fraud."
+Such "know-it-all" persons are usually found to really "know much that
+is not true," and to lack knowledge of much that is true, regarding
+Nature, her realm and her laws.
+
+
+An Appeal To Reason.
+
+Concluding these statements, let us say that the student of this book
+will find nothing contained within this book which is contrary to
+Nature's laws and principles. He will nowhere in it be asked to suspend
+the exercise of his reason, and to accept as facts things which violate
+all of Nature's laws. Instead, he will find at each point full natural
+explanations of even the most wonderful phenomena; and the appeal to
+accept same will be made always to his reason, and not to his blind
+faith or unreasoning belief. The student is urged to build his knowledge
+of this important subject upon this solid rock of natural law and fact,
+and not upon the shifting and sinking sands of mere dogmatic assertion
+and appeal to assumed authority ancient or modern.
+
+
+
+
+PART II
+
+Mental Vibrations and Transmissions
+
+
+In the category of Nature's Finer Forces must be included that class of
+manifestations which are generally known as Telepathy, Thought
+Transference, Thought Force, etc., all of which are based upon the fact
+that there is present in all such mental states as Thought, Emotion,
+Desire, etc., a certain rate of vibratory motion, which motion is
+capable of being radiated from the mind of the person manifesting them
+in such power and force that they may be registered with more or less
+distinctness upon the minds of other persons are at a greater or less
+distance from the first person. In the more common forms of its
+manifestation, such mental force or power is known as Thought Force,
+Mental Influence, etc., and in its more pronounced and less common
+phases it is known as Telepathy, Thought Transference, etc., but the
+basic principle is precisely the same in all of such cases, simple or
+complex though their manifestations may be.
+
+
+The Higher Forces.
+
+We may say here, frankly and plainly, however, that the advanced
+occultists regard this class of phenomena as comparatively simple and
+elementary, and therefore not fully entitled to be included in the same
+category with the higher phases of Nature's Finer Forces, such as, for
+instance, Clairvoyance, Psychometry, Communication with the Higher
+Planes, etc. But notwithstanding this, we are of the opinion that any
+and every one of the finer forces of nature, i.e., any of the forces
+which are over and above the plane upon which the ordinary senses of
+man, normally developed, ordinarily function and operate, should be
+placed in one general category of the Higher Forces of Nature,
+particularly in a work of this kind designed for the instruction of the
+general public upon these important subjects. Accordingly, these lesser
+manifestations of the finer forces in the natural world shall be
+carefully considered in this part of this book, so that the student may
+become acquainted with the scientific principles upon which they are
+based, and may be enabled to develop the power of manifesting such
+powers if he choose to do so; and that he may understand the nature of
+such forces and powers when they are manifested by other persons.
+
+
+Chitta, or Mind Substance.
+
+The Hindu Teachings hold that that which we call "Mind" is not an
+intangible something different from anything else in Nature, but that,
+on the contrary, it forms a part of Nature's general manifestation, and
+is a substantial thing. The Hindus have given to this Mind Substance the
+name of Chitta. Without going into metaphysical discussion, or entering
+into technical details concerning this Mind Substance or Chitta, we may
+say that the Hindus believe it to be one phase of the great
+Manifestation which we call Nature--just as that which we call Matter
+is another phase of Manifestation--and, like Matter, having its own
+particular kind of force, or energy, its own rates of vibrations, and
+its own attribute of radiating its vibratory force or energy over space.
+Chitta manifests its activity in creating Thought, Emotions, etc., and
+also in receiving impressions from the outside world which it translates
+into perceptions and ideals. Chitta, or Mind Substance, is not regarded
+by the Hindus as being identical with the Soul, or the Ego; but, on the
+contrary, they regard it as being an instrument for the expression of
+the activity of the Ego, or Soul, just as the Body is another kind of
+instrument. Both Body and Mind are regarded as being intended for the
+use of the Ego or Soul, and not as identical with the latter. We shall
+not discuss these distinctions further in this book, this subject being
+apart from the general field and scope of the present work.
+
+
+What Modern Science Says.
+
+There are many to whom this conception of the vibration energy of Chitta
+or Mind Substance may seem strange. But such persons will be still more
+surprised, perhaps, when they are told that modern science has
+practically admitted the general truth contained in the Hindu teachings
+concerning the same, though modern science seems to cloak the facts of
+the case in technical terms so that the ordinary person is unable to
+comprehend the real facts dwelling beneath these terms. To this latter
+class we specially commend the following statement made by Professor
+Ochorowicz, the eminent European scientist, a few years ago. Professor
+Ochoriwicz says:
+
+
+A Living Dynamic Focus.
+
+"Every living being is a dynamic focus. A dynamic focus tends ever to
+propagate the motion that is proper to it. Propagated motion becomes
+transformed according to the medium it traverses. Motion always tends to
+propagate itself. Therefore, when we see work of any kind--mechanical,
+electrical, nervic, or psychic--disappear without visible effort, then
+of two things, one happens, namely, either a transmission or a
+transformation. Where does the first end, and where does the second
+begin? In an identical medium there is only TRANSMISSION; in a different
+medium there is TRANSFORMATION.
+
+"You send an electric current through a thick wire. You have the
+current, but you do not perceive any other force. But cut that thick
+wire, and connect the ends by means of a fine wire, and this fine wire
+will grow hot--there will be a TRANSFORMATION of a part of the current
+into HEAT. Take a pretty strong current, and interpose a wire still more
+resistant, or a very thin carbon rod, and the carbon will emit LIGHT. A
+part of the current, then, is transformed into heat and light. The light
+acts in every direction around about, first visibly as light, then
+invisibly as heat and electric current. Hold a magnet near it. If the
+magnet is weak and movable, in the form of a magnetic needle, the beam
+of light will cause it to deviate; if it is strong and immovable, it
+will in turn cause the beam of light to deviate. AND ALL THIS FROM A
+DISTANCE, WITHOUT CONTACT, WITHOUT SPECIAL CONDUCTORS.
+
+
+Dynamic Correlate of Thought.
+
+"A process that is at once chemical, physical and psychical, goes on in
+the brain. A complex action of this kind is propagated through the gray
+brain matter, as waves are propagated in water. Regarded on its
+physiological side, an idea is only a vibration, a vibration that is
+propagated, yet which does not pass out of the medium in which it can
+exist as such. It is propagated only as far as other vibrations allow.
+It is propagated more widely if it assumes the character which
+subjectively we call emotive. But it cannot go beyond without being
+transformed. Nevertheless, like force in general, it cannot remain in
+isolation, and it escapes in disguise.
+
+"Thought stays at home, as the chemical action of a battery remains in
+the battery; it is represented by its dynamic correlate, called in the
+case of the battery a 'current,' and in the case of the brain, I know
+not what; but whatever its name may be, it is THE DYNAMIC CORRELATE OF
+THOUGHT. I have chosen the name 'dynamic correlate.' There is something
+more than that; the universe is neither dead nor void.
+
+"A force that is transmitted meets other forces, and if it is
+transformed only little by little it usually limits itself to modifying
+another force at its own cost, though without suffering materially
+thereby. This is the case particularly with forces that are persistent,
+concentrated, well seconded by their medium. It is the case with the
+physiological equilibrium, nervic force, psychic force, ideas, emotions,
+tendencies. These modify environing forces, without themselves
+disappearing. They are imperceptibly transformed, AND IF THE NEXT MAN IS
+OF A NATURE EXCEPTIONALLY WELL ADAPTED TO THEM, THEY GAIN IN INDUCTIVE
+ACTION."
+
+
+Answer to Skeptical Critics
+
+The two most likely objections advanced against this conception by
+sceptical critics are as follows: "(1) The mental vibratory motion, or
+vibratory waves, are not known to science, nor recorded on scientific
+instruments such as the galvanometer. What is the rate of such
+vibrations, and what is their general character? (2) Granted the
+existence of such vibratory energy, or thought-waves, how and by means
+of what channel does the second person receive them from the first
+person? How are they registered or recorded?" These objections are
+capable of being met in a scientific manner, to the satisfaction of any
+fair-minded critic or investigator. We shall now give you, briefly, the
+gist of the answer of science to the aforesaid objections.
+
+
+The World of Vibrations
+
+It is true that the scientific instruments of the laboratory, such as
+the galvanometer, do not record thought vibrations. This, because such
+instruments are capable of registering and recording on certain rates
+and modes of vibratory energy. Thought vibrations are registered only by
+their appropriate instruments, namely, the Chitta of Mind substance of
+living persons. As to the "general character and rate of vibration" of
+these waves of mental force, we can only say that their general
+character is that of "mental force" as opposed to "physical force."
+
+As to their rate of vibration, we can only say that this is not
+precisely known, not having as yet been definitely ascertained; but it
+should be added that THERE IS PLENTY ROOM FOR THESE VIBRATIONS in the
+great field of vibratory energy. Read the following paragraphs, and
+decide this last matter for yourself.
+
+
+Uncharted Seas of Vibration.
+
+The following quotations from eminent scientists will serve to give the
+student a general idea of the views of science upon the question of the
+possibility of the existence and presence of vibratory energy of kinds
+and characters as yet unknown to science:
+
+The first scientist says: "There is much food for speculation in the
+thought that there exists sound waves that no human ear can hear, and
+color waves that no eye can see. The long, dark, soundless space between
+40,000 and 400,000,000,000,000 vibrations per second, and the infinity
+of range beyond 700,000,000,000,000 vibrations per second, where light
+ceases, in the universe of motion, makes it possible to indulge in
+speculation." The second scientist says: "There is no gradation between
+the most rapid undulations or tremblings that produce our sensation of
+sound, and the lowest of those which give rise to our sensations of
+gentlest warmth. There is a huge gap between them, wide enough to
+include another world of motion, all lying between our world of sound
+and our world of heat and light. And there is no good reason whatever
+for supposing that matter is incapable of such intermediate activity, or
+that such activity may not give rise to intermediate sensations,
+provided that there are organs for taking up and sensifying these
+movements."
+
+The third scientist says: "The knowledge we gain by experiment brings
+home to us what a miserably imperfect piece of mechanism our bodies are.
+The ear can detect the slow-footed sound vibrations that come to us at
+the rate of between 40 and 40,000 a second. But the whole of space may
+be quivering and palpitating with waves at all sorts of varying speeds,
+and our senses will tell us nothing of them until we get them coming to
+us at the inconceivable speed of 400,000,000,000,000 a second, when
+again we respond to them and appreciate them in the form of light."
+
+The fourth scientist says: "The first indications of warmth come to us
+when the vibrations reach the rate of 35,000,000,000,000 per second.
+When the vibrations reach 450,000,000,000,000 the lowest visible light
+rays manifest. Then come the orange rays, the golden yellow, the pure
+yellow, the greenish yellow, the pure green, the greenish blue, the
+ocean blue, the cyanic blue, the indigo, and finally the violet, the
+highest degree of light which the human eye can register, and which
+occurs when the vibrations reach the rate of 750,000,000,000 per second.
+Then come the ultra-violet rays, invisible to human sight but registered
+by chemical media. In this ultra-violet region lie the X-Rays, and the
+other recently discovered high degree rays; also the actinic rays which,
+while invisible to the eye, register on the photographic plate, sunburn
+one's face, blister one's nose, and even cause violent explosions in
+chemical substances exposed to them, as well as act upon the green
+leaves of plants, causing the chemical transformation of carbonic acid
+and water into sugar and starches. These forms of 'dark light,' that
+is, light too high in degree to be perceived by the human eye, are but
+faint indications of the existence of still higher and still finer
+vibrations of substance and energy."
+
+
+The Human Wireless Telegraph Instrument.
+
+Having seen that the first question of the sceptical critics is capable
+of being answered in the scientific spirit, and by ideas based upon
+scientific investigation, we now turn to the second question of the same
+critics, viz.: "Granted the existence of such vibratory energy, or
+thought-waves, how and by means of what channel does the second person
+receive these from the first person? How are they registered or
+recorded?" This same question is also implied in the concluding sentence
+of one of the scientists above quoted, viz.: "There is no good reason
+whatever for supposing that matter is incapable of such intermediate
+activity, or that such activity may not give rise to intermediate
+sensations, provided that there are organs for taking up and sensifying
+these movements." Let us see what science has to tell us regarding the
+provision of Nature for the reception and "sensing" of this class of
+vibratory energy. And the easiest way to ascertain the report of science
+regarding this important matter is to consider carefully what
+representative leading scientists have said concerning the same in their
+writings or public addresses. We call your attention to the following
+quotations from such sources.
+
+
+A Great Scientist's Theory.
+
+Let us begin with that great master of modern science, Sir William
+Crookes, the inventor of the celebrated "Crookes' Tubes," without which
+the discovery of the X-Ray and Radio-Activity would have been
+impossible. Several years ago, this eminent scientist, addressing the
+Royal Society, at Bristol, England,--a gathering made up of
+distinguished scientists from all over the world, most of the members
+being extremely sceptical concerning occult phenomena--said to the
+brilliant gathering: "Were I now introducing for the first time these
+inquiries in the world of science, I should choose a starting point
+different from that of old (where we formerly began). It would be well
+to begin with Telepathy; with that fundamental law, as I believe it to
+be, that thoughts and images may be transferred from one mind to another
+without the agency of the recognized organs of sense--that knowledge may
+enter the human mind without being communicated in any hitherto known or
+recognized ways. * * * If Telepathy takes place we have two physical
+facts, viz., (a) the physical change in the brain of A, the transmitter,
+and the analogous physical change in the brain of B, the recipient of
+the transmitted impression. Between these two physical events there must
+exist a train of physical causes. * * * It is unscientific to call in
+the aid of mysterious agencies, when with every fresh advance in
+knowledge it is shown that ether vibrations have powers and attributes
+abundantly able to meet any demand--even the transmission of thought.
+
+"It is supposed by some physiologists that the essential cells of nerves
+do not actually touch, but are separated by a narrow gap which widens in
+sleep while it narrows almost to extinction during mental activity.
+THIS CONDITION IS SO SINGULARLY LIKE A BRANLY OR LODGE COHERER [a
+device which led to the discovery of wireless telegraphy] AS TO SUGGEST
+A FURTHER ANALOGY. The structure of brain and nerve being similar, it is
+conceivable that there may be present masses of such nerve coherers in
+the brain, whose special function it may be to receive impulses brought
+from without, through the connecting sequence of ether waves of
+appropriate order of magnitude. Roentgen has familiarized us with an
+order of vibrations of extreme minuteness as compared with the smallest
+waves with which we have hitherto been acquainted; and there is no
+reason to suppose that we have here reached the limit of frequency. It
+is known that the action of thought is accompanied by certain molecular
+movements in the brain, and here we have physical vibrations capable
+from their extreme minuteness of acting direct upon individual
+molecules, while their rapidity approaches that of internal and external
+movements of the atoms themselves. A formidable range of phenomena must
+be scientifically sifted before we effectually grasp a faculty so
+strange, so bewildering, and for ages so inscrutable, as the direct
+action of mind upon mind."
+
+
+Human Electro-Magnetism
+
+Professor Bain, another eminent authority, tells us: "The structure of
+the nervous substances, and the experiments made upon the nerves and
+nerve-centres, establish beyond a doubt certain peculiarities as
+belonging to the force that is exercised by the brain. This force is of
+a current nature; that is to say, a power generated at one part of the
+structure is conveyed along an intervening substance and discharged at
+some other part. The different forms of electricity and magnetism have
+made us familiar with this kind of action."
+
+Professor Draper, another eminent authority, says: "I find that the
+cerebrum is absolutely analogous to in construction to any other nervous
+arc. It is composed of centripetal and centrifugal fibres, having also
+registering ganglia. If in other nervous arcs the structure is merely
+automatic, and can display no phenomena of itself, but requires the
+influence of an external agent--the optical apparatus inert save under
+the influence of light, the auditory save under the impression of
+sound--the cerebrum, being precisely analogous in its elementary
+structure, presupposes the existence of some agent to act through it."
+
+Prof. M. P. Hatfield has said: "The arrangement of the nerve-envelopes
+is so like that of the best constructed electrical cables that we cannot
+help thinking that both were constructed to conduct something very much
+alike. I know that there are those who stoutly maintain that nerve force
+is not electricity, and it is not in the senses that an electrical
+battery is not the same thing as a live man; but, nevertheless,
+nerve-force is closely allied to that wonderful thing that for want of a
+better and clearer understanding we agree to call 'electricity.'"
+
+
+Human Etheric Force.
+
+Professor Haddock, a popular writer along the lines of scientific
+psychology and kindred subjects, in a part of his work in which he was
+considering the idea that thought may be communicated by means of
+ether-vibrations, forcibly says: "The ether is accepted by science as a
+reality, and as a medium for light, heat, electricity, magnetism, etc.
+The nervous system is certainly comparable to an electric battery with
+connecting wires. Communications of thought and feeling without the
+mediation of sense-perceptions as commonly understood, is now
+established. Inanimate objects exert, now and then, 'strange
+influences.' People certainly carry with them a personal atmosphere. The
+representation of the condition of these facts by a psychic field,
+compared to the magnetic or electric field, becomes, therefore, if not
+plausible, at least convenient. As such a 'field' exists surrounding the
+sun, so may a 'field' be assumed as surrounding each human individual.
+'We have already strong grounds for believing that we live in a medium
+which conveys to-and-fro movements to us from the sun, and that these
+movements are electro-magnetic, and that all the transformation of light
+and heat, and indeed the phenomena of life, are due to the electrical
+energy which comes to us across the vacuum which exists between us and
+the sun--a vacuum which is pervaded by the ether, which is a fit medium
+for the transmission of electro-magnetic waves.' By means, then, of a
+similar theory applied to mind and brain and body, we may find
+reasonable explanations of many otherwise insoluble mysteries of life,
+and, which is of more importance, deduce certain suggestions for the
+practical regulation of life in the greatest individual interest."
+
+
+The Brain-Battery.
+
+The same writer says: "All states of body and mind involve constant
+molecular and chemical change. The suggestion arises that the brain,
+with its millions of cells and its inconceivable changes in substance,
+may be regarded as a transmitting and receiving battery. The brain being
+a kind of battery, and the nerves being conductors of released stored-up
+energy to different parts of the body, by a kind of action similar to
+the actions of electricity and magnetism, it is suggested that, either
+by means of the ether, or of some still finer form of matter, discharges
+of brain energy may be conducted beyond the limits of the body. If the
+nerve-track corresponds to wires, this refined medium may correspond to
+the ether-field supposed to be employed in wireless telegraphy. As
+electrical movements are conducted without wires, or other visible
+media, so may brain-discharges be conveyed beyond the mechanism of the
+battery, without the intervention of nerves--except as they may
+constitute a part of the battery. Generally speaking, such discharges
+would originate in two ways, viz., by direct mental action, or by mental
+or physical states--perhaps by a combination."
+
+
+A Peculiar Organ
+
+So much for the conceptions of modern western science, which agree in
+the main with those of the ancient oriental occultists, although of
+course different names and terms are employed. But, we think it worth
+while to call your attention to the fact that the western scientists
+have failed to note the significant presence of a peculiar organ in the
+human body, which is regarded as most important in its functions and
+offices by the oriental teachers, and which we believe has a very close
+connection to the subject just discussed by the western scientists. We
+refer to that strange organ or gland known to western science as the
+Pineal Gland. Let us see just what this is.
+
+
+The Pineal Gland
+
+The Pineal Gland is a mass of nervous substance which is found located
+in the human brain in a position near the middle of the skull, almost
+directly above the extreme top of the spinal column. It is shaped like a
+small cone, and is of a reddish-gray color. It lies in front of the
+cerebellum, and is attached to the third ventricle of the brain. It
+contains a small quantity of peculiar particles of a gritty, sand-like
+substance, which is commonly known as "brain sand." It derives its
+scientific name from its shape, which resembles a pine-cone. Western
+physiologists are at sea regarding the function and office of this
+interesting organ, or gland, and the text books generally content
+themselves with stating that "the functions of the Pineal Gland are not
+understood." The oriental occultists, on the other hand, claim that the
+Pineal Gland, with its peculiar arrangement of nerve-cell corpuscles,
+and its tiny grains of "brain-sand," is intimately associated with
+certain forms of the transmission and reception of waves of mental
+vibrations. Western students of occultism have been struck with the
+remarkable resemblance between the Pineal Gland and a certain part of
+the receiving apparatus employed in wireless telegraphy, the latter also
+containing small particles which bear a close resemblance to the
+"brain-sand" of the Pineal Gland; and this fact is often urged by them
+to substantiate the theory of the oriental occultists concerning the
+function and office of this interesting organ of the human body which is
+located in the brain of man.
+
+
+Transmission of Thought.
+
+Many other facts set forth by modern western science could be cited in
+our consideration of the question of the existence of any possible organ
+for the reception of thought vibrations, but it is thought that
+sufficient evidence of this kind has already been submitted to your
+attention--sufficient to remove any reasonable doubts, and to give the
+student at least a clear and open mind on the subject. Summing up such
+evidence, we may say that modern science is fast approaching the
+position which is so well expressed by Camille Flammarion, the eminent
+French scientist, as follows: "The action of one mind upon another at a
+distance--the transmission of thought, mental suggestion, communication
+at a distance--all these are not more extraordinary than the action of
+the magnet on iron, the influence of the moon on the sea, the
+transportation of the human voice by electricity, the revolution of the
+chemical constituents of a star by the analysis of its light, or,
+indeed, all the wonders of contemporary science. Only these psychic
+communications are of a more elevated kind, and may serve to put us on
+the track of a knowledge of human nature. What is certain is this: That
+Telepathy can and ought to be henceforth considered by Science as an
+incontestible reality; that minds are able to act upon each other
+without the intervention of the senses; that psychic force exists,
+though its nature is yet unknown."
+
+
+A General Principle.
+
+At this point we wish to impress upon the minds of the students of this
+book that what has been above said regarding that class of mental
+communications generally classed under the head of Telepathy also
+applies to many much higher phases of occult phenomena and psychic
+manifestations. In fact, this is one of the reasons why we have paid
+such close attention to the scientific evidence substantiating this
+class of phenomena. It is not too much to say that in what has been said
+in the foregoing pages there is to be found a scientific basis for the
+phenomenon of "spirit communication," at least in many of its phases. It
+is but a step in thought--and a natural and easy step at that--from the
+matter of the communication of thought from the mind of one person or
+the material plane of life to another person on the same plane, on to
+the matter of the communication of thought from the mind of an
+individual entity on a higher plane of life to a second person who is
+abiding on the lower material plane occupied by us at this stage of our
+existence. It is seen that the difference consists largely in the matter
+of the degree and rate of vibratory energy employed, and the preparation
+of a proper receiving instrument for the reception and translation of
+such messages. This phase of the subject will be considered in fuller
+detail in a subsequent portion of this book.
+
+
+Transformation of Vibrations.
+
+One of the things which seem to greatly puzzle the average student of
+the subject of mental vibrations, and thought-transference, is that
+which may be called "thought waves." The student is unable to conceive
+of a wave of "thought" being projected into the air, and then traveling
+along until it reaches the mind of other persons. The difficulty, upon
+analysis, is seen to consist of the inability to conceive of "thought"
+as being a material substance capable of traveling in "waves." It is no
+wonder that the student finds this conception difficult, for there is no
+such thing as "thought" traveling in this way. The phenomenon of thought
+transference is accounted for scientifically in quite another manner, as
+we shall see in a moment. The student is advised to carefully note this
+distinction, for upon its understanding depends greatly the intelligent
+comprehension of the entire subject of thought vibrations and
+thought-transference.
+
+
+Example of Electric Light
+
+Perhaps this matter may be best explained by means of illustrations of
+the operation of electricity and light--electric vibrations and light
+vibrations. In both cases the secret of the transmission of the
+vibrations or waves of vibratory energy may be summed up in the word
+"TRANSFORMATION." For instance: When we transmit electric vibrations
+over a fine wire or thread of carbon, the electric vibrations are
+transformed into light vibrations and manifest as "electric light." In
+another form of transmission the electric vibrations are transformed
+into "electric heat." But this is merely one phase of the
+transformation; consider carefully the more complex phases, as follows:
+We speak into the receiver of a telephone and the sound vibrations
+produced by our voice are transformed into electrical vibrations and in
+that form travel over the telephone wire; arriving at the other end of
+the wire, these electric vibrations enter into the receiver, and are
+there transformed into sound vibrations, and as such are heard by the
+person holding the receiver. Now note this: the sound vibrations do not
+travel at all; instead, they are transformed into electric waves, which
+in turn are transformed at the receiving end of the line into sound
+vibrations once more. And unless the receiving apparatus be present, and
+properly adjusted, there is no second transformation at all; and in such
+case the electric vibrations remain such.
+
+
+Example of Wireless Telegraphy.
+
+Likewise, in the case of the wireless telegraphy, the electric energy
+produced by the sending instrument is transformed into subtle and finer
+etheric waves, which travel to the receiving instrument, and are there
+transformed into electric waves, the latter producing physical changes
+in the receiving apparatus which enable them to be read by the observer.
+In the case of wireless telephony there is still more complex process of
+transformation, as follows: the speaker conveys sound vibrations into
+the instrument; these are transformed into electric vibrations; and the
+latter into the etheric vibrations which travel through space to the
+receiver. Reaching the receiver, the etheric vibrations are transformed
+into ordinary electric vibrations, and these in turn into sound waves
+capable of being sensed by the listener.
+
+
+Example of Light Waves.
+
+The same process is detected in the transmission of what we call light
+waves. The activities manifested by the substance of the sun set up
+certain vibrations which we call "light vibrations." These are
+communicated to the ether in the form of so-called "light waves" but
+which are merely etheric waves of a certain rate of vibration. These
+waves travel through space and are transformed into "light" only when
+they reach some material substance capable of receiving and reflecting
+their vibrations. Science tells us that empty space is perfectly DARK,
+and that light manifests only when the etheric light vibrations come in
+contact with material substance and are there transformed into "light."
+Light, as "light" does not travel from the sun--what we know as "light"
+is simply the result of the transformation of certain etheric waves into
+"light" by reason of their contact with material substances.
+
+
+Transformation of Mental Vibrations
+
+Now for the analogy. Mental vibrations are so only when they remain in
+their own uninterrupted medium of channel of activity, i.e., the brain
+and the nervous system of the individual. Many hold that they are able
+to leap over the barrier of flesh separating two persons when such
+persons are in immediate physical contact, and the conditions are of a
+certain kind; but as a rule they do not do so. But, as all investigators
+know, mental vibrations are capable of being transformed into some
+subtle form of etheric vibrations, and the latter when coming in contact
+with the nervous system of other persons may be again transformed, this
+time into mental vibrations which produced thoughts, feelings and mental
+images in the minds of the second persons or persons, corresponding with
+these mental states in the first person. Think over this carefully,
+until you grasp the idea fully.
+
+
+Vibrational Attunement
+
+And here we find another startling correspondence between the phenomena
+of wireless telegraphy and that of thought transference or transmission
+of mental vibrations. We allude to the fact that while a wireless
+telegraphic sending instrument may be sending forth vibrations of the
+strongest power, its messages are capable of being received or "picked
+up" only by those instruments which are "in tune" with the sending
+instrument to at least a certain degree; to all other instruments, those
+which are not "in tune" with the sending instrument, there is no message
+perceptible. Precisely this same state of affairs is found to prevail in
+the realm of mental vibrations and thought transmission. The individual
+receives only such messages as emanate from instruments with which he is
+"in tune"--to all the rest he is deaf and unconscious. But once "in
+tune" with the higher vibrations of the mental realm, he will receive
+every message traveling on that particular plane at that particular
+time, unless he deliberately shut them out. We shall see how this works
+out in ordinary life, when we consider the general subject of Telepathy
+and Thought Transference in the succeeding Chapter.
+
+
+In Tune With Higher Planes
+
+But, in connection with the above statement of the "in tune" law or rule
+of manifestation, we wish to call to the attention of the student the
+important fact that the same law prevails in the case of communications
+from the higher planes of existence--the so-called "spirit
+communications" and other messages of this kind reaching individuals on
+our own plane of existence. It is only when the individual on the
+"earth plane" becomes "in tune" with the sending mental instrument of
+the entity abiding on a higher plane of existence, that it is able to
+"pick up" the message being sent to earth. Even the same individual is
+often unable to "catch" the messages at one time, while at other times
+he experiences no difficulty whatsoever. An understanding of this
+fact--this law or rule of manifestation--will throw a great light over
+many dark places of misunderstanding and perplexity concerning certain
+phases of occult and psychic phenomena. This feature of such phenomena
+will be considered in detail in subsequent parts of this book.
+
+
+The Two Key-Words.
+
+Concluding our consideration of the "just how" of the transmission of
+thoughts, messages, and "psychograms" between two minds, be they both on
+earth plane, or one of the two on the higher planes, we would say:
+"Always remember the two Key-Words, namely TRANSFORMATION and
+ATTUNEMENT." These two Key-Words will enable you to unlock many doors of
+thought on these subjects--doors which otherwise will remain closed to
+you.
+
+
+
+
+PART III
+
+THOUGHT TRANSFERENCE
+
+
+The most elementary and simple form in which mental vibrations are
+transmitted is that which may be called Thought Transference. In the
+category of Thought Transference may be included two quite general
+classes, as follows: (1) Involuntary Transmission of Mental Vibrations,
+and (2) Voluntary Transmission of Mental Vibrations, commonly known as
+Telepathy. In this part of this book both of these general classes of
+Thought Transference shall be considered in some detail.
+
+
+Involuntary Transmission of Mental Vibrations.
+
+Mental vibrations emanating from the brain of the individual take on the
+form of wave-like movements in the ether, which are accordingly known as
+"thought-waves." These thought-waves are constantly being sent forth
+from the brains of all persons, and after being sent forth they spread
+in space from the immediate neighborhood of the person originating them,
+to a distance proportioned to the strength and power energizing the
+original mental state. These thought-waves have the power of awakening
+and arousing into activity corresponding mental states in other persons
+coming within their field of force, according to the laws of Mental
+Induction. It should be noted here that the activity aroused in the mind
+of the receiving person is accomplished by the setting into vibratory
+motion the Chitta or Mind-substance of that person, just as the
+receiving diaphragm of the telephone is set vibrating at the same rate
+as that of the sending instrument, and thus the original sound-waves are
+reproduced.
+
+
+Thought Waves
+
+Thought-waves are manifested in various forms, modes, and phases, and in
+different degrees of power. Some are emanated without any clearly
+defined desire or intent to accomplish certain ends, while others are
+charged with strong desire focused to a definite point by clear-cut
+ideas of ends sought to be accomplished. The latter, however, are
+usually entitled to be classed among the "involuntary" phases of Thought
+Transference, because the senders are generally unaware that
+thought-waves have an actual effect upon the minds of other persons;
+their thoughts and mental states arising in accordance with their
+feelings, desires, and general aims. Where the individual has learned
+that thought is an active power, he may deliberately send forth his
+thought-waves directed toward the person or persons whom he wishes to
+affect and influence.
+
+The student must remember, however, that there is a great difference in
+the power and effective activity between thought-waves sent forth under
+different circumstances. Some are sent forth idly, and with no focused
+power or energy of desire and feeling, and such naturally are weak in
+effect upon others. Others are sent forth vitalized with strong desire
+and feeling, and focused with a clear ideal and mental picture, and,
+consequently, exert a far greater degree of effect upon the minds of
+others with whom they come in contact. The analogy of the waves of
+electricity holds good here, for just as the electric power may be
+strong or weak, as the case may be, so may the mental force be strong or
+weak under different circumstances, and in different individuals.
+
+
+Vibratory Thought Force
+
+The vibratory force of thought-waves persist for some time after their
+original emanation. Here, also we have analogies on the physical plane,
+as follows: The heat of a room continues for some time after the fire
+which originally caused it has ceased to burn. Likewise, the air of a
+room may manifest the perfume of a flower, or extract, long after the
+latter has been removed from the room. Again, rays of light persist in
+existence long after the star manifesting them has been blotted out of
+existence. In the same way thought-vibrations continue to manifest in a
+place, large or small though its space may be, long after the original
+sender has passed from that plane--perhaps even long after he has passed
+from earth life.
+
+
+Mental Atmospheres
+
+A well known American writer on this subject has said concerning this
+point: "There are many places today filled with the thought-vibrations
+of minds long since passed out of the body. There are places filled with
+the strong vibrations of tragedies long since enacted there. Every place
+has a mental atmosphere of its own, the same arising from the
+thought-vibrations set in motion by the various persons who have
+inhabited or occupied them. Every city has its own mental atmosphere
+which has its effect upon persons moving into them. Some are lively,
+some dull, some progressive, some old-fogyish, some moral, some
+immoral--the result of the character of the early settlers and leading
+spirits, of the place in question. Persons moving into these towns are
+affected by the mental atmospheres thereof, and either sink to the
+general level, or else, if strong enough, help to change the mental tone
+of the place. Sometimes a change in conditions bring a large influx of
+new people, to a town, and the mental waves of the newcomers tend to
+bring about a marked change in the local mental atmosphere. These facts
+have been noticed by many observing people who often have not been
+familiar with the principles underlying and producing the facts which
+the observers have so clearly discerned."
+
+
+The Contagion of Thought.
+
+The same writer says, along the same general lines: "Many have of course
+noticed the differing mental atmospheres of stores, offices, and other
+places of business. Some of such places give one an air of confidence
+and trust; others create a feeling of suspicion and distrust; some
+convey an impression of active, wideawake management, while others
+impress one as being behind the times, and suffering from a want of
+alert, active management. These differing mental atmospheres are caused
+by the different prevailing mental attitudes of the owners of the
+respective establishments. The managers of business places send forth
+thought-waves of their own, and their employees naturally falling into
+the pace set for them also send forth similar vibrations, and before
+long the whole place is vibrating on a certain scale. A change of
+management soon produces a marked change in the entire mental atmosphere
+of the place. In the same way, we notice the mental atmospheres of the
+houses we happen to visit; in this way we become conscious of an entire
+mental scale of many notes, the notes being sounded unconsciously by the
+minds of the occupants of the houses. From some thresholds radiate
+harmony, while others breathe the spirit of inharmony. Some radiate
+emotional warmth, while others chill one like an iceberg, by reason of
+the emotional coldness of the dwellers therein. Likewise, the low
+quarters of our cities, the dens of vice, and the haunts of dissipation
+vibrate with the character of the thought and feeling of those
+inhabiting them. And, often, the weak-willed visitor is thus tempted. In
+the same way, certain other places are charged with the vibrations of
+strong, helpful, elevating mental states, which tend to lift up and
+elevate, energize and stimulate the minds and feelings of those visiting
+these places. Thought and feeling are contagious, by reason of the laws
+of mental vibration and mental induction."
+
+
+Mental Whirlpools.
+
+The contagion of thought-vibrations is manifested by such vibrations
+coming into contact with the minds of other persons within the field of
+mental induction of the first person, and there setting up similar
+vibrations. We know that orators, actors, preachers and others
+addressing audiences of persons, send forth strong mental currents
+which tend to awaken corresponding vibrations in the minds of their
+hearers. We weep, smile, grow angry, feel happy, according to the
+character of the thought-waves, of the person on the platform or the
+stage, providing that we accept the same. And, according to the same
+principle, persons scattered over large areas are influenced and
+affected in the same way by whirlpools of mental vibrations set into
+original motion by some strong, masterful public man. A writer has said
+concerning this point:
+
+
+Mental Tidal Waves
+
+"We know how great waves of feeling spread over a town, city, or county,
+sweeping people off their feet, and causing them to lose their balance.
+Great waves of political enthusiasm, or war-spirit or prejudice for or
+against certain people, or groups of people, sweep over places and cause
+men to act in a manner which they afterward often regret when they come
+to themselves and consider the matter in the light of cold reason.
+People are swayed by demagogues or magnetic leaders who wish to capture
+their votes or patronage; and they are often led into acts of mob
+violence, or similar atrocities, by yielding to these waves of
+contagious thought. On the other hand, we know equally well how great
+waves of religious emotion spread out over the community upon the
+occasion of some great 'revival' excitement or religious fervor."
+
+
+Immunity to Thought Influences
+
+Persons becoming acquainted for the first time with the above recited
+facts of mental vibrations, mental currents, mental waves, and mental
+contagion, frequently raise the objection that if all this be true, why
+are we not constantly swept off of our feet by these great waves of
+mental vibrations, whereas, in fact, we are seldom or never aware of
+them? The question is a natural one, and is capable of a satisfactory
+answer. In the first place, many of these mental currents NEUTRALIZE
+each other, and thus both cease to exert any marked effect. And again,
+most persons are really "immune" to most of the thought waves reaching
+them, this by reason of the protective resistive power bestowed by
+Nature, and acquired during the evolution of the race.
+
+To understand this, we have but to think of our immunity to the great
+majority of sounds and sights on the streets of a busy city. On a busy
+street corner, we are assailed by an infinitude of sounds and
+sights--but we hear but few of these, and see still fewer. The rest of
+these impressions are lost to us, although we have ears to hear and eyes
+to see. We hear and see only those impressions which are strong enough
+to awaken our ATTENTION. In the same way we fail to perceive the
+numerous thought vibrations and mental currents constantly surrounding
+us, and our attention is attracted and awakened by those sufficiently
+strong and vigorous to awaken our attention. The analogy is a very close
+one, and the understanding of one set of phenomena gives us the key to
+the other.
+
+
+Mental Attunement
+
+It should not fail to be noticed, moreover, that we habitually receive
+and accept more readily those thought vibrations which are in harmony
+with our own average habitual mental states; and, according to the same
+general principle, we tend to habitually reject and fail to receive
+those vibrations which are INHARMONIOUS to us for the same reason. Here,
+you will notice, we have an illustration of the principle of
+"attunement" which, as we have informed you, is operative on the plane
+of thought and mental vibrations as well as on that of wireless
+telegraphy. Just as it is a psychological fact that we tend to see and
+to hear those things which are in harmony with our beliefs and opinions,
+and our interest, so is it a metaphysical fact that we tend to accept
+and absorb the mental vibrations which are in harmony with our opinions,
+beliefs, and interest, and to reject those which are opposed thereto.
+
+Moreover, the person who acquaints himself with the law of mental
+vibrations and thought-transference acquires a practical knowledge which
+enables him to render himself immune to objectionable and undesirable
+mental currents or thought-waves. We are not necessarily open to the
+influence of every stray current of thought or feeling that happens to
+be in our immediate vicinity. Instead, by the proper methods,
+consciously or unconsciously practiced and manifested, we may, and often
+do, insulate ourselves so that these undesirable mental influences fail
+utterly to affect us; and, likewise, we may actually attract to
+ourselves the desirable mental currents. These principles and methods
+will be given later in this part of this book; they are mentioned here
+merely to acquaint you with the fact that they are existent and known to
+those familiar with this subject.
+
+
+Voluntary Transmission of Mental Vibrations.
+
+Under the head of Voluntary Transmission of Mental Vibrations may be
+placed the following two general classes of phenomena, viz., (1)
+Voluntary Efforts to Exert Mental Influence upon Others; and (2)
+Voluntary Efforts to Produce the Phenomena of Telepathy, along
+Scientific Lines. Each of these general classes of phenomena will now be
+presented for your inspection and consideration.
+
+
+Voluntary Mental Influence.
+
+Under the category of Voluntary Mental Influence we find much of the
+phenomena formerly classed as "Magic"--and by this we mean both White
+Magic, or efforts to produce results beneficial to the person
+influenced, and Black Magic, or efforts to produce results beneficial to
+the person exerting the influence, and often to the positive detriment
+of the person influenced.
+
+WHITE MAGIC. Under the category of White Magic may be placed all those
+efforts of mental healing, and similar phases of metaphysical
+therapeutics; and the accompanying efforts directed toward the general
+happiness and welfare of the person "treated." The word "treatment" has
+sprung into use in this connection, in America and Europe, by reason of
+its employment by the numerous metaphysical cults and schools
+flourishing there. We hear on all hands of persons being "treated" for
+Health, Happiness, and Prosperity in this way. While in some cases, the
+"magic" is worked on higher planes than those of thought-vibrations, it
+is nevertheless true that in most instances the entire process is that
+of mental induction, along the lines described in the preceding pages
+of this book. In such cases the person influenced opens himself to the
+helpful thought of the person "treating" him, and thus a co-operation
+and mental "team work" is secured, often with the most beneficial
+results. This phase of the subject is too well known to require lengthy
+consideration in this book, and is more properly the subject of the many
+books devoted to this special phase of mental power.
+
+     *     *     *     *     *
+
+BLACK MAGIC. It has well been said that there are always two poles to
+everything in Nature, and continued experience and investigation seems
+to substantiate this statement. Whenever we find a force or power
+producing beneficial results, we may usually feel assured that the same
+force or power, turned in another direction, or possibly reversed in its
+action, will produce results of an opposite character. And so it is with
+this subject of "Magic" which we are now considering. While we would be
+very glad to pass over this phase of the subject, truth and duty to our
+readers compel us to state that White Magic has its opposite pole--that
+opposite pole known as Black Magic, or the use of psychic force for
+selfish and unworthy ends. There is no use trying to pursue the ostrich
+policy regarding these things--it is always better to face them boldly,
+and then to take means to avoid the evil contained in them.
+
+     *     *     *     *     *
+
+We prefer to quote from other writers on this subject, who have given
+this particular matter the most careful attention and investigation, and
+who have set forth simply and plainly the result of their investigations
+and discoveries. Here follow several quotations from authorities of this
+kind:
+
+
+Base Use of Mind Power
+
+One writer says: "It is a fact known to all students of occultism that
+Black Magic has been frequently employed in all times to further the
+selfish, base ends of some people. And it is also known to advanced
+thinkers today that even in this enlightened age there are many who do
+not scruple to stoop to the use of this hateful practice in order to
+serve their own ends, notwithstanding the punishment that all true
+occultists know awaits such persons. The annals of history are full of
+records of various forms of witchcraft, conjuration, and similar forms
+of Black Magic. All the much talked of practice of 'putting spells' upon
+people are really forms of Black Magic, heightened by the fear and
+superstition of those affected. One has but to read the history of
+witchcraft to see that there was undoubtedly some force at work behind
+all of the appalling superstitions and ignorance shown by the people of
+those times. What they attributed to the influence of people 'in league
+with the devil' really arose from the use of Black Magic, or an unworthy
+use of Mental Influence, the two things being one at the last.
+
+
+The Secret of Witchcraft
+
+"An examination of the methods employed by these 'witches,' as shown by
+their confessions, give us a key to the mystery. These 'witches' would
+fix their minds upon other people, or their animals, and by holding a
+concentrated mental picture there, would send forth thought-waves
+affecting the welfare of the persons being 'adversely treated,' which
+would influence and disturb them, and often bring on sicknesses. Of
+course, the effect of those 'treatments' were greatly heightened by the
+extreme fear and superstition held by the masses of people at the time,
+for fear is ever a weakening factor in mental influence, and the
+superstitions and credulity of the people caused their minds to vibrate
+in such a manner as to render them extremely passive to the adverse
+influences being directed against them. It is well known that the
+Voodoos of Africa, and similar cults among other savage races, practice
+Black Magic among their people with great effect. Among the native of
+Hawaii there are certain men known as 'Kahunas' who pray people sick, or
+well, whichever way they are paid to do. These instances could be
+multiplied almost indefinitely, but the basic principle is ever the same
+in such cases.
+
+
+Modern Black Magic.
+
+"In our own civilized lands there are many people who have learned the
+principles of mental influence, and who are using the same for unworthy
+purposes, seeking to injure others and to defeat their undertakings, or
+else trying to bring them around to their own (the treators') point of
+view and inclinations. The modern revival of occult knowledge has
+operated along two lines, and in opposite directions. On the one hand,
+we see and hear of the mighty power for good that mental influence is
+exerting over the race today, raising up the sick, strengthening the
+weak, putting courage into the despondent, and transforming failures
+into successes. But, on the other hand, the hateful selfishness and
+greed of unprincipled persons is taking advantage of this mighty force
+of nature, and prostituting it to the hateful ends of such persons,
+without heed to the dictates of conscience or the teaching of religion
+or of ordinary morality. These people are sowing a baleful wind, which
+will result in their reaping a frightful whirlwind on the mental plane.
+They are bringing down upon themselves pain and misery in the future."
+
+
+The Explanation of Sorcery.
+
+Another writer says: "In various stages of history we find the records
+of persons having been affected by the influences of witches, sorcerers,
+and other evil-minded, unprincipled persons. In most cases these
+so-called witches and sorcerers themselves were under the delusion that
+they were being assisted by the devil or some other supernatural being.
+They did not realize that they were simply using natural forces.
+Studying the history of witchcraft, sorcery, black magic, and the like,
+you will find that the devotees thereof usually employed some
+psychometric method. In other cases they would mould little figures of
+clay, or of wax, in the general shape and appearance of the person whom
+they wished to affect. It was thought that these little figures were
+endowed with some supernatural powers or attributes, but of course this
+was mere superstition. The whole power of the little figures arose from
+the fact that they aided the imagination of the spell-worker in forming
+a mental image of the person sought to be influenced; and thus
+established a strong mental rapport condition. Added to this, you must
+remember that the fear and belief of the public greatly aided the
+spell-worker, and increased his power and influence over these poor
+persons."
+
+
+The Power of Fearthought.
+
+The last-named writer explains the reference to "fear and belief" in the
+last sentence above quoted by the following very important statements,
+and these we ask every student of this book to firmly impress upon his
+mind, for a mighty truth is therein conveyed. The statements in question
+are as follows:
+
+"Your attention is hereby called to a very important psychic principle
+involved in the manifestation of that class of phenomena in which is
+embraced the cases of witchcraft, sorcery, etc., with which the pages of
+history are filled. It is a well established fact that by denying the
+psychic power over you exerted by any person whatsoever, you practically
+neutralize the psychic power of such person, at least so far as its
+effect upon and power over yourself is concerned. The stronger and more
+positive is your mental attitude of immunity to such power, and your
+assertion and affirmation of that immunity, the greater is your own
+power of psychic resistance, and the less does his possible power over
+you become. The average person, not knowing this, is more or less
+passive to psychic influences of other persons, and may be affected by
+them to a greater or less extent, the degree depending upon the psychic
+development of the person seeking to influence him.
+
+
+The Negative Pole.
+
+"At the extreme negative pole of susceptibility we find persons who
+believe firmly that other persons have psychic power over them, and who
+are consequently more or less afraid of such persons and of their
+influence. This belief and fear operates in the direction of making such
+persons peculiarly sensitive and impressionable to such influence, and
+thus easily affected by psychic induction. This is the reason that the
+so-called witches and sorcerers and others of evil repute have been
+often able to acquire such a power over their victims, and to cause them
+so much trouble. The secret is that THE VICTIMS BELIEVED IN THE POWER OF
+THE OTHER PERSONS, AND FEARED THEIR POWER. The greater the belief in,
+and fear of, the power of the other persons, the greater the
+susceptibility to their influence; the greater the disbelief in such
+power, and the firm belief in one's own power of immunity and that of
+neutralizing the effect of the psychic influence of other persons, the
+less is one's degree of susceptibility, and the greater is one's degree
+of immunity and power. This is the rule in the case--keep it in mind!
+
+
+Voodooism Explained.
+
+"Among the negroes of the South, in America, and among the Hawaiians, we
+find marked instances of this kind. The negro Voodoo men and women work
+Black Magic on those of their race who are superstitious and credulous,
+and who have a mortal fear of the Voodoo. Travelers who have visited the
+countries in which there is a large negro population have many
+interesting tales to recite of the terrible workings of these Voodoo
+black magicians. In some cases, sickness and even death is the result.
+But, mark you this! It is only those who believe in, and fear, the power
+of the Voodoos that are so affected. In Hawaii, the Kahunas or native
+magicians are renowned for their power to cause sickness and death to
+those who have offended them; or to those who have offended some client
+of the Kahuna, and who have hired the latter to 'pray' the enemy to
+sickness or death. The poor, ignorant Hawaiians, believing implicitly in
+the power of the Kahunas, and being in deadly fear of them, are very
+susceptible to their psychic influence, and naturally fall easy victims
+to their vile arts, unless they buy off the Kahuna, or make peace with
+his client. White persons living in Hawaii are not affected by the
+Kahunas, for they do not believe in them, neither do they fear them.
+Unconsciously, but yet strongly, they 'deny' the power, and are immune.
+So you see the principle working out here, too. Once you have the
+master-key, you may unlock many doors of mystery which have heretofore
+been closed to you."
+
+
+Self-Protection.
+
+The following quotations from writers on this special subject contain
+detailed directions for the use of those who may have reason to believe
+that some other person or persons are trying to use psychic force, or
+mental currents, upon them for selfish purposes, or otherwise. Of course
+the general mental attitude of disbelief, and assertion of one's one
+immunity is sufficient for the purposes of general psychic protection;
+but we have thought it proper to include the following special
+directions given by those who have made a close study of this subject.
+
+One writer says: "When you come in contact with people who are seeking
+to influence you by psychic methods, either direct or indirect, you will
+find yourself able to defy their mental attacks by simply remembering
+the strength immanent in your Ego, or Spirit, aided by the statement or
+affirmation (made silently to yourself) 'I am an Immortal Spirit, using
+the power of my Ego, which renders me immune from all base psychic
+attacks or power.' With this mental attitude you may make powerful even
+the slightest mental effort in the direction of sending forth your own
+mental vibrations, and these will scatter the adverse influences in all
+directions; it will often be found that the other person will show signs
+of confusion in such a case, and will seek to get away from your
+presence. With this consciousness held in mind, your mental command to
+another, 'Let me alone--I cast off your influence by the power of my
+Spirit,' will operate so strongly that you will often actually see the
+effect at once. If the other person be stubborn, and determined to
+influence you by words of suggestion, coaxing, threatening, or similar
+methods, look him or her straight in the eye, saying mentally: 'I defy
+you--my inner power casts off your influence.' Try this the next time
+that any one attempts to influence you either verbally or by means of
+thought-waves, and see how strong and positive you will feel, and how
+the efforts of the other person will fail. This sounds simple, but the
+little secret is worth thousands of dollars to every individual who will
+put it into practice."
+
+
+Repelling Adverse Influences.
+
+This writer continues: "Not only in the case of personal influence in
+the actual presence of the other person may be defeated in this way, but
+the same method will act equally well in the matter of repelling the
+mental influence of others directed against you in the form of 'absent
+treatments,' etc. If you feel yourself inclining toward doing something
+which in your heart you feel is not to your best interests, judged from
+a true viewpoint, you may know that, consciously or unconsciously,
+someone is seeking in influence you in this way. Then smile to yourself,
+and make the statements mentioned above, or some similar one, and
+holding the power of the Spirit within your soul, send forth a mental
+command just as you would in case the person were actually before you in
+person. You may also deny out of existence the influencing power, by
+asserting mentally: 'I DENY your power to influence me; you have no such
+power over me; I am resting securely upon the Spirit within me; I deny
+out of existence any power over me asserted by you.' After repelling
+these absent influences you will at once experience a feeling of relief
+and strength, and will be able to smile at the thought of any such
+adverse influence affecting you in the slightest."
+
+
+Neutralizing Psychic Influences.
+
+Another writer gives us the following most interesting information and
+advice for use in cases of this kind: "I wish to point out to you a
+means of protection against the use of psychic influence against
+yourself on the part of unscrupulous persons, or any other persons
+whomsoever, for that matter. One is fully justified in employing this
+method of protection against even the meddling influence of other
+persons, who are trying to influence you without your permission or
+consent. The following is the method of self-protection or defense
+against this class of psychic influence: In the first place, you must,
+of course, refuse to admit to your mind any feeling of fear regarding
+the influence of other persons, for such fear opens the door to their
+influence, as all students of this subject know. If you have been, or
+are fearful of the psychic influence of any person, you must get to work
+and drive out that feeling by positive and vigorous denials. The DENIAL,
+as all students know, is the positive neutralizer of the psychic
+influence of another person, providing you make it in full belief in its
+truth. You must take the mental position (which is really the true one)
+that you are absolutely immune to the psychic attack or influence. You
+should say, mentally, 'deny to any person the power to influence me
+psychically without my consent; I am positive to all such influences,
+and they are negative to me; I neutralize all such influences by this
+positive denial!' It should encourage you to know that it requires far
+less force and power to repel and neutralize psychic influences of this
+kind, than is required to send forth the power; an ounce of denial and
+protection overcomes a pound of psychic attacking power. Nature gives
+you the means of protection, and gives you the 'best end of the stick';
+and it is your own fault if you do not use it effectively. A word to the
+wise is sufficient."
+
+
+Telepathic Phenomena.
+
+The second general class of phenomena in the general category of
+Voluntary Transmission of Mental Vibrations is that known as "Telepathic
+Phenomena." In a sense, of course, all phases of Thought Transmission,
+and particularly that of Voluntary Thought Transmission, may be
+considered as forms of Telepathy; but for the purpose of classification
+and distinction we have in this book classed as Telepathic Phenomena
+merely those forms and phases of Thought Transference in which there is
+an agreement between the telepathic sender and the telepathic receiver,
+and in which the experiments are conducted more or less along the lines
+of scientific investigation.
+
+
+Scientific Investigators.
+
+Scientific observers, for a number of years past, have been conducting
+careful series of experiments in Telepathy, and many volumes of the
+reports of such investigations have been published by various psychic
+research societies. Among the eminent scientists who have devoted much
+attention to this subject are the following: Professor Henry Sidgewick,
+of Cambridge University; Professor Balfour Stewart, of the Royal Society
+of England; Rt. Hon. A. J. Balfour, the eminent English statesman and
+scientist; Professor William James, the eminent American psychologist;
+Sir William Crookes, the great English chemist, physicist, who invented
+the celebrated "Crookes' Tubes," without which the discovery of the
+X-Rays, Radio Activity, etc., would have been impossible; Frederick W.
+H. Myers, the celebrated investigator of Psychic Phenomena; and Sir
+Oliver Lodge, the eminent English scientist. All these men are of the
+highest international standing and reputation, and their acceptance of
+the phenomena of Telepathy places the same on a firm scientific basis.
+
+
+How Experiments Are Conducted.
+
+The scientific experiments involving Telepathy, which have been
+conducted by numerous societies for psychical research and other bodies,
+have ranged from quite simple tests to those very complex. In all of
+these experiments there has been one person called the "sender," and
+another called the "receiver"--or names corresponding to these. The
+sender fixes in his mind a strong impression of the name or picture to
+be transmitted, and then makes a positive effort of the will to transmit
+the same to the receiver. The receiver assumes a passive receptive
+mental attitude, and then reports the word or image that comes into his
+mind. The more complex tests embody these same simple features.
+
+Some of the early reports of the Society for Psychical Research, of
+London, England, show results most amazing to those who have not made a
+personal investigation of these matters. In some of the tests, the
+receiver correctly reported seventeen cards in succession, the said
+cards having been shown the sender, but kept out of sight of the
+receiver, and no possible communication between the two being allowed.
+In tests of naming small objects held by the sender, the receiver
+correctly named five out of six. In one complicated test, in which
+various objects, names, etc., were transmitted, the report shows a
+successful report of 202 out of a possible 382. Such results, of course,
+took the results entirely out of the operation of the law of averages.
+Other successful experiments showed a high percentage of results
+obtained from the reproduction by the sender of geometrical and other
+figures and designs exhibited to the sender.
+
+
+Private Experiments.
+
+But, after all, the most convincing evidences of Telepathy are those
+which most of us have met with in our own experience. There are but few
+intelligent, observing persons who have not, at some time in their life,
+had experiences of this kind, in which the thoughts of others were
+perceived plainly by themselves. Many persons have established such a
+close rapport condition between themselves and friends or relatives that
+instances of remarkable thought-transmission between them are quite
+common and ordinary.
+
+
+Development of Telepathic Power.
+
+Practically every person may develop a certain degree of telepathic
+power, sending, receiving, or both, by means of a moderate amount of
+regular and earnest practice and experiments. In developing sending
+power, the person should cultivate concentration, and the use of the
+will in the direction of projecting mental states; in the case of the
+desired development of the receiving power, the person should develop
+receptiveness and passivity, and a certain recognition of an actual
+telepathic impulse which is impossible to describe in words but which
+comes to every investigator, and which when once experienced is always
+recognized thereafter.
+
+
+"Mind Reading."
+
+Perhaps the best plan for the beginner is to practice the popular "mind
+reading" experiment or game, which is quite popular in some localities,
+and among persons interested in this line of thought. The experiments of
+this kind are performed, generally, about as follows: The receiver
+leaves the room, and during his or her absence the company in the room
+select some object, large or small, such as a chair or a small penknife,
+etc., and the same is shown and named to the sender. Then the receiver
+is called back into the room for the experiment, and is blindfolded
+securely. Then the receiver takes the right hand of the sender and
+places it in his (the receiver's) left hand, holding it firmly there.
+The sender then concentrates his mind upon the object to be "found," and
+mentally wills that the receiver move toward it. The receiver then
+experiences a peculiar faint impulse in the direction of the object, and
+accordingly moves toward it. After considerable practice, the receiver
+acquires the faculty of not only finding large objects, but also is able
+to locate small objects, such as concealed rings, pins, etc.
+
+
+Development Practices.
+
+This class of experiments, while open to the objection that there may be
+more or less muscular direction consciously or unconsciously given by
+the sender, nevertheless tend to develop proficiency in both sender and
+receiver. In fact, such experiments are perhaps one of the very best
+methods of developing projecting or receiving power along the lines of
+occult or psychic forces. This because the persons become familiar with
+the psychic processes involved, and their efficiency becomes increased
+by practice and experiment. This plan is like that of teaching a child
+how to walk by means of holding its hand, allowing it to rest on chairs,
+etc. In practicing such experiments, the receiver will soon become
+conscious of receiving the thought message in what may be called a
+"wireless flash," instead of by the slower, and less clear process of
+transmission through the physical body of the sender, and thence through
+his own nerves. When the sender begins to experience these flashes of
+consciousness, he is ready to proceed to the next stage.
+
+
+The "Willing Game."
+
+The second stage on telepathic development is much akin to that just
+described, with the difference that there is no physical contact between
+the sender and the receiver--no holding of hands, etc. A variation of
+this is found in the familiar "willing game" in which the whole roomful
+of persons concentrates upon the receiver, and "wills" that he find a
+selected object. On the whole, however, the private experiments
+conducted by the sender and the receiver, with perhaps a few intelligent
+and sympathetic spectators, are far better than the "willing game" plan,
+in which there are usually many triflers present ready to make a joke of
+the whole thing, and thus taking away that true concentration under
+which the best results may be obtained.
+
+
+Formal Tests.
+
+The third step in telepathic development is that of conducting
+experiments similar to those originally conducted by the Society for
+Psychical Research, previously mentioned. That is to say, the sender may
+select cards from a pack, coins from a pile, small objects from a
+collection, etc., and then endeavor to transmit the impression of the
+same to the receiver--the latter then reporting his flashes of
+impression received. This may be rendered more complicated by having the
+sender in one place, and the receiver at another, the time having
+previously been agreed upon between them. In experiments conducted at
+long range, it has been generally found better for the receiver to write
+down the word, thought, or mental, picture which has been transmitted to
+him by the sender; and for the sender to write down the name or picture
+of the thing the idea of which he has transmitted. These memoranda serve
+not only as scientific proof of the experiment, but also serve as a
+barometer of progress being made during the experiments.
+
+
+Automatic Writing.
+
+In this connection it may be stated that many investigators and
+experimentors along the lines of telepathic phenomena have met with
+considerable success in the direction of Automatic Writing from living
+persons, which of course is merely a special form of Telepathy. In some
+cases the communications received in this way were at first thought to
+be from disembodied entities, until later it was discovered that the
+thoughts were actually transmitted (in some cases unintentionally) by
+living persons. The late W. T. Stead, the London editor and famous
+investigator of psychic phenomena, who was lost on the "Titanic" several
+years ago, was remarkably successful along this special line of
+telepathic transmission, he being one of the most efficient receivers of
+this kind of which those familiar with the subject have any knowledge.
+His written records of these experiments are very interesting, and form
+a valuable contribution to this subject. In this class of experiments,
+the sender concentrates fixedly upon the thought--word for word--and
+wills that the recipient write down the word so transmitted; the
+receiver sit passively at the time agreed upon, and allows his arm and
+hand to be moved by means of the psychic currents beating upon him, and
+which are then unconsciously transformed into muscular action--the
+process being similar to that of ordinary writing, except that instead
+of the activity of the brain of the writer being behind the muscular
+motion, that of the sender performs that task.
+
+
+Psychic Sensitiveness.
+
+The student of this book will find in the succeeding portions thereof,
+from time to time, certain general instructions regarding the
+cultivation of psychic receptivity and sensitiveness. These general
+instructions are also applicable to the cultivation of telepathic power,
+and may be properly applied to that end. There is really but one general
+principle involved in all the many forms of psychic receptivity, namely
+that of (1) shutting the senses to the ordinary impressions of the
+outside world, and (2) opening the higher channels of sense to the
+impressions coming in the form of vibrations of the higher forces and
+finer powers of Nature. At the last, it is simply a matter of "getting
+in tune," just as truly as in the case of the wireless telegraphy. These
+things are difficult to explain in ordinary words to one who has had no
+experience along these lines; but when one begins to actually experiment
+and practice, the way opens out gradually and steadily, and then the
+person can grasp the meaning of the little "hints" dropped by others who
+have traveled the same path. So, after all, it comes down to the matter
+of Practice, Experiment, and Learning by Trying!
+
+
+
+
+PART IV
+
+CLAIRVOYANCE AND KINDRED PHENOMENA
+
+
+A very large and very interesting class of occult or psychic phenomena
+is that known under the very general classification of "Clairvoyance,"
+which term we have thought it advisable to employ in this sense in this
+book, notwithstanding the technical objections urged by some against
+such a general usage. The term "Clairvoyance" really means "clear
+seeing," or "clear sight," but its special meaning, established by long
+usage, is "A power of discerning objects not perceptible to the normal
+senses." When it comes to the technical use of the term by students and
+teachers of psychic research and occultism, however, there is found a
+confused meaning of the term, some employing it in one sense, and others
+in another one. Accordingly, it is perhaps as well to explain the
+particular usage adopted and followed in this book.
+
+
+Clairvoyance Defined.
+
+The English Society for Psychical Research, in its glossary, defines the
+term as follows: "The faculty or act of perceiving, as though visually,
+with some coincidental truth, some distant scene; it is used sometimes,
+but hardly properly, for transcendental vision, or the perception of
+beings regarded as on another plane of existence." A distinguished
+investigator along psychic lines, in one of her reports to the English
+Society for Psychical Research, has given the following definition of
+this term as employed by her in her reports, viz., "The word
+'clairvoyant' is often used very loosely, and with widely different
+meanings. I denote by it a faculty of acquiring supernormally, BUT NOT
+BY READING THE MINDS OF PERSONS PRESENT, a knowledge of facts such as we
+normally acquire by the use of our senses. I do not limit it to
+knowledge that would normally be acquired by the sense of sight, nor do
+I limit it to a knowledge of present facts. A similar knowledge of the
+past, and if necessary, of future events, may be included. On the other
+hand, I exclude the mere faculty of seeing apparitions, which is
+sometimes called clairvoyance."
+
+The last stated definition agrees almost perfectly with the views of the
+writer of the present book, and the term "Clairvoyance" is used here in
+the particular sense indicated by such definition. The student of this
+book, therefore, is asked to distinguish Clairvoyance, on the one hand,
+from the phenomena of Telepathy or Thought Transference, and, on the
+other hand, from the phenomena of communication with entities on other
+planes of existence, including the perception of apparitions.
+
+
+The Phenomena of Clairvoyance.
+
+The phenomena of Clairvoyance may be subdivided (a) according to methods
+employed, and also (b) according to general distinctions. The said
+classifications follow:
+
+CLASSIFICATION ACCORDING TO METHODS. The classification of Clairvoyant
+Phenomena according to methods employed, proceeds as follows: (1)
+PSYCHOMETRY, in which the clairvoyant becomes en rapport through the
+medium of some physical object connected with the person or scene which
+is the object of the en rapport connection; (2) CRYSTAL GAZING, etc., in
+which the en rapport connection is established by means of a crystal,
+magic mirror, etc., into which the clairvoyant gazes; (3) DIRECT
+CLAIRVOYANCE, in which the clairvoyant directly establishes the en
+rapport connection by means of raising his or her psychic vibrations so
+as to become "in tune" with the finer vibrations of Nature, without the
+aid of physical objects.
+
+
+Classification According to General Distinctions.
+
+The classification of Clairvoyant Phenomena according to general
+distinctions, proceeds as follows: (1) PRESENT CLAIRVOYANCE, in which
+the objects perceived by the clairvoyant are present in Space and Time,
+although invisible to normal sight; (2) SPACE CLAIRVOYANCE, in which the
+clairvoyant vision includes objects and scenes removed in space from the
+immediate normal perception of the clairvoyant; (3) TIME CLAIRVOYANCE,
+in which the clairvoyant perceives objects or scenes removed from him in
+past time, or future time.
+
+In order that the student may obtain a comprehensive understanding of
+the phenomena of Clairvoyance, we have thought it well to give you a
+brief, general outline of the particular phenomena fitting into these
+several classes, and to give you, also, a general idea of the principal
+methods employed to obtain the phenomenal manifestations in question.
+We begin by calling your attention to the three general classes of
+method employed to obtain the manifestation of clairvoyant phenomena,
+namely: Psychometry, Crystal Gazing, and Clairvoyant Psychic States,
+respectively.
+
+
+Psychometry.
+
+In Psychometry, the clairvoyant establishes the en rapport connection
+with objects, persons or scenes, removed in space or in time, by means
+of some physical object associated with the distant object, person or
+scene; for instance, the physical objects may be a piece of clothing, a
+bit of stone, a coin, a bit of jewelry, etc., which has been closely
+associated with that which the clairvoyant desires to sense psychically.
+The distinctive feature of this class of clairvoyant phenomena is this
+CONNECTING LINK of physical objects. A writer has cleverly compared this
+connecting link with the bit of clothing which the keen-scented
+bloodhound is given to sniff in order that he may then discover by scent
+the person sought, the latter having previously worn the bit of clothing
+presented to the dog's sense of smell.
+
+
+The "Psychic Scent."
+
+Occultists have elaborated a technical theory to account for the
+phenomena of Psychometry, or rather to account for the action of the
+"connecting link" of the physical object employed to establish the
+connection between clairvoyant and distant object, person, or scene. But
+we do not think it advisable to enter into a discussion of these
+elaborate, technical theories, which are apt to confuse the beginner,
+and to distract his attention from the important facts of the case. We
+think it is sufficient to say that the "connecting link," or physical
+object, seems to carry along with it, in its inner substance or nature,
+the vibrations of its past environment; and that the clairvoyant, coming
+into receptive contact with such vibrations, is enabled with comparative
+ease to follow up the psychic "scent" until he establishes clairvoyant
+en rapport connection with the distant object, person, or scene
+associated with the physical object. When it is remembered that the
+physical "scent" of anything is merely a matter of the detection of
+certain vibrations, the illustration is seen to be not so very far out
+of the way after all.
+
+
+Magnetic Affinity.
+
+A somewhat celebrated investigator of psychic and occult phenomena has
+said concerning this phases of Clairvoyance: "The untrained clairvoyant
+usually cannot find any particular astral picture when it is wanted,
+without some special link to put him en rapport with the subject
+required. Psychometry is an instance in point. It seems as though there
+were a sort of magnetic attachment or affinity between any particle of
+matter and the record which contains its history--an affinity which
+enables it to act as a kind of conductor between that record and the
+faculties of anyone who can read it. For instance, I once brought from
+Stonehenge a tiny fragment of stone, not larger than a pin's head, and
+on putting this into an envelope and handing it to a psychometrist who
+had no idea what it was, she at once began to describe that wonderful
+ruin and the desolate country surrounding it, and then went on to
+picture vividly what were evidently scenes from its early history,
+showing that the infinitesimal fragment had been sufficient to put her
+into communication with the records connected with the spot from which
+it came. The scenes through which we pass in the course of our life seem
+to act in the same way upon the cells of our brain as did the history of
+Stonehenge upon that particle of stone. They establish a connection with
+those cells by means of which our mind is put en rapport with that
+particular portion of the records, and so we 'remember' what we have
+seen."
+
+
+Distant En Rapport.
+
+One of the most familiar instances of the production of clairvoyant
+phenomena by means of Psychometry is that illustrated in the above
+quotation, namely the production of the en rapport relation with distant
+scenes by means of the connecting link of some small object which had at
+some time in the past been located at that point. In such cases the
+psychometrist usually presses the small object up to his or her head,
+and then induces a passive, receptive psychical condition; then, sooner
+or later, the clairvoyant experiences a "sensation," or a "dream
+picture" of the scene in question. Often, once the picture of the scene
+is obtained, the clairvoyant may manifest more marked past-time
+clairvoyance, in the direction of running back over the history of the
+scene itself. The instance related in the above quotation is a case of
+this kind. Similar cases are frequently met with by the investigator
+along these lines, in which the clairvoyant is able to give the history
+of certain places in ancient Egypt, from the connecting link of a piece
+of mummy-cloth; or else to give a picture of certain events in
+antediluvian times, from the connecting link of a bit of fossil
+substance. The history of Psychometry is filled with remarkable
+instances of this kind. Bullets gathered from battlefields also serve
+very effectively as such psychometric connecting links. Old furniture,
+old pictures, and old jewelry also are common objects serving to produce
+wonderful phenomena of this kind. In fact, any physical object having
+past-time or far-distant space connections may be employed effectively
+in such experiments.
+
+
+Psychic Underground Exploration.
+
+Psychometry is frequently employed to describe underground or "mine"
+conditions existing at the present time at the particular place from
+which a particular piece of ore or mineral has been taken, which ore or
+mineral has been handed the psychometrist to be used as the connecting
+link. As many practical miners know from actual experience, many
+valuable coal, zinc, lead, silver and gold mines have been successfully
+located in this way. In such cases the psychometrist has been able to
+follow up the psychic "scent" given by the piece of mineral, and thus to
+describe the strata or veins of the mineral lying underground and
+unopened by the pick or drill.
+
+
+Psychic Detective Work.
+
+Many cases are recorded by the investigators in which the psychometrist
+is able to "sense" a particular locality, a house, a room, a place of
+business, for instance, by means of the connecting link afforded by some
+physical object formerly associated with the said location. Some writers
+have called this class of psychometric phenomena "psychic spying" or
+"psychic detective work." One writer records a case in which he gave to
+a young psychometrist a penholder from the office of a lawyer, the
+latter being located about eight hundred miles away; the psychometrist
+then gave a perfect picture of the interior of the far-distant lawyer's
+office, the scene across the street visible from the office window, and
+certain events which were happening in the office and on the street at
+that particular time--all of which report was verified in detail by
+subsequent careful inquiry.
+
+
+How to Psychometrize.
+
+The following general remarks concerning Psychometry, given by a writer
+on the subject, will be found interesting and instructive. The writer
+says: "There are no special directions to be given the student in
+psychometry. All that can be done is to suggest that each person should
+try the experiments for himself, in order to find out whether he has, or
+has not the psychometric power in some degree of development. He may be
+able to develop his psychometric powers by the general methods given for
+psychic development; but, in any event, he will find that actual
+practice and experiment will do much for him in the direction of
+experiment. Let the student take strange objects, and, sitting in a
+quiet room with the object held to his forehead, endeavor to shut out
+all thoughts coming from the outside world, and forget all his personal
+affairs. In a short time, if the conditions be right, he will begin to
+have flashes of scenes associated with the history of the object in
+question. At first these impressions may be somewhat disconnected and
+more or less confused, but before long there will be noticed a clearing
+away of the scene, and the mental picture will become quite plain.
+Practice will develop the power. The student should practice only when
+alone or when in the presence of some sympathetic friend or friends. He
+should always avoid discordant and inharmonious company while practicing
+his psychic power. Many of the best psychometrists keep their physical
+eyes closed when practicing this power, thus allowing the inner senses
+to function without distraction from the outer senses.
+
+
+Developing Psychometry.
+
+"You have doubtless heard of the sensing of sealed letters spoken of as
+pure clairvoyance. But this phase of phenomena properly belongs to the
+realm of Psychometry. Letters frequently prove to be very excellent
+connecting links in psychometric experiments. I advise the student to
+begin with old letters. He will be surprised to discover how readily he
+will begin to receive psychic impressions from the letters--either from
+the person who wrote them, or from the place in which they were written,
+or from some one connected with their subsequent history. One of the
+most interesting experiments I ever witnessed in Psychometry was that in
+which a letter that had been forwarded from place to place, until it had
+gone completely around the globe, was psychometrized by a young Hindu
+maid. Although ignorant of the outside world of foreign lands, the young
+women was able to picture the people and scenery of every part of the
+globe in which the letter had traveled. Her report was really an
+interesting 'travelogue' of a trip around the world, given in tabloid
+form. The student may obtain some interesting results in
+psychometrizing old letters--but let him always be conscientious about
+it, and be careful to refrain from divulging the secrets that will
+become his during the course of these experiments. Let him be honorable
+on the psychic plane as well as on the physical plane--more so, rather
+than less so, in fact."
+
+
+Varieties of Psychometry.
+
+Another investigator along these lines gives the following instructive
+comments regarding the practice of psychometric power: "Persons of a
+highly-strung nervous organization, with large perceptive faculties make
+the best psychometrists. Phlegmatic people seldom psychometrize clearly,
+and usually lack receptivity to the finer forces. Letters, clothes,
+hair, coins, ornaments, or jewels--in fact, almost any article which has
+belonged to, or has been worn by, its possessor for any length of time,
+will suffice to enable the psychometrist to relate himself to, and
+glimpse impressions of, the personal sphere of that individual. Some
+psychometrists succeed better with certain kinds of objects than with
+others. Metals and minerals are not good 'conductors'--if we may use
+that term--to some operators; while they are very satisfactory to
+others. In the same way, some psychometrists are very good character
+readers, others are very successful in the diagnosis of diseases; some
+can read the book of Nature, while to others it is a sealed book, or
+nearly so, but they are able to gauge the mental qualifications of their
+visitors, while others realize their moral and spiritual states. Again,
+some read the Past, and enter into the Present states or condition of
+their clients, while others are successful in exercising prophetical
+prevision. These differences may be modified, and the boundaries of the
+perceptive power may be extended by self-study, experiment, and culture;
+but every psychic has his qualifications and his limitations; one will
+succeed where another may fail; hence it is well and wise for each one
+to discover what he can do best, what sphere he can best occupy, and
+then endeavor to fill it.
+
+
+Psychometric "Getting in Touch."
+
+"A psychometrist may, by holding a letter in his hand, or putting it to
+his forehead, be able to perceive and delineate the personal appearance
+of the writer thereof, and, in a way, to 'take on' his conditions,
+describe his feelings and thoughts to such an extent as to identify
+himself with him and to feel, for the time being, as if he, himself,
+were the writer; he may even tell what is written in the letter,
+although unable to see the writing. Human hair is found by some
+psychometrists to give them the best means of coming into touch with
+their subjects, and it is said that such hair should be cut from the
+head just behind the ears, as close to the scalp as possible. It not
+infrequently happens that a psychometrist gets started upon a false
+trail, so to speak, and especially so when the inquirer is suspicious,
+or where there is a mixture of psychic influences. A fan passed by a
+lady to a sitter in the front row at a meeting, and held in the hands of
+the latter for a few minutes while awaiting a chance to be handed to the
+psychic, has resulted in a blending of vibratory influences which has
+caused an imperfect or confused 'reading.' In one case the gentleman who
+held the fan said 'I fully recognize the part of the description which
+the lady does not admit--it applies to myself quite perfectly.' Hence
+the necessity for care in providing articles for psychometrists in a
+public meeting. A ring, for instance, which has been in the family for
+generations, and handed from one wearer to another in the course of
+years, may afford such a blending of psychic vibrations that the
+psychometrist may be unable to sense distinctly each distinct stratum of
+influence therein.
+
+
+Psychometric Readings.
+
+"The person who sits for the psychometrist for a 'reading' should not be
+antagonistic nor frivolous, neither should he desire special
+information, nor concentrate his thought forces upon any given point, as
+otherwise he may dominate the psychic and thus mislead him into
+perceiving only a reflex of his own hopes or fears. He will do well to
+preserve an open mind, and an impartial though sympathetic mental
+attitude, and then await results. It is unwise to interrupt, explain, or
+question during the time that a delineation is being given, for by so
+doing the psychic sphere is disturbed and the thought projections caused
+to act like the breezes upon the surface of a lake, producing confused
+and distorted appearances. It is best to allow the descriptions to be
+given in its entirety before asking questions regarding any of its
+details; it is quite possible or probable that the very points upon
+which inquiries seem necessary will be more fully elucidated before the
+close of the reading. If a special reading, and not a general one is
+required--say, for instance, a diagnosis of diseased conditions--a hint
+of what is desired at the outset should be sufficient."
+
+
+Crystal Gazing, Etc.
+
+The second of the three general classes of the methods employed to
+obtain the manifestation of clairvoyant phenomena is that known as
+Crystal Gazing. In this class of methods the clairvoyant establishes the
+en rapport condition by means of a crystal, magic mirror, or similar
+object, which serves principally to concentrate the psychic visual
+powers to a focus, and thus to enable the psychic to raise his or her
+psychic vibrations at that concentrated focused point.
+
+
+Crystals and Bright Objects.
+
+The use of crystals and other bright objects for this purpose has been
+common to occultists and psychics at all times, past and present, and at
+all places, oriental or occidental. The earlier races employed shining
+pieces of quartz or other clear crystal rock for this purpose. Later
+polished metals were used in the same way. The native soothsayers of
+barbaric lands employ clear water, glowing embers, or sparks, for this
+purpose. In some places the soothsayers hold drops of blood in the
+hollow of their hands for divining purposes. Others bore a hole in the
+ground, and fill it with water, and then gaze into it. Some tribes use
+dark polished stones. A writer on the subject has said: "They stare into
+a crystal ball, a cup, a mirror, a blot of ink, a drop of blood, a bowl
+of water, a pond, water in a glass bowl, or almost any polished surface,
+etc." In fact, it may be said that almost every object capable of
+presenting a polished surface has been employed by some race as an aid
+to psychic vision. In Europe and America, at the present day, quartz or
+glass crystals are so used; but others obtain quite satisfactory
+results from the use of watch crystals laid over a black cloth,
+preferably a piece of black velvet cloth. Others use highly polished
+bits of silver; while others content themselves with the use of a little
+pool of black ink lying on the bottom of a small saucer, while others
+have cups painted black on the inside, into which is poured water.
+
+
+The Care of the Crystal.
+
+There is no particular virtue in any particular object used for this
+purpose, as such object acts merely to focus the psychic power of the
+person, as has been said. Certainly the student should not fall into the
+error of supposing that the crystal, or similar object, has any
+miraculous or supernatural power whatsoever, it is simply an instrument,
+like the microscope or telescope, nothing more or less. But, at the same
+time, it must be admitted that there is much truth in the claim of
+certain crystal gazers, to the effect that the use of a particular
+crystal seems to have the effect of polarizing its molecules so as to
+render it a more effective instrument in time. In fact, the phenomenon
+seems to bear a close relation to the well known case of a long-used
+violin becoming a more perfect instrument, and giving forth richer and
+fuller notes than a new instrument. The longer a gazing crystal is used,
+especially by the one person, the better does it seem to serve the
+purposes of that particular person. Experts in crystal gazing insist
+that the crystal gazer should keep his own crystal for his own
+particular use, and not allow it to be used indiscriminately,
+particularly in the case of strangers or of persons not sympathetic with
+psychic subjects. They claim that each crystal becomes polarized
+according to the individual character and needs of the person habitually
+using it, and that it is unwise to allow others to disturb this quality
+in it.
+
+
+How to Use the Crystal.
+
+The best authorities on the subject of crystal-gazing insist that all
+experiments along the said lines should be conducted in a serious,
+earnest manner, and that all frivolity or trifling should be avoided if
+the best results are wished for. This, of course, is true concerning all
+phases of psychic investigation, as all true students of the subject
+know. All the authorities agree that the crystal gazer should sit with
+the light behind his back, and never in front of him. While an earnest
+steady gaze is desirable, there should be no straining of the eyes. As
+one writer has said: "Gaze calmly at the crystal, but do not strain your
+eyes. Do not try to avoid winking your eyes--there is a difference
+between 'gazing' and 'staring,' remember." Some authorities advise that
+the crystal gazer should make funnels of his hands, using them as he
+would a pair of opera-glasses.
+
+
+The "Milky Mist."
+
+While some experimenters obtain results almost from the time of the
+first trial, others find that it requires a number of sittings before
+they begin to obtain even faint results. The psychic picture in the
+crystal usually begins by the appearance of a cloudy "milky mist,"
+succeeding the former transparent appearance of the crystal. The milky
+cloud becomes more dense, and finally there appears in its midst a
+faint form, outline, face, or scene of some kind. Some have compared
+this gradual emergence of the picture to the gradual development of the
+picture of the photographic plate when the latter is subjected to the
+action of the developing fluid.
+
+
+Classes of Psychic Pictures.
+
+An English writer on the subject furnishes the following general
+classification of the psychic pictures manifested in the process of
+crystal gazing. The said authority might well have added that each and
+every form of clairvoyant picturing is possible in crystal gazing; for
+crystal gazing is merely one particular form or method of inducing
+clairvoyant or psychic vision, and is not a distinct branch of psychic
+phenomena in itself. The classification of the English authority,
+however, is as follows:
+
+"1. Images of something unconsciously observed. New reproductions,
+voluntary or spontaneous, and bringing no fresh knowledge to the mind.
+
+"2. Images of ideas unconsciously acquired from others. Some memory or
+imaginative effort which does not come from the gazer's ordinary self.
+Revivals of memory. Illustrations of thought.
+
+"3. Images, clairvoyant or prophetic. Pictures giving information as to
+something past, present, or future, which the gazer has no other chance
+of knowing."
+
+
+General Directions for Crystal Gazing.
+
+An old English authority on the subject of crystal gazing handed down to
+his students a certain set of general directions and rules to govern the
+conduct of their experiments. These rules and directions have never
+been improved upon by the later writers on the subject, according to the
+opinion of the best authorities; and such stand today as perhaps the
+simplest and best set of general rules and directions on this important
+subject. For this reason we have thought it advisable to include the
+same in this chapter, for the guidance of our own students. Here follow
+the said general rules and directions:
+
+"What is desired through the regular use of the translucent sphere is to
+cultivate a personal degree of clairvoyant power, so that visions of
+things or events, past, present, and future, may appear clearly in the
+interior vision, or eye of the soul. In the pursuit of this effort only,
+the crystal becomes at once a beautiful, interesting and harmless
+channel of pleasure and instruction, shorn of dangers, and rendered
+conducive to mental development. To the attainment of this desirable
+end, attention is asked to the following practical directions, which, if
+carefully followed, will lead to success:
+
+
+Selection of Place, Etc.
+
+"(1) Select a quiet room where you will be entirely undisturbed, taking
+care that it is as far as possible free from mirrors, ornaments,
+pictures, glaring colors, and the like, which may otherwise distract the
+attention. The room should be of comfortable temperature, in accordance
+with the time of year, neither hot nor cold. About 60 to 65 degrees
+Fahr. is suitable in most cases, though allowance can be made where
+necessary for natural differences in the temperaments of various
+persons. Thus thin, nervous, delicately organized individuals, and those
+of lymphatic and soft, easy-going, passive types, require a slightly
+warmer apartment than the more positive class who are known by their
+dark eyes, hair and complexion, combined with prominent joints. Should a
+fire, or any form of artificial light be necessary, it should be
+screened off, so as to prevent the light rays from being reflected in,
+or in any other manner directly reaching the crystal. The room should
+not be dark, but rather shadowed, or charged with a dull light, somewhat
+such as prevails on a cloudy or wet day.
+
+
+Adjusting the Crystal.
+
+"(2) The crystal should be placed on its stand on a table, or it may
+rest on a black velvet cushion, but in either case it should be
+partially surrounded by a black silk or similar wrap or screen, so
+adjusted as to cut off any undesirable reflection. Before beginning to
+experiment, remember that most frequently nothing will be seen on the
+first occasion, and possibly not for several sittings; though some
+sitters, if strongly gifted with psychic powers in a state of
+unconsciousness, and sometimes conscious degree of unfoldment, may be
+fortunate enough to obtain good results at the first trial. If,
+therefore, nothing is perceived during the first few attempts, do not
+despair or become impatient, or imagine that you will never see
+anything. There is a royal road to crystal vision, but it is open only
+to the combined password of Calmness, Patience, and Perseverance. If at
+the first attempt to ride a bicycle, failure ensues, the only way to
+learn is to pay attention to the necessary rules, and to persevere daily
+until the ability to ride comes naturally. Thus it is with the would-be
+seer. Persevere in accordance with these simple directions, and success
+will sooner or later crown your efforts.
+
+
+Time of Sittings.
+
+"(3) Commence by sitting comfortably with the eyes fixed upon the
+crystal, not by a fixed stare, but with a steady, calm gaze, for ten
+minutes only, on the first occasion. In taking the time it is best to
+hang your watch at a distance, where, while the face is clearly visible,
+the ticking is rendered inaudible. When the time is up, carefully put
+the crystal away in its case, and keep it in a dark place, under lock
+and key, allowing no one but yourself to handle it. At the second
+sitting, which should be at the same place, in the same position, and at
+the same time, you may increase the length of the effort to fifteen
+minutes, and continue this period during the next five or six sittings,
+after which the time may be gradually increased, but should in no case
+exceed one hour. The precise order of repetition is always to be
+followed until the experimenter has developed an almost automatic
+ability to readily obtain results, when it need no longer be adhered to.
+
+
+Other Persons Present.
+
+"(4) Any person, or persons, admitted to the room, and allowed to remain
+while you sit, should (a) keep absolute silence, and (b) remain seated
+at a distance from you. When you have developed your latent powers,
+questions may, of course, be put to you by one of those present, but
+even then in a very gentle, or low and slow tone of voice; never
+suddenly, or in a forceful manner.
+
+
+Crystalline Vision.
+
+"(5) When you find the crystals begin to look dull or cloudy, with small
+pin-points of light glittering therein, like tiny stars, you may know
+that you are commencing to obtain that for which you seek, viz.,
+crystalline vision. Therefore, persevere with confidence. This condition
+may, or may not, continue for several sittings, the crystal seeming at
+times to alternatively appear and disappear, as in a mist. By and by
+this hazy appearance, in its turn, will give way quite suddenly to a
+blindness of the senses to all else but a blue or bluish ocean of space,
+against which, as if it were a background, the vision will be clearly
+apparent.
+
+
+Physical Requirements.
+
+"(6) The crystal should not be used soon after taking a meal, and care
+should be taken in matters of diet to partake only of digestible foods,
+and to avoid alcoholic beverages. Plain and nourishing food, and outdoor
+exercise, with contentment of mind, or love of simplicity of living, are
+great aids to success. Mental anxiety, or ill-health, are not conducive
+to the desired end. Attention to correct breathing is of importance.
+
+
+Determining Time of Fulfillment.
+
+"(7) As regards the time at which events seen will come to pass, each
+seer is usually impressed with regard thereto; but, as a general rule,
+visions appearing in the extreme background indicate time more remote,
+either past or future, than those perceived nearer at hand; while those
+appearing in the foreground, or closer to the seer, denote the present
+or immediate future.
+
+
+Two Classes of Visions.
+
+"(8) Two principal classes of vision will present themselves to the
+sitter, viz.: (a) the Symbolic, indicated by the appearance of symbols
+such as a flag, boat, knife, gold, etc., and (b) Actual Scenes and
+Personages, in action or otherwise. Persons of a positive type of
+organization, the more active, excitable, yet decided type, are most
+likely to perceive symbolically, or allegorically; while those of a
+passive nature usually receive direct or literal revelations. Both
+classes will find it necessary to carefully cultivate truthfulness,
+unselfishness, gratitude for what is shown, and absolute confidence in
+the love, wisdom, and guidance of God Himself."
+
+
+Time and Space in Crystal Gazing.
+
+In the subsequent pages the student will perceive the different
+manifestations of clairvoyant vision classified according to the
+distinction of Time and Space. Clairvoyant vision may disclose objects,
+scenes, or persons either near by in space, or far off in space; either
+existing in present time, in past time, or in future time. Inasmuch as
+the visions of crystal gazing are merely particular forms of clairvoyant
+vision, it follows that all of the several above named distinctive forms
+of vision are manifested in crystal gazing. The vision shown in the
+crystal may be that of something very near in space, or perhaps very far
+off in space, or removed in space only a moderate distance. Likewise
+such vision may be based upon things existing at the present time, or at
+some period of past time, or at some period of and visions of past,
+present, or future things, events, persons, scenes--each or all of these
+manifestations are possible to the clairvoyant vision of the crystal
+gazer, and pictured in the reflecting surface of the crystal or other
+shining surface employed by him in his experiments.
+
+
+Direct Clairvoyance.
+
+The third of the three general classes of the methods employed to obtain
+the manifestation of clairvoyant phenomena is that known as Direct
+Clairvoyance. In this class of methods the clairvoyant directly
+establishes the en rapport connection with the past or present, near or
+distant, objects, persons, scenes, or events, by means of raising his or
+her psychic vibrations so as to become "in tune" with the finer
+vibrations of Nature, without the aid of the physical objects required
+in the methods of Psychometry and Crystal Gazing, respectively.
+
+
+Trance Conditions.
+
+Many clairvoyants, manifesting their powers by means of the methods of
+Direct Clairvoyance, produce in themselves the condition of trance, or
+semi-trance condition. Many students believe that these conditions are
+absolutely necessary for the production of this kind of phenomena, but
+they neglect, or are actually unaware of, the fact that many of the
+highest forms of this class of clairvoyant phenomena are manifested by
+clairvoyants who are no more in a trance condition, or that of
+semi-trance, than those following the methods of Psychometry or Crystal
+Gazing, respectively. All that is required is that the clairvoyant
+maintain a quiescent mental attitude, shutting out the sounds, sights,
+and thoughts of the outside world, and concentrating the full attention
+upon the clairvoyant work before him or her. Some, it is true, pass
+easily into the semi-trance, or even the full trance condition, but the
+latter are not absolutely necessary states.
+
+
+Clairvoyant Reverie.
+
+A writer on the subject of Clairvoyance says: "The best authorities
+instruct their pupils that the state of clairvoyant reverie may be
+safely and effectively induced by the practice of mental concentration
+alone. They advise positively against artificial methods. All that is
+needed is that the consciousness be focused to a single point--become
+'one pointed' as the Hindu teachers call it. The intelligent practice of
+concentration accomplishes this without the necessity of any artificial
+methods of development, or the production of abnormal psychic states.
+You easily concentrate your full attention when you witness an
+interesting play, or listen to a beautiful rendition of some great
+masterpiece of musical composition, or gaze at some miracle of pictured
+or sculptured art. In these cases your attention is completely occupied
+with the interesting thing before you, so that you have almost
+completely shut out the outer world of sound, sight, and thought--but
+you are, nevertheless, perfectly wide awake and conscious. The same
+thing is true when you read a very interesting book--the world is shut
+out from your consciousness, and you are oblivious to the sights and
+sounds around you. We frequently witness the sight of two lovers to whom
+the outside world is non-existent for the time being, and to whom there
+is nothing in the world except themselves. Again, persons often fall
+into a 'brown study,' or 'day dream,' in which all consciousness of the
+outside world seems to be shut out, yet the person is fully conscious
+and wide awake. These mental states are very much akin to that of the
+trained clairvoyant, and is the state which should be sought after by
+all clairvoyants, whether they are following the methods of Psychometry,
+Crystal Gazing, or that of Direct Clairvoyance--for the principle is one
+and the same in all of such methods."
+
+
+The Dawn of Clairvoyance.
+
+A well-known authority on the subject of Psychic Development says:
+"Occasional flashes of clairvoyance sometimes comes to the highly
+cultured and spiritual-minded man, even though he may never have heard
+of the possibility of training such a faculty. In his case such glimpses
+usually signify that he is approaching that stage in his evolution when
+these powers will naturally begin to manifest themselves. Their
+appearance should serve as an additional stimulus to him to strive to
+maintain that high standard of moral purity and mental balance without
+which clairvoyance is a curse and not a blessing to its possessor.
+Between those who are entirely unimpressionable and those who are in
+full possession of clairvoyant power, there are many intermediate
+stages. Students often ask how this clairvoyant faculty will first be
+manifested in themselves--how they may know when they have reached the
+stage at which its first faint foreshadowings are beginning to be
+visible. Cases differ so widely that it is impossible to give to this
+question any answer that will be universally applicable. Some people
+begin by a plunge, as it were, and under some unusual stimulus become
+able just for once to see some striking vision; and very often in such a
+case, because the experience does not repeat itself, the seer comes in
+time to believe that on that occasion he must have been the victim of
+hallucination. Others begin by becoming intermittently conscious of the
+brilliant colors and vibrations of the human aura; yet others find
+themselves with increasing frequency seeing and hearing something to
+which those around them are blind and deaf; others, again, see faces,
+landscapes, or colored clouds floating before their eyes in the dark,
+before they sink to rest; while perhaps the commonest experience of all
+is that of those who begin to recollect with greater and greater
+clearness what they have seen and heard on other planes during sleep."
+
+
+Methods of Development.
+
+The same authority, after warning students against attempting to develop
+their psychic powers by unnatural and harmful practices, such as
+self-hypnotism, self-stupefication, etc., gives the following excellent
+advice concerning the normal development of clairvoyant and other high
+psychic powers and faculties: "There is one practice which if adopted
+carefully and reverently can do no harm to any human being, yet from
+which a very pure type of clairvoyance has sometimes been developed--and
+that is the practice of Meditation. Let a man choose a certain time
+every day--a time when he can rely upon being quiet and undisturbed,
+though preferably in the daytime rather than at night--and set himself
+at that time to keep his mind for a few minutes entirely free from all
+earthly thoughts of any kind whatsoever; and, when that is achieved, to
+direct the whole force of his being towards the highest ideal he happens
+to know. He will find that to gain perfect control of thought is
+enormously more difficult than he supposes, but when he attains it this
+cannot but be in every way more beneficial to him, and as he grows more
+and more able to elevate and concentrate his thoughts, he may gradually
+find that new worlds are opening before his sight. As a preliminary
+training towards the satisfactory achievement of such meditation, he
+will find it desirable to make a practice of concentration in the
+affairs of daily life--even in the smallest of them. If he writes a
+letter, let him think of nothing else but that letter until it is
+finished; if he reads a book, let him see to it that his thought is
+never allowed to wander away from his author's meaning. He must learn to
+hold his mind in check, and to be master of that also, as well as of his
+lower passions; he must patiently labor to acquire absolute control of
+his thoughts, so that he will always know exactly what he is thinking
+about, and why--so that he can use his mind, and turn it or hold it
+still, as a practiced swordsman turns his weapon where he will."
+
+
+
+
+PART V
+
+CLAIRVOYANCE: PAST, PRESENT AND FUTURE
+
+
+As we have said in the preceding chapter, in our consideration of the
+general subject of Clairvoyance, there is possible a general
+classification of clairvoyant phenomena according to general
+distinctions, as follows: (1) PRESENT CLAIRVOYANCE, in which the objects
+perceived by the clairvoyant are present in time and in space, although
+invisible to normal sight; (2) SPACE CLAIRVOYANCE, in which the
+clairvoyant vision includes objects and scenes removed in space from the
+normal perception of the clairvoyant; and (3) TIME CLAIRVOYANCE, in
+which the clairvoyant perceives objects or scenes removed from him in
+past time, or future time.
+
+While the general methods of manifesting these various forms of
+clairvoyant power are practically the same, yet the nature of these
+several forms of phenomena vary considerably, as we shall see when we
+come to consider them in detail in the following pages: this is
+particularly true in the case of the distinction between past-time
+clairvoyant phenomena, and future-time clairvoyant phenomena--the
+difference between the perception of what has been, and that which has
+not yet been.
+
+
+Present Clairvoyance.
+
+In what is called Present Clairvoyance the objects perceived by the
+clairvoyant are present in time and in space, at the moment and place of
+the perception, although invisible to normal sight. It is seen at once
+that if the object seen clairvoyantly is present in time and in space to
+the clairvoyant, and yet is incapable of being perceived by the normal
+sight of the clairvoyant, then that object must be capable of being
+perceived only through vibrations above the normal range of the human
+senses. Perhaps the precise nature of this class of clairvoyant
+perceptions will be better understood by a more detailed description of
+the objects actually perceived by clairvoyant vision of this mode of
+manifestation.
+
+
+The Human Aura.
+
+In the first place, this mode of clairvoyant vision discloses the
+interesting phenomena concerned with the human aura, or psychic
+atmosphere which surrounds the human body for a space of several feet,
+assuming an egg-shaped form. A writer says on this point: "The trained
+clairvoyant vision sees the human aura as a nebulous hazy substance,
+like a luminous cloud, surrounding the person for two or three feet on
+each side of his body, becoming more dense near the body, and gradually
+becoming less dense as it extends away from the body. It has a
+phosphorescent appearance, with a peculiar tremulous motion manifesting
+through its substance. The clairvoyant sees the human aura as composed
+of all the colors of the spectrum, the combination shifting with the
+changing mental and emotional states of the person. But, in a general
+way, it may be said that each person has his or her distinctive astral
+auric colors, depending upon his or her general character or
+personality. Each mental state, or emotional manifestation, has its own
+particular shade or combination of shades of auric coloring. This
+beautiful kaleidoscopic spectacle has its own meaning to the occultist
+with clairvoyant vision, for he is thus able to read the character and
+general mental states of the person by means of studying his auric
+colors. The human aura is not in a state of calm phosphorescence,
+however. On the contrary, it sometimes manifests great flames, like
+those of a fiery furnace, which shoot forth great tongues, and dart
+forth suddenly in certain directions toward the objects attracting them.
+Under great emotional excitement the auric flames move around in swift
+circling whirlpools, or else swirl away from a centre. Again, it seems
+to throw forth tiny glistening sparks of psychic vibrations, some of
+which travel for a great distance.
+
+
+The Prana Aura.
+
+"The clairvoyant vision is also able to discern what is called the
+'prana aura' of a person. By this term is indicated that peculiar
+emanation of vital force which surrounds the physical body of each and
+every person. In fact, many persons of but slight clairvoyant power, who
+cannot sense the auric colors, are able to perceive this prana aura
+without trouble. It is sometimes called the 'health aura,' or 'physical
+aura.' It is colorless, or rather about the shade of clear glass,
+diamond, or water. It is streaked with very minute, bristle-like lines.
+In a state of good health these fine lines are stiff like toothbrush
+bristles; while in the case of poor health these lines droop, curl, and
+present a furlike appearance. It is sometimes filled with minute
+sparkling particles, like tiny vibratory motion. To the clairvoyant
+vision the prana aura appears like the vibrating heated air arising from
+a fire, or stove, or from the heated earth in summertime. If the student
+will close his eyes partially, and peer through narrowed eyelids, he
+will in all probability be able to perceive this prana aura surrounding
+the body of some healthy, vigorous person--particularly if that person
+be standing in a dim light. Looking closely, he will see the peculiar
+vibratory motion, like heated air, at a distance of about two inches
+from the body of the person. It requires a little practice in order to
+acquire the knack of perceiving these vibrations--a little experimenting
+in order to get just the right light on the person--but practice will
+bring success, and you will be repaid for your trouble. In the same way,
+the student may by practice acquire the faculty of perceiving his own
+prana aura. The simplest way to obtain this last mentioned result is to
+place your fingers (spread out into fan-shape) against a black
+background, in a dim light. Then gaze at the fingers through narrowed
+eyelids, and half-closed eyes. After a little practice, you will see a
+fine thin line surrounding your fingers on all sides--a semi-luminous
+border of prana aura. In most cases this border of aura is colorless,
+but sometimes a very pale yellowish hue is perceived. The stronger the
+vital force of the person, the stronger and brighter will this border of
+prana aura appear. The aura surrounding the fingers will appear very
+much like the semi-luminous radiance surrounding a gas-flame, or the
+flame of a candle, which is familiar to everyone."
+
+
+The Auric Colors.
+
+Another writer says of the clairvoyant perception of the human aura: "As
+he looks, the clairvoyant will see himself surrounded by the luminous
+mist of the aura, flashing with all sorts of brilliant colors, and
+constantly changing hue and brilliancy with every variation of the
+person's thought and feelings. He will see this aura flooded with the
+beautiful rose-color of pure affection, the rich blue of devotional
+feeling, the hard, dull brown of selfishness, the deep scarlet of anger,
+the horrible lurid red of sensuality, the livid grey of fear, the black
+clouds of hatred and malice, or any of the other hundredfold indications
+so easily to be read in it by the practiced eye; and thus it will be
+impossible for any persons to conceal from his the real state of their
+feelings on any subject. Not only does the astral aura show him the
+temporary result of the emotion passing through it at the moment, but it
+also gives him, by an arrangement and proportion of its colors when in a
+condition of perfect rest, a clue to the general disposition and
+character of its owner."
+
+
+Thought Forms.
+
+Another phase of clairvoyant phenomena of this class is that of the
+perception of "thought forms," as they are called by occultists. As all
+students of occultism know, a strong thought or emotion manifests a
+certain high vibratory motion, and takes upon itself a vibratory "form"
+which is plainly perceptible to the trained clairvoyant vision. These
+thought-forms manifest a great variety in appearance and character. Some
+appear in a faint wave-like form, something like the tiny waves caused
+by the dropping of a pebble in a pond of water. Others take on a
+whirlpool form, rotating and whirling as they move through space. Others
+appear like whirling rings, similar in general form to the "ring" puffed
+forth from the mouth of a cigar smoker, or from the funnel of a
+locomotive. Others glow like great opals. Others appear like jets
+emitted from the spout of a teakettle. Others twist along like a
+corkscrew. Others appear like exploding bombs. Others branch out arms
+like a devil-fish, which wriggle in all directions, as if striving to
+attach themselves to some object upon which they wish to take hold.
+
+
+The X-Ray Sense.
+
+Another phase of clairvoyant phenomena of this general class is that
+which may be called "the X-Ray Sense," for indeed it enables the
+clairvoyant to see through a brick wall, or other material obstacle, or
+through a sealed letter, etc. The higher psychic vibrations easily pass
+through the most solid object, just as do the X-Rays, and consequently
+the clairvoyant is able to see what is going on on the other side of a
+brick wall, or the walls of a house. Likewise, the clairvoyant vision is
+able to pierce through the dense earth, and to perceive veins of mineral
+or metal lying concealed beneath.
+
+
+Microscopic Vision.
+
+Another phase of clairvoyant power of this general class, but one not
+nearly so common as those above mentioned, is described by a well-known
+occultist as follows: "Another strange power of which the clairvoyant
+may find himself in possession is that of magnifying at will the
+minutest physical particle to any desired size, as through a
+microscope--though no microscope ever made, or ever likely to be made,
+possesses even a thousandth part of this psychic magnifying power. By
+its means the hypothetical molecule and atom postulated by science
+becomes visible and living realities to the occult student, and on this
+closer examination he finds them to be much more complex in their
+structure than the scientific man has yet realized them to be. It also
+enables him to follow with the closest attention and the most lively
+interest all kinds of electrical, magnetic, and other etheric action;
+and when some of the specialists in these branches of science are able
+to develop the power to see these things whereof they speak so facilely,
+some very wonderful and beautiful revelations may be expected."
+
+
+Space Clairvoyance.
+
+In what is called Space Clairvoyance the objects, persons, scenes, or
+events perceived by the clairvoyant are removed in space from him--often
+being located at points in space thousands of miles distant, in fact.
+The pages of works upon occultism, and those devoted to the recording of
+proved instances gathered by the societies for psychical research, are
+filled with the most interesting cases of this form of clairvoyant
+vision. Instances are recorded, upon the very best possible authority,
+in which persons with clairvoyant powers have been perfectly cognizant
+of events occurring on the other side of the world, or across the
+Atlantic or Pacific Oceans. In fact, it would seem that distance and
+space are practically wiped out in this form of clairvoyant phenomena,
+and that it is just as easy to see clairvoyantly over the space of a
+thousand miles, as over that of a hundred feet--the principle involved
+being precisely the same.
+
+
+The Psychic Telescope.
+
+Space Clairvoyance, or Distant Clairvoyance, is manifested in the form
+of Psychometry, Crystal Gazing, or Direct Clairvoyance, as we have said.
+We do not consider it necessary to record here any typical instances of
+this phase of phenomena, as the many books on this subject are chiefly
+devoted to a recital thereof, and every student is more or less
+acquainted with the same. The whole matter may be summed up by saying
+that in this form of clairvoyant vision, there is manifested what might
+be called a "psychic telescope with an X-Ray attachment," thus enabling
+one to see at any distance, and through any intervening objects. This
+gives you a mental picture of the process.
+
+
+Radio-Activity.
+
+In the theory of vibratory forces, as set forth in the earlier chapters
+of this book, we have the only scientific explanation of the phenomena
+of distant clairvoyance. Modern science, in its teachings regarding the
+radio-activity of physical objects, has thrown much additional light on
+this subject, and has corroborated the ancient occult teachings on the
+subject. These rays of higher vibratory power are like the rays of light
+or heat, although of a much higher rate of intensity and vibratory
+motion, and though the most delicate scientific instruments are able to
+register some of these, it is still practically admitted by science that
+the highest of these radio-active vibrations are beyond the scope and
+field of even the most sensitive instrument yet known to science. This
+is saying much when we remember that some of the delicate instruments of
+science are so sensitive that they are able to register the heat waves
+of a candle at the distance of one mile; while others are able to record
+the presence of certain chemical elements in the most distant of the
+visible stars, by means of the light waves carrying certain forms of
+vibration.
+
+
+Sensing the Higher Vibrations.
+
+Under the radio-active theory it is quite reasonable to conceive of the
+clairvoyant sense being able to register and interpreting these higher
+vibrations which are beyond the power of even the most delicate
+instruments of science. It must be admitted that the existence of such
+vibrations being granted--and science tacitly admits their
+presence--then ordinary distances on earth would be no barrier at all to
+the action of clairvoyant vision capable of registering them. Moreover,
+in such case all intervening objects would be penetrated by these waves,
+and as a writer has well said, "they would be able to cross one another
+to infinity in all directions without entanglement, precisely as the
+vibrations of ordinary light do." Physical science and psychic science
+at last seem to have arrived at a common ground of understanding, and
+many of the most advanced scientists do not hesitate to admit this
+fact, though their more conservative brethren hesitate to do so.
+
+
+Viewing Distant Scenes.
+
+A writer has said of this form of clairvoyant perception: "The view of a
+distant scene obtained in this way is in many ways not unlike that seen
+through a telescope. Human figures usually appear very small, like those
+upon a distant stage, but in spite of their diminutive size they are
+clear as though they were close by. Sometimes it is possible by this
+means to hear what is said as well as to see what is done; but as in the
+majority of cases this does not happen, we must consider it rather as
+the manifestation of an additional power than as a necessary corollary
+of the faculty of sight. It will be observed that in cases of this kind
+the clairvoyant does not actually leave his physical body at all--he
+simply manufactures for himself, and uses, a kind of psychic telescope.
+Consequently he has the use of his physical powers while he is examining
+the distant scene; for example, his voice usually describes what he sees
+even while he is in the act of making the observation."
+
+
+Time Clairvoyance.
+
+In what is called Time Clairvoyance the clairvoyant is able to perceive
+objects, persons, scenes, and events removed from him in past time or
+future time. That is to say, the clairvoyant perceives things which have
+existed in the physical world in times long past, which things have long
+since vanished from physical existence; or, on the other hand, he
+perceives things which belong to future existence--this which have
+never as yet been in physical existence, and of course are not in such
+existence at the present time. The careful student will see at once that
+the principle of manifestation governing these two respective phases of
+clairvoyance must be quite different; and, accordingly, the two
+respective phases must be considered separately and apart from each
+other.
+
+
+Past Time Clairvoyance.
+
+In what is known as Past Time Clairvoyance there is the manifestation of
+clairvoyant vision in the direction of scenes and occurrences of the
+past. Here, the clairvoyant perceives the events and scenes of past time
+just as clearly and plainly as if such were present before him in time
+and in space. Just as in Distant Clairvoyance it is just as easy for the
+clairvoyant to see things at a great distance as those at a short
+distance, so in Past Time Clairvoyance it is just as easy for the
+clairvoyant to see things and events occurring five thousand years ago
+as it is to see things occurring one year ago, or one week ago for that
+matter. The principle involved is the same in either case.
+
+
+The Mystery of Seeing the Past.
+
+To persons investigating the phenomena of clairvoyance for the first
+time, however, there seems to be a much greater mystery attached to the
+phenomena of Past Clairvoyance than in the case of Distant Clairvoyance.
+To such persons it seems that while the perception of distant objects,
+scenes, and events is wonderful and mysterious, still at the last it is
+merely the perception of something now actually in existence--merely
+the extension of one's normal powers of vision so as to include objects
+beyond the range of the ordinary vision, but, still, actually in
+existence though at a distance. The idea of the telescope enables the
+mind to grasp the naturalness of this kind of phenomena. But when it
+comes to the perception of things, scenes, and events WHICH ARE NO
+LONGER IN EXISTENCE--things which have passed entirely out of
+existence--the mystery seems to be increased, and incredulity becomes
+more insistent. But to the occultist there is really no more mystery in
+the one case than in the other--both sets of phenomena are seen to be
+perfectly reasonable and within the realms of Nature. Let us now see how
+and why the occultists view the matter in this light.
+
+
+Analogies on the Physical Plane.
+
+We may find many correspondences on the physical plane to serve as
+illustrations of the phenomena of Past Time Clairvoyance, if we will but
+look for them. For instance, when we withdraw a heated stove from a
+room, the heat remains in the room. Likewise, though a woman bearing the
+odor of a certain perfume on her clothing may have passed from a house,
+the odor still lingers there. The wake of an ocean steamer is often
+visible for hours after the ship has passed from sight. As modern
+science expressed it: "Causes continue to exist in their Effects."
+
+
+Thousand-Year-Old Light.
+
+But we have a much more striking illustration and correspondence in the
+case of the transmission of light from the distant stars, which we will
+do well to carefully consider. Light travels at the rate of 186,000
+miles per second. A "light-year," as known to astronomers, means the
+distance traversed by a light wave (at the stated rate of travel) during
+the period of one of our earth years. Some of the distant stars are
+estimated to be fully one thousand light-years distant from us; or, in
+other words, the light we now perceive as coming from them really is the
+light that left them one thousand years ago. If one of these stars were
+to be destroyed, observers on this earth would not become aware of it
+for a thousand years. The star whose light we may now perceive may
+actually have been destroyed nearly one thousand years ago. Other stars
+are only one hundred light-years removed from us in space; others only a
+few years; others only a few hours. But the principle is just the same
+in all cases, namely, that we see the stars not as they are at the
+present moment, but as they were when the light left them, perhaps many
+years ago. Thus, as you see, we may actually perceive events long after
+their happening.
+
+
+Reading the Light Waves.
+
+Now, if our physical vision was sufficiently powerful to magnify objects
+on the stars, or if we had instruments to do this for us, we could
+actually witness scenes, objects, persons and events which had passed
+out of existence a thousand years ago. Their records are present in
+these light waves from the stars, and all that is needed is an eye or a
+telescope sufficiently strong to register them upon our mind. In a
+fanciful story written by Camille Flammarion, the French astronomer,
+many years ago, the principal character relates how, traveling in the
+astral body, he was able to witness the events of the French Revolution
+which had occurred many years before, by simply proceeding to the
+necessary distance from the earth and there perceiving the registered
+records in the earth's light-waves traveling through space at the rate
+of 186,000 miles a second. In fact, by getting at the right distance he
+was able to see even the events of his own childhood and youth, every
+event of his life, in fact, up to the moment of his leaving the earth.
+This story, fanciful as it is, nevertheless is based upon scientific
+facts, and its happenings would be quite possible for a being capable of
+traveling at a sufficiently rapid rate through space, and also possessed
+of the power of magnifying the records of light rays. In fact, a person
+on earth possessing the power of Distant Clairvoyance might be able to
+duplicate these feats, providing he were able to come in rapport contact
+with one of these light-waves bearing the past-time records. Think for a
+moment, and you will grasp the point of this statement.
+
+
+The Akashic Plane.
+
+But this, however, is but an illustration of the correspondence on the
+ordinary physical plane of certain things on a higher plane of Nature.
+Past Time Clairvoyance is not dependent upon light-waves, or any other
+of the lesser phases of vibratory activity. Instead, it depends entirely
+upon the phenomena and facts of a higher plane of Nature--a plane which
+occultists have called the Akashic Plane. Some occultists prefer the
+general term, "the Astral Plane," but the former term is a closer and
+more definite one. The Akashic Plane, as known to occultists, contains
+the impressions or "records" of all events that have happened on the
+earth plane during the present cycle of earth manifestation. The very
+subtle and tenuous substance of the Akashic Plane--the term "etheric"
+may best describe the nature of this substance--contains traces and
+impressions of all the happenings of the past of this earth; and such
+impressions may be read and seen by the clairvoyant who has developed
+sufficiently high powers of vision. These Akashic Records have well been
+called "the substantial memory of the earth." Upon the subtle etheric
+substance of the Akashic Plane are registered the records of every
+event, thing, object, happening, or activity of the earth which has
+existed or been manifested from the very beginning of the present cycle
+of the earth's existence. These records will, it is claimed, persist
+until the final ending of the present earth cycle.
+
+
+The Akashic Records.
+
+The clairvoyant whose powers of Past Time Clairvoyance have been
+developed sufficiently, and who has mastered the art of concentration of
+his psychic attention, manages to come into more or less perfect en
+rapport condition contact with these Akashic Records, and is thus
+enabled to read from them what he sees there. To him it actually seems
+as if he were seeing the actions of things in present existence, and
+many excellent clairvoyants are ignorant of the existence of the Akashic
+Records, though they habitually read the contents thereof; these
+clairvoyants know simply that they "see" these past happenings--they
+have not the faintest conception of how they are able to see them. This
+is no more strange than would be the case of a man who witnessed a
+moving picture for the first time, and who was ignorant of the mechanism
+involved in the showing of the picture, the existence of the film,
+etc.,--such a man would simply know that he "saw" the things, and he
+might even believe that he was gazing upon an actual scene in real life.
+
+
+Degrees of Clairvoyant Vision.
+
+There is, of course, many degrees of power and development among
+clairvoyants of this class; and as a result we have many varying degrees
+of correctness in their readings. Some have merely a glimpse, as through
+dim glasses; and some obtain merely distorted reflections similar to
+those of a scene reflected into the troubled waters of a lake. Others
+see far more clearly; but it is reserved for the trained occultist to
+read the records as he would read the scene before him on the physical
+plane. The clairvoyant does not become infallible simply by reason of
+the perhaps only faint awakening of his clairvoyant vision--he is not
+suddenly gifted with omniscience, as some seem to suppose. There are
+almost always elements of error or imperfect visioning, except among the
+advanced adepts of the occult world.
+
+
+"The Memory of Nature."
+
+A celebrated occultist says concerning the point just raised:
+"Comparatively few accounts of persons possessing this faculty of
+looking into the past are to be found in the literature of the subject,
+and it might therefore be supposed to be much less common than
+prevision, or future-time clairvoyance. I suspect, however, that the
+truth is rather that it is much less commonly recognized. It may easily
+happen that a person may see a picture of the past without recognizing
+it as such, unless there happens to be in it something which attracts
+special attention, such as a figure in armor, or in antique costume. It
+is probable that occasional glimpses of these reflections of the Akashic
+Records are commoner than the published accounts would lead us to
+believe. As usual, we find examples of all degrees of the power to see
+into this 'memory of Nature,' from the trained man who can consult the
+record for himself at will, down to the person who gets nothing but
+occasional vague glimpses, or has even perhaps had only one such
+glimpse. But even the man who possesses this faculty only partially and
+occasionally may still find it of the deepest interest.
+
+
+Involuntary Clairvoyance.
+
+"The psychometrist, who needs an object physically connected with the
+past in order to bring it all into life again around him; and the
+crystal-gazer who can sometimes direct his less certain astral telescope
+to some historic scene of long ago, may both derive the greatest
+enjoyment from the exercise of their respective gifts, even though they
+may not always understand exactly how their results are produced, and
+may not have them fully under control under all circumstances. In many
+cases of the lower manifestation of these powers we find that they are
+exercised unconsciously; many a crystal-gazer watches scenes from the
+past without ever realizing that he is in effect psychometrizing the
+various objects around him as he happens to touch them or stand near
+them. It would be well for all students to bear in mind that occultism
+is the apotheosis of common sense, and that every vision that comes to
+them is not necessarily a picture from the Akashic Records, nor every
+experience a revelation from on high. It is far better to err on the
+side of healthy scepticism than that of over-credulity; and it is an
+admirable rule never to hunt for an occult explanation of anything when
+a plain and obvious physical one is available. Our duty is to keep our
+balance always, and never to lose our self-control, but to take a
+reasonable, common-sense view of whatever may happen to us."
+
+
+Future Time Clairvoyance.
+
+In what is known technically as Future Time Clairvoyance, we have the
+manifestation of the clairvoyant vision in the direction of scenes and
+events of the future. In this phase of clairvoyance the seer perceives
+the events and scenes of future time just as if they were present before
+him at that very moment. This phase of clairvoyance is far rarer and
+more uncommon than any of the other phases. In fact, it is so seldom met
+with in its perfection that its manifestation is a matter of greatest
+interest to those who make a study of the subject. It occasionally
+occurs in flashes, and can not be produced at will by the ordinary
+clairvoyant. Unfortunately, its very rarity and uncommonness cause it to
+be counterfeited and imitated by unprincipled persons.
+
+
+Seeing What Has Not Yet Happened.
+
+The student who reasons carefully and logically usually meets with what
+to him, at least at first, seems to be an unsurmountable obstacle in
+the way of a rational explanation of Future Time Clairvoyance--when it
+comes to an understanding of how anyone can expect to see, or can really
+see, THAT WHICH HAS NEVER HAPPENED, he throws up his hands in despair.
+But, in this as in all the other phases of clairvoyant phenomena, there
+is found a reason and cause, although it requires some subtle thinking
+to find it, and to grasp it even when it is found. Let us see what are
+the highest teachings on this subject, as announced by the careful
+thinkers along the lines for many centuries.
+
+
+Simple Prevision.
+
+There is a phase of prevision, or prophecy of coming events, however,
+that is not true clairvoyance at all, but simply the subconscious
+workings of the mind along the lines of a supernormal perception of the
+laws of cause and effect. Give the active subconscious mental faculties
+the perception of a strong existing cause, and it will often reason out
+the probable effect (the almost certain effect, in fact) of that cause,
+even though that effect lies in the mist of the future. The subconscious
+mind works upon the principle that "coming events cast their shadows
+before." But this, at the best, is not true clairvoyance--it is merely
+the statement of "probable" results, and effects of existing causes,
+wonderfully exact and clear though the deduction may be in some cases.
+But a thousand-and-one unforeseen things may arise to completely upset
+the prediction, or deduction, for it is never actually true until it
+occurs. We must look further for real instances of Future Clairvoyance.
+
+
+The Nature of Time.
+
+That eminent scientist, Sir Oliver Lodge, offers an ingenious and
+interesting, though very technical explanation of this class of
+clairvoyant phenomena as follows: "Time is but a relative mode of
+regarding things; we progress through phenomena at a certain definite
+pace, and this subjective advance we interpret in an objective manner,
+as if events moved necessarily in this order and at this precise rate.
+But that may be only one mode of regarding them. The events may be in
+some sort of existence always, both past and future, and it may be we
+who are arriving at them, not they which are happening. The analogy of a
+traveler in a railway train is useful; if he could never leave the
+train, nor alter its pace, he would probably consider the landscapes as
+necessarily successive, and be unable to conceive their co-existence. We
+perceive, therefore, a possible fourth dimensional aspect about time,
+the inexorableness of whose flow may be a natural part of our present
+limitations. And if we once grasp the idea that past and future may be
+actually existing, we can recognize that they may have a controlling
+influence on all present action, and the two together may constitute the
+'higher plane' or totality of things after which, it seems to me, we are
+impelled to seek, in connection with the directing of form or
+determinism, and the action of human beings consciously directed to a
+definite and preconceived end."
+
+
+The Oriental Teaching.
+
+The Hindus, and other oriental peoples, however, have a clearly defined
+and positive explanation of the phenomena of Future Time Clairvoyance,
+which must be included in our consideration of the subject, even though
+it does involve certain metaphysical or philosophical conceptions which
+are apart from our present inquiry as conducted in this book. The
+oriental theory is based upon that basic conception of the eastern
+philosophies which hold that the beginning, duration, and ending of any
+particular one of the infinitude of successive universes created by the
+Supreme Being, is to that Being but as a single moment of time; or, as
+the celebrated Hindu proverb runs: "The creation, duration, and
+destruction of a universe is but the time of the twinkling of an eye to
+Brahman." In other words, that to the Supreme Being, all the past, all
+the present, all the future of the universe, must be as but a single
+thought in a single moment of time--an instantaneous act of
+consciousness.
+
+
+The Eternal Now.
+
+A writer on this subject has said: "Those occultists and metaphysicians
+who have thought long and deeply upon the ultimate facts and nature of
+the universe, have dared to think that there must exist some absolute
+consciousness--some absolute mind--which must perceive the past,
+present, and future of the universe as one happening; as simultaneously
+and actively present at one moment of absolute time. They reason that
+just as a man may see at one moment of his time some particular event
+which might appear as a year to some minute form of life and mind--the
+microscopic creatures in a drop of water, for instance--so that which
+seems as a year, or as a hundred years, to the mind of man, may appear
+as the happening of a single moment of a higher scale of time to some
+exalted Being, or form of consciousness on a higher plane."
+
+
+Absolute Time
+
+The daring flights of metaphysical fancy have resulted in the general
+acceptance, on the part of advanced metaphysicians, of the postulate of
+the existence of an Absolute Mind, independent of Time and Space, to
+which everything exists HERE and NOW. To such a mind the entire sequence
+of events in the life-history of a universe would appear as a single
+unit of conscious experience--an infinitesimal point of time in
+Eternity. The human imagination staggers at the idea, but logical
+thought finally posits it as an unescapable conclusion of extended
+thought. This, possibly, is the secret of Future Time Clairvoyance,
+Prevision, Second Sight, etc.
+
+
+The Occult Hypothesis.
+
+But it must not be supposed that the oriental occultists hold for a
+moment the theory that the clairvoyant actually obtains access to the
+Divine Mind or Absolute Mind, when he experiences this vision of future
+events--their idea is very different from this. These occultists teach
+that the phenomena of each plane are reflected with more or less
+clearness upon the substance of the planes beneath it. This being so, it
+is readily seen that the seer who is able to contact with any of the
+higher planes of being might thereupon see the reflection, more or less
+clear, or more or less distorted, of that which is present in its
+completeness on the highest plane of all. This is a mere hint at the
+quite complicated occult teaching on this subject; but the capable
+thinker will be able to work out the full theory for himself in his own
+way. The important fact is that Future Time Clairvoyance is a
+reality--that it is a matter of actual experience of the race, and one
+that has been authenticated by the investigations of such learned bodies
+as the Society for Psychical Research, of England, and other societies
+of the same kind in different lands. Future Time Clairvoyance, Second
+Sight, Prevision, etc., are facts as fully accepted by such societies as
+are the facts of telepathy.
+
+
+"The Prophecy of Cazotte."
+
+Students of history are familiar with the numerous recorded instances of
+marvelous prophecy of future events, wonderful predictions of events to
+come, which have been fully corroborated and verified by subsequent
+events. We lack the space in this book to record more than one of the
+most celebrated of these historical prophecies, namely the Prophecy of
+Cazotte. We have thought it advisable to reproduce the story of this
+celebrated prophecy, as told by La Harpe, the French writer, who was
+present upon the occasion. It may be mentioned that the fact of this
+prophecy, and its literal fulfilment, is a part of French history. The
+time was just previous to the French Revolution, and the tale as told by
+La Harpe is as follows:
+
+
+The Dinner of the Elect.
+
+"It appears as but yesterday, and yet, nevertheless, it was at the
+beginning of the year 1788. We were dining with one of the brethren at
+the Academy--a man of considerable wealth and genius. The conversation
+became serious; much admiration was expressed on the revolution of
+thought which Voltaire had effected, and it was agreed that it was his
+first claim to the reputation he enjoyed. We concluded that the
+revolution must soon be consummated; that it was indispensable that
+superstition and fanaticism should give way to philosophy, and we began
+to calculate the probability of the period when this should be, and
+which of the present company should live to see it. The oldest
+complained that they could hardly flatter themselves with the hope; the
+younger rejoiced that they might entertain this very probable
+expectation; and they congratulated the Academy especially for having
+prepared this great work, and for having been the rallying point, the
+centre, and the prime mover of the liberty of thought.
+
+
+The Illuminatus.
+
+"One only of the guests had not taken part in all the joyousness of this
+conversation, and had even gently and cheerfully checked our splendid
+enthusiasm. This was Cazotte, an amiable and original man, but unhappily
+infatuated with the reveries of the Illuminati. He spoke, and with the
+most serious tone, saying: 'Gentlemen, be satisfied; you will all see
+this great and sublime revolution, which you so much desire. You know
+that I am a little inclined to prophecy; I repeat, you will see it.' He
+was answered by the common rejoinder: 'One need not be a conjurer to see
+that.' He answered: 'Be it so; but perhaps one must be a little more
+than conjurer for what remains for me to tell you. Do you know what
+will be the consequences of this revolution--what will be the
+consequences to all of you, and what will be the immediate result--the
+well-established effect--the thoroughly recognized consequences to all
+of you who are here present?'
+
+
+The Beginning of the Prophecy.
+
+"'Ah,' said Condorcet, with his insolent and half-suppressed smile, 'let
+us hear--a philosopher is not sorry to encounter a prophet--let us
+hear?' Cazotte replied: 'You, Monsieur de Condorcet--you will yield up
+your last breath on the floor of a dungeon; you will die from poison,
+which you will have taken in order to escape from execution--from poison
+which the happiness of that time will oblige you to carry around your
+person. You, Monsieur de Chamfort, you will open your veins with
+twenty-two cuts of a razor, and yet will not die till some months
+afterward.' These personages looked at each other, and laughed again.
+Cazotte continued: 'You, Monsieur Vicq d'Azir, you will not open your
+own veins, but you will cause yourself to be bled six times in one day,
+during the paroxysm of the gout, in order to make more sure of your end,
+and you will die in the night.'
+
+
+The Shadow of the Guillotine.
+
+"Cazotte went on: 'You, Monsieur de Nicolai, you will die on the
+scaffold; you, Monsieur Bailly, on the scaffold; you, Monsieur de
+Malesherbes, on the scaffold.' 'Ah, God be thanked,' exclaimed Roucherm,
+'and what of I?' Cazotte replied: 'You! you also will die on the
+scaffold.' 'Yes,' replied Chamfort, 'but when will all this happen?'
+Cazotte answered: 'Six years will not pass over, before all that I have
+said to you shall be accomplished.' Here I (La Harpe) spoke, saying:
+'Here are some astonishing miracles, but you have not included me in
+your list.' Cazotte answered me, saying: 'But you will be there, as an
+equally extraordinary miracle; you will then be a Christian!' Vehement
+exclamations on all sides followed this startling assertion. 'Ah!' said
+Chamfort, 'I am comforted; for if we perish only when La Harpe shall be
+a Christian, we are immortal!'
+
+
+The Fall of the Great.
+
+"'Then,' observed Madame la Duchesse de Grammont, 'as for that, we
+women, we are happy to be counted for nothing in this revolution; when I
+say for nothing, it is not that we do not always mix ourselves up with
+them a little; but it is a received maxim that they take no notice of
+us, and of our sex.' 'Your sex, ladies,' said Cazotte, 'your sex will
+not protect you this time; and you had far better meddle with nothing,
+for you will be treated entirely as men, without any difference
+whatever.' 'But what, then, are you really telling us of, Monsieur
+Cazotte? You are preaching to us the end of the world.' 'I know nothing
+on that subject; but what I do know is, that you, Madame la Duchesse,
+will be conducted to the scaffold, you and many other ladies with you,
+in the cart of the executioner, and with your hands tied behind your
+backs.' 'All! I hope that in that case I shall at least have a carriage
+hung in black.' 'No, Madame; higher ladies than yourself will go, like
+you, in the common car, with their hands tied behind them.' 'Higher
+ladies! what! the princesses of the blood?' 'Yea, and still more exalted
+personages!' replied Cazotte.
+
+
+The Fate of Royalty.
+
+"Here a sensible emotion pervaded the whole company, and the countenance
+of the host was dark and lowering--they began to feel that the joke was
+becoming too serious. Madame de Grammont, in order to dissipate the
+cloud, took no notice of the last reply, and contented herself with
+saying in a careless tone: 'You see, he will not leave me even a
+confessor!' 'No, madame!' replied Cazotte, 'you will not have
+one--neither you, nor any one besides. The last victim to whom this
+favor will be afforded will be--' Here he stopped for a moment. 'Well,
+who then will be the happy mortal to whom this prerogative will be
+given?' Cazotte replied: 'It is the only one which he will have then
+retained--and that will be the King of France!' This last startling
+prediction caused the company to disband in something like terror and
+dismay, for the mere mention of such things was akin to treason."
+
+
+The Fulfillment of the Prophecy.
+
+To appreciate the startling nature of the Cazotte prophecy at the time
+when it was made, one needs but to be even slightly acquainted with the
+position and characteristics of the persons whose destinies were thus
+foretold. The amazing sequel to this wonderful prophecy is told by
+history--within six years every detail thereof was verified absolutely.
+The facts are known to all students of French history of that period,
+and may be verified by reference to the pages of any comprehensive
+history of those times.
+
+
+Other Historical Instances.
+
+To mention but a few other celebrated instances of historic prophecy:
+George Fox, the pioneer Quaker Friend, had the clairvoyant faculty well
+developed, and numerous instances of its manifestation by him are
+recorded. For instance, he foretold the death of Cromwell, when he met
+him riding at Hampton Court; he said that he felt "a waft of death"
+around and about Cromwell--and Cromwell died shortly afterward. Fox also
+publicly foretold the dissolution of the Rump Parliament of England; the
+restoration of Charles II; and the Great Fire of London. These
+prophecies are all matters of history. For that matter, history contains
+many instances of this kind, as, for instance, the prophecy of Caesar's
+death, and its further prevision by his wife. The Bible prophecies and
+predictions, major and minor, give us semi-historical instances.
+
+
+The Eternal Verities.
+
+As a writer has said concerning this phase of clairvoyant phenomena:
+"This phase of clairvoyance is very fascinating to the student and the
+investigator, and is one in which the highest psychic powers are called
+into play. There is a reflection here of something even higher than the
+psychic plane--there is a glimpse of regions infinitely higher and
+greater. The student here begins to realize at least something of the
+existence of that universal Consciousness 'in which we live, and move,
+and have our being'; and of the existence of the reality of the Eternal
+Now, in which past, present, and future are blended as one fact of
+infinite consciousness. He sees here the signboard pointing to the
+eternal verities!"
+
+
+
+
+PART VI
+
+MEDIUMSHIP
+
+
+Among the higher categories of Nature's Finer Forces is included that
+which is popularly known as "mediumship." Although this term has
+suffered more or less by reason of its misappropriation by certain
+charlatans and the unprincipled exploiters of sincere investigators of
+the phenomena of the higher planes of existence, and also by reason of a
+certain prejudice against the term arising from misrepresentation and
+general misunderstanding, the term still remains a perfectly legitimate
+one and one clearly indicating the nature of the general class of
+phenomena sought to be embraced within its limits. Therefore there is no
+valid reason for its rejection in our consideration of the subject of
+Nature's Finer Forces in this book; and, accordingly, it is used here in
+a general way, although the more scientific term "higher plane
+communication," or similar terms, are employed herein in some cases.
+
+
+What Is Mediumship?
+
+Let us see just what is meant by the term "mediumship." The term
+"medium" is defined as: "That which lies in the middle, or between other
+things: hence, that through which anything is conveyed from one thing
+to another." In a special sense, a "medium" is "a person serving as the
+channel of communication between decarnate entities and human being
+still in the flesh," in "spiritualistic phenomena." The suffix "ship,"
+of course, denotes state or office; and in the case of "mediumship" it
+indicates that the designated person possesses the state or office of a
+"medium," the latter term being used in the special meaning above
+defined.
+
+Of course, the term "mediumship," as above defined, lacks a clear
+meaning unless the term "spiritualistic," or "spiritualism" be defined.
+The term "spiritualism" (or as many of the best authorities prefer to
+state it, "spiritism") is applied to "a system of communication with the
+unseen world, or with the inhabitants thereof, the latter being usually
+known as 'spirits,' through persons called 'mediums,' which has attained
+popular favor in Europe and America since about 1850." Or, as another
+authority states it, "Spiritualism is a term employed to indicate the
+belief that departed spirits hold intercourse with mortals by means of
+psychical phenomena, commonly through a person of special susceptibility
+called a 'medium.'"
+
+
+Ancient Mediumship.
+
+It is, of course, unnecessary to state in detail the fact that
+communication with decarnate entities has been known and practiced by
+the human race from the earliest days of recorded history, and
+probably long before that time, and is far from being a modern
+discovery. Moreover, such communication has been known and practiced
+by races of human beings other than those inhabiting Europe and
+America--particularly in the oriental countries. In the oriental lands
+such communication has been well established for many thousand years,
+and the most ancient records give evidences of it. The Hebrew
+Scriptures contain many instances of such communication, showing that
+the same was an accepted fact of the life of the race at the time and
+in the places at which these records were written.
+
+
+Mediumship and Religious Belief.
+
+The careful student will of course notice that this communication with
+the higher planes of life and being--this so-called "mediumship"--does
+not depend upon any particular form of religious belief, or teaching,
+concerning the nature of the state or place of abode of the departed
+spirits of men; but, on the contrary, is common to all form of religion
+and to all phases of belief in the survival of the human soul.
+Therefore, a scientific consideration of the general subject does not
+necessitate the acceptance of any one particular phase of religious
+belief, or of any particular system of teaching concerning the nature or
+state of "life after death." All that is required of the person
+accepting the general fact of "higher plane communication" may be stated
+as follows: (1) Acceptance of the fact that the human soul persists
+after the death of the body, and independent of and removed from the
+dead body; (2) acceptance of the fact that the decarnate souls of human
+beings may, and do, establish communication with human beings still
+dwelling upon the earth-plane of existence.
+
+We may state here that the term "decarnate" means "away from the
+physical body," or "out of the flesh;" the term being the opposite of
+"incarnate," meaning "clothed with flesh, or embodied in flesh." We may
+also state here that the teachings of most philosophies of the life
+after death hold that the decarnate human soul is not entirely devoid of
+a body, but rather occupies a body composed of some ethereal substance;
+this ethereal body being called the "astral body," or the "spiritual
+body."
+
+
+The Ideals of Modern Spiritualism.
+
+A writer well expresses the ideals of modern western spiritualism as
+follows: "Through the gateway of mediumship for upwards of fifty years
+the world has been catching glimpses of the glory of the land immortal,
+and visitants from that 'bourne' from whence it has been erroneously
+said that 'no traveler returns' have made their presence known beyond
+all doubt or denial, thus proving the continued conscious existence of
+human beings and the sequential chapter of the life hereafter. Though
+the messages from the unseen have at times been imperfect and
+fragmentary, still they have been MESSAGES. If but telegraphic
+dispatches, so to speak, instead of voluminous letters; or like
+telephonic snatches of conversation rather than face-to-face outpourings
+of thought and feeling, still they have been greetings and comforting
+assurances of undying affection from the people living in the land
+'beyond the veil.' Although many a sorrowing soul has longed for further
+revelation, and regretted the inability of the spirits to comply with
+the requests for fuller information, still the gates have been ajar, and
+sometimes it has truly seemed as though they had been flung wide
+open--so clear and consoling were the messages from the loved ones on
+the other side of death's valley of shadow. The manifestations of the
+presence of spirits and the evidences of their identity, which have been
+accumulating during all these years, have solved the 'great secret,' and
+we know that death is not a CUL-DE-SAC, but a thoroughfare. The dread of
+death disappeared altogether with the mists of ignorance, as, through
+the gateway of mediumship, the shining presence of ministering spirits,
+'our very own dear departed,' illumined the pathway which we must all
+tread to our great promotion.
+
+
+Immortality Demonstrated Through Mediumship.
+
+"'Immortality demonstrated through mediumship' should be inscribed upon
+the banner of spiritualism, for the fact of life beyond the incident of
+death has been proved beyond all peradventure to millions of intelligent
+and enlightened people since the new spiritual era was inaugurated. To
+mediums--the modern mediators--therefore belong the office and honor of
+rolling back the stone from the tomb and establishing faith upon the
+firm basis of knowledge (scientifically ascertained and proven) of the
+continued intelligent existence in the spiritual realms of those who
+went forth through the death change into light and liberty 'over there.'
+Mediums, as intermediaries, have enabled spirit people to comfort the
+sad and encourage the weak; to relieve the doubter and console the
+bereaved; to confirm the old-world traditions regarding bygone spirit
+intervention and revelation, and supplement our hopes and intuitions
+with proof palpable. Present day experiences of inspiration and spirit
+manifestation make credible and acceptable many things in ancient
+records which must otherwise have been discarded as superstitious and
+false. Spiritualism redeems the so-called 'supernatural' and
+'miraculous' occurrences of the Bible, by explaining them and proving
+the naturalness. The capability claimed for old-time seers and prophets
+to see angels and hear voices is now known to be a natural faculty,
+which, in certain people, is perfectly normal while it can be induced in
+others by the influence of operators in or out of the body. IT CAN ALSO
+BE CULTIVATED TO SOME DEGREE BY MOST PEOPLE WHO CARE TO STUDY THE
+NECESSARY CONDITIONS FOR ITS DEVELOPMENT AND EXERCISE. The famine, 'not
+of bread, nor of water, but of hearing words from the Lord,' and the
+loss of 'open vision' of the spirit, which afflicted Christendom for so
+many years (because of the blind intolerance of zealots who, in their
+adherence to the 'letter,' crushed out the sensitives through whom the
+'spirit' might have been revealed), that famine is rapidly passing away,
+and we are being fed with the living bread of spiritual inspiration, and
+are growing strong enough to welcome the messengers who come to us
+through the gateway of mediumship from their after-death home.
+
+
+The Truth of Personal Survival.
+
+"When once there is established the conviction of the truth of personal
+survival of our loved ones, and the actual and satisfactory
+demonstrations thereof through mediumship (and we know of no means
+whereby such evidences can be obtained save through mediumship), we are
+thrilled and delighted; and when this conviction is borne upon us and
+driven home by the evidences, and the truth of spirit ministry has been
+realized, nothing can destroy it. The spiritualist stands upon firm
+ground--the impregnable rock of ascertained fact. He knows that
+intercourse between the two worlds is real, continuous; therefore he is
+proof against all speculations, denunciations, and adverse theories.
+Dogmatic condemnations, 'bogey' cries, charges of fraud against mediums,
+fail to move or frighten him. He can 'speak what he knows and testify to
+what he has seen;' his positive and affirmative experience and testimony
+outweigh all the opposition of 'doubting Thomases' who do not know.
+
+
+The Gateway of Mediumship.
+
+"Through the gateway of mediumship the spirits make themselves known in
+a variety of ways. There are many phases of mediumistic phenomena, and
+the student will find that he must be patient, painstaking, and
+persevering if he would make sure of his facts. Careful investigation,
+possibly prolonged research, under many difficulties and with many
+discouragements, will be required, but 'success is certain if energy
+fail not,' and the results will adequately recompense him for all
+sacrifice and struggle! For in the light of the demonstrated fact of
+continued existence after death, it is clear that man is even now 'a
+spirit served by organs'--that consequently the basis of all religious
+experience and affirmation is the spiritual consciousness of mankind.
+There could be no revelation to man of spiritual truth or moral duty if
+he were not a spirit possessing the capabilities of receiving and
+comprehending, of interpreting and applying, the revelations and
+inspirations which appeal to and quicken the inner (and higher) self."
+
+
+The Mediumistic Character.
+
+The following quotations from eminent modern spiritualists will further
+serve to illustrate the accepted general principles of "spirit
+communication" on the part of western spiritualism. E. W. Wallis says:
+"Spiritualism deals with a higher range and a wider field of
+supersensuous phenomena than mesmerism, hypnotism, telepathic
+psychometry, clairvoyance, etc., because the natural susceptibility of
+man in these directions is increased and intensified, and exercised upon
+a superior plane, when it is utilized by intelligent spirit operators.
+It is not true that sensitiveness is confined to those who are diseased,
+weak of will, neurotic, or hysterical. Those who are susceptible to
+psychic influence may be impulsive, warm-hearted, spontaneous, sociable,
+and not by any means, or of necessity, weak-minded or vicious." Dr. Dean
+Clake says: "The word mediumship, as understood and used by
+spiritualists, technically speaking, means a susceptibility to the
+influence, and more or less control, of decarnated spirits.
+Physiologically, it means a peculiar nervous susceptibility to what may
+be termed the 'psychic force,' which spirits use to move the mind or
+body or both, of their mortal instrument. Psychologically, it signifies
+a passive or negative state of mind and body which renders a person
+subject to the positive will-power of spirits who influence him or her."
+The spirit control who employed the hand of Stainton Moses, M.A., to
+write his thoughts, said: "The mediumistic peculiarity is one of spirit
+solely, and not of body, seeing that it occurs in all varieties of
+physical frames, in the male and in the female; in the magnetic and in
+the electric; in the stout and robust as well as in the puny and thin of
+body; in the old and in the young; in all conditions and under all
+circumstances. This alone would lead you to see that it is not a
+physical matter; and that conclusion is strengthened for you by the fact
+that the gift is perpetuated even after death of the earth body. Those
+who on your earth have been mediums retain the gift and use it with us.
+They are the most frequent visitors to your world; they communicate most
+readily; and it is through them that spirits who have not the gift are
+enabled to communicate with your earth."
+
+
+Mediumistic Sensitivity.
+
+Emma Hardinge Britten said: "Whatever that force may be which
+constitutes the difference between a 'medium' and a non-medium, it is
+certainly of a mental and magnetic character--that is, a combination of
+the subtle elements of mind and magnetism, and therefore of a
+psychological and not of a purely physical character. Whilst the
+spiritualists of this generation have had no one to teach them either
+what spiritual gifts are, or how to use, or how to abuse them,
+experience has shown that the conditions under which spiritual phenomena
+are produced through mediums are not only helped or hindered by their
+mental states, but also by the will, magnetism, and mental states of
+those who surround them." E. W. Wallis says: "The same laws govern the
+relations between the sensitive and the spirit operator as between the
+hypnotist and his subject. Therefore, mediumship is not necessarily
+spiritual; it may be of all kinds; there may be psychical relationship
+of a high grade and of a low one. There may be messages from beyond that
+prove the identity of spirits, and give evidence of the continuity of
+life, of the survival of mind, and yet they may not minister to
+spiritual growth, nor awaken any exalted desire to be of service to God
+and man. There may be psychical sympathy and not spiritual fellowship;
+there may be spirit intercourse and not that sweet spiritual communion
+which should be the goal of all who seek for evidences of life beyond
+the valley of death. It is no longer possible to regard mediumship as a
+supernatural endowment. It is, as regards the psychic susceptibility
+upon which it depends, the common property of the race, and is therefore
+as natural as are the 'gifts' of song or oratory, or the ability to
+paint or construct. But as certain gifts and graces are more developed
+in some individuals than in others, in like manner the sensitiveness
+which is called mediumship is more highly developed (or is capable of
+such development) in certain peculiarly constituted persons who may be
+regarded as supernormally gifted, yet as naturally so as are geniuses in
+other directions."
+
+
+The Higher Vibratory Forces.
+
+The student who has carefully read what we have said in the earlier
+portions of the present book regarding the subject of Nature's Finer
+Forces, and those concerned with "vibrations," and "planes of being,"
+will be able to harmonize the apparently somewhat conflicting opinions
+of those authorities above quoted concerning the nature of mediumship
+and spirit communication. In the first place, the student will remember
+that there exist planes of being higher and other than our own
+earth-plane, and that the rate of normal vibration on such planes is
+much higher than are those upon our own earth-plane. In the second
+place, he will remember that beings dwelling and manifesting on these
+higher planes are able to communicate only by means of their higher
+vibratory rate of manifestation. And, in the third place, he will
+remember that a person dwelling on the earth-plane will not ordinarily
+register and interpret these higher vibrations of communication; and
+that it is necessary for such a person to have originally, or else have
+developed, the capacity to raise his or her own vibrations to the key
+necessary to "catch" these higher vibrations. In short, we have here
+once more another instance of that "attunement" between sender and
+receiver the most common instance of which is the wireless telegraph.
+
+
+Psychic Attunement.
+
+The entity, or spirit, dwelling on one of the many higher planes of
+being who wishes to communicate with persons on earth through a medium,
+must first select some person capable of raising his or her own
+vibratory rate of consciousness to become "in tune" with that of the
+spirit himself. Then he must learn to project his own mental vibrations
+with sufficient intensity and force to be "caught" by the sensitive
+perceptive organism of the medium. These things are beyond the
+understanding and accomplishment of many decarnate spirits, and unless
+they are taught by some one on their own plane of existence they are
+likely to fail in their attempts to communicate through a medium on the
+earth-plane. But at the present time, in view of the great interest
+being manifested "over there" in the communication with the earth-plane,
+an earnest, persevering spirit will usually have comparatively little
+difficulty in finding a proper instructor, and in acquiring the art of
+"earth-plane communication," as it is called on the spirit plane.
+
+
+The Development of Mediumship.
+
+As regards the acquirement of mediumship qualities, information and
+scientific instruction is much needed, particularly at the present time.
+In this book we shall endeavor to throw much light upon this particular
+matter, and to give such instruction and information in a plain,
+practical form. We may begin by reminding the candidate for mediumship
+that the methods of development of mediumship are entirely different
+from those designed to develop ordinary psychic powers. In the case of
+development for ordinary psychic power, the person must acquire the
+power of concentration in the direction of sensing in his inner
+consciousness the impressions coming to him from the outside world, such
+impressions not being consciously directed to him. He must be able to so
+concentrate that he will be keenly sensitive to these impressions, and
+to interpret them intelligently. On the contrary, the person wishing to
+develop the power of mediumship must learn to develop the power of
+negative receptivity to the vibrations coming from the spirit planes. As
+has well been said, he is the acted upon, and not the actor. While he
+requires concentration, patience, and perseverance in developing the
+power to raise himself to the proper vibratory key, when the actual work
+of communication begins he must passively allow himself to speak and
+act, more or less unconsciously, under the guidance, direction, and
+control of the communicating spirit.
+
+
+Unconscious Mediumship.
+
+The student will do well, however, to remember that as a popular writer
+has said: "It must not, however, be supposed that spirit influence is
+limited to, and exerted solely upon, those who are known to be mediums;
+or that the spirits do not assist those who use their own psychic
+faculties. It is probable that all people who are psychically sensitive
+and open to impressions are indebted to spirit helpers, whether they are
+conscious of the fact or not. There is undoubtedly a greater degree of
+influx from the spirit side than even spiritualists are aware. Many
+persons are indebted to spirit friends for spontaneous impulses, which,
+while those persons act upon them and reap the consequences, they can
+neither explain nor trace to their source. Spirits frequently associate
+with and serve their earth friends, although the recipients of their
+benefactions are unaware of the fact. There would be very much more of
+this kind of guidance from the unseen, if, instead of being frightened,
+or repellant in their mental attitude toward the spirits, the great bulk
+of people were prepared to accept such assistance from the other side as
+perfectly natural and to be expected."
+
+
+Mediumship and Individuality.
+
+The student will find it desirable to acquaint himself with the best
+opinions concerning the possible or probable effects of the practice of
+mediumistic powers upon the medium himself. There is evidenced a
+disposition in certain quarters to hold to the idea that mediumship, or
+control by spirits, is more or less injurious, mentally or physically or
+both, to the medium. It is also frequently asserted that the medium
+tends to lose his individuality and personal strength of character.
+Again, there are some who would teach that the medium should be of a low
+order of intelligence, and should beware of exercising his intellect,
+the idea seeming to be that under these conditions the mental path will
+be freer and clearer for the spirit control. All of the aforesaid
+notions are erroneous, as will appear as we progress in the statements
+in this book concerning true and efficient mediumship.
+
+
+Co-operation of Medium and Spirits.
+
+The medium who observes certain simple and plain rules and habits of
+conduct will not suffer any loss of strength of character or
+individuality from his exercise of his mediumistic power; on the
+contrary, an intelligent exercise of the power of mediumship often tends
+to develop the intellectual power of the medium. As to the idea that the
+medium must be ignorant, we have but to call your attention to the fact
+that many of the most efficient mediums are intelligent, and even
+brilliant individuals. As a writer has said: "There may be some mediums
+who are ignoramuses, but it is doubtful if there will be any great
+degree of intelligence or great spiritual illumination presented through
+their agency. It is possible that some mediums act foolishly when in
+their normal state, for the purpose of accentuating the difference
+between their ordinary and supernormal conditions of mental activity;
+but there is a more rational, intelligent, and, indeed, a more spiritual
+conception of the relations which should exist between mediums and their
+spirit guides, which is rapidly finding favor with thoughtful mediums
+and spiritualists alike. The proper method of communing with the spirits
+of the unseen realm is conducive to good, and not evil, to the medium.
+The co-operative association of medium and spirit on the plane of
+thought and purpose, emotion and motive, ethics and inspiration, results
+in the education and elevation of the medium."
+
+
+Mediumship Not Dangerous.
+
+The following additional quotations from spiritualistic writers on this
+point, serve to throw important light on this subject. J. J. Morse says:
+"Andrew Jackson Davis, Hudson Tuttle, and other writers, if I correctly
+understand them, claim that mediumship is a constitutional condition,
+and depends upon nervous adaptation, i.e., 'sensitiveness' and the
+quickening of the subjective (psychical) faculties; and, personally, my
+own firm conviction is that there is nothing dangerous in mediumship.
+The mere dabbling in mediumship, as either the means of a new sensation,
+or for the gratification of personal vanity, is to be thoroughly
+deprecated, as a perversion of some of the most wonderful possibilities
+of our natures; while the prosecution of mediumship, or anything else,
+to the detriment of mind, nerves, or health, in any direction, is a sin
+against oneself, and will inevitably call down the resultant penalties
+of physical and mental deterioration. I have many times advised
+inquirers who wished to know how to develop mediumship, unless they
+desired to do so for serious use, and within proper limits, not to seek
+its development at all. And in cases where I could see it would prove
+personally detrimental, I have strongly advised the inquirer to let the
+matter entirely alone."
+
+Wallis says: "Very much depends upon the objects entertained by the
+medium and the sitters, as also upon the character and intentions of the
+spirit who seeks to manifest his presence; but, on general lines, where
+people of average intelligence and rectitude seek communion with those
+they have known and esteemed, or loved, the results are almost
+invariably beneficial. There is every reason why this should be so if
+the common-sense precautions are observed of keeping a level head,
+exercising patience, exhibiting unselfishness and sincerity, and
+desiring good spiritual counsel and fellowship."
+
+A. Morton says: "Elevated spirits do not require mediums to surrender
+their reason; on the contrary, they advise that every new thought should
+be tested in the crucible of reason, and that it be rejected if not in
+accordance therewith; but the control of domineering spirits, claiming
+the name of celebrities, who present unreasonable theories, and in a
+dictatorial 'thus saith the spirit' manner, demanding unquestioning
+compliance with their commands, must be rejected by all mediums as
+debasing and inconsistent with self respect. Any associations or
+concessions which have a tendency to lower the spiritual standard must
+be carefully avoided, for there is no growth in any relations which can
+only be maintained by the sacrifice of self-respect and self-justice."
+
+
+Rational Mediumship.
+
+Wallis says: "The rational course for mediums and inquirers to follow is
+assuredly that of avoiding the extremes alike of credulity and sceptical
+incredulity, by letting the spirits do their best and then collating the
+facts observed and drawing conclusions. Care, patience, and perseverance
+will save both mediums and inquirers from many misconceptions and enable
+them to avoid the errors of others. Above all, mediums should observe
+their own feelings, study their own experiences, try to understand and
+co-operate with the spirits, but never yield servile or slavish service,
+nor permit themselves to be swayed by flattery nor dominated by any
+spirit (in the circle or on the spirit side) who claims obedience, poses
+as an 'authority,' or refuses to recognize the rights of others. No
+medium should remain ignorant, or refrain from giving effect to his (or
+her) natural desire for knowledge and self-improvement under the
+erroneous idea that he does not need to think, study, or learn, because
+he is a medium; and that the spirits will provide and teach through him
+all that is required. On the other hand, while thoughtfully observant of
+favorable conditions, and intelligent in self-study and culture, the
+medium should avoid 'getting up' certain subjects, or thinking along
+certain lines with the purpose and expectation that such information
+will be employed while under control. Such action, proceeding from a
+wrong motive, cannot fail to injure the psychic relations between the
+spirit and the medium, and will render the work of control doubly hard,
+because such thoughts will have to be cleared away before those of the
+spirit can be transferred to, and have free course through, the medium."
+
+
+The "Home Circle."
+
+Mediums are born or made. That is to say, many persons are born with the
+gift of mediumship, while others, lacking this natural power, are able
+to develop the power by practice and gradual unfoldment. Some of the
+world's best mediums have been developed, while others in the same class
+have been born with the gift. At the same time, it must be remembered
+that there is a wide range of power existing between different
+individual mediums of both of these classes. In the opinion of the
+present writer, perhaps the very best way of developing mediumistic
+powers is that of actually participating in "circle work." The wonderful
+results of earlier spiritualism in America and in Europe were
+undoubtedly due to the casual and general practice of holding "home
+circles." These home circles were the nursery of some of the world's
+greatest mediums. Here the born medium was made aware of his or her
+natural powers; and, likewise, here others were enabled to gradually
+unfold and develop their latent mediumistic power.
+
+
+The Cure for Fraudulent Mediumship.
+
+At the present time we have too few mediums, and this fact is
+attributable largely to the gradual discontinuance of the home circles.
+Present time folks are too fond of having everything worked out and
+presented to them, and they flock to the sensational public
+demonstrations, some of which are undoubtedly "faked" in order to meet
+the public demand for sensational features; and at the same time the
+honest, careful, conscientious mediums are often overlooked, and the
+home circles almost unknown. Many so-called investigators of
+spiritualism are feverishly anxious to "see something," and are
+impatient and the comparatively slow order of developments at the home
+circle or at the careful mediumistic circles. Many earnest spiritualists
+lament the present tendency, and predict that in time there will be an
+almost complete dearth of honest, careful mediums, owing to the demand
+for "quick action" and the temptation to furnish fraudulent counterfeits
+of the genuine phenomena resulting from this feverish public demand.
+
+
+Warning to Young Mediums.
+
+Wallis says concerning this point: "After a time, as the development
+progresses, the medium and his spirit friends may be strong enough to
+undertake public work without the assistance and protection of a circle,
+in the same manner as did D. Home, Slade, Eglinton, and other noted
+public mediums; but they should be in no hurry about doing so, and they
+need to be very self-possessed and level-headed to hold their own
+against the 'phenomena hunters' on the one side (who sap the very life
+of the sensitive), and the know-all, conceited sceptics on the other
+side (who freeze up all the psychic conditions), and before whom it is
+worse than foolish to cast these pearls of great price.
+
+"The lot of the public 'physical,' 'test,' and 'clairvoyant' medium is
+not to be envied or lightly chosen. Such sensitives frequently suffer a
+martyrdom that none but sensitives can realize. What with foolish
+flatterers; the sitters who are never content, but cry 'give, give,
+give;' the injudicious friends, who seeing the exhaustion of the
+worn-out mediums, in mistaken sympathy urge them to take stimulants
+(instead of securing them rest and change of surroundings), they have a
+hard road to travel, and our sincerest sympathy goes out to them all. We
+plead for them. We bespeak kindly and human consideration. Too
+frequently they are tried and condemned unheard. They are expected to
+prove that they are NOT frauds, instead of, as in other cases, being
+accepted as reputable people. So much has this been the case that some
+mediums of unquestioned power have retired into private life and
+business pursuits, where they meet with the respect and recognition
+which were denied them while they were public workers in the ranks of
+spiritualism.
+
+"Let us not be misunderstood. In saying this we are not apologizing for,
+or palliating fraud or wrong doing, but merely asking for fair and
+considerate treatment--not hasty, unreasoning condemnation. While it is
+true that mediumship has many compensations, and the medium who takes
+pleasure in his work has many pleasant experiences, it is also true that
+the professional medium is too frequently subjected to treatment which
+makes his task more difficult and thankless than it need be. The kindly
+and appreciative treatment which he receives from some sitters is a
+welcome stimulus, and affords good conditions for the spirits, who are
+thus enabled to operate to the best advantage."
+
+
+
+
+PART VII
+
+MEDIUMISTIC CONDITIONS
+
+
+Mediumistic phenomena, i.e., the phenomena by and through which spirits
+manifest their presence and demonstrate their power, may be broadly
+classified under two heads, as follows, (1) physical phenomena, and (2)
+mental phenomena.
+
+
+Physical Phenomena.
+
+PHYSICAL PHENOMENA cover a wide range of mediumistic manifestations,
+among which are movements of tables, the production of "raps," the
+manifestation of spirit lights, freedom from the effects of fire, the
+passage of matter through matter, direct writing upon paper or upon
+slates, direct voices, levitation of the medium, spirit photographs, and
+the production of the materialized form of the spirit. While in rare
+cases the spirits may manifest these forms of physical phenomena without
+the assistance of the medium and the circle, nevertheless as a rule such
+phenomena are produced by the spirits only through the assistance of a
+medium, and usually only when there is gathered together a circle.
+
+
+"Psychic Force."
+
+Various explanations of the power employed by the spirits, assisted by
+the medium and by the circle, have been offered by the scientific
+investigators of the subject. The most generally accepted theory of the
+western scientists is that the spirits employ what is called the
+"psychic force" of the medium, often assisted by that drawn from the
+circle and focused in the medium. The medium is regarded as a psychic
+storage battery which is freely drawn upon by the manifesting spirit.
+The degree and character of the manifestations are determined largely by
+the peculiar quality of the psychic force, the capabilities of the
+medium, the knowledge and powers of the spirits, and the influence of
+the sitters.
+
+
+Human Magnetism.
+
+Dr. Dean Clarke says: "Human magnetism, or nerve aura, is probably the
+most sublimated form of ethereal matter, hence nearest in refinement to
+spirit substance, and therefore spirits use it as the vehicle of their
+vibrating forces. Those persons who have an excess of magnetism, of the
+proper quality to unite with both the psychic force of spirits and the
+forces inherent in natural objects, and thus form an electro-magnetic
+connection of spirits with the objects they wish to act upon, are the
+persons chosen by the spirits for physical mediums. The mind and brain
+of the medium are not often nor necessarily controlled, and only his
+magnetism and psychic forces are used, through which the spirits
+transmit the vibrations of their own power to mechanically produce
+concussions, or movements of material objects."
+
+
+"Zoether."
+
+Hudson Tuttle (writing under control) gives the following statement of a
+spirit concerning the manner in which physical phenomena are produced:
+"Zoether (psychic force) emanating from the medium charges the object to
+be moved, and a band of spirits directs a current of their own zoethic
+emanation in the direction they desire the article to move, and it
+passes along the current thus produced. The charging of the object by
+the medium is necessary in order that it may be in a state of vibration
+harmonious to the spirit current. If this current be directed against
+the table or other charged body, raps or concussions are produced, as a
+positive and negative relation exists between the spirits and the
+medium's zoether. One spirit alone cannot produce physical
+manifestations. If one purports to communicate, assistance will be
+rendered by many others, who combine their influence."
+
+
+"Prana."
+
+The orientals account for physical mediumistic phenomena in a similar
+way, though their terms are different. Instead of speaking of zoether,
+or psychic force, they always employ the term "prana." In the oriental
+philosophies "prana" is explained as a subtle form of energy permeating
+the universe, but manifesting in a special form in the organism of the
+human being. This subtle force, or prana, is held to be capable of being
+transmitted from one organism to another, and is held to be the
+energizing power by means of which many forms of occult or magic
+phenomena are produced. Prana is very much akin to the "human magnetism"
+of the western occultists, and the properties attributed to the latter
+are really those which the orientals for centuries past have held to be
+among the essential properties of prana; so, at the last, there is found
+to be a practical agreement here between the oriental and the western
+schools of occultism, respectively, in spite of their differing
+terminology.
+
+
+Mental Phenomena.
+
+MENTAL PHENOMENA cover another wide range of mediumistic phenomena,
+among which may be mentioned the following, viz., involuntary or
+automatic writing and drawing, writing by means of the planchette or
+"ouija" board or similar mechanical aid to writing, clairvoyant
+perception of spirits, clairaudient hearing of spirit voices, prophetic
+utterances of spirits, impersonating and inspirational control of the
+medium. Mediums are frequently so thoroughly "under the influence or
+control," especially in private circle seances, that they seem to have
+been transformed into another personality. Sometimes the medium through
+which the spirit is manifesting will have his facial appearance changed
+so completely that persons present will recognize in the changed
+appearance the looks of the spirit as known when it was in earth life.
+
+
+The Value of Phenomena.
+
+The chief value of physical mediumistic manifestations is not, as
+generally supposed, that of affording entertainment or food for thought
+for those witnessing them, but rather that of affording proof of the
+possibility of spirit communication, particularly when spirit identity
+is established through the manifestation of the phenomena. A writer
+says of this class of phenomena: "A good psychographic medium will
+usually obtain writing between closed slates, which may be brought by
+the investigator, who can insist upon their not leaving his sight, and
+not even leaving his hand. We have obtained writing on paper that we had
+previously marked, which was then covered by our own hand, and a
+friend's and was untouched by the medium. On another occasion, a slate
+which we had personally cleaned was laid on the floor (fully six feet
+from the medium) with a small piece of pencil under it (in broad
+daylight), and on taking it up shortly afterwards there was found
+written on the under side a long message of a private nature from a
+deceased friend, of whom we were not thinking. Such phenomena as these
+are still good and impressive, they cannot be counterfeited under like
+conditions, and even when no proof of identity is given in connection
+with the writings, they point so distinctly to the action of a discrete,
+disembodied intelligence as to compel the recognition of their spiritual
+origin. The evidential utility of physical phenomena lies in their being
+inimitable by fraud. Imitations can of course be made which might
+satisfy the credible and the gullible, but the conditions for testing
+the phenomena we have specially referred to are so simple that no
+rational investigator need be deceived; first, to be sure that the
+slate, paper, or panel to be used is perfectly blank; second, that it
+does not leave the hand of the inquirer, or if it does, that it is
+marked in such a way that there can be no doubt of its identification
+when it is returned to him; and thirdly (with paintings), to observe if
+the paint be wet, and note the time occupied in their production."
+
+
+Trance Condition Not Essential.
+
+Many persons are under the impression that it is necessary for a medium
+to go into the trance condition in order to manifest physical
+mediumistic phenomena, but such is not the case. While many mediums do
+lapse into the trance conditions at such time, it is equally true that
+many others do not do so. Some of the very best mediums produce some of
+the most striking manifestations while in a perfectly normal, waking
+condition. A writer says of a well-known medium: "She constantly
+receives evidences of the presence of her spirit friends while she is
+perfectly normal. We have heard rappings and witnessed movements of
+physical objects in her presence, while holding friendly conversation
+with her, when we have been in a good light. Frequently, at meal times,
+the spirits announce their presence by raps, and respond to the
+salutations and questions of their medium and other members of the
+family."
+
+Professor Loveland says: "Many of the best mediums in the world were
+never entranced in the sense of being in an unconscious sleep. And it is
+doubted whether that condition is desirable. The Fox girls, and most, if
+not all of the original rapping mediums, were never in the deep sleep
+trance. It is not necessary for any of the physical manifestations, and
+that includes a very large percentage of all the spirit phenomena. The
+rappings, tippings, movings, slate writings, automatic writings,
+paintings, telegraphing, voices, materializing, etc., can all occur
+without the sleep trance, the reason for which is very apparent, as in
+the production of such phenomena the spirits simply use the surplus
+radiated nerve-force of the medium."
+
+
+Scientific Reports on Phenomena.
+
+Sir William Crookes, in speaking of D. D. Home and Euspasia Paladino,
+said: "Most, if not all, of the occurrences with Euspasia seem to have
+taken place when she was in a trance, and the more complete the trance
+the more striking the phenomena. This was not always so with Home.
+Certainly the two most striking things I ever saw with him, the fire
+test and the visible forms, were to be observed while he was entranced,
+but it was not always easy to tell when he was in that state, for he
+spoke and moved about almost as if he were in his normal condition; the
+chief differences being that his actions were more deliberate, and his
+manner and expressions more solemn, and he always spoke of himself in
+the third person, as 'Dan.' When he was not in a trance we frequently
+had movements of objects in different parts of the room, with visible
+hands carrying flowers about and playing the accordion. On one occasion
+I was asked by Home to look at the accordion as it was playing in the
+semi-darkness beneath the table. I saw a delicate looking female hand
+holding it by the handle, and the keys at the lower end rising and
+falling as if fingers were playing on them, although I could not see
+them. So lifelike was the hand that at first I said it was my
+sister-in-law's, but was assured by all present that both her hands were
+on the table, a fact which I then verified for myself."
+
+
+Phenomena Without Darkness.
+
+"Home always refused to sit in the dark. He said that, with firmness and
+perseverance, the phenomena could be got just as well in the light, and
+even if some of the things were not so strong, the evidence of one's
+eyesight was worth making same sacrifices for. In almost all the seances
+I had with Home there was plenty of light to see all that occurred, and
+not only to enable me to write down notes of what was taking place, but
+to read my notes without difficulty. Home was very anxious to let
+everyone present be satisfied that he was not doing any of the things
+himself--too anxious, I sometimes thought, for frequently he would
+interfere with the progress and development of what was going on by
+insisting that some sceptic or other should come around and take hold of
+his hands and feet to be sure he was not doing anything himself. At
+times, he would push his chair back and move right away from the table
+when things were moving on it, and ask those furthest from him to come
+round and satisfy themselves that he had nothing to do with the
+movements. I used frequently to beg him to be quiet, knowing that, if he
+would not move about in his eagerness to convince us of his genuineness,
+the strength of the phenomena would probably increase to such a degree
+that no further evidence would be needed that their production was
+beyond the powers of the medium.
+
+
+Test Conditions.
+
+"During the whole of my knowledge of D. D. Home, extending for several
+years, I never once saw the slightest occurrence that would make me
+suspicious that he was attempting to play tricks. He was scrupulously
+sensitive on this point, and never felt hurt at anyone taking
+precautions against deception. He sometimes, in the early days of our
+acquaintance, used to say to me before a seance, 'Now, William, I want
+you to act as if I were a recognized conjurer, and was going to cheat
+you and play all the tricks I could. Take every precaution you can
+devise against me, and move about and look under the table or where else
+you like. Don't consider my feelings. I shall not be offended. I know
+that the more carefully I am tested the more convinced will everyone be
+that these abnormal occurrences are not of my own doings.' Latterly, I
+used jokingly to say to him, 'Let us sit round the fire and have a quiet
+chat, and see if our friends are here and will do anything for us. We
+won't have any tests or precautions.' On these occasions, when only my
+family were present with him, some of the most convincing phenomena took
+place."
+
+
+Is Darkness Necessary?
+
+From the above it is seen that not only is the trance condition not
+absolutely necessary for the production of striking mediumistic
+phenomena, but that, also, there is no absolute necessity for the
+condition of darkness to be maintained as an essential feature of such
+phenomena. While many mediums insist upon the condition of darkness at
+seances, it is thought by some careful thinkers that this arises from
+the fact that such mediums have been accustomed to such conditions from
+their earliest days of mediumship, and have grown to believe that the
+same are absolutely necessary. It is thought that if such mediums would
+begin over again, practicing in full light in the company of a few
+sympathetic friends, they would before long grow accustomed to the new
+conditions, and would then be able to reproduce all of their most
+important phenomena in full light. Using the terms of modern psychology,
+it would seem that such mediums are the victims of their own
+"auto-suggestion," and fixed beliefs; and, as all students of the
+subject well know, the mental states of the medium have a most important
+bearing of the quality of the phenomena produced, and form a very
+important factor of the conditions governing the success of the seance.
+
+
+Developing Circles.
+
+The person who is developing mediumship will do well to surround himself
+with persons of a certain type of psychical power, and to form circles
+of such persons. Such persons are invaluable in constituting a
+"developing circle." Such persons need not be mediumistic themselves,
+nor are they required to actually do anything. Instead, their service is
+that of being present as psychical reservoirs of force upon which the
+spirits can draw for manifesting power. The medium, being sensitive to
+helpful influences, and the reverse, will recognize such persons by the
+congenial and harmonious influence they exercise upon him; and he will
+do well to encourage such persons to sit in his developing circles.
+
+
+Impersonating Mediumship.
+
+What is known as "impersonating mediumship" occurs where the medium is
+so completely under the control of the manifesting spirit that he will
+exhibit, often in a marvelously accurate manner, the personal
+characteristics and mannerisms of the spirit, and which are readily
+recognized as such by the spirit's surviving friends in earth-life.
+Sometimes the medium will actually re-enact the dying moments of the
+controlling spirit. In many cases such impersonations have been so
+nearly photographically and phonographically correct that they have
+afforded the most convincing proof to investigators, and in other cases
+have been a great consolation to relatives of the spirit who have been
+thus assured that their loved one was still in actual existence on a
+higher plane of being. These results, however, are possible only when a
+very close rapport condition has been established between the spirit and
+the medium. In cases in which such a close rapport condition is
+obtained, and a high degree of harmony developed, the spirit will be
+able to positively establish his identity by causing the medium to utter
+his exact words, and to give names, dates, and close details of
+incidents occurring in his earth life, and often to employ his exact set
+phrases and verbal tricks of speech, so as to bring to the consciousness
+of the sitters the realization that they are in the actual presence of
+the decarnate spirit friend.
+
+
+The Proper Mental Condition.
+
+The young medium, however, should beware against striving too hard to be
+the instrument of the phenomena of spirit impersonation. For a too
+intense anxiety, and desire to please sitters, frequently tends to
+produce a cloudy mental state in which the ideas in the mind of the
+medium blend with the spirit communication, and thus produces a most
+unsatisfactory result, and one which is apt to confuse the minds of the
+sitters and sometimes actual arouse suspicion that the medium is trying
+to practice deception. For this reason the young medium should not seek
+the attendance of persons desiring "test seances;" at least, such should
+be his course until he has learned not to be carried away with his
+desire to please or to satisfy such persons attending his circles. He
+should endeavor to cultivate a mental condition of calmness, and a
+determination not to influence or to interfere with the spirit
+communications in any way whatsoever, but, instead, to allow himself to
+become a passive instrument for the communication. The medium should
+remember that he is not a dealer in merchandise "warranted to please,"
+but is, instead, a medium of communication between the spirit and those
+still in earth-life.
+
+
+Demand Proof of Spirit Identity.
+
+A certain degree of care and caution, and the employment of honest
+powers of discrimination, is necessary on the part of the sitters in
+cases of spirit impersonation. This not because of any lack of honesty
+on the part of the medium, but because of the habit of a mischievous
+class of dwellers on the planes of spirit life to falsely impersonate
+other spirits as such seances. As all investigators of the subject know
+very well, it is not an infrequent thing for such mischievous and
+meddlesome spirits to endeavor to pass themselves off as the relative or
+friends of those in the circle, or even to falsely impersonate some
+great historical personages. In such cases the sitters should insist
+upon the spirit positively identifying himself, just as they would in
+case of doubt regarding a person speaking to them over the telephone and
+claiming to be such-and-such a person. And the proof demanded should be
+similar to that which would be sought from the suspected telephone
+talker. An honest spirit communicator does not object to such demands,
+and is only too ready to do his best to furnish the right kind of proofs
+concerning his identity.
+
+
+The "Trance Condition."
+
+The psychic condition frequently attending the demonstration of
+mediumship powers is usually spoken of as a "trance," but this term is
+quite misleading, for it carries with it the suggestion of an entire
+loss of consciousness and of a condition of more or less deep sleep. But
+the mediumistic trance is seldom a deep sleep condition. Instead, it is
+the condition similar to that of a profound "day dream," in which the
+person is fully awake but in which the consciousness has been almost
+entirely taken off the sights and sounds of the outside world. As a
+writer has well said: "What is called 'trance mediumship' is seldom of
+the nature of the deep sleep of entire unconsciousness. It is more
+frequently the suspension of the ordinary consciousness of external
+surroundings, a temporary oblivion on the outer plane--a semi-conscious
+state, in fact--in which the subject does not retain the volitional
+ability to employ his thinking powers, the latter having been 'switched
+off,' so to speak, and the subject responds to the will of the spirit
+control."
+
+
+Spirit Inspiration.
+
+Wallis says, concerning the nature of a certain phase of spirit control:
+"In the case of speaking mediumship, where general and philosophical
+ideas are to be transmitted, the control is of a different order from
+that exercised for test manifestations. It is more frequently of the
+nature of 'suggestion.' The spirit suggestionist suggests to the medium
+a certain train of ideas, and then stimulates the brain and the organs
+of expression to do the work of dressing up the thoughts and giving them
+utterance. Unless the subject is a scientific or a biographical one, in
+which specific terms are required and accurate data are to be imparted,
+the relationship between the 'inspired' speaker and the spirit control
+partakes more of the character of the engineer who feeds the fire and
+directs the movements of his engine, while the machine does the work,
+than it does of the actual voicing of the exact words, embodying in a
+full and complete fashion the ideas the spirit wishes to have expressed.
+
+
+Spirit Suggestion.
+
+"At first the operator may succeed by very imperfectly stimulating the
+brain of the sensitive and causing the cerebration and expression of his
+thoughts. The utterances may bear but a slight resemblance to what the
+spirit intended to express. The vocabulary is that of the medium, and
+the form in which the speech is cast of necessity partakes of the mold
+familiar to the sensitive--but, by continued close association and
+frequent control of the medium, the operator gains experience which
+enables him to exert a more decided influence; and the sensitive,
+becoming attuned, responds to and expresses the thoughts of the spirit
+with greater clearness and precision. Just as those who dwell together
+unconsciously approach nearer to each other and acquire a similarity in
+their mode of thought and of expressing their ideas (the more dominant
+personality impressing itself upon the less positive), so the medium
+imperceptibly, and very often unconsciously, acquires facility and
+proficiency in thought and elocutionary expression as the result of the
+co-operation between himself and his spirit guide."
+
+
+Psychic Attunement.
+
+Those who have read the above carefully stated opinion, will begin to
+see the reason why certain mediums who have attained the greatest
+proficiency in certain forms of mediumship, and who have become what are
+known as "reliable mediums," almost always have some particular spirit
+guide or guides with whom they have become in almost perfect psychic
+harmony and attunement. These harmonious spirits are not only enabled to
+express themselves with a high degree of clearness and power through
+their favorite medium, but are also enabled to assist in the production
+of the best rapport conditions between other spirits wishing to
+communicate and the said medium. There is a certain amount of spiritual
+and psychic co-operation between spirit and medium which is attained
+only by practice and continued association, which results in a psychic
+attunement between them. The closer and more harmonious the relationship
+existing between a spirit and his medium, the thinner is the veil
+separating the two planes upon which they dwell.
+
+
+Automatic Writing.
+
+In that phase of mediumship known as "automatic or inspirational
+writing," there is manifested two distinct forms of spirit control of
+the organism of the medium. In cases of pure automatic writing the
+spirit controls the arm and hand muscles of the medium, and uses them to
+write out the message under the direct and absolute control of the mind
+and will of the spirit. Cases have been known in which both hands of the
+medium have been so used by the spirit control, each hand writing a
+distinct and separate message, and both being performed without any
+consciousness of the nature of the message on the part of the medium. In
+some cases of automatic writing the medium was engaged in thought about
+other subjects, or even in reading or study from a book. This is true
+not only in cases of automatic writing in which the hand is directly
+employed, but also in those in which some mechanical device such as the
+planchette or the ouija board intervenes.
+
+
+Inspirational Writing.
+
+In inspirational writing, on the other hand, the spirit impresses the
+message upon the mind of the medium, either as a whole, or else sentence
+by sentence or even word by word--in all of such cases, be it noted, the
+medium is aware of the substance of what he is about to write, either
+the word, the sentence, or perhaps the entire message. In such cases, of
+course, the medium retains control of his writing muscles and their
+action, and the spirit control is merely a phase of higher telepathy, as
+it were. When the message is impressed upon the mind of the medium word
+by word, or sentence by sentence, the style is of course that of the
+spirit exerting the control; but where the entire message is impressed
+upon the mind of the medium, the style is usually a blending of that of
+the spirit and that of the medium, for the medium is not likely to
+remember the literal message as given him, but merely is conscious of
+the general purport and meaning thereof, together with a few phrases or
+expressions formed by the spirit mind. In such cases, of course, the
+personality of the medium enters largely into the message, while in the
+case of pure automatic writing the personality of the medium plays no
+part whatsoever, and the personality of the spirit is present in its
+entirety. This important distinction should be noted and remembered.
+
+
+Gradual Development of Powers.
+
+Most mediums develop their powers of mediumship gradually, and pass
+through a number of stages in their development of power. At first
+they may obtain only raps, or possibly the tilting or movement of
+tables. Then, very likely, they are moved to write, either
+automatically or else inspirationally. Later they experience the
+impulse to allow the spirit control to speak through their vocal
+organism, but it is seldom that the spirit is able to do this at first
+trial, as the medium is not as yet sufficiently sensitized or attuned
+to the spirit, and, instead, they can but gurgle, gasp, and make
+inarticulate sounds, or else shout, laugh, cry, or sing, and possibly
+jabber some strange jargon or unknown tongue, or else simply utter a
+series of sounds lacking in definite meaning. Later, the inarticulate
+sound is succeeded by definite sentences--perhaps a message, or a
+short address. Sometimes the spirit control will endeavor to relate
+some of his earth-life experiences, or perhaps even to give an
+impersonation manifestation. Often several different spirits strive to
+manifest through the developing medium, taking turns as manifestation,
+holding the control for only a few minutes and then giving place to
+his successor.
+
+
+Spirit Guides.
+
+As the development proceeds, it will be found that one or two particular
+spirits will manifest a greater power than the others, and after
+establishing a strong degree of harmony and attunement they will assume
+the position of "guides" to the medium, and will accordingly begin to
+work in his interests on their side of life, and to accept or reject
+other spirits who seek to manifest through their medium. At this stage,
+the medium is often sufficiently advanced to be used as the channel for
+fuller and more complete manifestations, particularly in the direction
+of inspirational speaking. Often the medium in this stage of development
+is also able to manifest psychic powers which were formerly beyond his
+ability, as for instance psychometry, clairvoyance, etc. Then if his
+spirit guides be sufficiently advanced and powerful, and the medium be
+sufficiently receptive and harmonious to their influences, they will
+educate him to such an extent that he will be able, with their
+assistance, to become an instrument for the production of still higher
+forms of mediumistic phenomena. But the development is almost always
+gradual and proceeds by successive and well-defined steps and stages.
+
+
+No Loss of Individuality.
+
+In concluding this part of our book, we would call your attention to the
+following statements made by writers along the lines of spiritualism in
+the leading journals of that school of modern thought. The first writer
+says: "There is no need for the medium to decline to be influenced or
+controlled, by spirit friends for fear of losing his 'individuality,'
+any more than he should insist upon asserting his freedom and refuse the
+aid of tutors, lest they should infringe upon his sacred
+'individuality.' What are called the unconscious phases of mediumship
+generally lead up to loving co-operation with the wise and kindly souls
+of the higher life in efforts to establish the fellowship of man; to
+bring knowledge where ignorance now reigns; to banish the darkness by
+the light of that spiritual communion which shall yet be a blessing to
+the race; and reliance upon higher powers in or out of the body does not
+mean that we sacrifice our own abilities, nor do we thus become exempt
+from responsibility. Quite the reverse. It is the arrogance of
+individualism against which we protest. In fact, there is no abiding
+strength of purpose apart from the dependence every well-ordered mind
+should accord to the Infinite Light and Wisdom and the beneficial
+services which His wise and loving ministering spirits can render to us
+if we are desirous and responsive."
+
+
+Mediumship Beneficial.
+
+A second writer says: "There is no reason why the reactive consequences
+of frequent control by enlightened and earnest spirits, even in the case
+of the 'trance' medium, should not prove extremely beneficial to the
+sensitive, and this, we believe, has been the case with many of the
+speakers in the spiritualistic movement. Where the medium is
+inspirational and ready to respond to the thought impulsations of the
+control, it stands to reason that the transmitted ideas, and the
+stimulation of the thought-faculties caused by the transference and
+expression of the spirits' opinions, will not be lost to the medium. 'If
+you will take one step we can more easily help you to take a second than
+we could compel you to take the first if you were unprepared,' said a
+spirit teacher to Mrs. Emma Hardinge Britten, and there need be no loss
+of dignity or individuality, no injury to body or mind, but a gain of
+strength and spiritual vigor, education of mind and stimulation of moral
+purpose, by intelligent co-operation and temporary surrender on the
+part of the medium to wise and loving spirit helpers and teachers."
+
+
+Mediumship and The Bible.
+
+A third writer, Rev. H. E. Haweis, says in connection with the relation
+of spiritualism with religion: "People now believe in the Bible because
+of spiritualism; they do not believe in spiritualism because of the
+Bible. Take up your Bible and you will find that there is not a single
+phenomenon which is recorded there which does not occur at seances
+today. Whether it be lights, sounds, the shaking of the house, the
+coming through closed doors, the mighty rushing winds, levitation,
+automatic writing, the speaking in tongues, we are acquainted with all
+these phenomena; they occur every day in London as well as in the Acts
+of the Apostles. It is incontestable that such things do occur, that in
+the main the phenomena of spiritualism are reliable, and happen over and
+over again, under test conditions, in the presence of witnesses; and
+that similar phenomena are recorded in the Bible, which is written for
+our learning. It is not an opinion, not a theory, but a fact. There is
+chapter and verse for it, and this is what has rehabilitated the Bible.
+The clergy ought to be very grateful to spiritualism for this, for they
+could not have done it themselves. They tried, but they failed."
+
+
+
+
+PART VIII
+
+HOW TO DEVELOP MEDIUMSHIP
+
+
+Anyone is entitled to be considered a "medium" if he or she is
+psychically sensitive and capable of receiving and responding to spirit
+control or influence. Likewise, anyone is entitled to the designation
+who is capable of so generating freely a sufficient quantity of "psychic
+force," magnetism, prana, or whatever other name we may choose to apply
+to the force which is generated in the human organism and is capable of
+being employed by the spirits in order to produce mediumistic phenomena
+of the class usually referred to as "physical phenomena." As we have
+seen, the spirits themselves are not usually able to manufacture or
+generate by themselves this psychic required to produce the said
+phenomena, but, on the contrary, must depend upon mediumistic
+individuals for such force.
+
+
+Who Are Mediumistic?
+
+Many persons are more or less naturally sensitive to spirit influence,
+and therefore mediumistic. In many cases these persons tend to take on
+the psychic conditions of others, both those in earth life and those on
+the spirit plane of existence, without realizing the nature of the
+influence operating on them. Such persons are frequently more or less
+erratic, and are considered as "flighty" by their friends. They need
+instruction on the subject of psychic laws and self-control, so that
+they may intelligently guard themselves against undesirable influences,
+and at the same time cultivate the power of mediumship of the desirable
+kind. It has been asserted that "everyone is a medium," and in a way
+this is true, for practically every person is more or less sensitive to
+spirit influence, and is capable of being developed into an efficient
+medium of communication with the spirit world. But it is equally true
+that only a certain percentage of persons possess the true spiritual
+qualities requisite for the highest phases of true mediumship. That is
+to say, but few persons are fitted temperamentally and spiritually for
+the higher tasks of mediumship. We think it safe to say, however, that
+where a person is filled with a burning desire to become a true medium,
+and feels within himself or herself a craving of the soul for
+development along these lines, then that person may feel assured that he
+or she has within his or her soul the basic qualities required for true
+mediumship, and that these may be developed by the proper methods.
+
+
+The Mediumistic Temperament.
+
+A leading writer on the subject of mediumship has said: "It is a
+fundamental proposition that sensitiveness, or the capability of
+mediumship, is a faculty common to mankind, differing in degree--as
+hearing and sight are common heritages, but keener in some individuals
+than in others; or, under certain conditions, it may disappear." What
+is called "the mediumistic temperament" is frequently marked
+self-consciousness and shrinking from public criticism, and a diffidence
+which causes the person to wish to be out of the range of the
+observation of strangers and those not sympathetic to them; on the other
+hand, however, there are other forms of the "mediumship temperament"
+which is marked by a nervous, almost hysterical, self assertiveness and
+desire for public notice and attention. Persons of either of these
+phases of this temperament, however, have the common quality of being
+extremely sensitive to sneers and slights, adverse criticism and
+oppositions, while ridicule drives them almost beside themselves.
+Likewise they are nearly always found to be enthusiastic and earnest
+workers when their interests and sympathies are aroused; as a writer has
+said "they are almost invariably emotional, enthusiastic, spontaneous,
+and ardent." And, as another writer has said they are usually "generous
+and impulsive, hot-headed and independent, close friends with warm
+hearts; too sensitive to criticism of an unkind nature, too easily
+pleased by praise; without malice, without revengeful thoughts." A
+striking feature of this temperament may be summed up in the phrase,
+"hungry for sympathy and understanding."
+
+
+Is Mediumship Desirable?
+
+While it is true that a vast majority of persons possess the mediumistic
+power, latent and dormant, and capable of being developed to a greater
+or less active power, it is but honest to say that in many cases it is a
+grave question whether the person would be justified in undertaking the
+hard work, and long time, required to develop himself for the minor
+success which would attend his efforts. As a writer has said: "Does the
+prospective result justify the labor involved to bring these powers into
+efflorescence? My impression is, that in at least three cases out of
+four, the time and labor it would take to develop this latent quality to
+its greatest efficacy would be far in excess of its value when so
+developed." But, as we have already said, the best indication is found
+in the "call" to develop his or her latent powers which the true medium
+always experiences.
+
+
+Developing the Natural Power.
+
+A writer on this subject well says: "Just as a drum or tamborine is
+incapable of being made to emit a tithe of what can be produced by means
+of a piano or a violin, in the way of music, so the differences in
+quality and conditions of the physical organisms, and in the degree of
+nervous and psychical sensibility of those who desire mediumship, render
+it improbable that any but a small proportion will develop such extreme
+susceptibility to spirit influence as will repay them for the time and
+self-sacrifice involved in the cultivation of their powers. Further, it
+should be borne in mind that while wise spirits are ever ready to
+respond to the call of the earnest aspirant for spiritual truth, as wise
+spirits they are not likely to devote themselves to the preparation of
+an instrument that would be inefficient for their purpose. The nervous
+system of the medium, whatever his phase may be, has to be trained to
+respond to the will and the psychic force of the controlling spirit,
+just as much as the muscles of the musician or artist, and 'practice
+makes perfect' in the one case as well in the other. Since mediumship
+is a strictly natural qualification, depending upon organic fitness and
+susceptibility, it is not a supernatural power or a special 'gift,'
+neither does it insure the moral purity nor the intellectual ability of
+the medium, any more than musical or artistic capabilities are evidences
+of the special intelligence or the high moral tones of their
+possessors."
+
+
+Mediumship and Genius.
+
+The spirits controlling the hand of a celebrated writing medium, once
+delivered through him the following message regarding the nature and
+development of mediumistic powers: "Mediumship is a development of that
+which is, in another sort, genius. Genius, the opened and attentive ear
+to spirit guidance and inspiration, shades away into mediumship, the
+facile instrument of spirit manifestation. In proportion as the medium
+becomes open to influence, directly exercised, is he valuable as a means
+whereby direct messages are conveyed. And in proportion as the
+individual spirit is lost and merged in the great ocean of spirit, is
+the result most direct and serviceable. It is when the passive spirit is
+content to allow us to use the corporeal instrument, as it does when
+itself operates, that we gain satisfactory results. That can only be
+when a condition of perfect passivity, as far removed from scepticism as
+from credulity, has been secured. This opening of the spiritual being to
+spiritual influences is what you call mediumship. The true and valuable
+gifts are purely spiritual and must be used for spiritual purposes; not
+for gain, or for satisfying curiosity, or for base or unworthy ends."
+
+
+Spontaneous Mediumship.
+
+What may be called "spontaneous mediumship" is experienced by many
+persons not claiming mediumistic powers, and not understanding the
+nature of the phenomena manifesting to and through themselves. Such
+persons at times are conscious of the presence of spirit friends, and
+may even catch glimpses of them either in the form of a mental image
+impressed upon their minds by the spirit friends, or else by a more or
+less clear partial materialization. Sometimes raps manifest themselves
+in their vicinity, and tables and light articles of furniture may
+manifest movement at their touch or approach. Such persons, not
+understanding the laws of spirit manifestation, are frequently greatly
+distressed, or even frightened, by such manifestations; and in not a few
+cases they experience considerable annoyance and grief by reason of the
+attitude of their friends who are apt to consider them "queer," or
+"spooky," and therefore to be avoided. Moreover, in the case of the
+physical manifestations such as the movements of tables, furniture,
+etc., and the production of raps, these persons are frequently accused
+of deliberate fraud in the production of such phenomena, whereas as a
+matter of fact they, themselves, are quite in the dark as to the cause
+and nature of the phenomena in question. It is obvious that the placing
+of the right information in the hands of such persons, and their
+instruction in the laws and principles of mediumship would be a blessing
+to them.
+
+
+Mediumistic Flashes.
+
+A writer has the following to say concerning this class of mediumistic
+persons: "Those persons who are naturally sensitive sometimes
+experience strange and sudden impulses. Thoughts come to them 'in a
+flash,' so to speak. They say things spontaneously which they had not
+intended to say--the words seem to burst from them and 'say themselves.'
+Others have equally sudden and fugitive clairvoyant experiences; they
+see spirits where they least expect, and when they are absorbed in
+something else; but when they strongly desire to 'see' or to receive
+guidance, they get nothing. This state of affairs, in all probability,
+is due to the fact that their susceptibility is not sufficiently
+developed; their psychical impressibility can only be reached and acted
+upon under specially favorable conditions, which are disturbed and
+dissipated when the ordinary intellectual self is aroused.
+
+
+Systematic Development.
+
+"The remedy will be found in the systematic cultivation of interior
+repose and confidence. The psychic must learn to regard it as a
+perfectly natural experience that the spiritual states and positive
+thoughts of excarnate people should impinge upon his spiritual sphere,
+and while 'attentive to the holy vision,' should calmly accept the fact
+and maintain the attitude or response; not anxiously nor demandingly,
+but thankfully enjoying the spiritual communion and illumination thus
+afforded to him. It is only natural that many people should desire to
+become mediums, and that they should wish to ascertain what constitutes
+mediumship, and what is required to secure its development. But those
+who express these desires should remember that in all probabilities
+months, if not years, of patient development have been necessary for the
+success and efficiency of those celebrated mediums whom they admire and
+probably envy." But, as we have said before, if the "call" to mediumship
+be felt, then it may be heeded; though the person must be prepared to
+pay the price of toil and work, patience and perseverance, required to
+attain the mountain top of mediumship.
+
+
+The Development Circle.
+
+As we have repeatedly stated in the foregoing pages, the actual spirit
+circle is the best possible means of developing the latent powers of
+mediumship, and the simplest, readiest, and most effective method of
+discovering the presence of such latent powers in the individual. As a
+leading medium has told us, it is "the primary school for the study of
+spiritual facts, and for the training of mediums." The "spirit circle,"
+as most of you know, is a company of harmonious, earnest, sympathetic
+persons joining their psychic powers for the purpose of aiding the
+medium to establish the lines of psychic communication between the earth
+plane and the planes of the spiritual world. It must here be stated that
+by "development" we do not mean the cultivation of the powers of the
+spirits, but rather the training and unfoldment of the powers of the
+medium to receive and transmit the power exercised by the spirit
+controls.
+
+
+The Aspirational Attitude.
+
+To those who purpose to develop their latent mediumistic powers by and
+through the development circle, we would say that it is of the highest
+importance that they should cultivate a trustful, hopeful mental
+attitude, and a willingness to open themselves to the inflow of the
+spiritual power of their friends of the spiritual planes. As a writer
+has said, they should "make some mental preparation, such as eliminating
+from their minds all disturbing or irritating thoughts, and by striving
+to consciously realize union of purpose with those who may have
+previously made their presence known or indicated their intention to
+help in the work of the development of their mediumistic powers, by
+mentally requesting that the spiritual ties may be strengthened. Even
+where there has not been any clear indication of the presence of spirit
+helpers, a generally aspirational and receptive attitude of mind will do
+much towards providing favorable conditions."
+
+
+Natural Unfoldment.
+
+Again, the person wishing to develop his latent mediumistic powers must
+exercise patience and perseverance, and must not insist upon a premature
+attempt at revelation on the part of the spirits. The process of the
+unfoldment of the mediumistic powers should be akin to that of the
+unfoldment of the bud of the flower, that is to say, it must be gradual,
+natural, and unforced. The writer above mentioned, says on this point:
+"Too many people, instead of waiting until the spirits were ready to
+communicate with them, have pressed for 'tests' before the connections
+were properly made. They have complicated matters by their eager
+questionings, and have worried the operators until everything went
+wrong; and then, because the answers were incorrect, inconsequent and
+misleading, or persistently negative, they declared that the spirit was
+a deceiver, evil, or foolish, and, while having only themselves to
+blame, gave up the sittings in disgust, whereas, had they been less
+impetuous, less opinionated, less prejudiced, they would in all
+probability have eventually obtained satisfactory proofs of the presence
+of their spirit loved ones."
+
+
+Persistent Watchful Waiting.
+
+Some persons are so disappointed because they have not obtained results
+after two or three sittings that they give up further efforts. It would
+perhaps amaze such persons to know that many of the world's most
+celebrated mediums have, in the beginning of their development circle
+work, sat for several weeks, or even several months, at frequent
+intervals, without obtaining more than the most meagre results; but they
+afterwards developed the most marvelous power. An extreme case is cited
+in the history of spiritualism, in which a couple sat night after night
+for six months, without missing a sitting and without being rewarded by
+a single physical result; but after this tedious and discouraging wait,
+all at once, as it were, the spirits secured the most perfect kind of
+communication through them, and difficult table tippings and levitation,
+convincing raps, messages, writings, and finally materializations
+follows, until their fame spread all over the world of spiritualism.
+
+
+Building Lines of Communication.
+
+Just how long it will require to obtain convincing results at the
+development circle is a matter largely dependent upon certain
+conditions. Much, of course, depends upon the faculty of the medium to
+adjust and harmonize himself with the spirits, so as to furnish a "clear
+wire" for them to operate over. Again, much depends upon the character
+of the persons constituting the circle. A circle composed of
+harmonious, helpful persons will do much to hasten the coming of the
+manifestation, whereas one composed of inharmonious, sceptical,
+impatient, and materialistic persons will do much to retard the progress
+and development of the mediumistic powers.
+
+
+Developing Concentration.
+
+The following advice on this particular subject will be found helpful to
+those contemplating the formation of development circles, and the
+unfoldment of their latent powers of mediumship; it is from the pen of
+an earnest student of this subject, and one who is himself a competent
+medium. This person says: "One of the most important prerequisites for
+success in the development of mediumship along spiritual lines is the
+cultivation of the power of concentration. In the early days of the
+movement the would-be medium was advised to be 'passive,' and passivity
+was often construed into self-effacement. We are now learning to
+distinguish between receptivity and docility, between apathy and
+aspiration. A medium is not, and should not be willing to become a mere
+irresponsible tool. For intelligent and beneficial association with, and
+inspiration from, the people of the higher life, a certain degree of
+abstraction is necessary. To cut one's self off from ordinary
+conditions, to retire into the sanctuary of one's own inner
+consciousness, to 'enter the silence' as it is sometimes called, is
+helpful training for the preparation of conditions favorable for the
+manifestation of spirit-power. The Quakers were true spiritualists in
+this sense, and evidently realized the need for the concentration of the
+soul's forces and their withdrawal from the outer plane, preparatory to
+the descent of the spiritual influence that moved them to speak.
+
+
+The Call for Illumination.
+
+"The sincere supplication for illumination and guidance is never in
+vain. The spirit breathes a serener air, and is calmed, strengthened,
+and comforted by the subsequent reaction. It is harmonized thereby, and
+thus becomes accordant to the psychic forces which, like the ocean's
+tides, ebb and flow throughout the universe, and bathe every soul that
+lies open to their vivifying and quickening influence. Still more, there
+are those who dwell in the Light, whose thoughts and love go out to all
+such as truly call upon God; and these, the ministering messenger
+spirits, often pour their libations of sympathy into the sad hearts of
+the sorrowful ones on earth, even though they remain unknown and their
+interposition is unrecognized by those to whom they have given their
+loving and helpful thoughts.
+
+
+The Jacob's Ladder of Communion.
+
+"By the earnest study of the conditions requisite for the development of
+body, mind, and psychic sense, the intelligent medium will endeavor to
+meet the friends who inspire him at least half way on the Jacob's ladder
+of communion, and to enter into reciprocal and conscious fellowship with
+them on the thought plane, so that their inspirations may freely flow
+through his instrumentality to others, unobstructed by his personality.
+Classes for the development of mediumship along these lines are very
+much needed; classes in which the members are expected to take an
+active part, not merely to sit and sit, and let the spirits do all the
+work, but by systematic preparation and spiritual aspiration and
+cultivated receptivity prepare themselves to become lucid and capable
+instruments for the transmission of information and helpful influences
+from the other side.
+
+
+The Attainment of Excellence.
+
+"There is but one course of procedure for the successful attainment of
+excellence in any field of labor or thought, and that is by study and
+training, by observation, by persevering application and determined
+effort, by readiness to learn, and responsiveness to every influence
+which will help to smooth the pathway to the desired success. The
+intelligent medium who follows this course will not go blindly on
+groping in the obscurity of the psychic realm, and becoming the tool for
+unseen and unknown agents, but he will unfold his powers, and by
+co-operating with them will learn to know and trust his preceptors,
+until he may possibly become as a spirit among spirits, the conscious
+possessor of such knowledge regarding his own spiritual nature and
+powers that he will be a ready instrument in the hands of enlightened
+spirit people, with whom he can knowingly work for human good."
+
+
+What a Development Circle Is.
+
+Now then, with the above advice and admonitions in mind, the persons who
+desire to develop and unfold their mediumistic powers will do well to
+take the necessary steps to form a development circle. The "circle" it
+must be remembered, is not merely a crowd of persons gathered together
+for the purpose of witnessing spiritualistic manifestations or
+phenomena. Instead, it is a gathering of persons who desire to
+co-operate in establishing relations with the world of spirits, and to
+receive communications therefrom. In the case of the development circle,
+the purpose is to demonstrate that well established spiritualistic
+principle that the mediumistic faculty in all of its forms is best
+developed and unfolded, cultivated and strengthened, by an actual
+sitting in the circle, in such a way as to perfect and spiritualize the
+magnetism of the sitters by their mutual action on each other, and by
+the influence and power of the spirits employing such magnetic and
+psychic forces so furnished them by the circle of harmonious sitters.
+Or, as a writer has well expressed it: "The purpose for which a spirit
+circle is held is that by the blending of the aura, psychic force, or
+magnetic emanations of the sitters, the attention of disembodied spirits
+may be attracted and a battery be formed by means of which they can
+communicate with the circle. The focalization of this force rests with
+the unseen operator, and if they are skilled in the 'modus operana,'
+they know where, how, and in what way to use it to the best advantage."
+
+
+Forming the Development Circle.
+
+The circle should be composed of not less than four persons, and not
+more than twelve. It is well to have an equal number of persons of each
+sex, if this be possible; if not possible to obtain an equality of the
+sexes, the effort should be made to come as near to that equality as is
+possible. The members of the circle should seat themselves around a
+table, and as nearly as is possible the sexes should be alternated in
+this grouping, that is to say, a man should sit next to a woman, and so
+on. It will be found well to have the same persons regularly attend the
+circles, so far as is possible. Likewise, it will be found advantageous
+to always use the same table, and to hold the circle in the same
+room--but these things are not absolutely essential, and very good
+results may often be obtained by having the members of the circle gather
+at the different homes of its respective members. While cheerfulness is
+well on the part of the sitters, there should be no indulgence in levity
+and joking during the sitting. The room should be comfortably warmed and
+lighted in the ordinary way.
+
+
+The Sitters in the Circle.
+
+The sitters will do well to occupy their same places at each sitting,
+unless the spirits indicate otherwise. The medium, or in the absence of
+a recognized medium the most sensitive person in the circle, should sit
+in the circle at a place mentally recognized as the "head of the table,"
+even though the table be circular in form. It will be well for the
+sitters to hold each others' hands at the beginning of the circle, in
+order to generate the necessary magnetism. But after the circle is
+actually formed, the sitters should place their hands on the top of the
+table, close to its edge; the small fingers of the hands of each sitter
+touching those of the sitter on either side of him--in this way there is
+a psychic and magnetic battery formed of the sitters, providing perfect
+connection is maintained.
+
+
+The Spirit Communication Code.
+
+At the beginning, the leader should plainly announce the signalling
+conditions, so as to avoid confusion on the part of the sitters and the
+visiting spirits (for there are several codes in use, and confusion
+sometimes occurs). The most general used and approved code is as
+follows: "THREE indicates Yes; ONE indicates No; TWO indicates
+'doubtful'; FOUR indicates 'don't know'; and FIVE indicates 'call the
+alphabet.'" The numbers refer to the number of raps or table-tilts,
+etc., given by the spirits in answer to questions asked them. When the
+alphabet is called for, some one of the circle slowly calls out each
+letter of the alphabet, in regular order, until a rap or table-tilt
+indicate that the right letter has been indicated; this letter should
+then be written down, and the alphabet again called, until the next
+letter is indicated; and so on until the message is completed. For
+instance, the name "John" would be spelt out as J-O-H-N, four callings
+of the alphabet being necessary to obtain the same.
+
+
+The Matter of Time Conditions.
+
+The time at which the seances are held is not in itself important, but
+it will be found best to fix such time at such an hour that will be most
+convenient for the sitters, and at which their minds will not be
+distracted by thoughts that they should return home, or should be
+attending to certain household or business duties, etc. The seances
+should be held not oftener than, say, twice a week, or at the most three
+times a week. Each seance should be continued for about an hour or a
+little over--certainly not over two hours at a time. The sitters should
+be punctual in attendance, so that no time may be lost or wasted. The
+idea should be that the spirit friends are awaiting your coming to
+fulfill your engagement with them, and one should be as careful to keep
+such an engagement as he would were the engagement with his most valued
+friend or esteemed acquaintance. Regularity in attendance is also
+important, as it is important that so far as possible the same general
+conditions be maintained at each and every seance. The seance should be
+started at the same hour on each occasion, at least so far as is
+possible, so as to preserve the same time rhythm.
+
+
+Opening of the Seance.
+
+It will be well to open the seance with a few moments of earnest, silent
+meditation--a few moments of dwelling "in the silence," as some have
+well called it; and these moments should be observed in a religious and
+devotional state of mind, all frivolity and flippancy being carefully
+avoided. If some present feel moved to prayer, then by all means let the
+prayer be made, for there can scarcely be a more fitting occasion for
+reverent prayer than a properly conducted seance. A few moments of
+hymn-singing may also be found advantageous in the direction of
+producing the devotional state of mind on the part of the sitters. The
+sitters should preserve a solemn frame of mind and reverent general
+demeanor during the seance--perhaps the best model is that of an old
+time Quaker Meeting in which the silent devout spiritual feeling was so
+plainly manifest that it could almost be felt physically. Patience is
+necessary in conducting a seance, and perseverance is essential. The
+manifestations cannot be unduly forced, and there is often required a
+great deal of psychical adjustment before the lines of the spiritual
+communication between the two great planes of life are fully
+established.
+
+
+Developing a Medium.
+
+If the circle be one devoted chiefly to the development of mediumistic
+powers in some one of its members, then it will perhaps be best to have
+only that particular medium present. The remainder of the sitters should
+be highly sympathetic toward the developing medium, and should assume
+the mental attitude of help and aid toward him. While the early results
+of such a circle may not be so interesting as those at which a fully
+developed medium is present, nevertheless the gradual unfoldment of the
+powers of the medium will be found highly interesting, and the gradual
+evolution of the character of the phenomena produced will be a liberal
+education in itself. In case that in the circle there are no particular
+persons regarded as being mediums, and where there is a general desire
+to develop mediumistic powers among many or all of the sitters, there
+must be carefully avoided anything approaching a rivalry between the
+members of the circle; and at the same time a strong desire and perfect
+willingness for the spirit power to manifest through whomsoever it may
+prefer, without regard to the personal ambitions of the individual
+sitters. Most certainly there must be no spirit of "competition" among
+the sitters in the circle.
+
+
+The Personnel of the Circle.
+
+The personal composition of the spiritualistic circle is a very
+important matter, and those entering into circle work should pay
+careful attention to the personal and psychical character of those
+composing the circle; and it may be added here that such work requires
+very nice powers of discrimination, and a great degree of tact, in order
+to preserve the proper character of the circle, and at the same time to
+avoid wounding the pride of those who are to be rejected. Regarding the
+character of those composing the circle, the following statement of a
+practical medium will be found of importance. "There are some people who
+are so sensitive that they should not sit in circles, because they are
+liable to become charged with the psychic emanations from, and dominated
+by the expectancy of, the sitters, but who are not influenced by spirit
+power to any great extent. Or probably there may exist 'cross
+magnetism,' that is to say the inharmonious magnetism of different
+members who are antagonistic to each other. Some sitters may be
+sarcastic, merely curious, or selfish, or mercenary, or not over clean,
+sober or scrupulous, and all such surroundings act and react upon the
+highly sensitive organization of the undeveloped medium, and, above all,
+provide conditions favorable for the manifestations of mischievous or
+malicious spirits, unless the medium is sufficiently developed, or is
+protected by wise spirits powerful enough to resist or control such
+influences. Like attracts like, as a general rule; but there are
+exceptions to this, as to most rules, as, for instance, where
+unfortunate or unhappy spirits are permitted to manifest, and are even
+brought to the seance by other and more experienced spirit people, so
+that they may be helped. The influence of the sitters in moulding the
+conditions is too little realized. If they introduce an atmosphere of
+suspicion, doubt, distrust, or detraction, they break the continuity of
+the flow of psychic energy that has to be employed. By thus severing the
+current and dissipating the power, they mar the conditions essential to
+success; and, as all such disturbances of necessity center upon and
+injuriously affect the sensitive medium, they render soul-satisfying and
+uplifting communion impossible. To all sitters, we would say, 'You get
+to a very great extent what you make conditions for, therefore open the
+doors of the heavens by love and purity.'"
+
+
+Changing the Sitters.
+
+Changes in the membership of a circle is sometimes found to be quite
+beneficial. If a circle meets night after night with the same
+membership, but without obtaining any perceptible results, then it may
+be well to consider the desirability of adding some new elements to the
+membership in the hope of improving the conditions. Sometimes the
+addition of a new sitter of the right physical and psychical temperament
+works a most remarkable improvement, and in many of such cases
+noteworthy phenomena are then produced almost from the time of the
+change. We have seen circles in which the condition of non-success was
+changed in a few moments to one of great and marked success by the
+introduction of a new element among the sitters.
+
+
+Adding a Medium.
+
+Sometimes there may result certain physical phenomena such as table
+tippings and movements of furniture, in cases in which there is a
+sufficient amount of psychic force generated among the sitters; but in
+such cases there may be an absolute failure to produce some of the
+higher forms of mediumistic phenomena, such as, for instance, clear
+spirit messages by raps or otherwise, the failure being caused by the
+fact that the circle did not include in its membership any person of
+sufficiently developed mediumistic powers to be considered a "medium."
+In such cases the introduction into the circle of a person possessing
+fairly developed mediumistic powers of the higher order may change the
+condition of affairs at once, and almost immediately the higher
+manifestations may present themselves. In such cases the soil is richly
+fertilized and highly cultivated, and all that has been lacking is the
+strong, vigorous seed of true mediumship. In such cases when a true
+medium is discovered by means of his or her introduction into the circle
+(for such discovery is often made in this way), it may be well for the
+circle afterwards to devote itself to the development of that particular
+medium. And it must not be forgotten that such development of the
+particular medium frequently also results in the development of the
+other members sitting in the circle.
+
+
+Reasons for Changes.
+
+In cases in which the spirits suggest changes in the order of sitting of
+the members of the circle, or suggest other changes in the personnel of
+the circle, such suggestions should be heeded, and those who are asked
+to withdraw from the table should not feel hurt or offended, for there
+is usually nothing personal in the matter, and no personal reflection
+intended by the spirits; the whole matter is one connected with
+psychical or magnetic requirements, and all should so accept it. A
+writer on this subject has well said: "If you are requested, either by
+the controlling intelligence or by the manager of the circle, to take
+another place, or even if your room is desired for some unknown cause,
+do not get angry and create a disturbance, but get with those with whom
+you are in spiritual harmony and try it again. All who have succeeded
+have passed through great trials and failures, and when success is
+gained, think of what you have gained. A knowledge of immortality,
+possibly, or you have assisted in producing an instrument through which
+proofs of immortality may be given."
+
+
+Psychic Attunement.
+
+One of the most common faults of the sitters at a circle is to become
+unduly impatient, and to try to force matters to a clear manifestation
+of phenomena almost from the moment of the start. This is all wrong, and
+is frequently the cause of many failures to obtain the higher phases of
+mediumistic phenomena. Sitters should remember this important point,
+i.e., that the first requisite of the circle should be to secure perfect
+and free communication and flow of spiritual power--after this the more
+elaborate phases of phenomena may be obtained with comparative ease. One
+should hold in mind the illustration of a great wireless telegraph
+system, in which the sending and receiving instruments have not as yet
+been placed in perfect attunement. In such a case it is of course
+necessary for the two respective sets of instruments to be adjusted so
+that they may be in perfect attunement with each other; and until this
+is accomplished, there can be messages sent or received
+properly--certainly none received in this way. If this idea be held in
+mind, their circle will probably secure the psychic attunement in a much
+shorter time than otherwise.
+
+
+Pre-Test Manifestations.
+
+Do not be in too much of a hurry to obtain "test" messages. Let the
+communications flow on in a somewhat rambling manner at first, until the
+lines of communication are fully and firmly established, and then you
+may begin to think about asking test questions of the spirits in order
+to establish their identity. A writer says on this point: "Should table
+movements occur, or raps be heard, let them go on for a little. Do not
+ask test questions just yet. Request repetitions, or ask for them to be
+clearer or louder, so that they may be sharp and decisive. You may also
+ask for a certain number of movements or raps. After that, you may
+proceed to ask questions as to whether the circle is sitting in the best
+arrangement for success. If changes are desired, these should be made as
+suggested. It may happen that one or more of the sitters may be
+requested to change places, or to withdraw from the table altogether. In
+such a case the sitter should not take umbrage for it merely means that
+their psychical conditions do not blend with those of the rest of the
+circle."
+
+
+Premature Tests.
+
+Regarding the matter of premature tests, or unreasonable demands, the
+same writer further says: "Remember that the first requisite is to
+establish the channel of communication; and all personal questions as to
+who and what the spirit is should be reserved until the initial
+difficulties are overcome. It is at first most probable that the spirit
+operators will not be fully aware just what effect they are producing,
+and the mind of the medium may not as yet be sufficiently passive, in
+fact it may be in a sort of state of protest against being acted upon in
+this particular way; accordingly, it is extremely unwise to attempt to
+obtain responses to test questions or to secure evidences of the
+identity of the spirit under these imperfect conditions. Many mediums
+and inquirers have been deterred from further development or
+investigation because such questions have been prematurely put and the
+answers pressed for, with the result that confusing and contradictory
+responses were given, and the conclusion was hastily drawn that it was
+all fraud, delusion, of the devil."
+
+
+Forcing Tests.
+
+Another writer has said on this point: "I then, in my anxiety, made a
+mistake which anxious inquirers sometimes make. I wanted more--I pressed
+for another test, forgetting the difficulties of mediumship, and the
+supreme effort which must have been made to give me what I had obtained.
+And this resulted in failure after remarkable tests had been given."
+Another writer, commenting upon the last quoted statement, says: "This
+is exactly how mediums are used; they give test after test, not to
+satisfy, but only to produce the desire for more. Then when the power is
+weakened, comes the inability--or 'fraud,' as the imperfection in
+mediumship is often called. This will be the case until they can have
+the only condition which is suitable for spiritual communion--passive
+trust and confidence. Real tests cannot come when sought with
+materialistic conditions. The tests come unsought, unasked for."
+
+
+Spirit Directions.
+
+Another point which should be borne in mind by the sitters in the circle
+is that the spirits should be consulted as to just what they wish to
+manifest at the seance. They should be asked to state plainly just what
+order of phenomena they desire to manifest and demonstrate, and just
+what they wish the circle to do in order to create the best conditions
+for the manifestation. And it will be found advisable to heed the wishes
+and instructions of the spirits in such cases, and to conform as far as
+possible with the same. In this way the intelligent co-operation of
+spirits and the circle may be obtained, and the most desirable results
+be obtained. However, there is a limit to this acceptance and course,
+and in no case should the limits of reasonableness be exceeded in the
+matter. As a writer has well said: "It may happen that the conditions
+asked for by the communicating intelligence may seem to be ludicrous or
+impracticable; and in such case representations to that effect should be
+made to the spirit, and if such instructions are persisted in, except
+where, through long association, confidence is felt in the spirit, or
+very clear evidence of knowledge has been manifested, the medium and
+sitters, exercising their own reasoning powers, should quietly and
+firmly decline to do what is asked of them, and some other course should
+be suggested. We do not advise either medium or sitters to blindly
+accept or follow what is given to or through them. Reason should ever
+reign, but even reason will show that in experimental work it is
+sometimes advisable to tentatively adopt and follow some course that may
+not, at first sight, appear quite reasonable."
+
+
+Questioning the Spirits.
+
+After a satisfactory arrangement of the sitters is obtained, and the
+table tiltings or rappings have assumed a clear, definite character,
+then the sitters may proceed to ascertain the identity of the spirit
+seeking to communicate to the circle; or else to ascertain whether the
+spirit wishes to deliver a message directed specially to some particular
+one of the sitters. In the latter case, the person indicated should
+prepare to question the spirit direct, either verbally or else silently
+and mentally. In either case the question should be stated clearly and
+to the point, so that the spirit may give a simple definite answer.
+Questions which may be answered by a simple "Yes" or "No" are of course
+preferable. If the spirit agrees to move the table, or else produce
+raps, as the alphabet is called over letter by letter, the communication
+and answers may of course be given in much fuller detail. In such case
+the spirit may be called on to spell out its name, and to designate its
+relationship to any of the sitters; or even to spell out a complete
+message. In addressing the spirit one should pursue the same general
+course employed in addressing questions to a friend in the flesh; and
+care should be taken to address the spirit politely and in a kindly
+tone. Some spirits are very sensitive concerning these details, and will
+resent any impoliteness or discourtesy, or flippancy from strangers.
+
+
+Substance and Shadow.
+
+Moreover, the earnest investigator of spiritualistic phenomena must
+always bear in mind that the mere production of mediumistic phenomena of
+the physical phase is not the real object of the investigation and
+sittings. These things, interesting as they may be in themselves, should
+be regarded as merely the incidents of the intelligent communication and
+reception of messages from the inhabitants of the higher planes of life
+and existence. The spiritualistic circle should be more than a mere
+"wonder shop" in which are exhibited strange and unusual physical
+phenomena; rather should it be regarded as the receiving end of the
+wireless system over which we may and do receive valuable communications
+from those who have passed on before us.
+
+As a writer has said: "It is not so much that the table moves with or
+without contact, or that strange rappings are heard, that is of
+paramount importance, but that by these means of communication actual
+and intelligent communication can be obtained and maintained with
+so-called dead people; and evidences of spirit identity, as well as
+loving and cheering messages may be obtained in that way from loved ones
+who were supposed to be gone forever. This is the important point to be
+established beyond all peradventure."
+
+
+
+
+PART IX
+
+MEDIUMISTIC PHENOMENA
+
+
+Some students of this book who have noted in the foregoing pages certain
+references to the conduct of the sitters in the circle may ask
+themselves the question: "Why are the SITTERS so important, when the
+power is really exerted by the spirits through the MEDIUM?" In fact,
+such questions, often uttered in the spirit of adverse criticism, are
+frequently propounded by sceptics to spiritualists, and it is well that
+the answer should be correctly given. As a matter of fact the
+understanding of such answer will mean the possession of some important
+facts concerning the phenomena of mediumship, and without which the
+investigator will possibly wander far astray from the main road of truth
+concerning such phenomena.
+
+
+The Part Played by the Sitters.
+
+All of the best authorities on the subject of spiritualism are
+practically agreed concerning the important part played by the sitters
+in the circle in all manifestations of spirit power. As J. J. Morse
+says: "There are three factors concerned in mediumship: (1) the spirit
+controlling; (2) the mental atmosphere of the medium controlled; and (3)
+the mental atmosphere of the people surrounding the medium." And as A.
+Morton has said: "The requirements for honesty on the part of mediums
+are equally binding upon investigators; they must have honesty of
+purpose if they expect to attract honest spirits."
+
+
+Result of Bad Sitters.
+
+And Wallis has said: "Although the spirits may be intensely anxious to
+demonstrate their power, they are sometimes repelled from those whom
+they seek to approach by the bristling and discordant conditions of
+mind that prevail among the sitters, who disperse with a feeling of
+dissatisfaction and disappointment. If the sitters only knew it, the
+so-called failure was directly traceable to the destructive
+thought-atmosphere with which they surround themselves and the medium.
+Too frequently they do not prepare themselves for 'the hour's
+communion with the dead,' and their mental attitude is anything but
+conductive to success. They do not put away the thronging thoughts,
+anxieties, and worries of their busy lives, but carry them right into
+the seance chamber, yet expect good spiritual results. Both sitter and
+medium may very easily destroy the indispensable conditions of
+spirit-manifestation, and the medium's honesty, not his want of
+growth, or of knowledge, is called in question by the investigator who
+knows, and perhaps cares, nothing for the occult laws he has violated,
+not obeyed."
+
+
+Mental Atmosphere of the Medium.
+
+Likewise, it must not be forgotten that an important factor in the
+production of mediumistic phenomena is that which Morse, in the above
+quotation, has called "the mental atmosphere of the medium controlled."
+In many cases the spirit powers are present and ready to manifest
+freely, and the mental atmosphere of the sitters is likewise desirable
+and sympathetic, but still the manifestations are but faint, irregular,
+and generally unsatisfying--the weak link of the chain being found in
+the mental state of the medium, and consequently in the mental
+atmosphere arising from the same. Such undesirable mental states and
+atmospheres may be said to arise principally from two general causes, as
+follows: (1) Desire on the part of the medium to produce sensational or
+brilliant results, and (2) Doubt on the part of the medium concerning
+the genuineness and validity of the communications. Let us consider each
+of these in further detail.
+
+
+The Mediumistic Mind.
+
+If the medium is filled with the idea or notion of producing brilliant
+or sensational results, he will in all probability so disturb the
+placidity of the receiving surface of his mind that the latter will fail
+to register or record the impressions being made upon it by the spirit
+vibrations. It is similar to the case of a placid bosom of a deep lake
+which, normally, will reflect clearly and distinctly the images of the
+surrounding scenery cast upon it from the light waves; but which, if
+disturbed by strong breezes, will exhibit merely a distorted, disturbed,
+incomplete, and untrue reflection of the surrounding scenery cast upon
+its surface. A strong desire of the kind mentioned will tend to agitate
+and disturb the normal placid condition of the mental reflecting surface
+of the mediumistic mind.
+
+
+Mediumistic "Stage Fright."
+
+In the same way the placid reflecting surface of the mediumistic mind
+may become disturbed by the presence of fear, doubt, and distrust in the
+mind of the medium. It may at first seem strange that the medium should
+doubt the manifestations being made through his mentality, provided that
+he be honest and genuine. But the answer and explanation is very simple.
+The medium (particularly the young medium) may become panic-stricken by
+the thought that "perhaps this is merely the result of my own
+imagination or fancy, instead of spirit power," and the result will be
+that he will begin to halt and stumble, stammer and stutter, instead of
+allowing the message to flow through him uninterrupted. This is
+particularly true when the message is of the nature of a test of
+identity, and where the vocal organs of the medium are being employed in
+the manifestation. It occurs far more frequently than the public
+suppose, that the medium is stricken by stage-fright or the panic of
+fear, arising from the causes above given, i.e. the sudden fear that he
+is allowing his fanciful imagination to run away with him instead of his
+being under genuine control.
+
+
+The Psychic Telephone System.
+
+The medium should ever strive to guard against this harmful mental
+state, and should open himself completely to the spirit influence,
+casting aside all fear and doubt, and placing all responsibility upon
+the controlling spirit or band of helpers. The medium should remember
+that he is merely the "medium" or psychic telephone system, and is not
+an active party to the process of spirit communication. He should,
+therefore, never either unduly strive to please, nor be fearful or
+distrustful concerning the validity of the manifestation being made
+through him. Let the spirits attend to their end of the line, and the
+sitters to the other end--the medium is on neither end of the line, but
+is the line itself.
+
+
+Interrupted Communications.
+
+It should not be forgotten, in this connection, that the spirits have
+their own difficulties to contend with. In the current slang phrase,
+they "have troubles of their own" to overcome in the production of
+mediumistic phenomena. Not only does the spirit wishing to communicate
+have to draw sufficient psychic power from the medium and the sitters,
+not only has he to scientifically adjust the apparatus at the sending
+end of the psychic telephonic line, but he has also to be sure that he
+is actually communicating the message so that it may be received by the
+sitters. In such cases the spirit is placed in a position similar to
+that of a person at one end of a telephone line, who after had an answer
+to his opening "Hello!" talks away, thinking that the person at the
+other end is hearing every word he utters, perfectly unconscious that
+the communication has been interrupted from some cause or other common
+to telephone lines. How often do we, in our telephone conversations,
+interrupt our flow of talk to anxiously inquire, "Are you still there?"
+or "Do you hear me?"
+
+
+Some Difficulties of the Spirits.
+
+A writer on the subject has well said regarding this difficulty on the
+part of the communicating spirit: "Spirits have many difficulties to
+overcome." On one occasion, a medium felt the influence of an arisen
+friend very strongly. It was accompanied by an intense desire to speak,
+and yet the medium was unable to give utterance to that which the spirit
+wished to have said. In answer to an inquiry that was subsequently made
+as to why the spirit had been unable to communicate with his dear ones,
+one of the familiar controls of the medium explained that he thought
+that he had actually spoken. His feeling of nearness to them was so
+vivid, and his wish to express himself through the lips of the medium
+had been so intense, that it was only after he had ceased his efforts to
+control that he realized that he had only THOUGHT and INTENDED, but had
+not succeeded in compelling the sensitive to utter his message. This
+will perhaps explain why mediums sometimes rise to their feet and act as
+if they were about to speak, but get no further--they do not receive the
+impression, or the right mental impulse; they feel as if they COULD
+speak and yet they have nothing to say. At such times a few words of
+sympathy and inquiry from the conductor of the circle may assist the
+control to realize the situation and succeed in his endeavors to
+communicate.
+
+
+Difficulties Overcome.
+
+"Even on this side, when we send telegraphic messages or use the
+telephone, mistakes and misunderstandings are by no means uncommon
+occurrences, and our letters sometimes create an impression in the mind
+of the reader which we did not intend to convey. Is it any wonder, then,
+that messages from the other side are imperfectly impressed upon, and
+incorrectly rendered by, the medium? Most persons who have attempted to
+transfer thoughts to mesmerized sensitives have realized that general
+ideas can be transmitted much more easily than names, dates, or specific
+words can be impressed upon or expressed by the subject. The wonder is,
+not that so few names, ages, and special details are given by spirits to
+and through mediums, but that, considering all the attendant
+circumstances, so MANY 'test' messages are continually being given, both
+privately and in public."
+
+
+The Psychic Triangle.
+
+In considering the question of the requisites of the mediumistic circle,
+the student should remember always that there is A PSYCHIC TRIANGLE in
+all such circles, viz., a triangle of which the spirit constitutes one
+side, the medium a second side, and the sitters a third side. And it is
+essential that a harmony and sympathy between all three sides of the
+triangle should be preserved and maintained. Therefore, sitters at the
+circle should endeavor to do their part in producing and maintaining
+such harmony with both the medium, the spirits, and finally WITH EACH
+OTHER--and this last is not the least, by any means. Unless there be at
+least a very fair degree of harmony between the several members
+constituting the circle, there will be something important lacking in
+their harmony of the circle as a whole toward the other two sides of the
+psychical triangle.
+
+
+Harmonious Relationship.
+
+The sitters composing the circle should always remember that mutual
+harmony is a most important factor contributing to the success of the
+manifestations sought to be secured. Accordingly, each sitter should
+strive to bring himself or herself into a sympathetic and harmonious
+relationship with each and every other sitter, so far as is possible. To
+accomplish this result the sitters should endeavor, so far as is
+possible, to lay aside their respective prejudices, jealousies, and
+differences of opinion. These incidents of their personality should be
+left, together with their hats and outer wraps, in the outer hall of the
+house in which the seance is held. Differences of religion, politics,
+race and creed, all should be cast aside at least temporarily, in order
+that the greatest amount of harmony should be manifested by the group. A
+safe rule to follow is this: seek to find the largest number of points
+of mutual agreement, and to set aside all the rest of the items of
+personal tastes, customs and habits of feeling and thought. Dwell
+together on the plane of common agreement, shutting out the planes of
+respective disagreements. In this connection we should state that the
+customary attitude of cold reserve, blended and colored by suspicion,
+which too often is found between comparative strangers, is far from
+being helpful in producing the best conditions for the seance. For the
+time being, at least, the sitters should try to remember that they are
+all members of one great human family, and united by the bonds of common
+origin and nature.
+
+
+The Discordant Note.
+
+A writer recites an incident in a circle which he once attended, which
+so thoroughly illustrates the point just made, that we think it worth
+while to reproduce it here. He says: "On one occasion in particular, we
+had a remarkable illustration of the detrimental influence of one or two
+sitters. It occurred at a seance at which a number of mediums were
+present, and, under ordinary circumstances, successful results would
+have been practically certain; but this was not an ordinary seance--at
+least, not in the opinion of one lady who apparently imagined that she
+had been invited to discover fraud, and that the rest of us were
+suspicious characters. Up to the moment of her appearance in the circle
+we were a happy family of sociable folk, and enjoyed a very pleasant
+season of conversational interchange. When, however, the said lady,
+accompanied by a friend, joined the company, there was a silence that
+could be felt. The social temperature fell rapidly--people visibly
+stiffened and became constrained. The two ladies appeared to feel afraid
+to speak lest they should say anything that might be used by the
+mediums, and spoke in monosyllables. Sitting bolt upright, grim and
+silent, they drew up to the table, and when the phenomena began they
+displayed no signs of interest. Their 'detective' attitude was so
+objectionable that even those who had endeavored to thaw out these
+self-constituted Sherlock Holmeses, gave up the attempt, and, in
+consequence, what had promised to be a really enjoyable evening, proved
+one of the most uncomfortable it has been our lot to experience."
+
+
+Antagonistic Elements.
+
+Another incident of the kind is related by a writer, as follows: "On one
+occasion, when some experiments were being made by a medium, under
+control, in the direction of psychometry and clairvoyance, a lady
+expressed a desire to be the subject for delineation. After one or two
+efforts the medium exclaimed, 'I am very sorry, but for some reason I am
+quite unable to get anything from you, or for you.' Shortly afterwards
+the lady in question remarked to one of the sitters, 'I knew he would
+not be able to give me anything. That is the third medium that I have
+knocked out.' The failure to obtain results under such impossible
+conditions is a proof of the genuine psychic nature of the powers of the
+mediums. If they were pretenders they would succeed in doing something
+under any circumstances and in spite of such adverse psychic
+conditions." While we are far from holding that the sitters in a circle
+should lay aside all ordinary caution and good judgment, and instead to
+assume the mental attitude of utter and unquestioning credulity and
+acceptance, we do positively declare that the mental state of
+preconceived distrust and suspicion is often almost fatal to the
+production and demonstration of the highest manifestations of spirit
+phenomena.
+
+
+The Open Mind.
+
+The proper mental state of the scientific investigator of spiritualistic
+phenomena is that of "the open mind." The sitters should endeavor to lay
+aside all prejudices and preconceived conceptions, and in place thereof
+should endeavor to hold a fair, impartial mental attitude--and this
+accompanied by a desire to have the manifestations proceed naturally,
+freely and fully. The results should be sympathetically awaited and
+received, and the judgment of careful reasoning withheld until afterward
+when the whole proceedings may be recalled and considered in the light
+of cold reason. One has but to consider the extremely sensitive
+psychical condition of the mentality of the medium, and the nicely
+balanced mental atmosphere of the circle, to realize how easily this
+sensitiveness may be affected, and the nice balance be disturbed, by the
+projection of strong mental waves of distrust, suspicion, and antagonism
+into the atmosphere of the circle. The attitude of the intelligent
+scientific investigator should be that of a calm and observant soul.
+Such an investigator should have what Sir William Crookes once called "a
+mind to let," i.e., a mind from which all prejudices and preconceived
+theories and notions have been ejected for the time being, and into
+which Truth, from any source, should always be welcomed as a tenant.
+Instead of seeking to throw obstacles in the way of the medium, one
+should endeavor to assist by mental attitude and demeanor, and by
+observance of the necessary conditions, in the production of the spirit
+manifestations and in the demonstration of spirit identity.
+
+
+Spirits and the Sense of Humor.
+
+It is not necessary for the sitters to assume an attitude of
+preternatural gravity and solemnity. Instead, they should be natural and
+cheerful, though of course not flippant or trifling, or indulging in an
+exhibition of the cheap remarks which by so many is mistaken for wit.
+The sense of humor, however, need not be thrown aside or discarded, for
+as all investigators know many of the spirit visitors have a very highly
+developed sense of humor, and sometimes even go so far as to seemingly
+endeavor to shock some of the melancholy, over-serious, "prunes and
+prism" type of sitters. As a writer well says: "Spirits are human still,
+and a good, breezy laugh, a hearty, joyous, kindly sympathetic
+disposition, goes a long way to open the avenues by which they can
+approach us." Another has said: "Experience has taught that the
+spiritual circle should be presided over by 'a pure heart and a strong
+head'--to which qualities might well be added a well-ordered development
+of the sense of humor, for the absence of humor often tends to make
+philosophy grotesquely ill-proportioned."
+
+
+Rhythmic Harmony.
+
+The manifestation of rhythmic harmony often materially aids in the
+generation of psychic power, and the consequent production of
+advantageous conditions at the circle. Many circles are opened by having
+the several sitters indulge in harmonious rhythmic breathing for a few
+minutes--all breathing in unison--in order to produce this condition of
+rhythm. Those who have never practiced this unison of rhythmic breathing
+will be surprised at the consciousness of psychical harmony which may be
+produced in this way among a number of persons gathered together in a
+circle. This principle of RHYTHM is what is really involved in the call
+of many spirits for singing at the beginning of a seance. In singing
+there is a certain unison and rhythm unconsciously observed, and it is
+this rather than the air or words of the songs which produces the desire
+conditions. A writer states that upon one occasion a manifesting spirit
+said: "It isn't NOISE that I want; it's HARMONY! If you cannot sing, you
+can at least count out loud, and count altogether--THAT may give us the
+right vibrations." That spirit had the right idea, and one which it
+would be well for all sitters to remember and put into effect. Vibration
+is the secret of all things, and rhythm is the measure and spirit of all
+vibrations; therefore, the very HARMONY of a circle may be said to be
+rhythmic. There is a great truth involved in these statements, and you
+will do well to ponder over them.
+
+
+Retarding Factors.
+
+It should be almost unnecessary to state that haste, hurry and
+impatience are retarding factors in a spiritualistic seance; but, alas,
+too many persons seem to be totally unaware of this important fact. We
+call your attention to the following remarks concerning this point, the
+same having been made by a writer on the subject who himself is a medium
+of extended experience. He says: "Impatience and anxiety are
+disintegrating mental conditions. People who are all the time looking at
+their watches and thinking, 'Oh! I wish they would hurry up.' 'Oh! do be
+quick, don't keep us here all night, we shall surely miss our train,'
+etc., are disturbers of the peace, and break the conditions which
+require harmony and repose. 'We have found out that we cannot hurry
+them,' said a lady who had enjoyed much experience in circles; and
+consequently, when you are sitting for different phenomena, you need to
+have plenty of time and be prepared to sit good humoredly for hours, if
+need be, to see it through; and then results are likely to speedily
+ensue; whereas the more you try to hurry, the more anxious you become,
+the less likelihood is there that you will secure results at all. You
+can surely realize that hurry, impatience, anxiety, intense expectancy,
+fear and suspicion must of necessity disturb the conditions and prove
+inimical to the efforts of the spirit operators to present clear and
+convincing demonstrations of their power and identity."
+
+
+Reasonable Demands of Spirits.
+
+In the above stated instance, and others similar to it, it at first
+seems as if the spirits were overparticular, and "finnicky" about the
+conditions, but a little careful thought will show you that this is not
+the real state of affairs at all. The spirits are not "finnicky," but
+are merely desirous of securing the conditions necessary to a successful
+manifestation, and all their efforts are bent toward that end. This, and
+this alone, is the cause of their so-called "finnickiness." Surely they
+are justified in this--would not any and all of us feel the same way if
+we were trying to establish communications with another plane, where
+such communication largely dependent upon the production and maintenance
+of certain conditions? I think so.
+
+
+Harmonious Conditions.
+
+It is not an easy task to give specific directions for development of
+mediumistic power for the guidance of one who is desirous of unfolding
+such powers after they have first manifested their presence in him. In
+fact, as many of the best authorities on the subject agree, it is
+practically impossible to lay out a course of cut-and-dried directions
+of this kind. This arises logically from the conditions present in such
+cases, and from the special circumstances surrounding the subject of
+mediumship. In fact, it may be broadly stated that at the beginning the
+medium can do but little in the direction of such development, other
+than to present harmonious conditions through which the spirits may be
+able to manifest their presence and their power.
+
+
+The Channel of Communication.
+
+It must be always remembered that the medium is not the active agent in
+the production of mediumistic phenomena--he is not called to DO anything
+except to passively act as the medium or channel of communication
+between the two planes of existence. He is always the intermediary
+between the two planes, and is not the active agent on either plane. The
+active agents are the spirits on the one plane, and the sitters in the
+circle on the other plane. The sitters must supply much of the actual
+operative power from the one plane, and the spirits must do all of the
+communication from the other plane. The medium serves to connect the two
+opposite ends of the psychic telephone system so that the messages may
+pass through and over the mediumistic channel, secure and maintain the
+best psychic conditions.
+
+
+The Role of the Spirits.
+
+We have spoken of the part of the work which it is necessary for the
+sitters to perform in order to And now we shall have something to say
+concerning the part to be played properly by the spirits wishing to
+communicate. It must not be supposed for a moment that every spirit is
+possessed of the necessary knowledge enabling it to communicate easily
+through a medium, or even to develop the medium so that he may become an
+efficient channel of communication. Spirits are frequently found to be
+sadly deficient in such knowledge and experience, and the development of
+the medium as well as the production of satisfactory phenomena, suffer
+from this lack. The spirits who seek to use a medium may or may not be
+fitted for such task. Many spirits are utterly unable to properly
+develop a medium; some fail by reason of their lack of knowledge, and
+others fail because of their lack of special aptitude for the task.
+
+
+Differences Among Spirits.
+
+A writer on this subject well says regarding this particular point:
+"Some spirits may lack both knowledge and aptitude; others may have the
+knowledge, but yet fail from want of the power to control. They may be
+able to affect one mediumistic person and not another. Likewise, they
+may be able to use a sensitive medium for one phase of mediumship, and
+yet be unable to succeed in any other direction. A spirit may be in such
+conditions that he can produce good physical phenomena; he may, however,
+try to do so through a sensitive who is fitted only for trance or
+clairvoyant mediumship, but who does not possess the quality or psychic
+force for sensuous manifestations. A medium who is naturally qualified
+for physical demonstrations may persist in desiring trance or
+inspirational mediumship, and be determined to become a speaker or
+nothing.
+
+
+Disturbing Elements.
+
+"Frequently at the outset both spirits and sitters are ignorant of their
+powers, of the conditions necessary for success, and the association
+that exists between them being affectional rather than intellectual or
+spiritual, they have to grope their way towards each other. It follows,
+therefore, that experiments have to be made on BOTH sides. Sitters and
+young mediums often spoil the seances by over-anxiety. There would not
+be half so much heard of 'evil spirits' (so-called) if more regard were
+paid to the necessity of maintaining a calm, patient, and serene frame
+of mind. Some people become excited as soon as phenomena commences;
+mediums not infrequently get nervous or timid when they feel that they
+are being affected, and, although they desire to be controlled, they are
+AFRAID to submit to the influences when they are likely to lose
+consciousness. All these are disturbing elements, and naturally
+interfere with the flow of the forces that are to be utilized, and
+prevent the success that is desired. A spirit without any very definite
+purpose, finding himself in the presence of a mediumistic person, may
+seek to influence him, and spasmodic actions may result. Unless the
+control should soon give evidence of clear thought and definite purpose,
+he should be requested, in a kindly and courteous manner, to seek the
+assistance of some spirit who understands the methods to be employed,
+and induce him to exert his power for the benefit of the medium and the
+circle."
+
+
+Impersonation Mediumship.
+
+One of the most interesting phases of mediumship, and the one perhaps
+most sought after by earnest seekers of the truth concerning those who
+have passed over to a higher plane of existence, is that commonly known
+as "impersonation mediumship," or perhaps "impersonating test
+mediumship," in which the vocal organs of the medium are employed by the
+communicating spirit in order to speak directly to those in the circle,
+or to the visiting friend of the decarnate spirit who comes into the
+presence of the medium. Many mediums devote their entire time and
+attention to this phase of mediumship, and place themselves at the
+service of those on the earth plane who wish to converse directly with
+their spirit friends or relatives who have passed on. This is by far the
+most satisfying phase of mediumship to those on the earth plane who are
+thus enabled to receive communications, and perhaps even direct answers
+to specific questions made to them. The most convincing evidences of the
+identity of the communicating spirit are also obtained through this
+particular form of mediumship. And this affording of comfort to those
+still on the earth plane is one of the most satisfying features of
+mediumship, and one which will do more than aught else to reconcile the
+medium to annoyances and to the personal sacrifices so often made by the
+medium.
+
+
+The True Purpose of Mediumship.
+
+A writer has well given to mediums the following inspiring message
+concerning the nature, purpose and aims of their work: "The modes of
+spirit manifestation are many, the phases wonderfully varied, but, like
+a golden cord running through them all, there is a distinct purpose of
+bringing to those on earth the glad tidings and proof positive of
+continued conscious personal experience in the life after death. The
+process of psychic development is usually slow, and the medium will be
+likely to grow disheartened; but by looking back over the ground already
+traversed, and by comparing the faint efforts made at the commencement
+with the later and fuller indications of spirit power, he should feel
+encouraged, and proceed with renewed vigor."
+
+
+Gradual Development.
+
+The best authorities constantly impress upon young mediums the fact that
+they should develop their mediumistic powers to a considerable degree
+before they venture to give public seances or exhibitions of their
+power. As Dr. Dean Clarke well says: "Novices in mediumship have no
+business to assume obligations they are not fully qualified to fulfil.
+Let them take the counsel metaphorically given by Jesus, to 'tarry in
+Jerusalem till their beards are grown.'" They should by all means wait
+until the spirits are strong enough to control and guard them from the
+meddlesome interferences of other persons, both those in the flesh and
+those out of it. Many spirits will overwork the medium, and the latter
+not knowing enough to protect himself will often suffer by reason
+thereof. On the other hand, young mediums often yield to the
+importunities of friends and other sitters, and will try to oblige and
+satisfy them, even often at the expense of their own powers and forces.
+
+
+Public Seances.
+
+A writer, himself a successful medium, gives the following good advice
+to young mediums: "I strongly advise all mediums to wait and serve out
+their apprenticeship thoroughly before they undertake to sit for
+sceptics or perform public work, either as test, impersonating,
+speaking, seeing, or healing mediums; and the best place to secure the
+necessary experience, training and unfolding is in the home circle.
+After a certain stage has been reached, however, the medium who has been
+used for impersonations will in all probability begin to display the
+powers of clairvoyance and to receive vivid impressions. Then will come,
+or they will be accompanied by, the efforts of the spirits to pass
+beyond the purely personal and limited forms of expression associated
+with the affectionate messages and greetings, to the consideration and
+explanation of the conditions and experiences of life on the other side.
+Spirits who can teach and give more sequential and sustained addresses
+will in all likelihood assume control, and under such conditions it will
+be found necessary to enlarge the circle and introduce fresh sitters.
+The clairvoyant, or psychometrist, needs new subjects with whom to
+experiment, and the speaking medium requires an audience to listen to
+his discourses, so that the next step beyond the small private circle
+may well be a semi-public one, or an 'after circle' such as is
+frequently held at the close of the public Sunday services in many
+towns, at which mediums who have reached this stage are afforded the
+opportunities they need.
+
+
+Home Circle Development.
+
+"Around the family table, where those who are united in affection meet
+to hold joyous communion with their spirit friends, where the blended
+desire ascends to the spiritual plane, and becomes the potent magnetic
+attraction, by which those friends can establish harmonious relations
+with the sitters--in such a circle and under such conditions even a weak
+degree of mediumistic responsiveness to the outpouring from the spirit
+side will become intensified and exalted, until rhythmic vibrations are
+established and thought and emotion will readily pass from one to
+another, and all will be attuned. The best method of cultivation is to
+regard the mediumistic sensitiveness as a natural and desirable quality,
+to be evolved by training and experiments, under the direction of the
+reason and the conscience. In this manner the tribunal which decides the
+conduct of life is ever present, and no matter what influences are
+brought to bear on the sensitive he remains steadfast, realizing that
+the responsibility for use or abuse rests upon himself."
+
+
+Undue Prolongation of Seances.
+
+There is a great temptation to young mediums to allow their enthusiasm,
+and desire to aid in demonstrating spiritualistic phenomena, to cause
+them to prolong their seances far beyond the limits which prudence and
+regard for the medium's physical well-being would dictate. There is a
+certain stimulation and excitement arising from the manifestation of
+phenomena through the medium, and this in itself is helpful rather than
+hurtful--a tonic rather than a depressant; but like all other forms of
+overindulgence, and excessive yielding to this excitement tends to bring
+on a reaction and a swing to the opposite emotional extreme, and the
+medium suffers thereby in many cases. There comes a time in all seances
+when the high-water mark of psychic power is reached, and this is a good
+time for the medium to bring the seance to a close--in fact, experienced
+mediums do precisely this very thing at this particular time. But this
+point once passed, there is experienced a peculiar weakening and
+depressing feeling, this often being accompanied by a physical weariness
+and a feeling of chilliness in the extremities, or even a slight chilly
+feeling over the whole body. When these feelings are experienced, the
+medium should remember that the limit of reason has been passed, and he
+should bring matters to a close without further loss of time.
+Experienced spirits will usually detect the approach of the reaction
+time, and will, themselves, bring the seance to a close, independent of
+any action on the part of the medium. But when the spirits are not
+experienced, they fail to notice this, or even may become careless about
+such things in their desire to communicate to the circle. In the latter
+cases, the medium must take care of himself.
+
+
+Good Advice to Young Mediums.
+
+A mediumistic writer gives the following advice on this subject to young
+mediums: "Never forget that your nerve-vital energy is used and expended
+in the exercise of your mediumship, and that the supply is limited,
+hence the necessity for care and moderation. Too frequent, prolonged,
+or discordant seances; inharmonious conditions and sittings, when you
+are already jaded and exhausted, are therefore to be avoided. If you
+make excessive demands upon your energies, nervous prostrations and
+derangements are an almost inevitable consequence. It is not the use of
+mediumship, but its abuse that is dangerous--perversion and excess are
+as injurious in this direction as they are in others, whereas temperate
+and healthful exercises are strengthening and exhilarating. If you feel
+'run down,' decline to act. If you feel that the circle is inharmonious,
+or that the sitters are depleted and exacting, refuse to sit. If you
+feel that you are tired, and feel weary and debilitated on the day
+following your seances, you may be sure that you are sitting too long,
+or that you require the help of a larger circle of congenial friends to
+supply the requisite psychic force for your further development."
+
+
+Self-Protection for Mediums.
+
+Another writer says on this subject: "Mediumship occasionally acts in
+such a manner that it becomes a stimulant to every organ and function of
+the system, and the individual becomes excited, nervous, and irritable;
+hence, the greater the acceleration of physiological functions as the
+result of psychical influences upon the human body, the more need of
+caution and restraint in every department of physiological life." But it
+must not be understood that the proper practice of mediumship is harmful
+and not conducive to good health. On the contrary, as a writer has said:
+"We consider the highest degree of physical health perfectly compatible
+with the best manifestation of mediumship." Another writer has well
+said: "If you are not robust enough, if you have not sufficient
+knowledge and self-mastery to use your will and maintain control over
+your psychic self; if you are unable to guard against the adverse
+emanations or the drawing power of others, you had better take lessons
+in concentration and psychic self-protection; and until you understand
+the art of self-possession, refrain from attempting to cultivate your
+sensitiveness. It will never do for you to be 'too sensitive'--be
+natural, sensible, and strong."
+
+
+Danger in Indiscriminate Magnetizing.
+
+Another point against which the medium should guard himself, is that of
+allowing others, indiscriminately, to "magnetize" him to "aid his
+development" or to "increase his power." Mediums, particularly while in
+the psychic condition, are very sensitive and susceptible to outside
+mental influences. And for this reason they should be particularly on
+guard against allowing themselves to be "magnetized" or influenced
+psychically by persons of whom they know nothing. Otherwise, the medium
+not only places himself under subjection to the mentality and
+emotionality of strangers and undesirable persons, just as would a
+hypnotic subject if he placed himself under the control of such persons.
+Moreover, in the case of the medium, there is a danger of his being so
+influenced in this way that thereafter he may attract to himself a class
+of undesirable spirit influences who would otherwise never have come
+into his psychic aura or world. We call attention to the following
+advice on this point given by an experienced mediumistic writer:
+
+
+Detrimental Magnetic Influence.
+
+"No sensible person should surrender himself to the magnetic influence
+of a human being of whom he knew nothing; he should need to know and
+have confidence in him before doing so; yet we find many who, impelled
+by a desire to be a medium, without understanding how much the word
+implies, sit down and invite any magnetizer who comes along to
+experiment upon him. Under such circumstances, nothing but a high motive
+and a pure purpose will protect them from the operations of unwise or
+mischievous intelligences. As well might they go and sit in a public
+place with their eyes blindfolded, and with an inscription on their
+breasts, 'Who will come and magnetize me?' * * Mesmeric influence from
+an experienced operator, for the purpose of inducing susceptibility, is
+sometimes helpful to a sensitive. If the mesmerist can put you in the
+trance condition and then hand you over to trustworthy spirits to
+control you, well and good. In the same way, mesmeric passes may be
+helpful in the liberation of your clairvoyant powers. The operator may
+succeed in throwing you into the deep trance state, in which you may
+travel or become clairvoyant, but we would not recommend you to submit
+to mesmeric influence or hypnotic suggestions from anyone, unless you
+know that he is experienced and a thoroughly honorable and trustworthy
+individual. In circles for development one member is frequently
+impressed, or controlled to make magnetic passes over another to aid in
+his unfoldment; and if such a thing should happen to you, and the
+influence is congenial, there need be no objection raised by you; but
+beware of those people who claim to be able, by mesmerism, to develop
+you into a medium in a given period of time."
+
+
+Mediumistic Auto-Suggestion.
+
+Other authorities have pointed out the fact that in some cases hypnotism
+has resulted in a sort of pseudo-mediumship, or bogus mediumship, in
+which the control is not that of a real spirit, but is merely the result
+of the suggestion of the hypnotizer, or else the auto-suggestion of the
+would-be medium himself. A writer on the subject has said of this: "In
+too many cases, only the power of auto-hypnotism is manifested, and we
+have obsession, fraud and folly as the result. There is one sure method
+of detecting the auto-hypnotic trance, and showing the difference
+between that and the genuine spirit trance. Any competent magnetist or
+hypnotiser can throw off the spell in all cases of self-induced trance,
+unless it has reached the condition of complete catalepsy. But if a
+spirit has induced the trance and controls the medium, it will laugh at
+the hypnotist's efforts to restore him to the ordinary condition. The
+most unfortunate feature of this sorry business is that the poor subject
+is self-deceived, and imagines that he is a full-fledged medium; and
+when he has made some terrible break on the platform or elsewhere he
+shields himself by laying all the responsibility upon some supposed
+spirit guide."
+
+
+"Psychic Sponges."
+
+A writer has also called the attention of young mediums to another
+undesirable class of psychic hangers-on at seances, as follows: "There
+are some people who, when they sit in a circle, are extremely helpful,
+and give off the right kind of force that readily blends with that of
+the sensitive; but there are others who draw upon and appropriate the
+psychic forces which are needed by the medium, or by the spirits through
+the medium. While they mean well, enjoy the seances, and feel 'SO much
+better' after them, the success of the circle is endangered so far as
+the object for which it was formed is concerned. Such persons are
+'psychic sponges,' and should be requested to sit outside the circle, or
+be asked kindly to refrain from attending."
+
+
+Investigate Your Spirits.
+
+Finally, the young medium should understand the true nature of the
+spirits, and just how far he may be safely guided by their advice and
+wishes. The instructions given by an intelligent spirit of good
+character may be safely followed as a rule, but the character and
+general intelligence of a particular spirit must first be ascertained
+through acquaintance with him. Until the character of a spirit has been
+fully established, and his claim to intelligence well supported by his
+messages, the medium will do well to rely on his or her own good
+judgment and intuition. As a writer has well said: "The medium must keep
+a level head and proceed cautiously. He should never allow any spirit,
+in or out of the body, to usurp his right of private judgment or
+exercise any undue authority over him. Eternal vigilance is the price
+of liberty; you must use your own discretion and try the spirits before
+you trust to them."
+
+
+Spirits Are Still Human Beings.
+
+Many persons seem to be under the impression that because a spirit
+happens to have passed out of the body he will, of necessity, know the
+truth about every subject in the range of human thought, and can make no
+mistakes, and can always work miracles. But this is a grave mistake; it
+should always be remembered that a decarnate spirit is as much a human
+being as is an incarnate spirit such as yourself; and not any better or
+worse, on the average, than yourself or other incarnate spirits. One
+needs but to remember that all sorts and conditions of people are
+constantly passing out on to the spirit plane, and that, at least for
+some time, they continue to be practically the same kind of persons that
+they were on the earth plane. This being so, it will be seen that it
+would be very unwise to surrender oneself indiscriminately to each and
+every kind of spirit who happens to manifest his presence at a seance.
+Persons in the flesh should talk and reason with those out of the flesh
+just as they would were the latter still on the earth-plane of life. A
+writer well says: "In a developing circle many things can be tolerated,
+because both sides are experimenting and 'feeling their way towards each
+other,' and it is difficult at first to know just what is necessary or
+possible. But it is a safe rule to follow for one to refuse to be
+dictated to by the spirits and to decline to go on blindly."
+
+
+Beware of Domineering Spirits.
+
+A writer has given the following good advice to young mediums, which
+such will do well to heed: "Do not always be ready to be controlled, or
+to drop into a trance just because you 'feel the influence,' and 'a
+spirit wants to say something,' or to oblige injudicious friends who
+'wish you would let him come.' Many people are very inconsiderate, and
+although they do not SAY so, they THINK (and the sensitive FEELS their
+thought) 'I do wish he would go under control and tell me something.'
+You should decline to be controlled EXCEPT at the times when you
+voluntarily and with set purpose lay yourself open to the influence of
+the spirits, in a properly constituted circle, or when you are prepared
+for it. If the spirits cause you to do foolish or ridiculous things,
+gently but firmly refuse to again submit. Do not be induced to yield by
+promise of future greatness and success. Not a few people have had their
+vanity tickled and their ambitions aroused by the flattery of crafty and
+domineering spirits, and in consequence they have been misled into doing
+and saying very absurd and foolish things."
+
+
+
+
+PART X
+
+EXPERIENCES IN THE CIRCLE
+
+
+When a circle of sensitive people has been formed, and the necessary
+preliminaries of the first sitting have been completed, it is not at all
+infrequent that even at the first sitting there should be more or less
+manifestation of spirit power. In many cases the sensitives among the
+sitters begin to experience a peculiar sensation in their arms and
+hands, the latter being placed on the table in front of them.
+
+
+Signs of Spirit Presence.
+
+There will be manifested in most cases a peculiar sense of heaviness or
+weight in the hands on the table, and an impression that the hands are
+being held to the table as if by glue or other adhesive material. In the
+arms are manifested peculiar tingling, pricking sensations, or a
+"needles and pins" feeling, something akin to a gentle current of
+electricity passing along them. Sometimes there is experienced the
+sensation of a gentle cool breeze passing over the sitters--particularly
+over the backs of their hands. In other cases there may be a sense of
+numbness or partial loss of sensation, something akin to that
+experienced when a hand or arm "goes to sleep," as the popular phrase
+expresses it. In other cases there is manifested a peculiar jerking,
+twitching, or vibration of the hands and arms, sometimes extending to
+the whole body of some of the sitters. Sometimes the hand of the medium
+will begin to make motions as if he were trying to write, and a pencil
+placed in his hands may trace crude figures or attempts at letters. At
+this stage it will be found that the singing of hymns or similar music
+will tend to have a quieting, soothing, harmonizing effect.
+
+
+Spirit Rappings.
+
+At the first sitting, or one shortly following after the first, it is
+likely that raps will be produced, and communication established in this
+way. In such case the leader of the circle (not the medium) should be
+sure to inform the spirits just what communicating code is to be used in
+the circle, so that there may be no misunderstanding concerning the
+same. In such case he should address the spirits as if there were
+several present, for such will most likely be the case. It must be
+remembered, however, that the raps will not always come from the table.
+They may also, for that matter, come from the wall, the ceiling, or from
+some of the furniture in the room. The table raps come from the top of
+the table or under the table. Sometimes they sound like ordinary raps,
+and then again they may give forth a peculiar hollow sound which is
+difficult to describe or to definitely locate. The appearance of these
+raps give positive proof that the conditions are being established more
+or less fully, and the success of the circle is almost sure to follow.
+
+
+Table Tippings.
+
+Sometimes, however, in place of the raps being manifested by the spirit
+forces, there will instead be manifested that peculiar tipping of the
+table which was the distinguishing characteristic of early
+spiritualistic phenomena in the western countries. In this case the
+tipping of the table will proceed just as in the case of the raps, so
+far as the transmission of messages is concerned. That is to say, the
+table will tilt three times, one time, etc., in accordance with the
+code, just as in the case of communication by means of the raps. In
+addition to this, however, the table may begin to manifest strange
+motions; it may begin to raise itself, jump around, spin around on one
+leg, slide across the rooms, etc. In such cases the hands of the sitters
+should be kept on the table, or if they slip off they should be at once
+replaced thereupon. Sometimes heavy tables will manifest more activity
+than the lighter ones.
+
+
+The Spirit Signals.
+
+When these rappings or table-tiltings begin to be manifested, all in the
+circle should keep cool and calm, and should refuse to become agitated
+or excited. If the phenomena should be apparently meaningless and
+disconnected, and resulting in no definite communication from the other
+side, do not jump to the conclusion that the meaningless rapping or
+senseless table tipping is the work of foolish spirits or flippant
+decarnate entities. On the contrary, you must remember that not only is
+your circle experimenting, but that the spirits on the other side are
+also experimenting in hopes of securing proper conditions for
+intelligent communications and definite messages. As we have said
+before, the spirits have their own troubles, as well as the sitters, and
+both sides are really engaged in an effort to "find each other." As a
+writer has said: "Remember also that you are merely experimenting, and
+that the spirit people are also, perhaps for the first time, trying to
+penetrate the veil and utilize powers and agencies of which, in all
+probability, they know as little as do you. So many disturbing factors
+exist--weather, varying psychical conditions of the sitters, agitated
+mental states, too great expectancy, or anxiety for successful
+demonstrations--that the true disposition to be maintained by the
+inquirer is that of the scientific student, who carefully watches what
+transpires, and endeavors to discover the causes of failure as well as
+the conditions which favor success."
+
+
+Flashes of Communication.
+
+In some cases the circle will have to sit several times before the
+persistent though disconnected and apparently meaningless raps or
+table-tilts will begin to show positive signs of intelligent signalling.
+The same thing would probably occur were the inhabitants of the planet
+Mars to find themselves able to flash signals to our earth--for a long
+time the flashes would seem meaningless to us, until at last they would
+seem to manifest a definite intelligent purpose and rhythm. When this
+stage of the raps or table-tilts has been reached, then the leader of
+the circle should acquaint the spirits with the code used, and ask
+definite questions concerning the future conduct of the seance, the
+answers to which the spirits are requested to give through the signal
+code of raps or tilts. When these answers begin to "come through"
+plainly and definitely, then the seance enters a new phase.
+
+
+Spirit Code Signals.
+
+In this new phase, when once entered into, the formal set procedure to
+be followed will be about as follows: The leader of the circle,
+recognizing the signs of the presence of spirits in the circle, will
+address them and ask them whether or not there is a spirit present who
+wishes to convey a message to the circle, or to any one present. Then
+the spirits signal back in the affirmative or the negative. If the
+answer be in the affirmative, the circle leader asks the spirits to
+indicate by the affirmative signal when the name of the right person
+present is named--and he then proceeds to slowly and plainly name each
+person present, in succession, until the affirmative signal is received.
+Or, he may ask the spirits to indicate the identity of the spirit
+friends present, when their names are called; and he then proceeds to
+call over the names of the departed friends of those present, as the
+same are requested by the sitters or visitors to the circle. When the
+right name is reached, the spirits signal in the affirmative, either by
+raps of table-tilts, etc. After the question-and-answer line of
+communication has been firmly and strongly established, more definite
+information may be obtained by the instruction of the system of
+"alphabet calling," as described in a preceding portion of this book.
+In this system, the letters of the alphabet are slowly and clearly
+called off, in succession, until the affirmative signal is given
+regarding the letter just called, which indicates that that letter is to
+be marked down as a part of the sentence. Wonderful messages have been
+received in this way, although the process is very slow and somewhat
+tedious in the case of long messages.
+
+
+Ouija Boards.
+
+Of late years the sitters at circles have found a quicker method of
+obtaining "letter by letter" messages by means of the apparatus called
+"the Ouija Board," which consists of a moving "Planchette" with an
+indicator which moves over the letters marked on a board, the hands of
+the sitters (or certain of their number) being placed on the table of
+the "Planchette." The indicator moves over the line of letters, and
+indicates the letters of the message, one by one. The Ouija Boards are
+sold at a moderate price, and will be found a valuable adjunct to any
+spiritualistic circle. During the past few years, public attention has
+been strongly directed to this manner of obtaining spirit communications
+by reason of newspaper notices concerning the same, and the fact that
+several books have been written under spirit guidance imparted in this
+particular way.
+
+
+A Home-Made Ouija Board.
+
+A writer has given the following directions for making a "home-made
+Ouija Board," viz., "A Planchette may be used as an 'Ouija' by laying
+down a sheet of paper upon which the letters of the alphabet have been
+written or printed in a fairly large semi-circle, the words 'Yes' or
+'No' being written at either end, and figures from 1 to 9 written
+straight across a little lower down. Now remove the pencil and insert a
+small moderately sharpened stick as a pointer, and the Planchette may
+run about, point to letters or numbers, answers your questions at 'Yes'
+or 'No,' or messages may be spelt out as you watch its movements."
+
+
+Trance or Inspirational Mediumship.
+
+Through the development and unfoldment afforded by the development
+circle, the mediumistic persons in that circle, particularly the medium
+who is "sitting for development" in the circle, will in all probability
+develop that phase of mediumship caller "Trance Mediumship," or
+"Inspirational Mediumship." Of this phase of mediumship a writer has
+said: "This mental phase of mediumship involves the development of a
+degree of impressibility which may range from the conscious reception of
+suggestion, or impulses, or thoughts from other intelligences, to the
+lucidity on the spiritual plane which is displayed by conscious
+clear-seeing, or spirit-sight. The phenomena of super-sensuous reception
+due to spirit influence are elicited in much the same way as a mesmerist
+arouses the clairvoyant powers of his subject. The somnambulic sleep, or
+trance, is induced in the subject whose voluntary powers are no longer
+under his control, and the involuntary processes are well-nigh
+suspended. In this state his spirit sometimes gains a larger degree of
+freedom, and is able to perceive on the inner or spiritual plane.
+
+
+Symptoms of Trance Condition.
+
+"If you are likely to become a trance-speaking medium, you will probably
+experience a sensation as a falling or dizziness, as if you were going
+to faint; this may continue until you become entirely unconscious on the
+external plane, and you will know no more until you regain your normal
+condition, although, while under the influence of the operator, you may
+have been speaking more or less coherently. He may not, at first, be
+able to convey the exact impression he wishes to produce. His
+'suggestion' is not strong enough to set your involuntary nerves
+vibrating in just the way he desires; consequently his thought is not
+transferred to you in a manner which insures faithful reproduction, and
+you should not be disappointed because of such imperfect results at the
+outset. If your mind is filled with the desire to succeed, you will
+become too self-conscious, and will thus destroy the very condition upon
+which success depends."
+
+
+The Entranced State.
+
+Another mediumistic writer says: "The entrancement usually takes place
+all at once, and the entranced one passes into the realm of
+communication with the spirits without much warning of any kind. When
+the medium is entranced it is highly essential that there be no
+commotion or fear expressed in thought or action in the circle. It must
+be remembered that the welfare of the medium depends a great deal on the
+conditions of the others present, and purity of thought and pleasant
+expectation should be the first thing looked after when the entrancement
+occurs. In passing into the trance, the medium usually grows very pale
+and acts not unlike a person going into a faint. But he or she must be
+allowed to pass behind the veil without any commotion. When the
+entrancement is accomplished, the manifestations may take place in
+different ways. There are, in fact, many forms of manifestation
+belonging to this particular phase of mediumship, but they all come
+under the general rule and conditions."
+
+
+Trance Phenomena.
+
+Another writer has said: "In entering the trance condition of
+mediumship, you will probably become semi-conscious, or perhaps almost
+completely unconscious. The influence will stimulate your breathing,
+which will become rapid and irregular; your eyes will close and you will
+be unable to open them, and your hands and body may twitch and jerk as
+if you were being subjected to a series of galvanic shocks. The sitters
+should keep calm and sympathetic, but they should check any tendency on
+the part of the medium to undue noise, or violence, or absurdity. You
+will be aware of what you are doing, but will be unable to fully
+exercise the will to interfere or try to stop. You will most likely
+become conscious of an impulse to do something, or to blurt out certain
+words. If you resist, you will only make the task more difficult and
+hinder the attainment of the end you have in view. Your best course is
+to hold your judgment in suspense; so do not be hostile or critical, but
+act out your impressions.
+
+
+Entering the Trance.
+
+"Let the influence have its course--say what you feel you MUST say, and
+never mind about your own state of consciousness. You will be much more
+likely to pass into the unconsciousness of the trance (if you desire to
+do so) if you say, 'Now, spirit friend, I trust myself to you, and will
+yield my body and brain to your control, for you to do the best you can
+with and through me. I am willing to co-operate with you for the time
+being, and trust you to do your utmost for the good of others.' It is
+not necessary that you should be utterly unconscious, although you may
+think it is, to prove that another intelligence is operating upon and
+through you. The evidence of that fact will be displayed in the nature
+of the message and the unusual ability displayed by you when under the
+stimulating influence of the operator.
+
+
+Advice to Trance Mediums.
+
+"Most mediums find that their powers vary. Sometimes there seems to be a
+high degree of lucidity. The impressions which they receive are clear
+and strong; and the ideas seem to flow through them freely, and the
+quality of the inspirations is exhilarating, and they feel strengthened
+and uplifted. But there are other days when they feel very much alone.
+The influence that affects them is weak; they get only hazy impressions,
+and there is a woeful lack of ideas. It seems as if the heavens were
+brass, or that they themselves were unresponsive. They know not why, but
+whatever they can 'lay hold of' to speak, or whatever the spirit people
+can project into their sphere seems forced and incomplete. If you should
+ever have these experiences, turn your attention to something else. Do
+not 'harp on one string' too much. Physical exercise, change of scene,
+social company, and rest, will soon restore your tone and renew your
+powers."
+
+
+Speaking Mediumship.
+
+In that form of Trance or Inspirational Mediumship generally known as
+"Speaking Mediumship," the communicating spirit assumes partial or
+complete control of the vocal organs of the medium, and the spirit then
+directly addresses the circle or audience of listeners, just as he would
+do were he, himself, actually in the flesh confronting them and using
+his own vocal organs. In such addressing the spirit manifests many of
+the characteristics which distinguished him during his earth life. The
+medium's voice is changed, and his manner takes on a quite different
+form, i.e., that of the spirit which he possessed in his own earth life.
+In fact, in some cases, it has actually been observed that the very body
+of the medium seemed to either shrink, or else enlarge, as if taking the
+form of the etheric framework of the controlling spirit.
+
+
+Public Speaking Under Control.
+
+A writer gives the following advice concerning Speaking Mediumship:
+"Should you be controlled to give public addresses, it will be best to
+withhold the name of the spirit who prompts or controls your utterances.
+Most intelligent spirits prefer to be known by their teachings, rather
+than by the names they bore when on earth. If the addresses are eloquent
+and beautiful, and the thoughts presented are good and true, they will
+be acceptable on their own merits, and would not be one bit more
+valuable because they were inspired by some well-known historical
+persons. Whereas, if you announce the name of a spirit, your hearers may
+consider that the address does not come up to the standard of the
+ability displayed by that individual before he dies, and may discredit
+and discard the good that they might otherwise have found in your
+utterances."
+
+
+Spirit Advice and Counsel.
+
+If spirits voluntarily tender you their advice upon business matters,
+especially if they are friends or relatives whom you know and trust, and
+who, when here, were capable and experienced business people, you may
+well give heed to their counsel, even though you may not feel it wise to
+follow it; but do not make a practice of going to the spirits for
+information concerning trade or finance. Why should you expect that wise
+and enlightened spirits should concern themselves about stocks and
+shares, commerce, or manufacturing? Probably they knew but little about
+these things when they were here, and have no heed for such knowledge
+over there; and it will be well for you to learn to live your own life,
+do your business, and accept the ordinary duties and responsibilities
+which naturally devolve upon you. Let mediumship be a PART of your
+education and development, not the WHOLE.
+
+Impersonating Manifestations.
+
+It will often happen that some spirit will take control of the medium
+for the purpose of communicating with a friend present in the circle or
+AUDIENCE, and for the purpose of positively identifying himself to that
+friend, he may deem it necessary to cause you to impersonate himself as
+he was during his earth life. In such cases you will experience a
+peculiar feeling of undergoing a complete transformation of personality,
+and often a dual-personality for the time being. Another instance of
+this kind is where a spirit wishing to communicate with friends, and
+this being his first opportunity to manifest in the impersonating phase,
+he may yield to that peculiar psychic law which seems to operate in the
+direction of causing a spirit, manifesting for the first time, to enact
+his dying experiences, and to manifest a pantomimic reproduction of his
+last hours preceding death. In such cases, the medium reproduces, in a
+most startlingly real manner, the movements, ways of breathing,
+coughing, gestures, ejaculations, and may even go so far as to utter the
+"last words" of the dying man whose spirit now controls the medium.
+Every medium should be prepared for an experience of this kind, for it
+will sometimes completely upset a medium unfamiliar with it, and not
+knowing just what it all means.
+
+
+Incidents of Impersonations.
+
+In a case such as stated above, the medium will probably find himself
+either partially or completely conscious of what is being said and done
+by the spirit through his body or vocal organs. He will naturally strive
+to escape the utterance of the strange cries, moans, vocal gasps and
+efforts, and the dead cries and farewell words of the dying man or
+woman. Some mediums have felt at such times as if they were losing their
+reason, and they have struggled to throw off the spirit control and
+influence in order to regain their mental balance. The best mediums
+advise the young mediums to keep as cool, calm, and collected as
+possible in such cases, and not to allow themselves to become
+panic-stricken. A writer on the subject has said: "Trust to the
+sincerity of the spirit and the good sense of the sitters, and throw off
+your fear. Yield obedience to your control, and neither help nor hinder
+it. Just do and say what you feel you HAVE to do or say, and leave the
+results. You cannot, or should not, be held responsible for failure by
+the sitters, if there is no recognition; and by responding and giving
+free course to the suggestion, which reaches you as an impulse or mental
+impression, greater success will follow, and the development you seek
+will be promoted. If, however, you find that the impersonations are
+untrue, and the sitters are unable to interpret or recognize what you do
+or say after you have followed out your impressions a number of times,
+then resist them with all your strength of will, and require from the
+spirit the proof of his identity in some other way."
+
+
+Incidents of Inspirational Mediumship.
+
+Another writer speaking concerning inspirational mediumship, has said:
+"In inspirational speaking it will be noted that the medium often gives
+a really wonderful speech, although he may naturally be a very poor
+conversationalist. These speeches are often preserved and some of them
+form exceptionally interesting literature. These speeches are generally
+given when the medium is seated, but sometimes he loses balance and
+falls to the floor. Still, as long as the spirit control has anything to
+say, he will say it through the vocal organs of the medium. But it must
+always be borne in mind that a medium does not, as a general rule,
+become an inspirational speaker all at once. There is a stage of
+development through which he must pass in which the spirit control
+assumes charge of the body of the medium, and this takes some time and
+is usually accomplished in steps. First, the medium gives evidence of
+inspirational speaking by uttering guttural sounds, and very often his
+mouth merely moves without giving forth any sound whatever. Little by
+little the control gains access to the inner atmosphere of the medium,
+and when he has broken the final barriers, he can speak and act and
+deliver what he has to say. But it must be remembered that the mind of
+the medium is not to be left out of the question entirely. He is often
+called upon to aid in the interpretation of the speeches the spirit
+delivers, and these he may misinterpret and lend to them color of his
+own mentality, without his conscious intention to do so, however."
+
+
+Value of Identification.
+
+In impersonation mediumship, however, no matter how interesting the
+manifestation may be, it is of prime importance that the identity of the
+spirit should be clearly established, providing that the spirit himself
+claims positively to be some particular individual; this, of course,
+does not apply to instances in which the spirit does not claim identity
+with any particular departed person, and where the communications are
+given anonymously. It is this feature of identification that renders
+this phase of mediumship so valuable and important. A well-known
+medium, in a trance state, once delivered the following message from a
+spirit: "Impersonation mediumship is the most valuable that the world
+can possibly have today. When by the aid of the impersonating medium,
+the inquirer is enabled to converse with his beloved deceased friends,
+and they make themselves actually visible in the personality of the
+medium, plain to consciousness and understanding, and tell him
+specifically points and facts of identity and experience that are
+utterly beyond the power of any other intelligence to tell, then he has
+something borne in upon him through the senses of sight, of hearing and
+understanding that appeals to him. Therefore, the impersonating medium
+is the most valuable medium you can present to inquirers." Another
+mediumistic writer has said: "This kind of mediumship carries conviction
+of the real presence of the so-called dead, and your aim should be to
+get into communication with the intelligent operator at the other end of
+the line, and elicit from him evidences of his identity and purpose.
+Table movements, raps, materializations, writings, messages, or
+controls, are of comparatively little value unless by their agency you
+can secure proofs of the personal identity and survival after death of
+your departed friends, or some indications of a rational purpose on the
+part of the operator."
+
+
+Fraudulent Claims of Identity.
+
+We would be lacking in our sense of duty and obligation toward our
+readers, however, were we to refrain from calling their attention to the
+fact that positive and strict identification of the spirits, in cases
+where identity is claimed, is a duty on the part of investigators,
+particularly on the part of those who happen to be relatives or friends
+of the deceased person whose presence and identity are being claimed by
+the controlling spirit who is manifesting the impersonation. As we have
+said, elsewhere, we must remember that there are all kinds of decarnate
+spirits, just as there are all kinds of incarnate spirits; and that the
+nature of a spirit is not greatly changed by passing out of the body.
+Just as there are imposters on the earth plane, so are there imposters
+on the spirit plane. And, accordingly, caution is to be exercised on
+both planes. The following quotations from mediumistic writers will
+serve to illustrate this point, and to show that the best mediumistic
+authorities themselves insist upon this precaution being taken.
+
+
+Guarding Against Fraudulent Spirits.
+
+One writer says: "While most mediums seek for some guide or control of
+prominence, it must not be always taken for granted that the controlling
+spirit during a seance is always just what he claims to be. For
+instance, a spirit control might give his name as Henry Clay, and he
+might deliver a spirited talk or oration, which, however, would be
+reeking with grammatical errors. Even though he insist that he is Henry
+Clay, our reason will tell us that he is not what he pretends to be. The
+change which we call death cannot lead all spirits to reform, and there
+are many who, as in earth life, are unworthy of our association, and
+should be gotten rid of as soon as they appear. When these fraudulent
+spirits appear, the atmosphere of the circle should be made very sacred
+and high in character. Evil spirits, and those of low characters,
+cannot endure the presence of elevated and high thoughts, and by the
+holding of thoughts of this character the circle can soon rid itself for
+good of these troublesome entities--and it should do so without fail."
+
+
+Spirit Jokers.
+
+Another writer says, on this point: "That there are spirits who
+sometimes impersonate, and seek to pass themselves off as friends of the
+sitters, cannot be denied; in fact, we have had personal proof of the
+same on several occasions. But these troublesome and vexatious visitors
+invariably get 'bowled out' if the investigators are observant and
+careful. In fact, such entities are neither as numerous, or as evilly
+disposed, as many persons imagine them to be. There are spirits who
+'play up to' the weaknesses and flatter the vanity of those to whom they
+communicate. And it is equally true that there are spirits who give
+glowing assurances of the good things that they will perform by-and-by,
+and profess to be some of the 'great ones' of the past, is equally true.
+It is a well-known saying that 'people love a lord,' and this amiable
+weakness is fully realized by the jokers on the other side--but the
+fault does not wholly rest with them! Their too confiding and credulous
+mediums are too often in the main responsible for their own
+mystification and misleading. They are often so anxious to be guided by
+some 'eminent' person who will be to them an 'authority,' that they
+practically invite spirit pretenders to fool them to the top of their
+bent. This does not apply to all cases of real or supposed deception,
+but it does cover a large proportion of such experiences. In many
+instances there is an element of self-deception--or auto-suggestion--and
+the 'wish becomes father to the thought,' and the sensitive medium's
+unrestrained imaginative powers do the rest."
+
+
+A Typical Case of Identification.
+
+The following typical case of undoubted identification of a visiting
+spirit is related by Smedley in his work concerning spiritualistic
+experiences, and may be taken as a pattern to be followed by
+investigators in demanding and obtaining proofs of identity in cases
+where same is asserted. The medium in this case was a woman of high
+standing in spiritualistic circles, and the seance took place in Mr.
+Smedley's own home. The medium was at that time a perfect stranger to
+the Smedley family, and to their little circle of invited friends. The
+seance was opened by the singing of hymns, and before long the medium
+went under control. Mr. Smedley says: "She passed under the control of
+an intelligent being, opened her eyes, and manifested the greatest
+amazement." He then relates the subsequent experience as follows:
+
+
+Recalling Past Incidents.
+
+"After looking around the room very deliberately at various objects,
+then at one person after another, and fixing her eyes on my wife, she
+ran across the room, and throwing her arms around my wife's neck, she
+kissed her most affectionately, addressing her as 'My dear sister.'
+After speaking with my wife in endearing terms, she came across the room
+to me, and placing her right hand on my shoulder, said: 'Well, my dear
+brother.' (This was exactly as a deceased sister of my wife had been in
+the habit of doing.) 'How unspeakingly glad I am for such a privilege as
+this! When we used to sit by the hearth at night, conversing on various
+topics that used to interest us so much, we little expected we should
+ever have such a privilege. You know we used to sit up at night
+discussing theological questions till the embers in the grate died out,
+and sometimes a chiding voice from upstairs cried out: "Alfred, Alfred,
+do come to bed. Do you know what time it is? You know Charlotte is not
+fit to sit up so late."' This was precisely what had taken place, the
+exact words being used.
+
+
+Identifying Property.
+
+"She referred to a number of incidents known only to her and ourselves.
+She asked for an album in which she had written the dedication, pointing
+this out, and also various pieces of poetry she had written in it. She
+asked for a hymn-book, and desired us to sing what had been her favorite
+hymn, which at my request she instantly found. She next asked for a
+Bible, and asked me to read her favorite Psalm. I requested her to find
+it, although I knew well which it was. She turned to it instantly, and I
+read: 'The Lord is my shepherd,' etc. When the Psalm was finished, the
+medium stood transfigured before us; her countenance was radiant, and
+her eyes bright with a heavenly light. Turning to my wife, she said:
+'Sister, dear, by inviting strangers to your house tonight you have
+entertained angels unawares!' After the meeting, the medium remarked:
+'When under control I was strongly influenced to look around for a
+picture, but could not find it. I do not know what it meant, but the
+control was anxious to find a picture.' My wife replied: 'My sister
+painted a picture of the Saviour bearing His cross, many years ago, and
+it now hangs in our dining room.' The above incidents, combined with her
+mannerisms, and bearing in mind that the medium was an entire stranger
+to us, and uneducated, were sufficient evidence of the presence and
+influence of her deceased sister to cause my wife to exclaim, 'OF A
+TRUTH, THAT WAS MY SISTER CHARLOTTE!'"
+
+
+Identifying Historical Personages.
+
+Of course, a close, personal identification, similar to that stated in
+the above recital, is impossible in cases when the spirit claims to be
+some well-known historical personage. But in the last named class of
+cases it will be found possible to ask questions concerning the life and
+career of the supposed celebrity, and to form a general idea of the
+correctness of the claim by the quality and general character of the
+answers given. It will be found that genuine spirits are nearly always
+anxious to definitely establish the truth of their claims to identity,
+and will often go to great pains to do so. The character of the language
+employed, the grammar followed, and the general evidence of the
+intellectual capacity of the spirit, all these will be found useful in
+testing cases of claimed identity; and no genuine spirit has any just
+cause to object to such tests and questions, if made in the proper
+scientific spirit, and with ordinary politeness. In short, treat the
+spirit just as you would were he in the flesh, speaking to you over a
+telephone, and endeavoring to establish his identity; this will always
+be a safe and just rule to employ and follow.
+
+
+
+
+PART XI
+
+HIGHER SPIRIT MANIFESTATIONS
+
+
+We frequently hear of, and witness manifestations of, what is called
+"spirit psychometry," "spirit clairvoyance," and "spirit clairaudience."
+In the earlier chapters of the present book we have spoken of the
+psychic principles and laws underlying psychometry, clairvoyance, and
+clairaudience. We have seen that all of these forms and phases of
+psychic phenomena are capable of being produced independent of spirit
+guidance, control, or influence. In fact, most of such manifestations
+are so produced, even when they are considered to be phases of spirit
+mediumship. But, outside of these manifestations, there are found cases
+in which such phenomena are produced by the aid, influence, and
+assistance, if not indeed the direct power of, the controlling spirits
+of the medium.
+
+
+Spirit Psychometry and Clairvoyance.
+
+In those instances in which the controlling influence of such phenomena
+is clearly that of disembodied spirits, we find two distinct classes of
+the same, as follows: (1) cases in which the spirits aided in the
+establishing of the psychic rapport, and thus rendered more efficient,
+clear, and strong; (2) cases in which the spirits exerted their own
+psychometric, clairvoyant or clairaudient power, and then communicated
+the result through their mediums to the circle. In the first of above
+classes, the psychic faculties of the medium really perform the work,
+although greatly aided by the addition of the psychic power of the
+spirit. In the second of the above classes, the work is performed solely
+by the psychic powers of the spirits, and the medium acts merely as the
+line of communication between spirit and the circle. It must be
+remembered that the spirits who have passed out of the body are
+possessed of the same order of psychic faculties as are those still in
+the body, and that, likewise, on both planes there is a great variation
+of the degree of such powers between different individuals.
+
+
+Spirit Psychic Assistance.
+
+From the above, it will be seen that a mediumistic person may practice
+in psychometry, clairvoyance, and clairaudience, either with or without
+the assistance of the spirits. In case the spirits are assisting in the
+direction of performing the psychic work themselves, and then
+communicating the result to the medium, the medium of course has but to
+remain passive and receive the communication. In cases, however, in
+which the spirits assist merely by strengthening the psychic power of
+the medium by aiding in the production of the rapport conditions, or by
+lending the psychic power to add to that of the medium, then the medium
+has but to proceed just as we have pointed out in the earlier portions
+of this book devoted to the subjects of psychometry, clairvoyance, etc.
+
+
+Writing Mediumship.
+
+In what is known as "writing mediumship" the medium's hand is controlled
+by the spirit, and is caused to write messages to those present, or to
+answer questions propounded by some of those present at the circle. In
+some quarters such writing is called "automatic writing," but inasmuch
+as this last term is also applied to cases in which the hand of the
+person writes a message telepathed by a living person, it would seem
+that the old term "writing mediumship" is still the best one to use in
+the cases in which the spirit control is using the hand of the medium
+for the purpose of communication. The following statements made by
+different mediumistic writers on this particular subject will prove
+interesting and instructive to the young mediums seeking development
+along the lines of this special phase of mediumship.
+
+
+Incidents of Writing Mediumship.
+
+One writer says: "If the medium reaches the writing stage, he generally
+passes into it in much the same manner that he does into the
+inspirational speaking. That is, he becomes entranced, and in
+entrancement of this kind he usually loses his conscious self, although
+it is not essential that he should do so. He may remain partially
+conscious, but he will be very pale and will have no control whatever
+over the hand which does the writing. When the hand that writes is
+generally the only part of him that becomes numb, one entire side may
+become limp and inactive, and it is at this stage that a pencil must be
+placed in his hand all ready for writing, and a large sheet of heavy
+paper be put on the table before him. It is urged that the pencil be a
+heavy one, and the paper tough and coarse, for the first writing of a
+writing medium is not even a fair specimen of penmanship, being heavy
+and very difficult to decipher. As his hand wanders here and there, his
+body may sway and the pencil be brought in contact with the paper. When
+he begins to write, the strokes are crude and jerky and uncertain. The
+first notes that he delivers to the sitters are very often difficult to
+make out, and sometimes it is impossible to tell what they are. But this
+condition will be gradually overcome until the writing is very fair, and
+finally it can be written on much finer paper and with an ordinary
+pencil. When questions are to be asked, they may be put direct to the
+medium, and the answers will be written out and signed by the spirit
+sending them. As the medium develops, it will not be necessary for him
+to have the questions put to him verbally. Write the questions on a
+little slip of paper, and place these slips in his hands. The spirit
+will read them, and then use his arm as before in writing out answers.
+But this stage cannot be attained in a day or a week, and it is a sign
+of the higher forms of development, and should be looked upon by the
+members of the circle as evidence of the highest order establishing the
+great success they have attained."
+
+
+Developing Writing Mediumship.
+
+Another writer on the subject of writing mediumship says to those
+developing this phase of mediumship: "Your hands may be caused to shake
+and move about as if you desired to write. You may be quite conscious,
+or only semi-conscious, but you will feel that you are unable to prevent
+the movements. In such a case, the sitters should provide pencil and
+paper and await results. They should speak to the control and request
+him to work quietly, and in all probability the rapid preliminary
+scrawls will soon give place to slower and more legible writing. Many
+persons have developed as writing mediums who have never sat in a
+circle, and without being entranced. We should advise you, if you decide
+to sit alone and make experiments in this direction, to avoid
+excitement, expectancy, and preconceptions. Proceed as though you were
+speaking to a visible friend, and request that someone will move your
+hands to write. Provide yourself with a writing pad, or several sheets
+of paper, and while holding a pencil in readiness, withdraw your
+thoughts from your hand and arm, and assume a passive condition. If you
+are strongly mediumistic, words and sentences may be written, but you
+need hardly expect such results at first."
+
+
+Stead's Method and Results.
+
+W. T. Stead, the eminent English investigator, said: "I hold my pen in
+the ordinary way, but when the writing is beginning I do not rest my
+wrist or arm upon the paper, so as to avoid the friction, and to give
+the influence, whatever it may be, more complete control of the pen. At
+first, the pen is apt to wander into mere scrawling, but after a time it
+writes legibly. Unlike many automatic writers who write as well
+blindfolded as when they read what they write as they are writing it, I
+can never write so well as when I see the words as they come. There is
+danger in this, which is most clearly illustrated When my hand writes
+verse--especially rhymed verse--for the last word in each line suggests
+to my conscious mind a possible rhyme for the ending of the following
+line; this rouses up my mind, my own ideas get mixed with those of the
+communicating intelligence, and confusion is the result." The above
+statement of Mr. Stead becomes doubly interesting and valuable when we
+remember that through his hand, controlled by a spirit intelligence,
+came that wonderful series of messages afterward published under the
+title of "Letters from Julia," which book excited the attention and
+interest of the civilized world at the time of its publication, and even
+to this day enjoys a great popularity.
+
+
+Automatic Writing vs. Inspirational Writing.
+
+Another writer says: "Inspirational or impressional writing is
+frequently mistaken for that which is more purely passive or automatic.
+The medium or sensitive person experiences a strong impulse to write,
+but does not receive any clear or consecutive train of thought. He sets
+down one word, and then others follow as fast as he can indicate them,
+but he must begin to write before the complete sentence is given to him.
+In other cases, the thoughts flow into his consciousness faster than his
+pen can record them; but in the truly 'automatic' form of communication
+the mind of the sensitive is not consciously affected. He can read and
+think about other and entirely different subjects, and need take no more
+interest in the work than he would if his hand did not belong to him nor
+than if a spirit laid hold of and guided the pencil. Some mediums who
+write automatically have to be mentally quiet; they find that if the
+mind is preoccupied the hand will not write, although, even in such
+cases, it frequently happens that the amanuensis is ignorant of the
+communication until he reads it afterwards."
+
+
+Use and Abuse of Automatic Writing.
+
+J. A. White, a trance and clairvoyant medium himself, says of the phase
+of writing mediumship: "There is a great tendency, particularly in cases
+of automatic writing, to do too much of it. No sooner do some people
+find that the pencil will move, than they spend all their spare time in
+this fascinating pursuit, which, in their undeveloped state, I believe
+to be a dangerous and unwise practice. They are apt to exclaim, when any
+question arises during the day: 'Let us see what the spirits have to
+say.' This, carried to extremes, leads to one thing, and one thing
+only--obsession. I believe in fixing a time, and, unless in exceptional
+cases, refusing to sit at any other. Of course I am speaking of
+mediumship when it is in its budding stage. A developed medium can judge
+for himself, and knows from experience how far to go. It is a favorite
+trick of a certain class of spirits when they find they have a sensitive
+who can 'feel' them, to give them that pricking sensation in the arm
+which denotes their presence. 'So-and-so wants to write,' and away
+rushes the medium for the pencil, and sits down. This I do not believe
+in. I have seen far more harm than good come from it. The proper way to
+develop, in my opinion, is to sit at home in a small, carefully selected
+circle, two or three times a week, at stated hours, and with a competent
+conductor who knows what he is doing."
+
+
+Advice to Writing Mediums.
+
+A French medium says: "We urge beginners in their own interest not to
+take up the pencil for automatic writing, or to sit at a table for
+communications at any free moment, without rhyme or reason, for disorder
+in experiment is one of the first and most serious dangers to be
+avoided. An absolutely strict rule should be made not to attempt the
+effort more than once every other day." Another writer says: "The
+communications that are received by the various forms of passive,
+impressional, automatic, and inspirational writing must not be regarded
+as valuable merely because of the conditions under which they were
+obtained, nor because of their spirit origin, real or supposed. Under
+all circumstances receive with the utmost reserve and caution
+long-winded communications from notable characters who claim to be
+'Napoleon Bonaparte,' 'Lord Bacon,' 'Socrates,' or other great
+personages; for in the majority of cases, the value of the communication
+is exactly the reverse of the importance of the name attached. This
+applies to automatic writings quite as much as to spoken messages. Judge
+the statement made by the ordinary standards, apart from their claimed
+exalted origin. If rational, beautiful, and spiritually helpful and
+enlightening, they are worth having on their own merits; but if they
+are unreasonable, wild or dogmatic, or pretentious and flattering, they
+should be discarded; and, unless you change their character after
+repeated experiments, your attention should be turned in some other
+direction."
+
+
+Drawing Mediumship.
+
+What is known as "drawing mediumship" is but a variation of writing
+mediumship, at least so far as is concerned the nature of the
+manifestation. In both cases the spirit control moves the hand of the
+medium, in one case forming letters and words, and in the other case
+forming figures, designs, etc. In some rare instances, the spirit
+control operating through the hand of the medium has produced crayon
+drawings, water color sketches, and even oil paintings, although the
+medium himself or herself, was unable to even draw a straight line, much
+less to execute a finished drawing or painting. The principle governing
+such mediumship, and the development, thereof, is precisely the same as
+that governing the phase of writing mediumship previously described.
+
+
+The Planchette.
+
+From time to time, during the past fifty years, there have been invented
+or arranged various forms of mechanical contrivances designed to assist
+in the development of writing mediumship. The most popular of these has
+been the Planchette, which has enjoyed great popularity for many years
+past. The Planchette is a little heart-shaped board, having two legs,
+with tiny wheels at the end, attached to the board. Near the pointed end
+of the heart-shaped board is a hole, into which a pencil is inserted. A
+sheet of paper of good size is spread upon a table, and the Planchette
+is placed thereupon. Then the sitter, or two sitters, place their hand
+or hands upon the board--generally resting only the tips of their
+fingers lightly upon it. The sitter or sitters then await results.
+
+
+How to Use the Planchette.
+
+If the sitter is mediumistic the Planchette will begin to move about
+slowly at first, gradually gathering force and definite direction. After
+a few preliminary strokes, circles, or lines having been drawn, the
+Planchette will seem to have been firmly taken hold of by some spirit
+hand, and will begin to write words and sentences in a more or less
+'scrawly' fashion. When the writing once begins, questions may be asked
+of and answered by the spirits. Some persons report that to them the
+Planchette seems to move by itself, pulling their hands with it; but
+others report that they feel the movement of their arms and hands, as
+the spirit propels the machine in the work of waiting. Some know what is
+being written during the process, while others do not know what has been
+written until they afterwards read it. Sometimes the writing begins Boon
+after the sitting is commenced, while in other cases the sitters have to
+wait a long time, or even to sit several times before the writing
+actually begins. Sometimes the Planchette will refuse to write for
+certain persons, but will write freely for others. The general advice is
+to exercise patience in the Planchette sittings, and not to expect to
+get the best results at once; and, particularly, not to begin asking
+questions immediately after the writing begins.
+
+
+Healing Mediumship.
+
+Some mediums seem to be particularly adapted to the work of healing by
+psychic force, and this phase of mediumship is known as "healing
+mediumship." The healing medium is guided principally by the spirit
+influence, so far as is concerned the choice of methods of procedure in
+his healing work. The following directions, however, given by a
+mediumistic writer, will give the young medium a very good, practical
+general idea of the procedure to be followed in case his spirit control
+does not indicate some other method. This writer says:
+
+
+How to Heal by Spirit Power.
+
+"If you are impressed with the idea that you possess healing power, you
+can easily experiment upon your suffering friends or acquaintances. If
+you are mediumistic, and spirits desire to develop you for the healing
+work, you will readily feel that you are impressed what to do. Your
+hands will be guided to the proper position, and you will spontaneously
+make the requisite passes. Magnetic healing has really nothing to do
+with massage, the induction of sleep, or with any form of mesmerism or
+hypnotism. The healing medium should centre his thought and interest
+solely and wholly with the idea of effecting a cure. He will need to be
+sympathetic, but hopeful. Do not let your patient think about his
+ailments, but arouse his thought and engage his attention upon some
+outside subject. Make him feel comfortable, and lead him to expect good
+results; to do this you must be affirmative and confident. Unless you
+are impressed, or are controlled, to do otherwise, sit in front and take
+hold of the hands of the sufferer for a time, then make gentle, short,
+downward passes over the part affected, and conclude with long sweeping
+passes from head to foot without contact. For local affections, point
+your hands at or just touch the spot with your finger tips, or make
+direct horizontal or slightly downward movements, as if you were
+throwing something at him. A warm, comfortable room is favorable to
+magnetizing, and a genial mental atmosphere, created by cheerful and
+kindly minds in the operator and persons present, will contribute
+largely to the success of the treatment. You will do well to act upon
+your impressions and make the passes in whatever way you feel impelled
+or compelled. If you operate under spirit guidance, you will be
+impressed more or less clearly how to proceed in each case. In all
+probability you may sympathetically 'take on,' and be affected by, the
+symptoms of the disease from which the patient suffers, and in that way
+be able to form an accurate diagnosis of the case; but you must guard
+against exhaustion, and should always 'throw off' from yourself the
+influence that you have received, and wash your hands thoroughly after
+each treatment."
+
+
+Materialization Mediumship.
+
+One of the rarest, and at the same time the most eagerly sought after
+phase of mediumship, is that known as "materialization mediumship." In
+this phase of mediumship the decarnate spirit is able to draw upon the
+vital forces of the medium, and those present at the seance, to such
+effect that it may clothe itself with a tenuous, subtle form of matter,
+and then exhibit itself to the sitters in the same form and appearance
+that it had previously presented in its earth life. Many of the most
+remarkable testimonies to the truth and validity of spiritualism have
+been obtained through this phase of mediumship, and it is the aim of all
+investigators to witness, and of most mediums to be the channel of the
+production of, this remarkable phase of mediumistic phenomena.
+
+In almost all instances of materialization phenomena in the record of
+modern spiritualism we find that a cabinet was employed. There are two
+main reasons advanced for the necessity of the cabinet in this phase of
+mediumistic phenomena. The first of said reasons is that in many cases
+darkness has been found necessary for the preliminary work of the
+materialization, although absolute darkness is not necessary in the
+general room in which the materialized spirit forms afterward appear.
+The second of the said reasons is that there seems to be a psychic
+atmosphere created by the blending of the spirit forces with those of
+the medium, which atmosphere must be kept apart from and unmixed with
+the auras of the members of the outside circle or the general visitors
+at the seance.
+
+
+Why the Cabinet Is Necessary.
+
+Just what is the technical reason for this necessity is a source of
+argument and dispute among the different authorities on the subject,
+and it may be said that the matter is not as yet definitely settled. But
+whatever may be such technical explanation, the fact remains that the
+seclusion of the medium has been found almost absolutely necessary for
+the production of the phenomena of spirit materialization. The few
+exceptions noted in the history of modern spiritualism only go to
+establish the general rule. For the purpose of a general study of the
+subject, it may be accepted as a general fact that the production of
+spirit materialization has as one of its necessary conditions the
+presence and use of a dark cabinet in which the medium is secluded from
+the circle or assemblage of persons attending the seance.
+
+
+How to Make the Spirit Cabinet.
+
+One of the best kind of cabinets for this purpose is a small alcove
+room, or other small room adjoining the room in which the visitors sit
+at the seance. A large closet will also answer the purpose very well, in
+fact many mediums prefer the closet to any other form of cabinet. If
+neither small room or closet is available, then it becomes necessary to
+build or erect a cabinet for the medium. One of the simplest and least
+expensive methods of building or erecting a cabinet for the medium is as
+follows: Take a large piece of dark cloth, cotton or woolen, or else a
+large shawl, and fasten it by stout twine or cord across a corner of the
+room. It will be better if the curtain is made in two pieces, so as to
+allow it to part in the middle for the purpose of the entry and exit of
+the medium, and for the purpose of allowing the materialized spirit form
+to show itself to the circle. It is not necessary that all light be
+excluded from the cabinet, and therefore it need cause no worriment if a
+little light filters in over the top of the curtain; but the lights in
+the main room should be kept burning "dim and low," not only for the
+purpose of aiding in the actual work or materialization, but also in
+order to preserve the proper conditions when the materialized spirit
+presents itself between the opened curtains.
+
+
+How to Use the Spirit Cabinet.
+
+When the cabinet is properly arranged the medium enters it and sits down
+on a chair provided for that purpose. He should not be disturbed
+thereafter, but should be encouraged and aided in his work by the
+maintenance of a quite, reverent mental attitude on the part of the
+members of the circle. It will be found helpful if a few hymns are sung
+while waiting for manifestations from the cabinet. The best way to
+encourage materialization at a regular circle is for gradual steps to be
+taken leading up to this high phase of phenomena. For example, the
+circle should sit in the ordinary way at its regular meetings, and
+devote itself to the production of the lesser forms of phenomena. Then,
+before adjournment, the medium may go into the cabinet while the circle
+sits for materialization phenomena. This practice may be made to form a
+regular part of the proceedings of the circle. But the circle must be
+very patient concerning the production of this class of phenomena, for
+the necessary conditions are very difficult to develop, even when aided
+by the most powerful spirits. Many sittings may be required before even
+the slightest sign of materialization is obtained--but the final result
+will repay much waiting and watching, much patience and much
+perseverance. But sooner or later the phenomena will come if the proper
+conditions are provided for them.
+
+
+Spirit Phosphorescence.
+
+The first evidence of the presence and activity of the spirit forces
+striving to produce the phenomena and materialization will probably be
+the appearance of peculiar hazy phosphorescent lights playing in front
+of the curtain forming the front of the cabinet. These lights will
+consist of small globules or balls of phosphorescent light that will
+dance about, like the familiar will-o'-the-wisp seen over swamps and in
+damp, woody places. These lights will flit here and there, will
+alternately appear and disappear. Sometimes they will appear as if a
+multitude of fire-flies were clustered in front of the curtain. When
+these fire balls appear the circle may know that it is well on the way
+to perfect materializations.
+
+
+Appearance of Materialized Substance.
+
+As the power increases, and the conditions become stabilized and
+perfected, the manifestations will become more pronounced. It often
+happens that cloudy nebulous bodies of psychic substance are formed and
+float around in front of the cabinet, like clouds of steam or vapor
+illumined by a dim phosphorescent light. Sometimes attempts will seem to
+have been made to form these clouds into the semblance of the human
+body, and often these bodies are more or less incomplete, as for
+instance the arms may be missing, or else there may be dark holes where
+the eyes, nose, and mouth should be. It may be stated here that the
+sitters should not be frightened by these sights, nor should mental
+agitation be permitted to manifest too strongly, as such conditions act
+to retard further developments. Sometimes perfect hands and arms
+materialize, but apparently not attached to a body. These hands may
+float out over the circle, and may touch the members thereof. In rare
+cases these hands take articles handed them by members of the circle,
+which articles are then "dematerialized" and vanish from sight,
+afterward appearing in other parts of the house. Large articles of
+furniture have been known to be dematerialized in this way.
+
+
+Materialized Spirit Forms.
+
+Later on, the nebulous spirit forms will take on more definite lines and
+form, and will become more plainly visible, and will also assume a far
+more "solid" appearance. When the phenomena reaches its highest phases,
+the materialized spirit forms can be plainly seen and actually
+recognized by their friends in earth life. In some cases they will
+actually leave the front of the curtain and will walk down among the
+sitters, shaking hands with them, touching them on the cheek, or even
+embracing some loved one. In rare cases these materialized forms are
+able to converse with the sitters in the circle, just as plainly as when
+in earth life.
+
+
+Scientific Proof of Materialization.
+
+It is not the purpose of this book to prove the existence of mediumistic
+phenomena--rather it points out the means and methods whereby the
+student may obtain such proof for himself or herself. But it may be
+suggested here that the sceptic may find an abundance of proof of the
+genuineness of materialization phenomena in the records and reports made
+by eminent scientists, statesmen, and others. Particularly, the report
+of Sir William Crookes, the eminent English scientist, will furnish such
+proof to the inquirer who demands "scientific proof" before he will
+believe anything out of the usual. Sir William Crookes has given
+convincing evidence of the genuineness of spirit materialization, even
+going so far to offer records of the weight of materialized spirits, and
+their photographs taken by him--in some instances the photographs
+showing the forms of both medium and spirit materialization.
+
+
+How to Conduct a Materializing Seance.
+
+In sitting for materialization, the circle should maintain the same
+general demeanor that it observes at other times. Silence or dignified
+conversation may be indulged in, but joking or levity should be
+forbidden. Hands should be held, and reverent singing indulged in. It
+should be remembered that this phase of mediumistic phenomena is not
+something apart and distinct from the lesser phases which have been
+described in detail in this book. On the contrary, it is simply a matter
+of degree, and the same general principles underlie all phases of
+mediumistic phenomena. Therefore, it is not necessary to repeat the
+instructions regarding the conduct of the circle, or the rules for the
+development of the medium. Read the earlier chapters for the same, which
+are equally applicable in this place as in the places in which they
+originally appeared.
+
+
+Trumpet Mediumship.
+
+In what is known as "trumpet mediumship," the sound of the voice of the
+communicating spirit is increased in power by the use of a trumpet
+shaped arrangement of paper, card-board, tin, or aluminum. There is no
+particular virtue in the material used, and anyone may make a
+serviceable trumpet out of heavy paper or thin card-board. The principle
+of the use of the "spirit trumpet" is precisely that of the well-known
+megaphone, i.e., it MAGNIFIES the sound, and increases its carrying
+power. A spirit speaking in the faintest whisper through the trumpet is
+enabled to have its voice heard plainly by those present in the circle,
+where otherwise nothing would be heard. Often the spirit force is so
+strong that it will pick up the trumpet and carry it around the circle,
+tapping the various members thereof, and whispering through it into the
+ear of some particular members. Weak spirits, therefore, who are unable
+to make themselves heard in the ordinary way, often employ the trumpet
+with effect in seances. When the trumpet is used, it should be placed on
+the table, awaiting the use of the spirits.
+
+
+Spirit Playing on Musical Instruments, Etc.
+
+The spirit forces also sometimes will see fit to play upon musical
+instruments placed in the cabinet with the medium, the guitar, mandolin,
+concertina, accordion, etc., being the instruments preferred in such
+cases. Of course the sceptics will claim that the medium may play the
+instruments himself or herself, and thus give ground for the claim of
+fraud; consequently in the case of public seances, and many private
+ones as well, the medium will insist upon having his or her hands tied,
+and other precautions taken to eliminate the possibility of fraud and
+deception. Such precautions are in no way a reflection upon the medium,
+and are, in fact, demanded by many mediums as a matter of self-respect,
+self-protection, and the cause of truth. In many cases in which the
+mediums were entirely lacking in musical education, knowledge, or
+training, the spirits have performed skilled selections of music upon
+the instruments in the cabinet.
+
+
+Independent Slate Writing.
+
+What is generally known as "independent slate writing" is a very
+interesting phase of mediumship, and one of the peculiarities thereof is
+that such phenomena is sometimes produced through mediums who seem to
+possess little or no mediumistic powers in other directions. In
+independent slate writing there is no employment of the hands of the
+medium by the spirit to form the letters, words, and sentences of the
+communication. On the contrary, the writing is done directly by the
+spirit forces, independent of the organism of the medium. Of course the
+psychic power of the medium and his vital energy as well is drawn upon
+by the spirits in producing this form of manifestation, but the medium
+is sometimes seated out of reach of the slates and in no case actually
+touches the pencil.
+
+
+The Slate Writing Circle.
+
+Independent slate writing is performed as follows: The circle selects
+two common slates, or else one folding slate. A small bit of chalk, or a
+tiny piece of slate pencil is placed between the two slates, the latter
+being then placed tightly together, and then bound with thick, strong
+twine--in some cases the ends of the twine are fastened with sealing
+wax. This trying and sealing is for the purpose of eliminating the
+suspicion of fraud or deceit, and for the purpose of scientifically
+establishing the genuineness of the phenomena. The bound slates are then
+placed on the table in the middle of the circle. In some cases the
+medium rests his hands on the slate, and in other cases he keeps his
+hands entirely away from them--the phenomena itself evidently being
+produced with equal facility in either case. A written question may
+either be placed inside the slate on a small bit of paper, or else
+sealed and placed on top of the tied slates. In some cases the
+scratching sound of the pencil may be heard proceeding from the tied
+slates, while on others no sound is heard while the writing is being
+done. When the slates are opened, at the end of the seance, the slates
+will be found to contain writing--the answer to the question, or else a
+general message to the circle--the writing sometimes consisting of but a
+word or two, while in other cases both of the inside surfaces of the
+slate will be found to be covered with writing. It often requires quite
+a number of sittings before this phase of phenomena is secured; in many
+cases it is never actually secured in a satisfactory form.
+
+
+Spirit Paintings.
+
+There are cases of record in which crayon drawings have been produced on
+the slates by enclosing small bits of various colored crayons therein
+when the slates are tied together. Again, oil paintings have been
+secured on the slates, after small dabs of oil paint of various colors
+have been placed on the inside surface of the slates, a little linseed
+oil being poured on each.
+
+
+Fraudulent Slate Writing.
+
+Slate phenomena has been brought into some degree of discredit and
+disrepute during the past ten years or more, by reason of the fact that
+a number of unscrupulous "fakers," or bogus-mediums, employed a system
+where this class of phenomena was counterfeited by trick methods. But,
+as all careful investigators of mediumistic phenomena well know, some
+wonderful results are still obtained, quietly and without publicity or
+notoriety, in many family or private circles. In this case, and in many
+others, the very best mediumistic phenomena is often produced in those
+family or private circles, where mutual sympathy, harmony, and spiritual
+understanding prevail, and where there is an absence of the sceptical,
+cavilling, negative mental attitudes, which tend to interfere with the
+free flow of spirit power and the degree of manifestation. The tiny
+flame burning on the family altars and in the private shrines serve to
+keep alive the Light of the Spirit, which is too often dimmed by the
+public glare of counterfeit and sensational exhibitions of so-called
+spirit power.
+
+
+Practical Advice to Developing Mediums.
+
+The young developing medium who has read the foregoing pages of this
+book will in all probability soon discover just what phase of mediumship
+is best suited for his natural powers, temperament and psychic
+constitution. As his innate psychic powers unfold and develop he will be
+almost instinctively led in the particular directions in which these
+powers may find the opportunity for the best form of expression and
+manifestation. And, at the same time, the spirit friends which the young
+medium will have drawn to himself will have discovered, by means of
+experimentation, just what phase of mediumship the young medium would
+best develop in order to convey the messages and communications from the
+spirit side of life. The following bits of advice from mediumistic
+writers of good standing will, however, perhaps serve to make the path
+clearer for the young medium who is reaching out toward the best and
+most efficient form of manifestation of the powers which he has found
+are within himself.
+
+
+Need of Special Development.
+
+A writer says: "As a general rule, the best results of mediumship are
+secured by special development along the lines of natural aptitude. A
+'Jack of all trades is master of none,' and such a one is a failure in
+mediumship as in anything else. You may find it helpful to visit a
+public medium who is already developed, and who can examine you and give
+you insight into your natural psychic powers, and counsel you regarding
+your qualifications and aptitudes, and tell you what to do. But do not
+attach too much importance to directions received in that way, because
+so much depends upon the knowledge and power of the operator. One spirit
+might use you with success in one direction, and another in some other
+phase; just as one mesmerist may make a subject clairvoyant when
+another has previously attempted to do so and failed. Nothing but actual
+experience will settle that point. If, however, after a reasonable
+amount of patient devotion to the experiment you do not succeed, or are
+disappointed with what has been done, it will be advisable to effect a
+change in the conditions. A dissatisfied state of mind is a dangerous
+one. You may, if you choose, sit by yourself, and try to obtain table
+movements, or to get 'automatic' or passive writing. You can make
+experiments in psychometry or try crystal gazing, or endeavor to
+visualize and to become clairaudient, but we should not advise you to
+sit alone and invite spirits to put you into the trance. It is better to
+join some good private circle."
+
+
+Advice to Discouraged Mediums.
+
+A writer gives the following excellent advice to young mediums who have
+become somewhat discouraged at their lack of success, and slowness of
+progress: "You have been already informed that you are a medium, and
+that if you sit you will develop special gifts. But you may say: 'I have
+sat, and have not developed as I was assured I should.' That is quite
+probable. The medium whom you consulted may have misjudged your
+capabilities; the spirit may have estimated what he could have done with
+or through you, and, from his point of view, may have been perfectly
+accurate; but possibly the spirits who have endeavored to develop you
+were unable to succeed. People often say: 'I have been told many times
+that I should make a good medium, but I have not had satisfactory
+results.' When we hear such statements we are prompt to ask: 'Have you
+sat for development for any length of time in a harmonious and congenial
+circle? You cannot expect growth unless you give the requisite
+conditions. You might as well anticipate a harvest without sowing the
+seed--just because you bought a sack of wheat! The marvelous results
+achieved by expert acrobats and athletes are due to their indomitable
+determination to succeed, and their steady and continuous training of
+eye, and muscle, and nerve. They concentrate their attention and focus
+all their powers, and are at once temperate, patient, and persevering in
+their experiments. The same spirit of devotion; the same firm attitude
+and watchful attention to all the details; and the same observance of
+the conditions, physical, mental, moral, and spiritual, are needed if
+you would educate yourself and become a fit and serviceable instrument
+for exalted spirit intelligence to afford humanity the benefit of their
+experiences "over there."'"
+
+
+Avoid Cross-Magnetism.
+
+A popular mediumistic writer has given the following excellent words of
+warning to young mediums: "Do not go into public promiscuous 'developing
+circles.' There is always a danger of 'cross magnetism' and disorderly
+manifestations in such gatherings. Owing to the mixed and inharmonious
+mental, moral, and physical conditions which necessarily exist where a
+number of strangers and curiosity seekers are attracted, you run the
+risk of being affected by undeveloped, unprincipled, frivolous,
+mercenary, self-assertive, or even immoral spirits, who, being attracted
+to such assemblies, seek to influence incautious and susceptible people
+who ignorantly render themselves liable to their control. The people
+'on the other side' are human beings of all grades; they are not morally
+purified by passing through the death-change; and as we are constantly
+sending into their other state 'all sorts and conditions of people,' you
+need not be at all surprised if you get into intercourse with the vain
+and foolish, the unreliable and pretentious, or the selfish and sinful,
+if you indiscriminately open the doors of your psychic self and give a
+free invitation to any spirit 'passer by.'"
+
+
+Avoid Psychic Absorption.
+
+"You can waste your time, and you can sit in circles, absorb all kinds
+of psychological influences, exhaust your own, and in many cases become
+so filled up with contending influences that you are in a state of
+psychological fever all the time, or so exhaust yourself that you will
+become as limp and useless as a rag. This is not the way to use the
+opportunities you have; and you should avoid the injudicious,
+promiscuous, and insane methods of development of many who are extremely
+anxious to develop you as a medium, and who often bring discredit upon
+the subject of mediumship, and do no one the slightest practical
+good--not even themselves. We admit that the motives of those who
+conduct public promiscuous developing circles are good in most cases,
+but their methods are frequently 'injudicious'--to put it mildly. Under
+ordinary circumstances, your own pure purpose and the spirits who are in
+sympathy with your exalted desires and intentions, are sufficient
+safeguards against the intrusion of low, mischievous or malicious
+spirits, but you should not venture into conditions which require the
+trained and disciplined will, and the influence of wise and powerful
+spirits to protect you against danger, until you have acquired the
+ability to render yourself positive to the psychic spheres of
+undesirable people, both in or out of the physical body, and can
+voluntarily become passive and responsive to the true and trustworthy
+friends whom you know and love."
+
+
+The Stewardship of Great Powers.
+
+We can not hope to more fitly close this book devoted to the brief
+presentation of the facts of the psychic world, and the world of spirit,
+than by quoting the following words uttered by a faithful laborer in the
+vineyard of spiritualism: "Spiritualism helps us to understand the
+'unity of spirit' and 'the brotherhood of man' in the divine
+relationship wherein the greatest among us is the servant of all. The
+possession of great gifts is an added responsibility. We are only
+stewards of our powers on behalf or others, and our desire to gain
+knowledge and influence should be vitalized and dignified by the
+intention to use them to help, teach, and serve our fellows, and in such
+service we shall ourselves be blest."
+
+FINIS.
+
+  +--------------------------------------------------------------+
+  | Transcriber's Notes:                                         |
+  |                                                              |
+  | Page 3: Interpretating amended to Interpenetrating;          |
+  | Tranformation amended to Transformation. "Unchartered        |
+  | Seas" _sic_                                                  |
+  | Page 4: Varities amended to Varieties                        |
+  | Page 5: Full stop added after VII; Temperment amended to     |
+  | Temperament; It amended to Is                                |
+  | Page 6: Phosphoresece amended to Phosphorescence             |
+  | Page 7: preceived amended to perceived                       |
+  | Page 9: "Subnormal" _sic_; Byond amended to Beyond;          |
+  | opening quote marks added to "supernormal"                   |
+  | Page 19: "subdivisions, and sub-divisions" _sic_             |
+  | Page 20: occulists amended to occultists; terrestial         |
+  | amended to terrestrial. Missing closing quotes for           |
+  | quotation addedafter 'radiant energy.' "Several great        |
+  | class" _sic_                                                 |
+  | Page 23: Kellar amended to Keller; duplicate "have"          |
+  | removed                                                      |
+  | Page 24: Kellar amended to Keller                            |
+  | Page 28: interpretating amended to interpreting; pagaent     |
+  | amended to pageant                                           |
+  | Page 29: preception amended to perception                    |
+  | Page 30: duplicate word "of" removed                         |
+  | Page 34: One instance of Ochorowicz, one instance of         |
+  | Ochoriwicz. Left as is                                       |
+  | Page 37: second comma in 400,000,000,000,000 removed;        |
+  | beyound amended to beyond; tremblngs amended to              |
+  | tremblings; eough amended to enough                          |
+  | Page 40: wthout amended to without; phenoment amended        |
+  | to phenomena                                                 |
+  | Page 41: Roetgen amended to Roentgen                         |
+  | Page 42: senes amended to senses                             |
+  | Page 45: duplicate line of text removed                      |
+  | Page 50: menium amended to medium                            |
+  | Page 51: transfrence amended to transference                 |
+  | Page 54: thought-wives amended to thought-waves              |
+  | Page 57: coldenss amended to coldness                        |
+  | Page 61: pheonmena amended to phenomena; beenficial          |
+  | amended to beneficial                                        |
+  | Page 63: a amended to at                                     |
+  | Page 66: resistence amended to resistance                    |
+  | Page 68: implicity amended to implicitly                     |
+  | Page 84: infinitessimal amended to infinitesimal             |
+  | Page 85: antedeluvian amended to antediluvian                |
+  | Page 92: Certain amended to Certainly; ont amended to not    |
+  | Page 94: mainfested amended to manifested                    |
+  | Page 99: Symbollic amended to Symbolic; symbollically        |
+  | amended to symbolically; sudent amended to student           |
+  | Page 101: rendiiton amended to rendition                     |
+  | Page 103: self-stupefication _sic_                           |
+  | Page 105: very amended to vary                               |
+  | Page 109: occultist amended to occultists                    |
+  | Page 120: "There is ... many degrees" _sic_                  |
+  | Page 123: unforseen amended to unforeseen                    |
+  | Page 126: Section heading Absolute Time relocated from       |
+  | middle of paragraph; unescapable _sic_                       |
+  | Page 135: being amended to beings                            |
+  | Page 136: Spritualism amended to Spiritualism                |
+  | Page 137: enlighted amended to enlightened                   |
+  | Page 138: adherance amended to adherence                     |
+  | Page 145: perseverence amended to perseverance;              |
+  | unconciously amended to unconsciously                        |
+  | Page 155: occulists amended to occultists                    |
+  | Page 160: produtcion amended to production                   |
+  | Page 170: genearly amended to generally                      |
+  | Page 174: Missing full stop added                            |
+  | Page 174: fundmental amended to fundamental                  |
+  | Page 182: "Materializations follows" _sic_                   |
+  | Page 185: parthway amended to pathway                        |
+  | Page 186: "modus operana" _sic_                              |
+  | Page 187: apostrophe added to others                         |
+  | Page 190: "personal composition" _sic_                       |
+  | Page 203: uninterupted amended to uninterrupted;             |
+  | Psyschic amended to Psychic                                  |
+  | Page 210: meduim amended to medium; coures amended to        |
+  | course                                                       |
+  | Page 213: "finnicky" and "finnickiness" _sic_                |
+  | Page 215: senuous amended to sensuous                        |
+  | Page 219: healings amended to healing                        |
+  | Page 223: phychic amended to psychic; "subject is"           |
+  | amended to "subject if"                                      |
+  | Page 225: comma after auto replaced with hyphen              |
+  | Page 232: showe amended to show                              |
+  | Page 235: super-senous amended to super-sensuous             |
+  | Page 236: Condtiion amended to Condition                     |
+  | Page 243: himeslf amended to himself                         |
+  | Page 249: how amended to now                                 |
+  | Page 252: "clear and," amended to "clear, and"               |
+  | Page 256: indicte amended to indicate                        |
+  | Page 260: showly amended to slowly                           |
+  | Page 265: materilaization amended to materialization         |
+  | Page 267: mediumsistic amended to mediumistic                |
+  | Page 268: phemonea amended to phenomena                      |
+  | Page 269: accordian amended to accordion                     |
+  | Page 270: State amended to Slate                             |
+  | Page 276: ignoranty amended to ignorantly                    |
+  |                                                              |
+  | Small inconsistencies between the Table of Contents and      |
+  | the section titles, such as spelling, capitalization and     |
+  | hyphenation have been retained. In addition to these the     |
+  | following discrepancies are here noted, but have been        |
+  | retained:                                                    |
+  | Page 3     Part I      In the Table of Contents              |
+  |                        Super-sensible Vibrations should      |
+  |                        be followed by The Higher Vibrations. |
+  |                        The Higher Senses of Man is The       |
+  |                        Higher Senses of Men on page 21.      |
+  |                        In the Table of Contents Discovery    |
+  |                        of New Worlds should be followed by   |
+  |                        Transcendental Senses.                |
+  |            Part III    The Categories of Thought is titled   |
+  |                        The Contagion of Thought on page 56.  |
+  | Page 4                 In the Table of Contents Repelling    |
+  |                        Adverse Influences should be followed |
+  |                        by Neutralizing Psychic Influences.   |
+  |            Part IV     Classification of Clairvoyant         |
+  |                        Phenomena is Classification According |
+  |                        to General Distinctions on page 81.   |
+  |            Part V      In the Table of Contents Absolute     |
+  |                        Time should be followed by:  The      |
+  |                        Occult Hypothesis. "The Prophecy of   |
+  |                        Cazotte." The Dinner of the Elect.    |
+  |                        The Illuminatus. The Beginning of the |
+  |                        Prophecy. The Shadow of the           |
+  |                        Guillotine. The Fall of the Great.    |
+  |                        The Fate of Royalty. The Fulfillment  |
+  |                        of the Prophecy. Other Historical     |
+  |                        Instances. The Eternal Verities.      |
+  | Page 5     Part VII    Spirit Impersonation is titled Spirit |
+  |                        Inspiration on page 165.              |
+  |                        Inspirational Speaking is titled      |
+  |                        Inspirational Writing on page 168.    |
+  |            Part VIII   In the Table of Contents The Jacob's  |
+  |                        Ladder of Communion should be         |
+  |                        followed by The Attainment of         |
+  |                        Excellence.                           |
+  | Page 6     Part IX     Difficulties Among Spirits is         |
+  |                        Differences Among Spirits on page     |
+  |                        215. In the Table of Contents         |
+  |                        Self-Protection for Mediums should be |
+  |                        followed by: Danger in Indiscriminate |
+  |                        Magnetizing. Detrimental Magnetic     |
+  |                        Influence. Mediumistic                |
+  |                        Auto-Suggestion. "Psychic Sponges."   |
+  |                        Investigate Your Spirits. Spirits Are |
+  |                        Still Human Beings. Beware of         |
+  |                        Domineering Spirits.                  |
+  |             Part X     Impersonating Manifestations does not |
+  |                        appear in the text.                   |
+  |             Part XI    In the Table of Contents Spirit       |
+  |                        Paintings should be followed by:      |
+  |                        Fraudulent Slate Writing.             |
+  |                        Practical Advice to Developing        |
+  |                        Mediums should be followed by: Need   |
+  |                        of Special Development. Advice to     |
+  |                        Discouraged Mediums. Avoid            |
+  |                        Cross-Magnetism. Avoid Psychic        |
+  |                        Absorption. The Stewardship of Great  |
+  |                        Powers.                               |
+  |                                                              |
+  | Section titles sometimes end with a full stop, and other     |
+  | times not: left as is.                                       |
+  |                                                              |
+  | Quotation marks and hyphenation have generally been          |
+  | standardised. Where a word occurs an equal number of times   |
+  | as hyphenated and unhyphenated, both forms have been         |
+  | retained. Where two spellings of a word have been used (for  |
+  | example, magnetiser/magnetizer; skeptic/sceptic) both have   |
+  | been retained.                                               |
+  +--------------------------------------------------------------+
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Genuine Mediumship or The Invisible
+Powers, by Bhakta Vishita
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK GENUINE MEDIUMSHIP ***
+
+***** This file should be named 25337.txt or 25337.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        http://www.gutenberg.org/2/5/3/3/25337/
+
+Produced by Suzanne Lybarger, Brian Janes and the Online
+Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/25337.zip b/25337.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fd1e53b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25337.zip
diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6312041
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LICENSE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements,
+metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be
+in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES.
+
+Procedures for determining public domain status are described in
+the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org.
+
+No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in
+jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize
+this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright
+status under the laws that apply to them.
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4987ae2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for
+eBook #25337 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/25337)
author	Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org>	2025-10-15 02:16:31 -0700
committer	Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org>	2025-10-15 02:16:31 -0700
commit	09e1cf9f20fe3356a2c80039300c695542b3c674 (patch)
tree	f4106a21b8b7f12f15d0a28eaab47a748890a56b